Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 23, 2009

Registration No. 333-156935

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Medidata Solutions, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7389   13-4066508

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

79 Fifth Avenue, 8th Floor

New York, New York 10003

(212) 918-1800

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Tarek A. Sherif, Chief Executive Officer

79 Fifth Avenue, 8th Floor

New York, New York 10003

(212) 918-1800

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

With copies to:

Paul Jacobs, Esq.

Warren J. Nimetz, Esq.

Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.

666 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10103

Telephone (212) 318-3000

Fax (212) 318-3400

 

Christopher J. Austin, Esq.

Michael D. Beauvais, Esq.

Ropes & Gray LLP

One International Place

Boston, MA 02110-2624

Telephone (617) 951-7000

Fax (617) 951-7050

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.     ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨   Accelerated filer   ¨   Non-accelerated filer   x   Smaller reporting company   ¨
  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
    Aggregate Offering Price(1)(2)    
  Amount of
Registration Fee(3)

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share

 

$86,250,000

 

$3,390

 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee under Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act.
(2) Includes shares of common stock that may be purchased by the underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any.
(3) Previously paid.

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Subject to Completion, dated March 23, 2009

 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell the securities, nor is it a solicitation of an offer to buy the securities, in any state where an offer or sale of the securities is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS

Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of common stock of Medidata Solutions, Inc.

We are selling                      shares of our common stock in this initial public offering and will receive all of the net proceeds from the sale of our common stock.

No public market currently exists for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “MDSO.” We currently expect that the initial public offering price will be between $                 and $                 per share.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 9.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per Share    Total

Initial public offering price

   $                     $                 

Underwriting discount

   $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to Medidata Solutions, Inc.

   $      $  

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an aggregate of                      additional shares on the same terms and conditions as set forth above if the underwriters sell more than                      shares of common stock in this offering.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or about                     , 2009.

 

 

 

Citi    Credit Suisse

 

Jefferies & Company    Needham & Company, LLC

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2009


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

P ROSPECTUS S UMMARY

   1

R ISK F ACTORS

   9

C AUTIONARY S TATEMENT R EGARDING F ORWARD -L OOKING S TATEMENTS

   21

I NDUSTRY I NFORMATION

   21

U SE OF P ROCEEDS

   22

D IVIDEND P OLICY

   23

C APITALIZATION

   24

D ILUTION

   26

S ELECTED C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL I NFORMATION

   28

U NAUDITED P RO F ORMA S TATEMENT OF O PERATIONS

   31

M ANAGEMENT S D ISCUSSION AND A NALYSIS OF F INANCIAL C ONDITION AND R ESULTS OF O PERATIONS

   37

B USINESS

   59

M ANAGEMENT

   73

P RINCIPAL S TOCKHOLDERS

   89

C ERTAIN R ELATIONSHIPS AND R ELATED T RANSACTIONS

   92

D ESCRIPTION OF C APITAL S TOCK

   94

S HARES E LIGIBLE FOR F UTURE S ALE

   98

U NDERWRITING

   100

L EGAL M ATTERS

   104

E XPERTS

   104

W HERE Y OU C AN F IND M ORE I NFORMATION

   104

I NDEX TO F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

   F-1

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus. This prospectus may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this prospectus may be accurate only on the date of this prospectus regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus.

Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

Until                     , 2009 (the 25th calendar day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

Prospectus Summary

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus but might not contain all of the information that is important to you. Before investing in our common stock, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors” section and our historical and pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Unless otherwise indicated, the information contained in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is not exercised.

Medidata Solutions, Inc.

Our Business

We are a leading global provider of hosted clinical development solutions that enhance the efficiency of our customers’ clinical development processes and optimize their research and development investments. Our customers include pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies, academic institutions, contract research organizations, or CROs, and other organizations engaged in clinical trials to bring innovative medical products to market and explore new indications for existing medical products. Our solutions allow our customers to achieve clinical results more efficiently and effectively by streamlining the design, planning and management of key aspects of the clinical development process, including protocol development, CRO negotiation, investigator contracting, the capture and management of clinical trial data and the analysis and reporting of that data on a worldwide basis. Our customers rely on our solutions to safely accelerate the clinical development process and maximize the commercial life of their products. Our diverse and expanding customer base currently includes 22 of the top 25 global pharmaceutical companies measured by revenue and many middle-market life sciences companies, as well as CROs through our ASP ire to Win program. In 2007 and 2008 Johnson & Johnson, AstraZeneca, Amgen, Astellas Pharma and Takeda Pharmaceutical were our largest customers measured by revenue.

Our principal offering, Medidata Rave, is a comprehensive platform that integrates electronic data capture, or EDC, with a clinical data management system, or CDMS, in a single solution that replaces traditional paper-based methods of capturing and managing clinical data. In addition, our on-demand, hosted technology platform facilitates rapid and cost-effective deployment of our solutions on a global basis. We have designed our Medidata Rave software to scale reliably and cost-effectively for clinical trials of all sizes and phases, including those involving substantial numbers of clinical sites and patients worldwide. We also offer applications that improve efficiencies in protocol development and trial planning, contracting and negotiation through Medidata Designer, Medidata Grants Manager and Medidata CRO Contractor.

We derive a majority of our revenues from Medidata Rave application services through multi-study arrangements for a pre-determined number of studies. We also offer our application services on a single-study basis that allows customers to use our solution for a limited number of studies or to evaluate it prior to committing to multi-study arrangements. We support our solutions with comprehensive service offerings, which include global consulting, implementation, technical support and training for customers and investigators. We invest heavily in training our customers, their investigators and other third parties to configure clinical trials independently. We believe this knowledge transfer accelerates customer adoption of our solutions.

For 2008, we generated $117.1 million in revenues, a 35.8% increase over 2007 revenues of $86.3 million. Our business model provides us with a recurring revenue stream that we believe delivers greater revenue visibility than perpetual software licensing models.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

The Opportunity for Clinical Trial Solutions

The traditional process of capturing and analyzing data in clinical trials relies on pre-printed, paper case report forms to submit data from the clinical trial sites to the clinical trial sponsor. Each case report form is manually checked for accuracy at the clinical site and subsequently entered into a computerized CDMS. Inconsistent, questionable, or missing data items are identified and must be addressed by facsimile, mail or hand-delivered document exchange. Each change in data requires documentation. These paper-based processes result in significant complexity and cost. Key limitations include:

 

   

Delay in clinical development process . Manual data collection can delay interim and final data analysis, which may reduce the exclusive sales period available under patent protection.

 

   

Impaired data quality . Paper-based data collection and reporting are more susceptible to transcription and other errors.

 

   

Limited data visibility to effect real-time decision making . With manual data collection, sponsors cannot evaluate trial status until relatively late in the process.

Compared to traditional paper-based data collection, EDC technology provides substantial benefits at all stages of the clinical development process and has become widely accepted across the industry. However, we believe that most clinical trials are still conducted using the traditional paper-based format. We believe the total annual market opportunity for EDC solutions is in excess of $1.4 billion.

Despite the increased efficiency provided by EDC, early generation solutions have typically faced the following challenges:

 

   

Integration . EDC solutions have had difficulty integrating complex, diverse and large volumes of data across multiple applications.

 

   

Investigator site requirements . EDC installations can impose specific software and hardware requirements on trial sponsors and their investigator sites.

 

   

Complex customization . EDC solutions often require custom programming to meet the requirements of diverse therapeutic areas across multiple phases.

 

   

Usability . The user interface of EDC solutions often does not accommodate the needs and preferences of the medical researchers, limiting the pace of adoption.

 

   

Workflow and security limitations . EDC solutions often have limited ability to manage multiple languages, multiple workflows and blinded data.

 

   

Scalability . EDC solutions often lack the ability to scale against multiple studies in a single database, requiring increased effort and expense.

The Medidata Solution

Our solutions allow users to accurately and efficiently design clinical trials and capture, manage and report clinical trial data through an easy-to-use, Internet-enabled platform. We believe our solutions provide our customers with the following benefits:

 

   

Accelerated time to market . Our on-demand platform and delivery model streamlines the clinical development process, enabling users to compress the time associated with designing and implementing clinical trials and entering, cleansing and analyzing data.

 

   

Improved quality and visibility of results . Medidata Rave allows users to enhance the quality and completeness of their data earlier in the process by providing real-time data cleansing and eliminating duplicative manual entry of data.

 

 

2


Table of Contents
   

Comprehensive clinical development solution . We have designed our comprehensive solutions to provide support throughout the clinical development process, from protocol authoring to preparing data for regulatory analysis and submission. Medidata Rave can be integrated easily with auxiliary systems, making it the backbone for a complete end-to-end solution.

 

   

Enhanced investigator acceptance . We have designed the user interface of our application services to meet the needs of clinicians, with intuitive, consistent point-and-click navigation and a familiar clinical data entry approach.

 

   

Seamless execution of global trials . Medidata Rave provides a single data repository that can be used in multiple languages simultaneously, avoiding the need for the installation and maintenance of parallel versions of the system.

 

   

Lower cost of ownership . Our product architecture scales reliably and cost-effectively across clinical trials of all sizes. Our customers can run all clinical trials on a single instance, further reducing deployment cost per study.

Our Growth Strategy

Our strategy is to become the global standard for application service solutions for EDC and complementary technologies for the clinical development process. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Expand our global customer base . We will continue to pursue new relationships with large global pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, as well as to dedicate resources to small- and middle-market life sciences companies, as we believe the middle-market represents an under-penetrated opportunity for customer expansion.

 

   

Increase sales to our existing customers . We intend to drive adoption of our products and services within our existing customer base by facilitating the use of our application services in new trials and converting existing single-study customers into multi-study customers.

 

   

Enhance our suite of products and services. We intend to add new features to our existing offerings and add new offerings to maximize the efficiency of the clinical development process. We believe our clinical trials expertise will enable us to leverage our customers’ operational data to provide metrics-driven insights and advisory services to facilitate enhanced market penetration.

 

   

Expand indirect sales channel initiatives . We will continue to pursue strategic partnerships with CROs and healthcare information technology consultants to position our software solutions as the platform of choice for their outsourced clinical trial management services.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. Those risks are discussed in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9.

Corporate Information

We were organized as a New York corporation in June 1999 and reincorporated in the State of Delaware in May 2000. Our principal executive offices are located at 79 Fifth Avenue, 8th Floor, New York, New York 10003, and our telephone number is (212) 918-1800. Our website is located at www.mdsol.com . Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider that information to be part of this prospectus.

All references in this prospectus to “our company,” “Medidata,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Medidata Solutions, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries and their predecessors.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

This prospectus includes trademarks, trade names and servicemarks of Medidata Solutions, Inc. and its subsidiaries, including Medidata ® , Medidata Designer™, Medidata CRO Contractor™, Medidata Rave ® , Medidata Grants Manager™ and ASP ire to Win ® . This prospectus also refers to trademarks, trade names and servicemarks of other entities. All rights are reserved. The mention of such trademarks, trade names and servicemarks in this prospectus is made with due recognition of the rights of these entities and without any intent to misappropriate such names or marks. All other trademarks, trade names and servicemarks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

             shares (or              shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full)

 

Common stock to be outstanding after the offering(1)

             shares (or              shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full)

 

Underwriters’ option

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase from us up to an aggregate of              additional shares of our common stock if they sell more than              shares in the offering.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $            . We expect to use the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures and potential acquisitions. We may also repay all or a portion of our $15 million senior secured credit facility, plus accrued interest and any fees relating to our prepayment, in the event that we are unable to restructure the credit facility or obtain alternative debt financing on more favorable terms. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Dividend policy

We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock.

 

Risk factors

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9 and the other information contained in this prospectus prior to making an investment decision regarding our common stock.

 

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “MDSO.”

 

(1) The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after the offering is based on 7,035,100 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and the issuance of 9,014,658 shares of common stock upon the automatic conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the closing of the offering at a conversion rate of one-fifth of a common share for each Series A preferred share and two common shares for each Series B preferred share, Series C preferred share and Series D preferred share. In addition, the number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after the offering assumes that accumulated accrued dividends on the convertible preferred stock of approximately $2.1 million (as of December 31, 2008) will be paid from cash on hand upon closing of the offering. The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after the offering:

 

   

excludes 2,431,550 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2008 at a weighted average exercise price of $6.63 per share;

 

   

excludes              shares of common stock reserved for future grants or awards from time to time under our 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan;

 

   

assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock from us if they sell more than              shares in the offering; and

 

   

excludes              shares issueable if holders of our senior preferred stock elect to receive shares of common stock valued at the initial public offering price as payment of their accumulated and accrued dividends.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Information and Other Data

The summary consolidated statement of operations data presented for each of the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 were derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 were derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this prospectus.

On March 17, 2008, we acquired Fast Track, a provider of clinical trial planning solutions, including software, proprietary contracting data and professional services. The consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2008 includes the impact of the acquisition of Fast Track beginning on the date of acquisition. The consolidated statement of operations data for the prior periods do not include the impact of the acquisition of Fast Track. The information contained in this table should also be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Information,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Operations,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes thereto, all included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2004     2005     2006     2007     2008(1)  
    (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

Revenues:

         

Application services

  $ 3,226     $ 13,069     $ 31,953     $ 48,378     $ 76,770  

Professional services

    4,304       6,759       18,508       37,896       40,360  
                                       

Total revenues

    7,530       19,828       50,461       86,274       117,130  

Cost of revenues:(2)

         

Application services(3)

    1,074       2,059       7,288       13,170       19,647  

Professional services

    4,878       14,459       20,462       33,035       30,801  
                                       

Total cost of revenues

    5,952       16,518       27,750       46,205       50,448  

Gross profit

    1,578       3,310       22,711       40,069       66,682  

Operating costs and expenses:(2)

         

Research and development(4)

    2,859       4,104       5,905       10,716       19,340  

Sales and marketing(5)

    3,829       7,733       13,379       16,485       24,681  

General and administrative

    4,068       4,574       8,335       13,361       27,474  
                                       

Total operating costs and expenses

    10,756       16,411       27,619       40,562       71,495  

Loss from operations

    (9,178 )     (13,101 )     (4,908 )     (493 )     (4,813 )

Interest and other expenses (income), net

    31       38       195       364       1,624  
                                       

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (9,209 )     (13,139 )     (5,103 )     (857 )     (6,437 )

Provision for income taxes(6)

    23       110       306       515       920  
                                       

Net loss

    (9,232 )     (13,249 )     (5,409 )     (1,372 )     (7,357 )

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

    303       498       498       498       498  
                                       

Net loss available to common stockholders

  $ (9,535 )   $ (13,747 )   $ (5,907 )   $ (1,870 )   $ (7,855 )
                                       

Basic and diluted loss per share(7)

  $ (1.57 )   $ (2.24 )   $ (0.94 )   $ (0.29 )   $ (1.16 )
                                       

Weighted average basic and diluted common shares outstanding(7)

    6,056,422       6,135,341       6,296,830       6,384,557       6,793,596  
                                       

Pro forma(8)

         

Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share

          $ (0.47 )
               

Pro forma weighted average basic and diluted common shares outstanding

            15,808,254  
               

 

 

6


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  
     2004      2005      2006      2007      2008(1)  
     (in thousands)  

Stock-based compensation expense and depreciation and amortization of intangible assets included in cost of revenues and operating costs and expenses is as follows:

 

  

Stock-based compensation

              

Cost of revenues

   $ —        $ 178      $ 108      $ 172      $ 291  

Research and development

     —          27        89        183        503  

Sales and marketing

     —          69        304        448        640  

General and administrative

     —          118        218        491        1,763  
                                            

Total stock-based compensation

   $ —        $ 392      $ 719      $ 1,294      $ 3,197  
                                            

Depreciation

              

Cost of revenues

   $ —        $ 563      $ 1,237      $ 3,605      $ 5,941  

Research and development

     —          136        289        463        650  

Sales and marketing

     —          91        202        243        383  

General and administrative

     347        104        228        305        461  
                                            

Total depreciation

     347        894        1,956        4,616        7,435  
                                            

Amortization of intangible assets(4)

              

Cost of revenues

     —          —          —          —          1,191  

Sales and marketing

     —          —          —          —          79  
                                            

Total amortization of intangible assets

     —          —          —          —          1,270  
                                            

Total depreciation and amortization of intangible assets

   $ 347      $ 894      $ 1,956      $ 4,616      $ 8,705  
                                            
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data               
     As of December 31,  
     2004      2005      2006      2007      2008  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,595      $ 6,450      $ 7,016      $ 7,746      $ 9,784  

Total current assets

     13,149        13,218        18,328        27,810        42,328  

Restricted cash

     306        305        305        387        545  

Total assets

     14,824        16,406        24,376        42,733        72,953  

Total deferred revenue

     11,253        21,501        25,017        35,024        49,604  

Total capital lease obligations

     289        507        2,281        8,527        7,060  

Total long-term debt

     1,500        4,000        3,514        10,781        14,366  

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     11,252        11,751        12,249        12,747        13,245  

Convertible preferred stock

     24        24        24        24        24  

Stockholders’ deficit

     (13,706 )      (27,656 )      (32,614 )      (39,023 )      (26,620 )

Notes to Summary Consolidated Financial Information and Other Data

 

(1) On March 17, 2008, we acquired Fast Track, a provider of clinical trial planning solutions. Our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 include the operations of Fast Track since the date of acquisition. Please refer to “Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Operations” for the pro forma effects of our acquisition of Fast Track.

 

(2) Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for our stock-based compensation plans using the intrinsic value method prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , or APB No. 25, and related interpretations. Under APB No. 25, compensation expense of fixed stock options is based on the difference, if any, on the date of the grant between the fair value of our stock and the exercise price of the option. Compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

On January 1, 2006, we adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment , or SFAS No. 123(R), requiring us to recognize expense related to the fair value of our stock-based compensation awards. We elected the modified prospective transition method as permitted

 

 

7


Table of Contents

by SFAS No. 123(R). Under this transition method, stock-based compensation expense for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, includes compensation expense for all stock based compensation awards granted prior to, but not yet vested, as of January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , or SFAS No. 123, and compensation expense for all stock based compensation awards granted subsequent to January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R).

 

(3) In 2006, it was claimed that certain applications offered to our customers potentially infringed on intellectual property rights held by a third party. As a result of negotiations with the third party, we entered into a license and settlement agreement in June 2007, pursuant to which we licensed the intellectual property held by the third party for use in our future sales to customers and settled all past infringement claims. We paid a settlement amount of $2.2 million to the third party in 2007. Such amount was recorded in cost of revenues under application services for the year ended December 31, 2006 and in accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006.

 

(4) We determined that technological feasibility had not been established for certain in-process research and development projects acquired from Fast Track. These projects were written off, resulting in $0.7 million of additional research and development expenses included in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008. This write-off is not included in amortization of intangible assets in our consolidated statement of operations.

 

(5) In 2006, a former employee made a claim seeking compensation of approximately $1.6 million in relation to the termination of her employment. Subsequently, the claim was reduced to approximately $1.4 million as of December 31, 2008. We recorded approximately $0.6 million in sales and marketing expenses during the year ended December 31, 2006 related to this matter. A hearing was held in November 2008 and the court rendered its decision on January 15, 2009, which awarded approximately $0.1 million to the plaintiff. While we believe this decision was favorable to us, it may be appealed by the plaintiff.

 

(6) For the years ended December 31, 2004 to 2008, we did not realize an income tax benefit for available net operating loss carryforwards. As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately $32.8 million of federal operating loss carryforwards available to offset future taxable income expiring from 2019 through 2028. We also had net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $55.0 million available to offset future state taxable income expiring from 2009 to 2028.

 

(7) Basic and diluted net loss per share amounts and basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding have been adjusted to reflect a two-for-one stock split effective on August 3, 2004.

 

(8) The pro forma information represents the pro forma effect of converting all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock at the applicable conversion ratio upon the completion of this offering, as if it had occurred on January 1, 2008 for the basic and diluted net loss per share presented on the consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before making an investment in our common stock, you should carefully consider the following risks, as well as the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The risks described below are those which we believe are the material risks we face. Any of the risk factors described below or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you may lose a part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have incurred significant operating losses during our limited operating history and may not be profitable in the future.

We began providing EDC services in 2001. We have recognized operating losses in each year since 1999, and our cumulative operating loss since 1999 totaled approximately $36.5 million at December 31, 2008. We may make significant future expenditures related to the development and expansion of our business. In addition, following this offering we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. As a result of these increased expenditures, we will have to generate and sustain increased revenue to achieve future profitability. While our revenues have grown in recent periods, this growth may not be sufficient to offset the increase in our expenses and may not be sustainable. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including the other risks described in this prospectus. Accordingly, we cannot give you any assurance regarding our future profitability.

Our quarterly operating results fluctuate and may continue to fluctuate in the future, and if we fail to meet the expectations of analysts or investors, our stock price and the value of your investment could decline substantially.

Our quarterly and annual revenues and operating results have varied in the past and may vary significantly in the future depending on factors such as:

 

   

budgeting cycles of our customers;

 

   

the length of our sales cycle;

 

   

increased competition;

 

   

our ability to develop innovative products;

 

   

the timing of new product releases by us or our competitors;

 

   

market acceptance of our products;

 

   

changes in our and our competitors’ pricing policies;

 

   

the financial condition of our current and potential customers;

 

   

changes in the regulatory environment;

 

   

changes in operating expenses and personnel changes;

 

   

our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel;

 

   

the effect of potential acquisitions and consequent integration;

 

   

changes in our business strategy; and

 

   

general economic factors, including factors relating to the disruptions in the world credit and equity markets and the related impact on our customers’ access to capital.

 

9


Table of Contents

In addition, a significant portion of our operating expense is relatively fixed and planned expenditures are based in part on expectations regarding future revenues. Accordingly, unexpected revenue shortfalls may decrease our gross margins and could cause significant changes in our operating results from quarter to quarter. As a result, in future quarters our operating results could fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, in which event our stock price would likely decrease.

The loss of one or more major customers could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our top five customers accounted for approximately 45% of our revenues in 2008 and approximately 53% of our revenues in fiscal 2007. In 2008, two customers, Johnson & Johnson and AstraZeneca, accounted for approximately 13% and 10% of our total revenues, respectively. For 2007, three customers, Johnson & Johnson, AstraZeneca and Amgen, accounted for approximately 15%, 13% and 11% of our total revenues, respectively. The loss of any of our major customers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. We may not be able to maintain our customer relationships, and our customers may delay performance under or fail to renew their agreements with us, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. Any reduction in the amount of revenues that we derive from these customers, without an offsetting increase in new sales to other customers, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. A significant change in the liquidity or financial position of any of these customers could also have a material adverse effect on the collectability of our accounts receivables, our liquidity and our future operating results.

If our customers cancel their contracts or terminate or delay their clinical trials, we may lose or delay revenues and our business may be harmed.

Certain of our customer contracts are subject to cancellation by our customers at any time with limited notice. Customers engaged in clinical trials may terminate or delay a clinical trial for various reasons, including the failure of the tested product to satisfy safety or efficacy requirements, unexpected or undesired clinical results, decisions to de-emphasize a particular product or forego a particular clinical trial, decisions to downsize clinical development programs, insufficient patient enrollment or investigator recruitment and production problems resulting in shortages of required clinical supplies. In the case of our hosted solutions, any termination or delay in the clinical trials would likely result in a consequential delay or termination in those customers’ service contracts. We have experienced terminations and delays of our customer service contracts in the past and expect to experience additional terminations and delays in the future. The termination of a single-study arrangement could result in decreased revenues and the delay of our customers’ clinical trials could result in delayed professional services revenues, which could materially harm our business.

We currently have material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting. If we fail to remedy our material weaknesses or otherwise fail to maintain effective internal controls over our financial reporting, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.

In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, we, together with our independent registered public accounting firm, identified a number of material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, as defined in rules established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal controls over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The material weaknesses were attributable to deficiencies in our revenue recognition related to ineffective review of contract terms and their impact on timing of revenue recognition, ineffective cut-off procedures, the extensive use of manual procedures and inadequate staffing, as well as ineffective expense cut-off procedures, which resulted in the recording of audit adjustments. While we have initiated a remediation plan to address these

 

10


Table of Contents

issues, we have had only limited operating experience with the remedial measures that have been implemented to date and cannot provide any assurance that these measures or any future measures will adequately remediate the material weaknesses. As of December 31, 2008 these issues were not fully remediated and they continue to be material weaknesses. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Internal Controls over Financial Reporting.” In addition, other material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting may be identified in the future. If we fail to remediate the material weaknesses, or fail to implement required new or improved controls, or encounter difficulties in their implementation, it could harm our operating results, cause failure to meet our SEC reporting obligations on a timely basis or result in material misstatements in our annual or interim financial statements.

Our failure to fully remediate the material weaknesses that continued to exist as of December 31, 2008 or the identification of additional material weaknesses could also prohibit us from complying with the provisions of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which could apply to us as early as the filing of our annual report on Form 10-K for 2010 and which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as well as a report by our independent registered public accounting firm regarding the effectiveness of such internal control. If we are unable to comply with Section 404 or otherwise are unable to produce timely and accurate financial statements, our stock price may be adversely affected and we may be unable to maintain compliance with the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market.

The length of our sales cycle may cause us to incur substantial expenses without realizing sales or revenues.

The sales cycle for some of our software solutions frequently takes in excess of nine months from initial customer contact to contract execution. During this period, we may expend substantial time, effort and financial resources without realizing any revenues with respect to the potential sale. In addition, it may be difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenues through additional sales in any period, as license revenues and, when applicable, related services revenues from new customers are recognized over the applicable license term, typically one to five years.

Substantially all of our computer and communications hardware is located at a single facility, the failure of which would harm our business and results of operations.

Substantially all of the computer hardware necessary to operate our hosting service, which is used by the majority of our customers, is located at our hosting facility in Houston, Texas. Our systems and operations could suffer damage or interruption from human error, fire, flood, power loss, telecommunications failure, break-ins, terrorist attacks, acts of war and similar events, and we do not presently have hosting systems in multiple locations. The occurrence of a natural disaster, an act of terrorism or other unanticipated problems at our hosting facility could result in lengthy interruptions in our service. Although we maintain back-up facilities and disaster recovery services in the event of a system failure, these may be insufficient or fail. Any failure or breach of security of our systems could damage our reputation and cause us to lose customers, which would harm our business and results of operations. Our business may be harmed if our customers and potential customers believe our service is unreliable.

Defects or errors in our software could harm our reputation, result in significant cost to us and impair our ability to market our solutions.

The software applications underlying our hosted products and services, including Medidata Rave, are inherently complex and may contain defects or errors, some of which may be material. Errors may result from our own technology or from the interface of our software with legacy systems and data which we did not develop. The risk of errors is particularly significant when a new product is first introduced or when new versions or enhancements of existing products are released.

We have from time to time found defects in our software, and material performance problems or defects may arise in the future. Material defects in our software could result in a reduction in sales, delay in market

 

11


Table of Contents

acceptance of our software or credits or refunds to our customers. In addition, such defects may lead to the loss of existing customers and difficulty in attracting new customers, diversion of development resources or harm to our reputation.

Correction of defects or errors could prove to be impossible or impractical. The costs incurred in correcting any defects or errors or in responding to resulting claims or liability may be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results.

If we are not able to reliably meet our data storage and management requirements, or if we experience any failure or interruption in the delivery of our services over the Internet, customer satisfaction and our reputation could be harmed and customer contracts may be terminated.

As part of our current business model, we store and manage hundreds of terabytes of data for our customers, resulting in substantial information technology infrastructure and ongoing technological challenges, which we expect to continue to increase over time. If we do not reliably meet these data storage and management requirements, or if we experience any failure or interruption in the delivery of our services over the Internet, customer satisfaction and our reputation could be harmed and lead to reduced revenues and increased expenses. Our hosting services are subject to service level agreements and, in the event that we fail to meet guaranteed service or performance levels, we could be subject to customer credits or termination of these customer contracts. If the cost of meeting these data storage and management requirements increases, our results of operations could be harmed.

We may expand our business through new acquisitions that could disrupt our business, harm our financial condition and dilute current stockholders’ ownership interests in our company.

We intend to pursue potential acquisitions of, and investments in, businesses, technologies, or products complementary to our business and periodically engage in discussions regarding such possible acquisitions. For example, in March 2008, we acquired Fast Track.

Acquisitions, including the Fast Track acquisition, involve numerous risks, including some or all of the following:

 

   

difficulties in identifying and acquiring complementary products, technologies or businesses;

 

   

substantial cash expenditures;

 

   

incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities, some of which we may not identify at the time of acquisition;

 

   

difficulties in assimilating the operations and personnel of the acquired companies;

 

   

diversion of management’s attention away from other business concerns;

 

   

risk associated with entering markets in which we have limited or no direct experience;

 

   

potential loss of key employees, customers and strategic alliances from either our current business or the target company’s business; and

 

   

delays in customer purchases due to uncertainty and the inability to maintain relationships with customers of the acquired businesses.

If we fail to properly evaluate acquisitions or investments, we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of such acquisitions, we may incur costs in excess of what we anticipate, and management resources and attention may be diverted from other necessary or valuable activities. Any acquisition, including the Fast Track acquisition, may not result in short-term or long-term benefits to us. The failure to evaluate and execute acquisitions or investments successfully or otherwise adequately address these risks could materially harm our business and financial results. We may incorrectly judge the value or worth of an acquired company or business. In addition, our future success will depend in part on our ability to manage the growth anticipated with these acquisitions.

 

12


Table of Contents

Furthermore, the development or expansion of our business or any acquired business or companies may require a substantial capital investment by us. We may not have these necessary funds or they might not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. We may also seek to raise funds for an acquisition by issuing equity securities or convertible debt, as a result of which our existing stockholders may be diluted or the market price of our stock may be adversely affected.

Our revenues derived from international operations are subject to risk.

Approximately 30.5%, 34.1% and 33.8% of our revenues in each of the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively, were derived from international operations. We expect that international customers will continue to account for a substantial percentage of our revenues.

International operations are subject to inherent risks. These risks include:

 

   

the economic conditions in these various foreign countries and their trading partners, including conditions resulting from the disruptions in the world credit and equity markets;

 

   

political instability;

 

   

longer payment cycles;

 

   

greater difficulty in accounts receivable collection and enforcement of agreements;

 

   

compliance with foreign laws;

 

   

changes in regulatory requirements;

 

   

fewer legal protections for intellectual property and contract rights;

 

   

tariffs or other trade barriers;

 

   

difficulties in obtaining export licenses;

 

   

staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

   

exposure to currency exchange and interest rate fluctuations;

 

   

transportation delays; and

 

   

potentially adverse tax consequences.

Moreover, with regard to our international operations, we frequently enter into transactions in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and we incur operating expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, approximately 6.0% and 8.6%, respectively, of our sales were denominated in foreign currencies. This creates a foreign currency exchange risk for us that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We rely on third parties for our help desk support and technology partnerships, and our business may suffer if these relationships do not continue.

We currently outsource our help desk support functions, which involve important direct interactions with users of our products. In the event that our vendor becomes unable or unwilling to provide these services to us, we are not equipped to provide the necessary range of help desk support and service functions to our customers. We also work with companies such as Integrated Clinical Systems, Inc., Business Objects SA (SAP AG), invivodata, Inc. and SAS Institute Inc. to allow our EDC platform to interface with their products. If we are unable to develop and maintain effective relationships with a wide variety of technology partners, if companies adopt more restrictive policies with respect to, or impose unfavorable terms and conditions on, access to their products, we may not be able to continue to provide our customers with a high degree of interoperability with their existing information technology and business infrastructure, which could reduce our sales and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

13


Table of Contents

Claims that we or our technologies infringe upon the intellectual property or other proprietary rights of a third party may require us to incur significant costs, to enter into royalty or licensing agreements or to develop or license substitute technology.

We have been, and may in the future be, subject to claims that our technologies infringe upon the intellectual property or other proprietary rights of a third party. For instance, we were recently subject to a patent infringement claim by a third party as a result of which we paid $2.2 million to settle the claim. In addition, two of our ASP ire to Win partners have requested us to indemnify them in connection with patent infringement lawsuits filed by a third party. We have agreed to defend and indemnify one of these partners with respect to the allegations, claims, and defenses relating to its use of Medidata Rave. While we have not been named as a defendant in either of these lawsuits, the outcome and the future impact of these lawsuits on us remain uncertain. The vendors who provide us with technology that we incorporate in our product offerings also could become subject to various infringement claims. The technologies used in our product offerings may infringe patents held by others or they may do so in the future. Any future claim of infringement could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against the claim, even if the claim is without merit, and could distract our management from our business. Moreover, any settlement or adverse judgment resulting from the claim could require us to pay substantial amounts or obtain a license to continue to use the technology that is the subject of the claim, or otherwise restrict or prohibit our use of the technology. Any required licenses may not be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all. If we do not obtain any required licenses, we could encounter delays in product introductions if we attempt to design around the technology at issue or attempt to find another provider of suitable alternative technology to permit us to continue offering the applicable software solution. In addition, we generally provide in our customer agreements that we will indemnify our customers against third-party infringement claims relating to our technology provided to the customer, which could obligate us to fund significant amounts. Infringement claims asserted against us may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We may be unable to adequately enforce or defend our ownership and use of our intellectual property and other proprietary rights.

Our success is heavily dependent upon our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We rely upon a combination of trademark, trade secret, copyright, patent and unfair competition laws, as well as license and access agreements and other contractual provisions, to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. In addition, we attempt to protect our intellectual property and proprietary information by requiring certain of our employees and consultants to enter into confidentiality, non-competition and assignment of inventions agreements. The steps we take to protect these rights may not be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our technology by third parties or may not be adequate under the laws of some foreign countries, which may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States.

Our attempts to protect our intellectual property may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation, and agreement terms that address non-competition are difficult to enforce in many jurisdictions and may not be enforceable in any particular case. Moreover, the degree of future protection of our intellectual property and proprietary rights is uncertain for products that are currently in the early stages of development because we cannot predict which of these products will ultimately reach the commercial market or whether the commercial versions of these products will incorporate proprietary technologies. In addition, there remains the possibility that others will “reverse engineer” our products in order to determine their method of operation and introduce competing products or that others will develop competing technology independently.

If we resort to legal proceedings to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the intellectual property or other proprietary rights of others, the proceedings could be burdensome and expensive, even if we were to prevail. The failure to adequately protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

14


Table of Contents

We could incur substantial costs resulting from product liability claims relating to our products or services or our customers’ use of our products or services.

Any failure or errors in a customer’s clinical trial caused or allegedly caused by our products or services could result in a claim for substantial damages against us by our customers or the clinical trial participants, regardless of our responsibility for the failure. Although we are generally entitled to indemnification under our customer contracts against claims brought against us by third parties arising out of our customers’ use of our products, we might find ourselves entangled in lawsuits against us that, even if unsuccessful, may divert our resources and energy and adversely affect our business. Further, in the event we seek indemnification from a customer, a court may not enforce our indemnification right if the customer challenges it or the customer may not be able to fund any amounts for indemnification owed to us. In addition, our existing general liability insurance coverage may not continue to be available on reasonable terms or may not be available in amounts sufficient to cover one or more large claims, or the insurer may disclaim coverage as to any future claim.

Our failure to properly protect any personal medical information we possess or are deemed to possess in connection with the conduct of clinical trials could subject us to significant liability.

Our customers use our software solutions to collect, manage and report information in connection with the conduct of clinical trials. This information may be considered personal medical information of the clinical trial participants or patients. Regulation related to the use and disclosure of personal medical information continues to expand in scope and complexity. Increased focus on individuals’ rights to confidentiality of their personal information, including personal medical information, could lead to an increase of existing and future legislative or regulatory initiatives giving direct legal remedies to individuals, including rights to damages, against entities deemed responsible for not adequately securing such personal information. In addition, courts may look to regulatory standards in identifying or applying a common law theory of liability, whether or not that law affords a private right of action. Since we receive and process personal information of clinical trial participants and patients from customers utilizing our hosted solutions, there is a risk that we could be liable if there were a breach of any obligation to a protected person under contract, standard of practice or regulatory requirement. If we fail to protect personal information that is in our possession or deemed to be in our possession properly, we could be subjected to significant liability and our reputation would be harmed.

Current and future litigation against us could be costly and time consuming to defend.

We are from time to time subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business, such as claims brought by our customers in connection with commercial disputes and employment claims made by our current or former employees. For example, we are currently party to a lawsuit in Belgium brought by a former employee seeking approximately $1.4 million. Litigation may result in substantial costs and may divert management’s attention and resources, which may seriously harm our business, overall financial condition and operating results. Insurance may not cover such claims, may not be sufficient for one or more such claims and may not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby reducing our operating results and leading analysts or potential investors to reduce their expectations of our performance, resulting in a reduction in the trading price of our stock.

Risks Related to Our Industry

We face significant competition, which could cause us to lose business or achieve lower margins.

The market for our clinical trial solutions is intensely competitive and characterized by rapidly changing technologies, evolving industry standards and frequent new product and service introductions and enhancements that may render existing products and services obsolete. Accordingly, our market share and margins are subject to sudden declines. Some of our competitors have longer operating histories, greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources and greater name recognition than we do. These competitors may respond more

 

15


Table of Contents

quickly than we can to new and emerging technologies and changing customer and regulatory requirements, or devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their solutions. We anticipate that new competitors will enter our market in the future, as barriers to entry are relatively low in our industry. Increased competition is likely to result in pricing pressures, which could negatively impact our sales, gross margins or market share. In addition, current and potential competitors have established, and may in the future establish, relationships with vendors of complementary products, technologies or services to increase the penetration of their products in the marketplace. Even if our products and services are more effective than the products or service offerings of our competitors, current or potential customers might accept competitive products and services in lieu of purchasing our software products, services and hosted solutions. Our failure to compete effectively could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We depend entirely on the clinical trial market, and a downturn in this market could cause our revenues to decrease.

Our business depends entirely on the clinical trials conducted or sponsored by pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies, CROs and other entities. Our revenues may decline as a result of conditions affecting these industries, including general economic downturns, increased consolidation, decreased competition or fewer products under development. Other developments that may affect these industries and harm our operating results include product liability claims, changes in government regulation, changes in governmental price controls or third-party reimbursement practices and changes in medical practices. Disruptions in the world credit and equity markets and the current global recession may also result in a global downturn in spending on research and development and clinical trials and may impact our customers’ access to capital. Any decrease in research and development expenditures or in the size, scope or frequency of clinical trials could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Extensive governmental regulation of the clinical trial process and our products and services could require significant compliance costs and have a material adverse effect on the demand for our solutions.

The clinical trial process is subject to extensive and strict regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and other regulatory authorities worldwide. Our software products, services and hosted solutions are also subject to state, federal and foreign regulations. Demand for our solutions is largely a function of such government regulation, which is generally increasing at the state and federal levels in the United States and elsewhere, and subject to change at any time. Changes in the level of regulation, including a relaxation in regulatory requirements or the introduction of simplified drug approval procedures, could have a material adverse effect on the demand for our solutions. For example, proposals to place caps on drug prices could limit the profitability of existing or planned drug development programs, making investment in new drugs and therapies less attractive to pharmaceutical companies. Similarly, the requirements in the United States, the European Union and elsewhere to create a detailed registry of all clinical trials could have an impact on customers’ willingness to perform certain clinical studies. Likewise, a proposal for government-funded universal health care could subject expenditures for health care to governmental budget constraints and limits on spending. In addition, the uncertainty surrounding the possible adoption and impact on health care of any Good Clinical Practice reforms could cause our customers to delay planned research and development until some of these uncertainties are resolved.

Modifying our software products and services to comply with changes in regulations or regulatory guidance could require us to incur substantial costs. Further, changing regulatory requirements may render our solutions obsolete or make new products or services more costly or time consuming than we currently anticipate. Failure by us, our customers, or our competitors to comply with applicable regulations could result in increased regulatory scrutiny and enforcement. If our solutions fail to comply with government regulations or guidelines, we could incur significant liability or be forced to cease offering our applicable products or services. If our solutions fail to allow our customers to comply with applicable regulations or guidelines, customers may be unwilling to use our solutions and any such non-compliance could result in the termination of or additional costs arising from contracts with our customers.

 

16


Table of Contents

Consolidation among our customers could cause us to lose customers, decrease the market for our products and result in a reduction of our revenues.

Our customer base could decline because of industry consolidation, and we may not be able to expand sales of our products and services to new customers. Consolidation in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device industries and among CROs has accelerated in recent years, and we expect this trend to continue. In addition, new companies or organizations that result from such consolidation may decide that our products and services are no longer needed because of their own internal processes or the use of alternative systems. As these entities consolidate, competition to provide products and services to industry participants will become more intense and the importance of establishing relationships with large industry participants will become greater. These industry participants may try to use their market power to negotiate price reductions for our products and services. Also, if consolidation of larger current customers occurs, the combined organization may represent a larger percentage of business for us and, as a result, we are likely to rely more significantly on the combined organization’s revenues to continue to achieve growth.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

There is no existing market for our common stock, and a trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop. The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of an active and liquid trading market in our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market or otherwise. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common stock that you buy.

The initial public offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of the common stock that will prevail in the trading market. The market price of our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price. The market price of our common stock may also be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

 

   

general economic and stock market conditions, including the disruptions in the world credit and equity markets;

 

   

the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after this offering or changes in financial estimates by analysts;

 

   

future sales of our common stock; and

 

   

the other factors described in these “Risk Factors.”

In recent years, the stock market in general, and the market for Internet-related companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies, including companies in our industry. The price of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little to do with our performance, and these fluctuations could materially reduce our stock price.

In the past, some companies that have had volatile market prices for their securities have had securities class action suits filed against them. The filing of a lawsuit against us, regardless of the outcome, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, as it could result in substantial legal costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

 

17


Table of Contents

Future sales of shares of our common stock by existing stockholders could depress the market price of our common stock.

Upon completion of this offering, there will be              shares of our common stock outstanding. The              shares being sold in this offering (or              shares, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be freely tradable immediately after this offering (except for shares purchased by affiliates). Of the              shares outstanding upon the completion of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares),              shares will be freely tradeable shares saleable under Rule 144 that are not subject to a lock-up,              shares will be shares saleable under Rules 144 and 701 that are not subject to a lock-up,              shares will be restricted securities held for              or less and              shares will be permitted to be sold upon expiration of lock-up agreements 180 days after the date of this offering (subject in some cases to volume limitations). In addition, as of                     , we had outstanding options to purchase              shares of common stock that, if exercised, will result in these additional shares becoming available for sale upon expiration of the lock-up agreements. Sales by these stockholders or optionholders of a substantial number of shares after this offering could significantly reduce the market price of our common stock. We are party to a registration rights agreement with certain holders of our senior preferred stock, which provides them with rights to register under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act), shares of our common stock presently held by them and shares of common stock that are issued following the conversion of their shares of convertible preferred stock upon the completion of this offering. Under this agreement, holders of preferred stock are entitled to unlimited piggyback registration rights (other than in connection with this offering), up to two demand registrations and unlimited registrations on Form S-3. In addition, we are party to a registration rights agreement with certain former holders of shares of capital stock of Fast Track, which we acquired in March 2008. This agreement provides for unlimited piggyback registration rights (other than in connection with this offering) to former holders of shares of Fast Track who hold 10,000 or more shares of our common stock at the time we determine to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of others. Please refer to “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for a description of these registration rights.

We also intend to register all common stock that we may issue under our Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option Plan and our 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Effective upon the completion of this offering, an aggregate of              shares of our common stock will be reserved for future issuance under the Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option Plan and an aggregate of              shares of our common stock will be reserved for future issuance under our 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Once we register these shares, which we plan to do shortly after the completion of this offering, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements referred to above. If a large number of these shares are sold in the public market, the sales could reduce the trading price of our common stock. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of sales that may occur in the future.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. As a result, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the tangible book value of our assets after subtracting liabilities. You will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $             per share. You will incur additional dilution if stock, restricted stock units, restricted stock, stock options, warrants or other equity awards, whether currently outstanding or subsequently granted, are exercised.

We have not determined any specific use for a significant portion of the proceeds from this offering and we may use the proceeds in ways with which you may not agree.

Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds received by us. You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. You must rely on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that may not improve our financial condition and results of operations or increase our stock price. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

18


Table of Contents

A limited number of stockholders will have the ability to influence the outcome of director elections and other matters requiring stockholder approval.

After this offering, our directors, executive officers and their affiliated entities will beneficially own more than         % of our outstanding common stock. These stockholders, if they act together, could exert substantial influence over matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors, the amendment of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the approval of mergers or other business combination transactions. This concentration of ownership may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, which could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their stock as part of a sale of our company and might reduce our stock price. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by other stockholders, including those who purchase shares in this offering.

Provisions of Delaware law and our organizational documents may discourage takeovers and business combinations that our stockholders may consider in their best interests, which could negatively affect our stock price.

Provisions of Delaware law and our fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon completion of this offering may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company or deterring tender offers for our common stock that other stockholders may consider in their best interests.

Our certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon completion of this offering authorizes us to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more different series with terms to be fixed by our board of directors. Stockholder approval is not necessary to issue preferred stock in this manner. Issuance of these shares of preferred stock could have the effect of making it more difficult and more expensive for a person or group to acquire control of us, and could effectively be used as an anti-takeover device. Following the closing of this offering, no shares of our preferred stock will be outstanding.

Our bylaws to be in effect upon completion of this offering provide for an advance notice procedure for stockholders to nominate director candidates for election or to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors, and require that special meetings of stockholders be called only by our chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president or the board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the board.

The anti-takeover provisions of Delaware law and provisions in our organizational documents may prevent our stockholders from receiving the benefit from any premium to the market price of our common stock offered by a bidder in a takeover context. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock if they are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future.

Being a public company will increase our administrative workload and expenses.

Prior to this offering, we operated as a private company. As a public company with common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, we will need to comply with new laws, regulations and requirements, including certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, related regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market, which we are not required to comply with as a private company. Complying with these statutes, regulations and requirements will occupy a significant amount of the time of our board of directors and management. The hiring of additional personnel to handle these responsibilities, including in our accounting and financial reporting departments, will increase our operating costs. We will need to:

 

   

institute a more comprehensive compliance function;

 

19


Table of Contents
   

design, establish, evaluate and maintain a system of internal controls over financial reporting in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules and regulations of the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

   

prepare and distribute periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws;

 

   

involve and retain to a greater degree outside counsel and accountants in the above activities; and

 

   

enhance our investor relations function.

In addition, we expect that being a public company and subject to these rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit and compensation committees, and qualified executive officers.

We will be exposed to risks relating to evaluations of internal controls required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

We are in the process of evaluating our internal controls systems to allow management to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to audit, our internal controls over financial reporting. We will be performing the system and process evaluation and testing (and any necessary remediation) required to comply with the management certification and auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We could be required to comply with Section 404 as early as the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2010. However, we cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and remediation actions or the impact of the same on our operations.

Furthermore, upon completion of this process, we may identify control deficiencies of varying degrees of severity under applicable SEC and Public Company Accounting Oversight Board rules and regulations that remain unremediated. As a public company, we will be required to report, among other things, control deficiencies that constitute a “material weakness” or changes in internal controls that do, or are reasonably likely to, materially affect internal controls over financial reporting. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We currently have material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting. If we fail to remedy our material weaknesses or otherwise maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.” We are aware that we will need, and we intend, to hire additional accounting personnel in order to comply with the rules and regulations that will apply to us as a public company. If we fail to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, we might be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities such as the SEC or the NASDAQ Global Market. Additionally, failure to comply with Section 404 or the report by us of a material weakness may cause investors to lose confidence in our financial statements and our stock price may be adversely affected. If we fail to remedy any material weakness, our financial statements may be inaccurate, we may face restricted access to the capital markets, and our stock price may decline.

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not currently intend to do so for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. In addition, covenants in our outstanding senior secured credit facility will restrict our ability to pay dividends in the event that we do not repay the senior secured credit facility with proceeds from this offering. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future and the success of an investment in shares of our common stock will depend upon any future appreciation in its value. Shares of our common stock may depreciate in value or may not appreciate in value.

 

20


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT

REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements” that reflect our current estimates, expectations and projections about our future results, performance, prospects and opportunities. Forward-looking statements include, among other things, the information concerning our possible future results of operations, business and growth strategies, financing plans, expectations that regulatory developments or other matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition, our competitive position and the effects of competition, the projected growth of the industry in which we operate, the benefits and synergies to be obtained from our completed and any future acquisitions, and statements of management’s goals and objectives, and other similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts. Words such as “may,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “future,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” “appears,” “projects” and similar expressions, as well as statements in the future tense, identify forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by which, such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking information is based on information available at the time and/or management’s good faith belief with respect to future events, and is subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in the statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to the factors discussed under the headings “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.”

In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, our actual results of operations and execution of our business strategy could differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance upon them. In addition, past financial and/or operating performance is not necessarily a reliable indicator of future performance and you should not use our historical performance to anticipate results or future period trends. We can give no assurances that any of the events anticipated by the forward-looking statements will occur or, if any of them do, what impact they will have on our results of operations and financial condition.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the statements are made. We assume no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting forward-looking information except to the extent required by applicable securities laws. If we do update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect thereto or with respect to other forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this prospectus.

INDUSTRY INFORMATION

Information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market share, is based on information from independent industry analysis, third-party sources (including industry publications, surveys and forecasts and our internal research) and management estimates. Management estimates are derived from publicly available information released by independent industry analysts and third-party sources, as well as data from our internal research, and are based on assumptions made by us derived from such data and our knowledge of such industry and markets, which we believe to be reasonable. Any projections and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industries in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, and may constitute “forward-looking statements.” See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

21


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $            , or approximately $             if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that are payable by us in connection with the offering. We expect to use the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including working capital, capital expenditures and possible acquisitions. We may also use these net proceeds to repay all or a portion of our senior secured credit facility in the aggregate principal amount of $15.0 million, plus accrued interest and any fees relating to such prepayment, which bears interest at a rate equal to the greater of 4.5% and the lender’s most recently announced prime rate plus 2.5% (currently 7% per year) and matures in September 2013, in the event that we are unable to restructure the credit facility or obtain alternative debt financing on more favorable terms.

The debt under our credit facility was incurred in September 2008, and the proceeds were used for working capital and to repay outstanding principal plus accrued interest in an amount equal to approximately $11.0 million under promissory notes payable to Stonehenge Capital Fund New York, LLC, which bore interest at a rate equal to 10% per year and had a maturity date of January 31, 2011.

Although we continually evaluate acquisition opportunities, we have not entered into any binding commitments or agreements with respect to future acquisitions and we have no current plans, proposals or other arrangements regarding future acquisitions.

Pending use of the net proceeds, we will invest the net proceeds of this offering in interest-bearing, short-term, investment grade, highly liquid securities.

 

22


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We expect to pay accumulated accrued dividends on our convertible preferred stock of approximately $2.1 million (as of December 31, 2008) in cash upon completion of this offering. We currently expect to retain any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock. Any further determination to pay dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant.

 

23


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2008:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a proforma basis to reflect the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock into 9,014,658 shares of our common stock and payment of approximately $2.1 million of accumulated accrued dividends on existing preferred stock from available cash on hand upon the completion of this offering; and

 

   

on a proforma as adjusted basis to further reflect our sale of              shares of our common stock at a price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and our use of proceeds, net of estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that are payable by us.

This table should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Information,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” all included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2008
     Actual     Proforma     Proforma
As Adjusted
    

(in thousands, except share

and per share amounts)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 9,784     $ 7,724     $             
                      

Capital lease obligations, including current portion

   $ 7,060     $ 7,060     $  

Long-term debt, including current portion(1)

     14,366       14,366    

Convertible redeemable preferred stock:

      

Series B, $0.01 par value, 1,335,807 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, proforma and proforma as adjusted(2)

     1,099       —      

Series C, $0.01 par value, 180,689 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, proforma and proforma as adjusted(2)

     179      
—  
 
 

Series D, $0.01 par value, 2,752,333 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, proforma and proforma as adjusted(2)

     11,967      
—  
 
 

Stockholders’ deficit:

      

Convertible preferred stock, Series A, $0.01 par value, 2,385,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, proforma and proforma as adjusted(2)

     24      
—  
 
 

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized, 7,531,911 shares issued and 7,035,100 shares outstanding, actual; 20,000,000 shares authorized, 16,546,569 shares issued and 16,049,758 shares outstanding, proforma;              shares authorized,             shares issued and              shares outstanding, proforma as adjusted(2)

     75       165    

Additional paid-in capital

     22,433       33,552    

Treasury stock, 496,811 shares

     (6,000 )     (6,000 )  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (389 )     (389 )  

Accumulated deficit

     (42,763 )     (42,763 )  
                      

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (26,620 )     (15,435 )  
                      

Total capitalization

   $ 8,051     $ 5,991     $  
                      

 

24


Table of Contents

 

(1) Does not reflect the potential paydown of our $15.0 million senior secured credit facility. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

(2) The number of shares of capital stock to be authorized, issued and outstanding after the offering is based on 7,035,100 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and the issuance of 9,014,658 shares of common stock upon the automatic conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the closing of the offering. In addition, the number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after the offering assumes that accumulated accrued dividends on the convertible preferred stock of approximately $2.1 million (as of December 31, 2008) will be paid from cash on hand upon the closing of the offering. The number of shares of capital stock to be authorized, issued and outstanding after the offering:

 

   

excludes 2,431,550 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2008 at a weighted average exercise price of $6.63 per share;

 

   

excludes              shares of common stock reserved for future grants or awards from time to time under our 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan;

 

   

assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to additional shares of common stock from us if they sell more than              shares in the offering; and

 

   

excludes              shares issuable if holders of our senior preferred elect to receive shares of common stock valued at the initial public offering price as payment of their accumulated and accrued dividends.

 

25


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the common stock is substantially in excess of the book value per share attributable to the existing stockholders for the presently outstanding stock. The information provided below assumes conversion of all our preferred stock into common stock.

Our net tangible book value as of                     , 2009 was approximately $             million, or approximately $             per share of common stock.

We have calculated this amount by:

 

   

subtracting our total liabilities from our total tangible assets; and

 

   

then dividing the difference by the number of shares of common stock outstanding.

On a pro forma as adjusted basis, after giving effect to the conversion of          shares of our preferred stock into          shares of our common stock and the sale of          shares of common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range shown on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that are payable by us, our adjusted net tangible book value as of                     , 2009 would have been approximately $            , or approximately $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value from this offering of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution to new investors on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price

      $             

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of                     , 2009

   $                

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors purchasing shares in this offering

     

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

     

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering

      $             

The following table summarizes on the basis described above, as of                     , 2009, the difference between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total cash consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders since our inception and by new investors in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that are payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased(1)     Total Consideration     Average
Price
per Share
     Number    Percent     Amount    Percent    

Existing stockholders

               %   $                          %   $             

New public investors

            

Total

      100.0 %   $      100.0 %  

 

(1)

Before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that are payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the number of shares of common stock held by new investors will increase to             , or         % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering, our existing stockholders would

 

26


Table of Contents
 

own approximately         % of the total number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock would be approximately $             and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock to new investors would be $            . The tables above assume no exercise of stock options outstanding on                     , 2009. As of                     , 2009, there were outstanding stock options to purchase          shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $         per share, subject to certain vesting requirements. To the extent these stock options are exercised after consummation of this offering, there will be further dilution to new investors. If all of these outstanding stock options had been exercised as of                     , 2009, net tangible book value per share after this offering would have been $         and total dilution per share to new investors would have been $            .

 

27


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Our selected consolidated financial information presented for each of the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 was derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our selected financial information presented for each of the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 and as of December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 was derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus.

The information contained in this table should also be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Operations,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2004     2005     2006     2007     2008(1)  
    (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

Revenues:

         

Application services

  $ 3,226     $ 13,069     $ 31,953     $ 48,378     $ 76,770  

Professional services

    4,304       6,759       18,508       37,896       40,360  
                                       

Total revenues

    7,530       19,828       50,461       86,274       117,130  

Cost of revenues:(2)

         

Application services(3)

    1,074       2,059       7,288       13,170       19,647  

Professional services

    4,878       14,459       20,462       33,035       30,801  
                                       

Total cost of revenues

    5,952       16,518       27,750       46,205       50,448  

Gross profit

    1,578       3,310       22,711       40,069       66,682  

Operating costs and expenses:(2)

         

Research and development(4)

    2,859       4,104       5,905       10,716       19,340  

Sales and marketing(5)

    3,829       7,733       13,379       16,485       24,681  

General and administrative

    4,068       4,574       8,335       13,361       27,474  
                                       

Total operating costs and expenses

    10,756       16,411       27,619       40,562       71,495  

Loss from operations

    (9,178 )     (13,101 )     (4,908 )     (493 )     (4,813 )

Interest and other expenses (income), net

    31       38       195       364       1,624  
                                       

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (9,209 )     (13,139 )     (5,103 )     (857 )     (6,437 )

Provision for income taxes(6)

    23       110       306       515       920  
                                       

Net loss

    (9,232 )     (13,249 )     (5,409 )     (1,372 )     (7,357 )

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

    303       498       498       498       498  
                                       

Net loss available to common stockholders

  $ (9,535 )   $ (13,747 )   $ (5,907 )   $ (1,870 )   $ (7,855 )
                                       

Basic and diluted loss per share(7)

  $ (1.57 )   $ (2.24 )   $ (0.94 )   $ (0.29 )   $ (1.16 )
                                       

Weighted average basic and diluted common shares outstanding(7)

    6,056,422       6,135,341       6,296,830       6,384,557       6,793,596  
                                       

Pro forma:(8)

         

Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share

          $ (0.47 )
               

Pro forma weighted average basic and diluted common shares outstanding

            15,808,254  
               

 

28


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2004     2005     2006     2007     2008(1)  
    (in thousands)  

Stock-based compensation expense and depreciation and amortization of intangible assets included in cost of revenues and operating costs and expenses are as follows:

         

Stock-based compensation expense

         

Cost of revenues

  $     $ 178     $ 108     $ 172     $ 291  

Research and development

          27       89       183       503  

Sales and marketing

          69       304       448       640  

General and administrative

          118       218       491       1,763  
                                       

Total stock-based compensation

  $     $ 392     $ 719     $ 1,294     $ 3,197  
                                       

Depreciation

         

Cost of revenues

  $     $ 563     $ 1,237     $ 3,605     $ 5,941  

Research and development

          136       289       463       650  

Sales and marketing

          91       202       243       383  

General and administrative

    347       104       228       305       461  
                                       

Total depreciation

    347       894       1,956       4,616       7,435  
                                       

Amortization of intangible assets(4)

         

Cost of revenues

                            1,191  

Sales and marketing

                            79  
                                       

Total amortization of intangible assets

                            1,270  
                                       

Total depreciation and amortization of intangible assets

  $ 347     $ 894     $ 1,956     $ 4,616     $ 8,705  
                                       
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data          
    As of December 31,  
    2004     2005     2006     2007     2008  
    (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 7,595     $ 6,450     $ 7,016     $ 7,746     $ 9,784  

Total current assets

    13,149       13,218       18,328       27,810       42,328  

Restricted cash

    306       305       305       387       545  

Total assets

    14,824       16,406       24,376       42,733       72,953  

Total deferred revenue

    11,253       21,501       25,017       35,024       49,604  

Total capital lease obligations

    289       507       2,281       8,527       7,060  

Total long-term debt

    1,500       4,000       3,514       10,781       14,366  

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

    11,252       11,751       12,249       12,747       13,245  

Convertible preferred stock

    24       24       24       24       24  

Stockholders’ deficit

    (13,706 )     (27,656 )     (32,614 )     (39,023 )     (26,620 )

 

29


Table of Contents

Notes to Selected Consolidated Financial Information:

 

(1) On March 17, 2008, we acquired Fast Track, a provider of clinical trial planning solutions. Our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 include the operations of Fast Track since the date of acquisition. Please refer to “Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Operations” for the pro forma effects of our acquisition of Fast Track.

 

(2) Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for our stock-based compensation plans using the intrinsic value method prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , or APB No. 25, and related interpretations. Under APB No. 25, compensation expense of fixed stock options is based on the difference, if any, on the date of the grant between the fair value of our stock and the exercise price of the option. Compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

On January 1, 2006, we adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment , or SFAS No. 123(R), requiring us to recognize expense related to the fair value of our stock-based compensation awards. We elected the modified prospective transition method as permitted by SFAS No. 123(R). Under this transition method, stock-based compensation expense for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, includes compensation expense for all stock based compensation awards granted prior to, but not yet vested, as of January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , or SFAS No. 123, and compensation expense for all stock based compensation awards granted subsequent to January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R).

 

(3) In 2006, it was claimed that certain applications offered to our customers potentially infringed on intellectual property rights held by a third party. As a result of negotiations with the third party, we entered into a license and settlement agreement in June 2007, pursuant to which we licensed the intellectual property held by the third party for use in our future sales to customers and settled all past infringement claims. We paid a settlement amount of $2.2 million to the third party in 2007. Such amount was recorded in cost of revenues under application services for the year ended December 31, 2006 and in accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006.

 

(4) We determined that technological feasibility had not been established for certain in-process research and development projects acquired from Fast Track. These projects were written off, resulting in $0.7 million of additional research and development expenses included in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008. This write-off is not included in amortization of intangible assets in the consolidated statement of operations.

 

(5) In 2006, a former employee made a claim seeking compensation of approximately $1.6 million in relation to the termination of her employment. Subsequently, the claim was reduced to approximately $1.4 million as of December 31, 2008. We recorded approximately $0.6 million in sales and marketing expenses during the year ended December 31, 2006 related to this matter. A hearing was held in November 2008 and the court rendered its decision on January 15, 2009, which awarded approximately $0.1 million to the plaintiff. While we believe this decision was favorable to us, it may be appealed by the plaintiff.

 

(6) For the years ended December 31, 2004 to 2008, we did not realize an income tax benefit for available net operating loss carryforwards. As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately $32.8 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards available to offset future taxable income expiring from 2019 through 2028. We also had net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $55.0 million available to offset future state taxable income expiring from 2009 to 2028.

 

(7) Basic and diluted net loss per share amounts and basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding have been adjusted to reflect a two-for-one stock split effective on August 3, 2004.

 

(8) The pro forma information represents the pro forma effect of converting outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock at the applicable conversion ratio upon the completion of this offering, as if it had occurred on January 1, 2008 for the basic and diluted net loss per share presented on the consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

30


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

On March 17, 2008, we acquired Fast Track for a purchase price of approximately $18.1 million. The following unaudited pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 gives pro forma effect to the acquisition of Fast Track as if it had occurred on January 1, 2008.

The unaudited pro forma statement of operations is based on estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions have been made solely for purposes of developing this pro forma information. Unaudited pro forma financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have been achieved if the acquisition of Fast Track had been consummated as of the date indicated, nor is it necessarily indicative of the results of future operations. The pro forma financial information does not give effect to any cost savings or restructuring and integration costs that may result from the integration of Fast Track’s business.

In connection with the purchase of Fast Track, we issued 864,440 shares of our common stock in exchange for all Fast Track’s existing preferred stock and common stock as well as 25,242 shares of common stock reserved for the exercise of outstanding vested employee stock options, 20,004 shares of common stock reserved for the exercise of outstanding unvested employee stock options and 444 shares of common stock reserved for the exercise of outstanding warrants.

The Fast Track purchase price has been allocated based on the fair market value of the acquired assets and liabilities. See Note 1 to the Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Operations.

 

31


Table of Contents

PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

 

     Medidata
Solutions,
Inc.
January 1
to
December 31,
2008
(Historical)
    Fast Track
Systems,
Inc.
January 1
to March 17,
2008
(Historical)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
for Fast
Track
Acquisition
(1)(2(a))
         Pro Forma
Combined
     

Revenues:

             

Application services

   $ 76,770     $ 1,370     $ (118 )   2(b)    $ 78,022    

Professional services

     40,360       —              40,360    
                                     

Total revenues

     117,130       1,370       (118 )        118,382    

Cost of revenues:

             

Application services

     19,647       256       351     2(c)      20,254    

Professional services

     30,801       —              30,801    
                                     

Total cost of revenues

     50,448       256       351          51,055    

Gross profit

     66,682       1,114       (469 )        67,327    

Operating costs and expenses:

             

Research and development

     19,340       225            19,565    

Sales and marketing

     24,681       364       30     2(c)      25,075    

General and administrative

     27,474       959            28,433    
                                     

Total operating costs and expenses

     71,495       1,548       30          73,073    
                                     

Operating loss

     (4,813 )     (434 )     (499 )        (5,746 )  

Interest and other expenses (income), net

     1,624       (9 )          1,615    
                                     

Loss before income taxes

     (6,437 )     (425 )     (499 )        (7,361 )  

Provision for income taxes

     920       11       —       2(d)      931    
                                     

Net loss

     (7,357 )     (436 )     (499 )        (8,292 )  

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

     498       81       (81 )   2(e)      498    
                                     

Net loss available to common stockholders

   $ (7,855 )   $ (517 )   $ (418 )      $ (8,790 )  
                                     

Basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (1.16 )          $ (1.26 )  
                         

Weighted average basic and diluted common shares outstanding

     6,793,596              6,973,589     2(f)

See notes to unaudited pro forma statement of operations.

 

32


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

 

(1) ACQUISITION OF FAST TRACK

The purchase price of Fast Track was based on a negotiated fair market value of Fast Track as of the acquisition date. The fair market value of our common stock issued to Fast Track shareholders of $19.66 was based on a valuation of our common stock performed by Financial Strategies Consulting Group LLC, or FSCG, an independent third-party valuation specialist, as of March 2008. FSCG used the market-comparable approach and the income approach to estimate our aggregate enterprise value at the valuation date (See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Stock-Based Compensation—Significant Factors, Assumptions and Methodologies Used in Determining the Fair Value of our Capital Stock”). The determination of fair market value of our common stock requires us to make judgments that are complex and inherently subjective.

The following table sets forth the components of the purchase price:

 

Fair market value of common stock issued (864,440 shares)

   $ 16,995

Fair market value of stock options and warrants exchanged (25,242 and 444 shares underlying the options and warrants, respectively)

     459

Transaction costs

     625
      

Total purchase price

   $ 18,079
      

The issuance of 864,440 shares of our common stock in exchange for all Fast Track’s existing preferred stock and common stock held by Fast Track employees and stockholders was based on the estimated fair market value of our common stock of $19.66 on the date of the acquisition.

The fair market value of the 25,242 shares of fully vested exchanged stock options and 20,004 shares of unvested exchanged stock options issued in connection with the acquisition was estimated using the Black-Scholes pricing model utilizing the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

Risk-free interest rate

   2.61 %

Expected life

   2.4 years  

Expected volatility

   59 %

Expected dividend yield

   —    

As a result of the valuation, the fair market value of $370 associated with the 20,004 shares of unvested exchanged stock options will be recorded into stock-based compensation expense over the stock option vesting term, which is approximately one year subsequent to the acquisition.

The fair market value of the 444 shares of exchanged warrants was also estimated using the Black-Scholes pricing model and was not material.

 

33


Table of Contents

The allocation of the purchase price paid in connection with our acquisition of Fast Track among the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is based on their fair market value. The following table provides the allocation of the purchase price based upon Fast Track’s unaudited balance sheet as of March 17, 2008, the date of the acquisition:

 

Assets acquired

  

Cash and cash equivalents and other current assets

   $ 1,827  

Restricted cash

     158  

Furniture, fixture and equipment

     232  

Intangible assets

     8,200  

Goodwill

     9,799  
        

Total assets acquired

   $ 20,216  
        

Liabilities assumed

  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (798 )

Deferred revenue

     (1,338 )

Other long-term liabilities

     (1 )
        

Net assets acquired

   $ 18,079  
        

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, we have provided for deferred tax assets of $3,470 for the difference between the currently estimated book and tax basis of the net assets acquired. Based on our lack of a history of profits and uncertainty in regards to future profitability, we determined that it was more likely than not that such tax benefit would not be realized and therefore a valuation allowance of $3,470 was established to fully offset such net deferred tax assets. In addition, we did not recognize a deferred tax asset relating to the future tax distribution that will arise when the Fast Track employee exchanged options are exercised. When such exercises occur and a tax deduction is ultimately realized, we will recognize such benefit as an adjustment to income tax expense in accordance with SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations , which was adopted by us on January 1, 2009.

 

(2) PRO FORMA FAST TRACK ACQUISITION ADJUSTMENTS

 

  (a) Adjustment to calculate goodwill and other intangible assets and to allocate the purchase price to the fair value of Fast Track net assets acquired:

 

Common stock issued (see Note 1)

   $ 16,995

Common stock reserved for stock options and warrants exchanged (see Note 1)

     459

Transaction costs

     625
      

Total purchase price

   $ 18,079
      

Purchase price is allocated as follows:

  

Goodwill

   $ 9,799

Intangible assets

     8,200

Net assets assumed

     80
      

Total purchase price

   $ 18,079
      

 

  (b)

We estimated the fair value of the legal performance obligation associated with acquired deferred revenue in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 01-3, Accounting in a Business

 

34


Table of Contents
 

Combination for Deferred Revenue of an Acquiree . We concluded that the value of the legal performance obligation represents the direct costs to fulfill such obligation plus an expected profit margin. Our valuation of the acquired deferred revenue resulted in a 38% write-down of the deferred revenue balance as of the date of the acquisition. The performance obligation associated with the acquired deferred revenue has a duration of one year, thus this write-down has been reflected on a pro forma basis as of January 1, 2008, resulting an adjustment to application services revenues of $118 (net of historical impact of $664) in the pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

  (c) Adjustment to historical amortization of intangible assets expense to reflect the incremental expense associated with the purchase price allocation and estimated useful lives:

 

     Purchase
Allocation
   Estimated
Useful
Lives (Years)
   Year Ended
December 31,
2008

Technology

   $ 2,400    5.00    $ 480

Database

     1,900    5.00      380

Customer relationships

     1,600    5.00      110

Customer contracts

     1,600    3.00      681

Research and development

     700    None      —  
                
   $ 8,200         1,651
            

Historical expense

           1,270
            

Incremental pro forma expense for the year ended December 31, 2008

         $ 381
            

Cost of revenues-application services

         $ 351

Sales and marketing

           30
            

Total

         $ 381
            

Of the $8,200 of acquired intangibles, $700 was assigned to in-process research and development projects. Subsequent to the date of the acquisition, we determined that technological feasibility had not been established for any of these projects, and as a result, these projects were written off. This write-off is included as research and development expense in Medidata’s historical results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008.

The acquired technology and database will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of five years. The customer relationships and customer contracts will be amortized using an accelerated method which reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits derived from the related intangible assets are consumed or utilized. Amortization of customer relationships and customer contracts over their remaining useful lives as of December 31, 2008 is as follows:

 

Years ending December 31,

  

2009

   $ 967

2010

     599

2011

     517

2012

     448

2013

     80
      
   $ 2,611
      

 

  (d) Pro forma provision for income taxes represents only foreign, state and local income taxes imposed on a pro forma combined company basis, as we do not expect to pay U.S. income taxes on our net loss. We have not reflected a tax benefit on such loss as it is not assured that a tax benefit would be realized.

 

35


Table of Contents
  (e) Pro forma adjustments for preferred stock dividends and accretion represent the elimination of Fast Track’s historical preferred stock dividends, as all of Fast Track’s preferred stock was exchanged for Medidata’s common stock in connection with the acquisition.

 

  (f) Pro forma combined weighted average basic and diluted common shares outstanding were based on Medidata’s historical weighted average basic and diluted common shares outstanding with the pro forma effect of the issuance of 864,440 shares of common stock in connection with the acquisition of Fast Track as if it had occurred on January 1, 2008.

 

36


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is a discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations. You should read this discussion and analysis together with our consolidated financial statements and notes to those consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on management’s current expectations, estimates and projections about our business and operations. Our actual results may differ from those currently anticipated and expressed in such forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including those described under the caption “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a leading global provider of hosted clinical development solutions that enhance the efficiency of our customers’ clinical development processes and optimize their research and development investments. Our solutions allow our customers to achieve clinical results more efficiently and effectively by streamlining the design, planning and management of key aspects of the clinical development process, including protocol development, CRO negotiation, investigator contracting, the capture and management of clinical trial data and the analysis and reporting of that data on a worldwide basis.

The demand for electronic clinical solutions, such as those provided by Medidata, has been driven by the increasing complexity and cost associated with paper-based trials and inefficiencies with early generation EDC solutions. Paper-based trials may delay the clinical development process, impair data quality and prevent real-time decision making, while traditional EDC solutions have faced challenges with integration, site requirements, customization and scalability.

We have grown our revenues significantly since inception by expanding our customer base, increasing penetration with existing customers, enhancing our products and services and growing our indirect channel. In order to achieve and sustain our growth objectives, we have and will continue to invest in key areas, including: new personnel, particularly in direct domestic and international sales activities; resources to support our product development, including product functionality and platform; marketing programs to build brand awareness; and infrastructure to support growth.

We derive a majority of our application services revenues through multi-study arrangements for a pre-determined number of studies. We also offer our application services on a single-study basis that allows customers to use our solution for a limited number of studies or to evaluate it prior to committing to multi-study arrangements. We invest heavily in training our Medidata Rave customers, their investigators and other third parties to configure clinical trials independently. We believe this knowledge transfer accelerates customer adoption of our solutions.

We use a number of metrics to evaluate and manage our business. These metrics include customer growth, customer retention rate, revenues from lost customers, geographic contribution, and next twelve month, or NTM, backlog.

Our customer base has grown from 33 at January 1, 2006 to 147 at December 31, 2008. Our relationships with some of these customers include multiple divisions and business units at various domestic and international locations. We generate revenues from sales to new customers as well as sales and renewals from our existing customers. Our global direct sales organization represents our primary source of sales, with an increasing number of sales generated through our CRO relationships. Our customer retention rate was 81.8%, 92.0% and 87.0%, in 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. We calculate customer retention based upon the number of customers that

 

37


Table of Contents

existed both at the beginning and end of the relevant period. Revenues from lost customers accounted for 2.8%, 0.8% and 2.2% of total prior year revenues in 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. To calculate the impact of customers lost during the year, we consider the revenues recognized from lost customers during the most recent prior fiscal year as a percentage of total company revenues from the same period. We believe revenue from lost customers coupled with customer retention rate gives the best sense of volume and scale of customer loss and retention. Our presentation of customer retention and revenues from lost customers may differ from other companies in our industry.

We manage our business as one reportable segment. Historically, we have generated most of our revenues from sales to customers located in the United States. However, revenues generated from customers located in Europe and Asia (including Australia) represent a significant and growing portion of overall revenues. Revenues generated from customers located in Europe represented 19.1%, 22.6% and 21.7% of total revenues in 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Revenues generated from customers in Asia represented 11.2%, 11.3% and 11.2% of total revenues in 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. We expect sales from customers in Europe and Asia to continue to represent a significant portion of total sales as we continue to serve existing and new customers in these markets.

Our backlog is primarily associated with application services and represents the total future contract value of outstanding, multi-study and single-study arrangements, billed and unbilled, at a point in time. Thus, our backlog includes deferred revenue. Revenue for any given period is a function of revenue recognized from the beginning of period backlog, contract renewals, and new customer contracts. For this reason, backlog at the beginning of any period is not necessarily indicative of long-term future performance. We monitor as an annual metric the amount of revenues expected to be recognized from NTM backlog. As of January 1, 2008 and 2009, we had NTM backlog of approximately $62.5 million and $85.1 million, respectively. Our presentation of backlog may differ from other companies in our industry.

We consider the global adoption of EDC solutions to be essential to our future growth. Our future growth will also depend on our ability to sustain the high levels of customer satisfaction and our ability to increase sales to existing customers. In addition, the market for our products is often characterized by rapid technological change and evolving regulatory standards. Our future growth is dependent on the successful development and introduction of new products and enhancements. To address these challenges, we will continue to expand our direct and indirect sales channels in domestic and international markets, pursue research and development as well as acquisition opportunities to expand and enhance our product offerings, expand our marketing efforts, and drive customer adoption through our knowledge transfer professional services offerings. Our success in these areas will depend upon our abilities to execute on our operational plans, interpret and respond to customer and regulatory requirements, and retain key staff.

Acquisition of Fast Track Systems, Inc.

On March 17, 2008, we acquired Fast Track Systems, Inc., or Fast Track, a provider of clinical trial planning solutions. With this acquisition, we extended our ability to serve customers throughout the clinical research process with solutions that improve efficiencies in protocol development and trial planning, contracting and negotiation. We paid total consideration of approximately $18.1 million, which consisted of the issuance of 864,440 shares of common stock in exchange for all Fast Track’s existing preferred stock and common stock as well as 444 and 25,242 shares of common stock reserved for the exercise of outstanding warrants and vested employee stock options, respectively.

The results of operations or other discussions below for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 do not give effect to the impact of this acquisition. Our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 include the operations of Fast Track since the date of acquisition. The unaudited pro forma statement of operations provides the pro forma effect to the acquisition of Fast Track as if it had occurred on January 1, 2008.

 

38


Table of Contents

Sources of Revenue

We derive revenues from application services and professional services. Application services consist of multi-study or single-study arrangements which give our customers the right to use our software solutions, hosting and site support. Professional services consist of assisting our customers and partners with the design, workflow, implementation and management of their clinical trials.

Our application services are principally provided for both multi-study arrangements, which grant customers the right to manage up to a predetermined number of clinical trials for a term generally ranging from three to five years, as well as single-study arrangements that allow customers to use application services on a short-term basis for a limited number of studies or to evaluate our application services prior to committing to multi-study arrangements. Many of our customers have migrated from single-study arrangements to multi-study arrangements. Since 2006, multi-study arrangements have approximated 70% of total application services revenues. We expect multi-study arrangements to continue to represent the majority of our application services revenues.

Our professional services provide our customers with reliable, repeatable and cost-effective implementation and training in the use of our application services. Professional services revenues have represented a significant portion of overall revenues to date. We expect professional services revenues to decline as a percentage of total revenues as our customers and partners become more adept at the management and configuration of their clinical trials as part of our knowledge transfer efforts.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues consists primarily of costs related to hosting, maintaining and supporting our application suite and delivering our professional services and support. These costs include salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation for our data center and professional services staff. Cost of revenues also includes outside service provider costs, data center and networking expenses and allocated overhead. We allocate overhead such as depreciation expense, rent and utilities to all departments based on relative headcount. As such, a portion of general overhead expenses are reflected in cost of revenues. The costs associated with providing professional services are significantly higher as a percentage of revenue than the costs associated with delivering our application services due to the labor costs associated with providing professional services. Over the long term, we believe that cost of revenues as a percentage of total revenues will decrease.

Operating Costs and Expenses

Research and Development . Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our research and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation, the cost of certain third-party service providers and allocated overhead. We have focused our research and development efforts on expanding the functionality and ease of use of our applications. We expect research and development costs to increase in absolute dollars in the future as we intend to release new features and functionality designed to maximize the efficiency and effectiveness of the clinical development process for our customers. Over the long term, we believe that research and development expenses as a percentage of total revenues will remain relatively constant.

Sales and Marketing . Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our sales and marketing staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation, commissions, travel costs, and marketing and promotional events, corporate communications, advertising, other brand building and product marketing expenses and allocated overhead. Our sales and marketing expenses have increased in absolute dollars primarily due to our ongoing substantial investments in customer acquisition. We expect sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars. Over the long term, we believe that sales and marketing expenses will decline slightly as a percentage of total revenues.

 

39


Table of Contents

General and Administrative . General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for executive, legal, quality assurance, finance and human resources, including wages, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation, professional fees, insurance premiums, allocated overhead and other corporate expenses, including certain one-time costs associated with becoming a public company. During 2008, we strengthened our management and corporate infrastructure, particularly in our finance department, and implemented financial reporting, compliance and other infrastructure associated with being a public company. On an ongoing basis, we expect general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to add administrative personnel and incur additional professional fees and other expenses resulting from continued growth and the compliance requirements of operating as a public company. Over the long term, we believe that general and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenues will decrease.

Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, we, together with our independent registered public accounting firm, identified material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting attributable to deficiencies in our revenue recognition and expense cut-off procedures. Our control deficiencies in revenue recognition related to ineffective review of contract terms and their impact on timing of revenue recognition, ineffective cut-off procedures, the extensive use of manual procedures and inadequate staffing, as well as ineffective expense cut-off procedures. While we have initiated a plan to remediate our material weaknesses and commenced a number of specific remedial activities during 2008, our material weaknesses were not fully remediated as of December 31, 2008.

The actions we have taken to date include hiring a new director of revenue accounting and additional technical accounting personnel, designing a comprehensive revenue recognition policy, and establishing a methodology for accruing missing invoices and expense reports. We performed additional analyses and other procedures designed to ensure that our annual and interim consolidated financial statements included herein were prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. These measures included, among other things, accounting reviews by senior finance staff, certain manual procedures, including the centralized review of key contracts and transactions; and the utilization of outside professionals to supplement our staff in assisting us in meeting the objectives otherwise fulfilled by an effective control environment. As a result, we believe our annual and interim consolidated financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, our financial position, results of operations and cash flows for all periods presented. While we believe that our remediation plan will address the identified material weaknesses, we have not yet completed all of the steps required for remediation and our testing procedures have not yet been completed.

We currently estimate that we will be able to report the completion of our remediation in connection with the issuance of our audited financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2009. The anticipated additional costs that we may incur in relation to additional staff, external advisors and the implementation of controls or use of software tools to manage our compliance with such controls is not expected to exceed $0.5 million in 2009. Our board of directors, in coordination with our audit committee, will continually assess the progress and sufficiency of these initiatives and make adjustments as necessary.

See also “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We currently have material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting. If we fail to remedy our material weaknesses or otherwise fail to maintain effective internal controls over our financial reporting, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.”

Critical Accounting Policies

Our financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Our critical accounting policies, including the assumptions and judgments underlying them, require the application of significant judgment in the preparation of our financial statements, and as a result they are subject to a greater degree of uncertainty. In applying these policies, we use our judgment to determine the appropriate assumptions to be used in calculating estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities,

 

40


Table of Contents

revenues and expenses. Estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates. Our critical accounting policies include the following:

Revenue Recognition

We derive our revenues from the sale of application services and the rendering of professional services. We recognize revenues when all of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

   

persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

 

   

service has been delivered to the customer;

 

   

amount of the fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable; and

 

   

collection of the fees is reasonably assured or probable.

We invoice our customers in accordance with the terms of our underlying contracts, usually in installments in advance of the related service period. Payment terms are typically net 30 to 45 days. Amounts that have been invoiced for application services arrangements are initially recorded in accounts receivable and deferred revenue. Our deferred revenue represents the net balance billed in advance of revenue recognition. Application services arrangements represent the majority of our deferred revenue. Professional services arrangements are typically invoiced monthly on a time and material basis and do not represent a significant portion of our deferred revenue.

Application Services

We typically enter into multi-study and single-study arrangements that include software licenses that provide our customers the “right to use” our software, as well as hosting and other support services to be provided over a specified term. We recognize revenues ratably over the term of the arrangement, beginning with the commencement of the arrangement term, which correlates with the activation of the hosting services, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. The term of the arrangement includes option renewal periods if such renewal periods are likely to be exercised.

Professional Services

We also provide a range of professional services that our customers have the option to utilize on an as-needed basis. Professional services do not result in significant alterations to our underlying software and are evaluated separately to determine if such professional services are essential to the functionality of our application services. Professional services deemed not essential to the functionality of our application services are considered to have a stand-alone value to our customers and are recognized separately as they are rendered, on a time and materials basis, based on vendor specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of fair value.

We have established a range of VSOE of fair value for certain of our professional service offerings. For multiple element arrangements, consideration is allocated to professional services based on VSOE of fair value utilizing the residual method to determine the portion of the arrangement consideration to allocate to other services. If the contracted professional services consideration is priced outside the VSOE range, our policy is to adjust the pricing for accounting purposes to the closest point within the VSOE range.

Professional services that are essential to the functionality of our application services or for which VSOE of fair value was not established, do not qualify for separate accounting and are recognized ratably over the term of the related arrangement and are recorded as a component of application services revenues.

 

41


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

We adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment , or SFAS No. 123(R), on January 1, 2006, and previously applied Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees . According to SFAS No. 123(R), all forms of share-based payments to employees, including employee stock options and employee stock purchase plans, are treated the same as any other form of compensation by recognizing the related cost in the statement of operations.

Under SFAS No. 123(R), stock-based compensation expense is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award, and the expense is recognized ratably over the award’s vesting period. For all grants, we recognize compensation cost under the straight-line method.

We measure the fair value of stock options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes pricing model which requires the use of several estimates, including:

 

   

the volatility of our stock price;

 

   

the expected life of the option;

 

   

risk free interest rates; and

 

   

expected dividend yield.

The use of different assumptions in the Black-Scholes pricing model would result in different amounts of stock-based compensation expense. Furthermore, if different assumptions are used in future periods, stock-based compensation expense could be materially impacted in the future.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we were not a publicly traded company and we had limited historical information on the price of our stock as well as employees’ stock option exercise behavior. As a result, we could not rely on historical experience alone to develop assumptions for stock price volatility and the expected life of options. As such, our stock price volatility was estimated with reference to a peer group of companies. Subsequent to the completion of this offering, we will utilize the closing prices of our publicly-traded stock to determine our volatility.

We estimate the expected life of options based on the likely date of exercise as opposed to the actual life of the options. We consider internal studies of historical experience and projected exercise behavior to determine such estimate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the United States Treasury yield curve with a maturity tied to the expected life of the option. We have not and do not expect to pay dividends on our common shares.

We recorded stock-based compensation of $0.7 million, $1.3 million and $3.2 million during 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. In future periods, stock-based compensation expense is expected to increase as a result of our existing unrecognized stock-based compensation and as we issue additional equity-based awards to continue to attract and retain employees and non-employee directors. As of December 31, 2008, we had $7.6 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation costs related to stock options granted under our 2000 Stock Option Plan. The unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over an average period of 1.43 years.

Significant Factors, Assumptions and Methodologies Used in Determining the Fair Value of our Capital Stock

Financial Strategies Consulting Group, LLC, or FSCG, an unrelated third-party valuation firm, has performed valuations of our common stock in order to assist our board of directors in determining the fair value of our common stock. These contemporaneous valuation reports valued our common stock as of December 31, 2005, February 28, 2006, September 30, 2006, December 31, 2006, April 30, 2007, December 31, 2007, March 31, 2008, June 30, 2008, September 30, 2008 and December 31, 2008. In addition, a retrospective valuation report was performed to value our common stock as of September 30, 2007.

 

42


Table of Contents

Market-comparable and income approaches were used to estimate our aggregate enterprise value at each valuation date. The market-comparable approach estimates the fair market value of the company by applying market multiples of publicly-traded firms in the same or similar lines of business to the results and projected results of the company being valued. When choosing the comparable companies used for the market-comparable approach, we included companies providing products and services in the EDC market. The list of comparable companies remained largely unchanged throughout the valuation process. Under the income approach, the fair value is equal to the present value of estimated future cash flows that could potentially be removed from the company without impairing future operations and profitability. The estimated future cash flows and the terminal value, or the value of the company at the end of the future estimation period, are discounted to their present value at a discount rate which would provide a sufficient return to a potential investor, reflecting the risk of achieving those cash flows.

We prepared financial forecasts for each valuation report date used in the computation of the enterprise value for both the market-comparable approach and the income approach. The financial forecasts were based on long-term revenue growth assumptions, and expense targets over time, expressed as a percentage of revenue that reflected our past experience and future expectations, as well as evolving estimates of industry growth. These forecasts also contemplated the achievement of certain milestones such as key customer sales, customer renewals, product development and the hiring of key personnel. We considered the risk associated with achieving these forecasts as one company specific factor in selecting the appropriate cost of capital rates, which ranged from 24% at the beginning of the period to 17% at the end of the period.

We also applied an illiquidity discount under both the income and market-comparable valuation approaches, given that the lack of public information and the illiquidity of shares held by private company shareholders typically results in lower valuations for privately held companies relative to comparable public companies. This factor ranged from 24% at the beginning of the period to 18% at the end of the period.

The average of the values derived under the market-comparable approach and the income approach resulted in an initial estimated value under four potential scenarios (initial public offering, or IPO, sale, private company and liquidation). We applied the probability weighted expected return method, which is outlined in the AICPA Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , to the valuations of each of the four potential scenarios in order to derive the per share value of our common stock at various points in time.

In the IPO valuation scenario, the enterprise value was based on an estimated IPO value discounted to the present value taking into consideration both the risk and timing of the IPO. This scenario assumed that all of our outstanding preferred stock would automatically convert into common stock, and that related accrued dividends would be paid out in cash upon IPO completion.

In the sale scenario, we utilized both the income and market-comparable approaches, with the enterprise value based on the sale of a controlling interest in a private company, adjusted for liquidation preferences associated with our preferred stock.

In the private company scenario, the enterprise value was estimated using the market-comparable and income approaches, adjusted for liquidation preferences associated with our preferred stock, as well as the illiquidity inherent in private company ownership.

In the liquidation scenario, the enterprise value is estimated assuming a liquidation of assets, net of liability settlement.

During 2008, the volume of IPO issuance decreased significantly compared to prior periods due in part to the overall decline in the global equity markets. As a result, we reduced the probability of completing our IPO from 70% to 80% at the beginning of the period, to 50% to 60% at the end of the period. Concurrently, we

 

43


Table of Contents

increased the probability of a sale from 15% to 20% at the beginning of the period, after a reduction to 10% to 15% in March of 2008, to 25% to 30% at the end of the period. Similarly, we increased the probability of remaining a private company from 5% to 10% at the beginning of the period, to 15% to 20% at the end of the period. For purposes of making the estimates with respect to a potential IPO and sale, we assumed the time period to such event at the beginning of 2008 was three to six months and at the end of 2008 was one to three months. These estimates were made in the context of providing for adequate stock-based compensation expense recognition.

There is inherent uncertainty in our assumptions and estimates, and if we had made different assumptions and estimates than those described above, the amount of our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and basic and diluted net loss per share amounts could have been materially different.

The valuation as of December 31, 2007 resulted in an estimated fair value per common share of $21.55. By March 31, 2008, the estimated fair value per common share was $19.23, reflecting a more conservative long-term revenue growth expectation, decreases in comparable company valuations, and an increase in the probability of remaining private relative to a sale. In addition, we reduced the risk-adjusted discount rate due to more conservative revenue expectations, which we believed reduced the risk of achieving such expectations.

The valuation as of June 30, 2008 resulted in an estimated fair value per common share of $19.75. The increase was attributable to a revised expectation of lower capital expenses, resulting in greater cash flow over the valuation period, offset by a reduction in the probability of completing an IPO and a corresponding increase in the probability of a potential sale.

The valuation as of September 30, 2008 resulted in an estimated fair value per common share of $20.58. The increase was primarily attributable to increases in key comparable company valuations, offset by a reduction in the probability of completing an IPO and a corresponding increase in the probability of a potential sale.

The valuation at December 31, 2008 resulted in an estimated fair value per common share of $15.38. The decline was primarily attributed to an overall decline in the value of comparable companies as equity markets sharply weakened and, to a lesser extent, refinement of our long-term revenue and expense assumptions. Several positive factors partially offset the impact of these declines. We reduced the risk-adjusted discount rate slightly to reflect greater certainty regarding our ability to achieve the revised financial plan. We reduced the illiquidity discount to reflect our expectations for a shorter timeframe to a potential IPO or sale. Finally, our revenue growth exceeded that of our peer group.

During the year ended December 31, 2008, we granted the following stock options with exercise prices as follows (excluding those options exchanged with Fast Track employees):

 

Grant Date

   Options Granted    Fair Value of
Common Stock
at Grant
   Exercise Price    Intrinsic Value

01/07/08

   30,000    $ 21.37    $ 12.08    $ 9.29

02/19/08

   18,000      20.28      21.55      —  

03/14/08

   119,000      19.66      21.55      —  

05/14/08

   52,066      19.48      19.23      0.25

08/13/08

   99,960      20.15      19.75      0.40

11/13/08

   5,000      17.70      20.58      —  

In granting these options, our board of directors intended to set the exercise prices based on the per share fair market value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. In the absence of a public trading market, our board of directors relied upon the most recent FSCG valuation report of our common stock prior to the grant date.

In 2007, we contracted with FSCG to provide contemporaneous valuations on April 30 th and December 31 st . Given the material change in value between these reports, we elected to perform an additional retrospective valuation as of September 30 th . In 2008, FSCG provided quarterly valuations and we expect that they will

 

44


Table of Contents

continue to do so until such time as our stock is publicly traded. Our board of directors uses its judgment to determine the fair value per share on dates of grant that fall between the formal FSCG valuation report dates. In applying this judgment, we consider whether there are any significant events or changes in our business that would have a material impact on the fair value of our common stock between the formal FSCG valuation dates. If no events arise, we conclude that the price per common share between valuation dates increase or decrease on a ratable basis. We then utilize this value as a basis for recognizing stock-based compensation expense in our financial statements in accordance with SFAS 123 (R).

The exercise price of certain granted stock options was less than the fair value of the common stock at the date of grant. As these options vest, we will recognize a higher stock-based compensation expense due to the intrinsic value associated with these grants.

Goodwill and Intangibles

Goodwill, which consists of the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets of businesses acquired, is evaluated for impairment using a two-step process that is performed at least annually on October 1 of each year, or whenever events or circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. The first step is a comparison of the fair value of an internal reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired and the second step is unnecessary. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second test is performed to measure the amount of impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the goodwill to a determination of the implied value of the goodwill. If the carrying amount of the goodwill is greater that the implied value, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference.

The implied value of goodwill is determined as of the test date by performing a purchase price allocation, as if the reporting unit had just been acquired, using currently estimated fair values of the individual assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, together with an estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit taken as a whole. The estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit is based upon information available regarding prices of similar groups of assets, or other valuation techniques including present value techniques based upon estimates of future cash flow.

Intangible assets, including technology, database, customer relationships, and customer contracts arising from the acquisition of Fast Track, are recorded at cost less accumulated amortization and are amortized using a method which reflects the pattern in which the economic benefit of the related intangible asset is utilized. For intangible assets subject to amortization, impairment is recognized if the carrying amount is not recoverable and the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the intangible asset.

As of December 31, 2008, we had goodwill and intangible assets of $16.0 million. We have determined that there was no impairment of goodwill or intangible assets as of December 31, 2008. There are many assumptions and estimates used that directly impact the results of impairment testing, including an estimate of future expected revenues, earnings and cash flows, and discount rates applied to such expected cash flows in order to estimate fair value. We have the ability to influence the outcome and ultimate results based on the assumptions and estimates we choose for testing. To mitigate undue influence, we set criteria that are reviewed and approved by various levels of management. The determination of whether or not goodwill or acquired intangible assets have become impaired involves a significant level of judgment in the assumptions underlying the approach used to determine the value of our reporting unit. Changes in our strategy or market conditions could significantly impact these judgments and require adjustments to recorded amounts of intangible assets.

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes, as prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , which recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary

 

45


Table of Contents

differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized.

On January 1, 2007, we adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 , or FIN No. 48. FIN No. 48 addresses the determination of whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. Under FIN No. 48, we may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The impact of the adoption of FIN No. 48 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

We had approximately $17.2 million and $32.8 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 respectively, available to offset future taxable income, expiring from 2019 through 2028. We also had net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $20.8 million and $55.0 million as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, available to offset future state taxable income, expiring from 2009 through 2028. Certain net operating loss carryforwards were obtained through our acquisition of Fast Track in 2008.

The future utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to significant limitations under the Internal Revenue Code. Due to these limitations and the likelihood that our future taxable income may be insufficient to utilize these tax benefits, we provided a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets as their future utilization is uncertain at this time. We believe the net deferred tax assets of $0.2 million and $0.1 million as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, are realizable as they were generated in foreign jurisdictions where we are taxpayers. The net change in the valuation allowance was an increase of $1.1 million in 2007 and an increase of $4.6 million in 2008.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations as a percentage of total revenues for the periods shown:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006      2007      2008  

Revenues:

        

Application services

   63.3 %    56.1 %    65.5 %

Professional services

   36.7 %    43.9 %    34.5 %
                    

Total revenues

   100.0 %    100.0 %    100.0 %
                    

Cost of revenues:

        

Application services

   14.4 %    15.3 %    16.8 %

Professional services

   40.6 %    38.3 %    26.3 %
                    

Total cost of revenues

   55.0 %    53.6 %    43.1 %
                    

Gross profit

   45.0 %    46.4 %    56.9 %
                    

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   11.7 %    12.4 %    16.5 %

Sales and marketing

   26.5 %    19.1 %    21.1 %

General and administrative

   16.5 %    15.5 %    23.5 %
                    

Total operating expenses

   54.7 %    47.0 %    61.1 %
                    

(Loss) income from operations

   (9.7 )%    (0.6 )%    (4.2 )%

 

46


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007

Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     Change  
     Amount    % of
Revenues
    Amount    % of
Revenues
    Amount    %  
     (Amounts in thousands)  

Revenues:

               

Application services

   $ 48,378    56.1 %   $ 76,770    65.5 %   $ 28,392    58.7 %

Professional services

     37,896    43.9 %     40,360    34.5 %     2,464    6.5 %
                                       

Total revenues

   $ 86,274    100.0 %   $ 117,130    100.0 %   $ 30,856    35.8 %
                                       

Total revenues . Total revenues increased $30.9 million, or 35.8%, from $86.3 million in 2007 to $117.1 million in 2008. The increase in revenues was primarily due to a $28.4 million, or 58.7%, increase in revenues from application services, and a $2.5 million, or 6.5%, increase in revenues from professional services. Revenues for 2008 includes Fast Track application and professional services revenues of $4.0 million from the date of acquisition (March 17, 2008) through December 31, 2008.

Application services revenues . Revenues from application services increased $28.4 million, or 58.7%, from $48.4 million in 2007 to $76.8 million in 2008. Our acquisition of Fast Track contributed $3.8 million of additional applications services revenues in 2008. Excluding the impact of Fast Track, application services revenues increased $24.6 million, or 50.8%, compared to the prior year. The majority of the increase in application services revenues was derived from increased activity in our existing customer base, primarily resulting from new studies and renewals. In addition to maintaining a high customer retention rate, we also benefited from providing a full year of services to those customers who began their multi-year arrangements in the prior year. Revenues from domestic customers grew 50.6%, whereas revenues from customers in Europe and Asia grew 64.6% and 24.6%, respectively. Excluding the impact of Fast Track, our customer base grew to 120 compared to 93 at the end of 2007, accounting for the remaining growth in applications services revenues. The acquisition of Fast Track expanded our customer base by approximately 27 customers.

Professional services revenues . Revenues from professional services increased $2.5 million, or 6.5%, from $37.9 million in 2007 to $40.4 million in 2008. Our acquisition of Fast Track contributed $0.2 million of additional professional services revenues. Excluding the impact of Fast Track, the increase in professional services revenues was due to a higher number of studies started in the period, derived from both existing customers and new customers added during the year.

Cost of Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     Change  
     Amount    % of
Revenues
    Amount    % of
Revenues
    Amount     %  
     (Amounts in thousands)  

Cost of revenues:

              

Application services

   $ 13,170    15.3 %   $ 19,647    16.8 %   $ 6,477     49.2 %

Professional services

     33,035    38.3 %     30,801    26.3 %     (2,234 )   (6.8 )%
                                        

Total cost of revenues

   $ 46,205    53.6 %   $ 50,448    43.1 %   $ 4,243     9.2 %
                                        

Total cost of revenues . Total cost of revenues increased $4.2 million, or 9.2%, from $46.2 million in 2007 to $50.4 million in 2008. The increase in total cost of revenues was primarily due to the increase in cost of application services revenues. Cost of revenues for 2008 included $2.6 million of cost of revenues incurred by Fast Track since the date of acquisition.

 

47


Table of Contents

Cost of application services revenues . Cost of application services revenues increased $6.5 million, or 49.2%, from $13.2 million in 2007 to $19.6 million in 2008. The increase was due to $3.6 million in personnel related costs, depreciation of $2.3 million primarily associated with the build out and maintenance of our Houston data center, intangible asset amortization of $1.2 million associated with the acquisition of Fast Track and $0.7 million of other costs. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in consulting expenses of $1.3 million.

Cost of professional services revenues . Cost of professional services decreased $2.2 million, or 6.8%, from $33.0 million in 2007 to $30.8 million in 2008. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in consulting costs of $4.4 million as we replaced outside consultants with employees and $0.6 million of other costs, partially offset by an increase in personnel related costs of $2.8 million.

Operating Costs and Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     Change  
     Amount    % of
Revenues
    Amount    % of
Revenues
    Amount    %  
     (Amounts in thousands)  

Operating costs and expenses:

               

Research and development

   $ 10,716    12.4 %   $ 19,340    16.5 %   $ 8,624    80.5 %

Sales and marketing

     16,485    19.1 %     24,681    21.1 %     8,196    49.7 %

General and administrative

     13,361    15.5 %     27,474    23.5 %     14,113    105.6 %
                                       

Total operating costs and expenses

   $ 40,562    47.0 %   $ 71,495    61.1 %   $ 30,933    76.3 %
                                       

Total operating costs and expenses . Total operating costs and expenses increased $30.9 million, or 76.3%, from $40.6 million in 2007 to $71.5 million in 2008. Costs increased in each department with the largest increase in general and administrative costs. Total operating costs and expenses for 2008 included Fast Track operating expenses of $6.0 million from the date of acquisition through December 31, 2008.

Research and development expenses . Research and development expenses increased $8.6 million, or 80.5%, from $10.7 million in 2007 to $19.3 million in 2008. The increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel related costs of $6.1 million, professional and consulting fees of $0.8 million and a $0.7 million write off of in-process research and development projects, which were acquired from Fast Track. The personnel increase was planned to support our development and investment in new products, including the integration of the Fast Track products. Our acquisition of Fast Track accounted for $0.8 million of the increase in personnel related costs. The write-off of certain in-process research and development projects was required as we determined that technological feasibility had not been established for these acquired projects. The write-off occurred in the first quarter of 2008. The remaining $1.0 million increase in research and development expenses related to higher rent, travel related costs and other miscellaneous costs.

Sales and marketing expenses . Sales and marketing expenses increased $8.2 million, or 49.7%, from $16.5 million in 2007 to $24.7 million in 2008. The increase was primarily attributable to higher personnel related costs of $6.1 million as we increased our staff in both our sales team and marketing departments, travel and conference related costs of $0.8 million and $0.4 million related to the increased professional and consulting fees. The remaining $0.9 million increase in sales and marketing costs related to other miscellaneous costs. $1.0 million of the increase in personnel related costs was attributable to our acquisition of Fast Track.

General and administrative expenses . General and administrative expenses increased $14.1 million, or 105.6%, from $13.4 million in 2007 to $27.5 million in 2008. The increase was primarily due to increases in personnel related costs of $8.9 million, professional and consulting fees of $3.2 million, facility related costs of $0.7 million primarily associated with a new office space, technology related expenses of $0.6 million to support

 

48


Table of Contents

our growth and increased travel related expenses of $0.3 million. Our acquisition of Fast Track accounted for $1.9 million of the increase in personnel related costs. The remaining increase in personnel related costs was due to higher staffing levels, bonuses and stock based compensation as we expanded our back office support groups in anticipation of our initial public offering. The increase in professional and consulting fees includes certain non-recurring accounting related costs also incurred in connection with becoming a public company. We expect that costs incurred during 2008 as we strengthened our management team and corporate infrastructure, particularly in the finance department, and implemented the financial reporting, compliance and other infrastructure associated with being a public company will not increase significantly in 2009. The remaining $0.4 million increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to other costs resulting from our acquisition of Fast Track and other miscellaneous expenses.

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006

Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2007     Change  
     Amount    % of
Revenues
    Amount    % of
Revenues
    Amount    %  
     (Amounts in thousands)  

Revenues:

               

Application services

   $ 31,953    63.3 %   $ 48,378    56.1 %   $ 16,425    51.4 %

Professional services

     18,508    36.7 %     37,896    43.9 %     19,388    104.8 %
                                       

Total revenues

   $ 50,461    100.0 %   $ 86,274    100.0 %   $ 35,813    71.0 %
                                       

Total revenues . Total revenues increased $35.8 million, or 71.0%, from $50.5 million in 2006 to $86.3 million in 2007. The $35.8 million increase in revenues was primarily due to a $16.4 million, or 51.4%, increase in revenues from application services, and $19.4 million, or 104.8%, increase in revenues from professional services.

Application services revenue s. Revenues from application services increased $16.4 million, or 51.4%, from $32.0 million in 2006 to $48.4 million in 2007. The increase in application services revenues was primarily the result of the increase in the number of customers. Our customer base increased 86.0% to 93 by the end of 2007 compared to 50 at the end of 2006. Application services revenues also benefited from the full year impact of the large multi-study arrangements we signed during the prior year. A significant portion of our revenue growth was generated from international customers. Revenues from international customers increased 97.4% and 102.8% in Europe and Asia, respectively. Revenues from domestic customers grew 34.7% compared to the prior year.

Professional services revenues . Revenues from professional services increased $19.4 million, or 104.8%, from $18.5 million in 2006 to $37.9 million in 2007. The increase was due to the large number of new customer contracts during the year as well as the full-year impact of the large multi-study arrangements added in 2006. The growth of professional services revenues relative to application services revenues was related to several large multi-study arrangements signed in 2006, and is not indicative of our expectation of relative growth going forward, as our customers become more adept at the management and configuration of their clinical trials as part of our knowledge transfer efforts.

 

49


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2007     Change  
     Amount    % of
Revenues
    Amount    % of
Revenues
    Amount    %  
     (Amounts in thousands)  

Cost of revenues:

               

Application services

   $ 7,288    14.4 %   $ 13,170    15.3 %   $ 5,882    80.7 %

Professional services

     20,462    40.6 %     33,035    38.3 %     12,573    61.4 %
                                       

Total cost of revenues

   $ 27,750    55.0 %   $ 46,205    53.6 %   $ 18,455    66.5 %
                                       

Total cost of revenues . Total cost of revenues increased $18.5 million, or 66.5%, from $27.8 million in 2006 to $46.2 million in 2007. The increase in total cost of revenues was primarily due to the increase in cost of professional services revenues.

Cost of application services revenues. Cost of application services revenues increased $5.9 million, or 80.7%, from $7.3 million in 2006 to $13.2 million in 2007. The increase was primarily attributable to increased outside contractor costs of $3.3 million due to additional support needed for our Houston data center, depreciation of $1.9 million due to the full-year impact of the Houston data center as well as additional equipment purchased to support the business, personnel related costs of $1.3 million stemming from new employee hires in 2007, incremental computer related cost of $0.8 million and other applications services cost of $0.8 million, partially offset by a decrease in royalty costs due to the settlement of a royalty claim in 2006 for $2.2 million.

Cost of professional services revenues. Cost of professional services revenues increased $12.6 million, or 61.4%, from $20.5 million in 2006 to $33.0 million in 2007. The increase was due to increases in outside contractor cost of $5.3 million, personnel related costs of $5.2 million as personnel increased to keep pace with the large increase in customer volume, certain pass through expenses for reimbursable out of pocket costs and hardware provisioning of $0.6 million and depreciation of $0.5 million. The remaining $1.0 million increase consisted of professional fees and other costs.

Operating Costs and Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2006     2007     Change  
     Amount    % of
Revenues
    Amount    % of
Revenues
    Amount    %  
     (Amounts in thousands)  

Operating costs and expenses:

               

Research and development

   $ 5,905    11.7 %   $ 10,716    12.4 %   $ 4,811    81.5 %

Sales and marketing

     13,379    26.5 %     16,485    19.1 %     3,106    23.2 %

General and administrative

     8,335    16.5 %     13,361    15.5 %     5,026    60.3 %
                                       

Total operating costs and expenses

   $ 27,619    54.7 %   $ 40,562    47.0 %   $ 12,943    46.9 %
                                       

Total operating costs and expenses . Total operating costs and expenses increased $12.9 million, or 46.9%, from $27.6 million in 2006 to $40.6 million in 2007. The increase in operating costs and expenses was primarily due to increased research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative as discussed below.

Research and development expenses . Research and development expenses increased $4.8 million, or 81.5%, from $5.9 million in 2006 to $10.7 million in 2007. The increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel related expense of approximately $2.7 million as personnel increased by 80% year over year, consulting expense of $1.0 million and other research and development expenses of $1.1 million. Additional staffing was required to support our application development and investment in our new software applications.

 

50


Table of Contents

Sales and marketing expenses . Sales and marketing expenses increased $3.1 million, or 23.2%, from $13.4 million in 2006 to $16.5 million in 2007. The increase was due to increases in personnel related costs of $1.3 million as a result of higher commission expense compared to the prior year and increases in our marketing staff, professional fees of $0.6 million and advertising and promotion related costs of $0.4 million. The remaining increase of $0.8 million consisted of recruiting, travel, and other sales and marketing costs.

General and administrative expenses . General and administrative expenses increased $5.0 million, or 60.3%, from $8.3 million in 2006 to $13.4 million in 2007. The increase was primarily due to higher personnel related expenses and recruiting fees of $2.1 million and consulting and professional services fees of $1.1 million. The personnel related costs were the result of increased staffing, including several senior level positions. The increase in consulting and professional services fees primarily related to audit and accounting services. We also leased additional office space for certain corporate and professional services staff which resulted in an increase in rent, depreciation, and other office related costs of $0.8 million. The remaining increase of $1.0 million consisted of higher travel related costs, insurance and other general expenses.

 

51


Table of Contents

Unaudited Quarterly Consolidated Results of Operations Data

The following table presents our unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2008. This information is derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, and includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for the quarters presented. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in future periods. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to these financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Quarter Ended     Quarter Ended(1)      
    Mar 31,
2007
    Jun 30,
2007
    Sept 30,
2007
  Dec 31,
2007
    Mar 31,
2008
    Jun 30,
2008
    Sept 30,
2008
    Dec 31,
2008
    (Amounts in thousands)

Revenues:

               

Application services

  $ 10,987     $ 11,172     $ 12,519   $ 13,700     $ 15,698     $ 18,930     $ 19,818     $ 22,324

Professional services

    7,458       9,661       9,838     10,939       9,199       11,519       9,635       10,007
                                                           

Total revenues

    18,445       20,833       22,357     24,639       24,897       30,449       29,453       32,331
                                                           

Cost of revenues:

               

Application services

    2,399       3,504       3,415     3,852       4,475       4,889       5,226       5,057

Professional services

    7,656       8,379       8,165     8,835       8,194       8,257       7,364       6,986
                                                           

Total cost of revenues

    10,055       11,883       11,580     12,687       12,669       13,146       12,590       12,043
                                                           

Gross profit

    8,390       8,950       10,777     11,952       12,228       17,303       16,863       20,288
                                                           

Operating costs and expenses:

               

Research and development(2)

    2,125       2,462       2,817     3,312       4,872       4,778       4,982       4,708

Sales and marketing

    3,783       3,916       4,086     4,700       5,631       6,375       6,089       6,586

General and administrative

    2,285       2,718       3,432     4,926       5,807       7,144       7,096       7,427
                                                           

Total operating costs and expenses

    8,193       9,096       10,335     12,938       16,310       18,297       18,167       18,721
                                                           

Income (loss) from operations

    197       (146 )     442     (986 )     (4,082 )     (994 )     (1,304 )     1,567

Interest and other expenses (income), net

    (19 )     (2 )     44     341       563       247       372       442
                                                           

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    216       (144 )     398     (1,327 )     (4,645 )     (1,241 )     (1,676 )     1,125

Provision for income taxes

    91       91       169     164       165       169       147       439
                                                           

Net income (loss)

  $ 125     $ (235 )   $ 229   $ (1,491 )   $ (4,810 )   $ (1,410 )   $ (1,823 )   $ 686
                                                           

Stock-based compensation expense and depreciation and amortization of intangible assets included in cost of revenues and operating costs and expenses are as follows:

 

  

 

Stock-Based Compensation

               

Cost of revenues

  $ 34     $ 40     $ 51   $ 47     $ 57     $ 75     $ 78     $ 81

Research and development

    24       36       54     69       71       118       145       169

Sales and marketing

    99       108       122     119       138       163       169       170

General and administrative

    77       75       90     249       335       408       478       542
                                                           

Total stock-based compensation

  $ 234     $ 259     $ 317   $ 484     $ 601     $ 764     $ 870     $ 962
                                                           

Depreciation

               

Cost of revenues

  $ 549     $ 747     $ 1,062   $ 1,247     $ 1,384     $ 1,496     $ 1,579     $ 1,482

Research and development

    84       126       111     142       155       164       175       156

Sales and marketing

    58       49       58     78       89       97       103       94

General and administrative

    75       66       73     91       98       111       139       113
                                                           

Total depreciation

    766       988       1,304     1,558       1,726       1,868       1,996       1,845
                                                           

Amortization of intangible assets

               

Cost of revenues

    —         —         —       —         64       381       381       365

Sales and marketing

    —         —         —       —         4       25       25       25
                                                           

Total amortization of intangible assets

    —         —         —       —         68       406       406       390
                                                           

Total depreciation and amortization of intangible assets

  $ 766     $ 988     $ 1,304   $ 1,558     $ 1,794     $ 2,274     $ 2,402     $ 2,235
                                                           

 

(1) On March 17, 2008, we acquired Fast Track Systems, Inc., a provider of clinical trial planning solutions. The consolidated statements of operations data beginning from the first quarter of 2008 include the impact of the acquisition and operations of Fast Track since the date of acquisition. The information set forth above should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

52


Table of Contents

 

(2) We determined that technological feasibility had not been established for certain in-process research and development projects acquired from Fast Track. These projects were written off, resulting in a $0.7 million charge to research and development expense for the quarter ended March 31, 2008.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have funded our growth primarily through the private sale of equity securities of approximately $12.6 million, long term debt of $15.0 million, working capital and equipment leases. At December 31, 2008, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents of $9.8 million. Cash and cash equivalents increased $2.0 million in comparison with 2007 primarily due to cash receipts from higher sales activity and proceeds from our new senior secured credit facility, partially offset by cash used to repay our term notes and fund capital expenditures required to support our growth. The increase in cash and cash equivalents of $0.7 million in 2007 in comparison to 2006 was primarily due to cash receipts from increased sales activity and proceeds from our term note agreement, partially offset by repurchases of our common stock and funding of capital expenditures.

In September 2008, we entered into a new senior secured credit facility that included a $15.0 million term loan and a $10.0 million revolving line of credit. We incurred $0.7 million in fees to secure this credit facility. The term loan was fully drawn at closing and a portion of the proceeds was used to fully repay $11.0 million of existing term notes. The revolving credit line, all of which remains undrawn, is available for future borrowings. Due to the structure of the credit agreement, any future borrowings under the revolving credit line would be classified as a current liability. Prior to 2008, we obtained additional working capital through various term notes provided by one of our preferred stockholders in November 2003 for $1.5 million, December 2005 for $2.5 million and October 2007 for $8.0 million. We previously repaid $1.0 million of these term notes prior to fully repaying all of the term notes in September 2008.

We believe that our cash flows from operations, our available cash as of December 31, 2008 and our existing revolving line of credit will be sufficient to satisfy the anticipated cash requirements associated with our existing operations for at least the next 12 months. During 2009, we expect to make approximately $10.0 million in capital expenditures to support the expected growth of our business. Historically, approximately half of our capital expenditures have been made through capital lease obligations. Our future capital expenditures and other cash requirements could be higher than we currently expect as a result of various factors, including any expansion of our business that we may complete. See “Risk Factors.”

Cash Flows

Cash Flows Provided By Operating Activities

Cash flows provided by operating activities during 2008 were $9.5 million, which consisted of net loss of $7.4 million, offset by positive non-cash adjustments to net loss of $13.0 million and by a $3.9 million increase in other operating activities. Positive non-cash adjustments to net loss consisted principally of $8.7 million of depreciation and amortization, $3.2 million of stock-based compensation and $0.7 million related to the write-off of in-process research and development projects acquired from Fast Track. The significant increase in other operating activities includes the increase in deferred revenue of $13.2 million and accrued expenses of $3.0 million, partially offset by the increase in accounts receivable of $8.9 million and the decrease in our accounts payable of $4.2 million. Other operating activities were impacted by increased sales activity compared to the prior year and the timing of customer payments.

Cash flows provided by operating activities during 2007 were $6.0 million, which consisted primarily of net loss of $1.4 million, plus $4.6 million of depreciation and amortization, $1.3 million of stock-based compensation and $10.0 million increase in deferred revenue, offset by a $6.8 million increase in accounts receivable. The increase in deferred revenue and accounts receivable was primarily due to increased sales activity compared to the prior year.

 

53


Table of Contents

Cash flows provided by operating activities during 2006 were $3.5 million, which consisted primarily of net loss of $5.4 million, plus $2.0 million of depreciation and amortization, $0.7 million of stock-based compensation and a $3.5 million increase in deferred revenue, partially offset by a $3.5 million increase in accounts receivable. The increase in deferred revenue and accounts receivable was a result of an increase in sales from both existing and new customers during 2006.

Cash Flows Used In Investing Activities

Cash flows used in investing activities during 2008 were $4.1 million, which consisted of purchase of furniture, fixtures and equipment of $4.6 million and costs incurred to acquire Fast Track of $0.6 million, partially offset by cash and cash equivalents acquired from acquisition of Fast Track of $1.0 million. We also acquired $2.7 million of equipment through capital lease arrangements. All acquisitions of furniture, fixtures and equipment were required to support our business growth.

Cash flows used in investing activities during 2007 were $3.8 million, which consisted of purchases of furniture, fixtures and equipment of $3.7 million and an increase in our restricted cash. We acquired $9.1 million of equipment through capital lease arrangements.

Cash flows used in investing activities during 2006 were $1.5 million due to purchases of furniture, fixtures and equipment to support our continued growth.

Cash Flows Used In Financing Activities

Cash flows used in financing activities during 2008 were $3.3 million, which consisted of $4.2 million of capital lease principal payments and $2.5 million of costs associated with our initial public offering, partially offset by $3.4 million from the proceeds of borrowings under our new credit facility net of repayment of existing term loans and the payment of debt issuance costs. Non-cash financing activities included capital lease obligations of $2.7 million with repayment terms of 36 months. Please refer to “— Contractual Obligations and Commitments” for additional information on future cash requirements.

Cash flows used in financing activities during 2007 were $1.5 million, which consisted of $2.8 million of capital lease principal payments and $6.0 million relating to the acquisition of treasury stock, partially offset by $7.3 million of net proceeds from our borrowing activities. The net proceeds from our borrowings were principally used to acquire our treasury stock. Non-cash financing activities included capital lease obligations of $9.1 million.

Cash flows used in financing activities during 2006 were $1.5 million, which consisted of $1.7 million of payments of capital lease principal and repayments of notes payable, partially offset by proceeds of $0.2 million from the exercise of stock options.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table of our material contractual obligations as of December 31, 2008 summarizes the aggregate effect that these obligations are expected to have on our cash flows in the periods indicated:

 

     Payments Due by Period
       Total    1 year
or less
   2-3 years    4-5 years    More
than
5 years
       (Amounts in thousands)

Contractual Obligations:

              

Long-term debt

   $ 15,000    $ 1,500    $ 3,000    $ 10,500    $ —  

Estimated interest on long-term debt

     3,865      1,011      1,706      1,148      —  

Capital lease obligations

     7,490      4,728      2,762      —        —  

Operating lease obligations

     10,048      2,534      3,670      2,724      1,120

Letters of credit

     531      531      —        —        —  
                                  

Total

   $ 36,934    $ 10,304    $ 11,138    $ 14,372    $ 1,120
                                  

 

54


Table of Contents

In January 2009, we entered into agreements with certain of our executive officers that provide them with certain benefits upon the termination of their employment following a change of control in our company. See “Management — Executive Compensation — Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Post-Termination Compensation and Benefits” for a description of such benefits.

Long-Term Debt and Revolving Line of Credit

On September 10, 2008, we entered into a new senior secured credit facility that includes a $15.0 million term loan, which was fully drawn at closing, and a $10.0 million revolving credit line (including up to $10.0 million of letters of credit), all of which remains undrawn and available for future borrowings, subject to borrowing base limitations. Proceeds of the term loan were used to repay approximately $11.0 million of outstanding indebtedness and related fees and expenses under various term notes issued to one of our preferred shareholders in 2003, 2005 and 2007 and the remaining $4.0 million will be used for general corporate purposes. The term loan and revolving credit line will mature in September 2013 and the outstanding principal of the term loan will amortize in quarterly installments of $375,000 beginning on March 31, 2009 up through the date of maturity at which time a lump sum payment of any remaining unpaid balance will be due. In addition, the term loan also includes an excess cash flow recapture feature which may require us to make additional principal payments beginning in April 2010.

The term loan and revolving credit line bear interest at prime rate plus a 2.5% margin until March 31, 2009 and, thereafter, will bear interest at prime rate plus a 2.25% margin. “Prime rate” means the lender’s most recently announced prime rate or 4.5%, whichever is greater. However, if we can satisfy the minimum fixed charge coverage ratio covenant described below as of December 31, 2009 or March 31, 2010, the applicable margin thereafter will be reduced to 1.5%. At December 31, 2008, the effective interest rate on our long-term debt was 7.0%. In addition, any undrawn revolving credit line is subject to a quarterly unused fee at an annual rate of 0.5% of the average undrawn balance. We are entitled to prepay the term loan and revolving credit line at our option, subject to a payment of a premium on such prepayments during the first three years after closing, which decreases over the three-year period from 3% of the amount prepaid to 1%. The term loan and revolving credit line are also subject to mandatory prepayment under certain specified circumstances.

The term loan and revolving line of credit are secured by a first priority lien on all of our domestic assets and a pledge of 65% of the outstanding voting stock and 100% of the of non-voting stock of our foreign subsidiaries. The loan and security agreement relating to the term loan and revolving credit line contains customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default for loans of this type. In addition, the loan and security agreement contains negative covenants that restrict our ability to sell, assign or otherwise dispose of our assets, change or dissolve our business or enter into certain change of control transactions, merge with or acquire any businesses or entities, incur indebtedness or liens, make investments, pay dividends or make other distributions or repay subordinated debt. The loan and security agreement requires us to deliver both annual audited and periodic unaudited financial statements by specified dates and also contains financial covenants requiring us to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.25 to 1.00 for each trailing four-quarter period, minimum quarterly net income (loss) levels that increase over time from ($2.5 million) to $3.0 million, minimum liquidity of at least $5.0 million through December 31, 2009 (or, under certain circumstances, March 31, 2010) and maximum capital expenditures of $12.0 million for each trailing 12-month period. We were in compliance with all loan covenants as of December 31, 2008, and we currently do not expect any events to arise that would impact our ability to remain in compliance for the foreseeable future.

Under the loan agreement, we can borrow from the revolving credit line an available amount as specified by the agreement up to a maximum of $10.0 million. The amount available to borrow under the revolving credit line is subject to the requirement that, at any time prior to December 31, 2009, the sum of our borrowings under the term loan and the revolving credit line may not exceed 80% of our consolidated revenues for the trailing three-month period, and at any time after December 31, 2009, if we are not in compliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio covenant described above, the sum of our outstanding borrowings may not exceed 80% of eligible accounts receivable. Due to the lock-box arrangement and the subjective acceleration clause contained in the loan

 

55


Table of Contents

agreement, borrowings, if any, under the revolving credit line will be classified as a current liability in accordance with EITF No. 95-22, Balance Sheet Classification of Borrowings Outstanding under Revolving Credit Agreements That Include both a Subjective Acceleration Clause and a Lock-Box Arrangement .

After the closing of this offering we may either restructure our new credit facility to provide greater flexibility or replace it with new debt financing on more favorable terms. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to restructure the credit facility or that more favorable alternative financing will be available. If we are unable to restructure or refinance our credit facility, we will prepay it using proceeds from this offering.

Letters of Credit

We had three outstanding standby letters of credit issued in connection with office leases as of December 31, 2007 in the total amount of $0.4 million and four outstanding standby letters of credit as of December 31, 2008 in the total amount of $0.5 million. These standby letters of credit are fully collateralized with restricted cash as of December 31, 2007 and 2008.

Preferred Stock

We currently have outstanding 2,385,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, or Series A Preferred, 1,335,807 shares of Series B Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, or Series B Preferred, 180,689 shares of Series C Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred, and 2,752,333 shares of Convertible Redeemable Series D Preferred Stock, or Series D Preferred. At any time on or after May 27, 2009, upon 90 days’ advance written notice, the holders of at least a majority of all the then-outstanding shares of Series D Preferred may elect to have all (but not less than all) of the then-outstanding shares of Series B, C and D Preferred, which we refer to as Senior Preferred Stock, redeemed for cash in two equal installments. In such an event, we will redeem for cash one half of each holder’s shares of Senior Preferred Stock 90 days after written notice and the other half of the shares of the Senior Preferred Stock one year thereafter. The redemption price for each of the Series D Preferred, the Series C Preferred, and the Series B Preferred is equal to the respective liquidation values, which were $12.0 million, $0.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2008. Redemption of the Series B and C Preferred is contingent upon the Series D Preferred stockholders exercising their redemption rights described above. If we have insufficient funds to redeem all of the Senior Preferred Stock, we must use any funds legally available to us to redeem the maximum possible number of such shares pro rata in accordance with the respective redemption price. All shares required to be redeemed but which are not, due to insufficient funds, shall accrue interest at a rate of 12% per annum, compounded annually, from their respective redemption date until redeemed. Such unredeemed shares of Senior Preferred Stock shall also be entitled to dividends thereon as described above until the respective shares are redeemed. At this time, we do not anticipate redemption of the Senior Preferred Stock.

Starting May 27, 2009, the holders of at least 66% of our outstanding Series D Preferred (or the common stock issued upon conversion of the Series D Preferred) have the right to request that we effect a sale of all or substantially all of our assets or a merger or other business combination on terms satisfactory to the holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred. However, holders of more than 66% of our outstanding Series D Preferred have agreed not to exercise this right until after May 27, 2010. This right will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

Upon the closing of this offering, all of our preferred stock will automatically convert into our common stock. In addition, in connection with such automatic conversion, the holders of our Senior Preferred Stock will be entitled to payment of all accumulated accrued dividends on such Senior Preferred Stock in cash, or at the election of the holders of at least 66% of our outstanding Series D Preferred, in shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price. Each of (a) the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008 and (b) the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 contain pro forma information, which reflects the payment of $2.1 million of accumulated accrued dividends (as of December 31, 2008) out of cash on hand and the

 

56


Table of Contents

conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock at the applicable conversion ratio upon the completion of this offering, as if the conversion had occurred with respect to (i) the consolidated balance sheet, on December 31, 2008 and (ii) the basic and diluted net loss per share presented on the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008, on January 1, 2008.

Tax Uncertainties

We believe that our income tax positions and deductions will be sustained on audit and we do not anticipate material obligations in connection with uncertainties related to tax matters.

Effects of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, or SFAS No. 157, which enhances existing guidance for measuring assets and liabilities at fair value. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, except for the fair value measurement on nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities which has been delayed in accordance with FASB Staff Position FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 . The Company adopted this statement on January 1, 2008 and the adoption did not have an impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position, and cash flows.

In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, or SFAS No. 159 , which permits entities to measure the value of certain financial assets and liabilities and report the unrealized gain or loss thereon at each subsequent reporting period. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company elected not to adopt the fair value option for valuation of those assets and liabilities which are eligible under this statement and therefore there was no impact to the Company’s results of operations, financial position, and cash flows.

On December 4, 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141(R), Business Combinations , or SFAS No. 141(R), and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements , an amendment of ARB No. 51 , or SFAS No. 160. SFAS No. 141(R) is required to be adopted concurrently with SFAS No. 160 and is effective for business combination transactions for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Early adoption is prohibited. Application of SFAS No. 141(R) and SFAS No. 160 is required to be adopted prospectively, except for certain provisions of SFAS No. 160, which are required to be adopted retrospectively. Business combination transactions accounted for before adoption of SFAS No. 141(R) should be accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations , and that accounting previously completed under SFAS No. 141 should not be modified as of or after the date of adoption of SFAS No.141(R). The adoption of SFAS No. 141(R) and SFAS No. 160 is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities of financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. Other than our operating leases for office space and computer equipment, we do not engage in off-balance sheet financing arrangements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

57


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Sensitivity

We had unrestricted cash and cash equivalents totaling $7.7 million at December 31, 2007 and $9.8 million at December 31, 2008. Our cash equivalents are invested primarily in money market funds and high quality liquid investments of a short duration and are not materially affected by fluctuations in interest rates. The unrestricted cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of our investment portfolio as a result of changes in interest rates. Declines in interest rates, however, would reduce future investment income.

As described above under “Liquidity and Capital Resources,” we have outstanding floating rate debt in connection with the term loan and revolving credit line under our senior secured credit facility. Accordingly, we are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates. Based on the current balance of our term loan and assuming the entire amount of our revolving credit line were drawn, each hundred basis point change in prime rate would result in a change in interest expense by an average of approximately $0.3 million annually. This exposure will be mitigated in future periods as we begin to repay the term loan in quarterly installments in 2009.

Exchange Rate Sensitivity

We have two separate exposures to currency fluctuation risk: subsidiaries outside the United States which use a foreign currency as their functional currency which are translated into U.S. dollars for consolidation and non-U.S. dollar invoiced revenues.

Changes in foreign exchange rates for our subsidiaries that use a foreign currency as their functional currency are translated into U.S. dollars and result in cumulative translation adjustments, which are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). At December 31, 2008, we had translation exposure to various foreign currencies including the Euro, British Pound Sterling and Japanese Yen. The potential loss resulting from a hypothetical 10% adverse change in quoted foreign currency exchange rates amounts to $0.2 million, each, as of December 31, 2007 and 2008.

We generally invoice our customers in U.S. dollars. However, we invoice a portion of customers in Euro, British Pound Sterling and Japanese Yen currencies. As such, the fluctuations in such currencies could impact our operating results.

Impact of Inflation

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we might not be able to offset these higher costs fully through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, Disclosure of Fair Value of Financial Instruments , requires disclosure about fair value of financial instruments. The carrying amounts of our financial instruments which consist of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments. Amounts outstanding under long-term debt agreements are considered to be carried at their estimated fair values because they bear interest at rates which approximate market. All methods of assessing fair value result in a general approximation of value, and such value may never actually be realized.

Related Party Transactions

We have engaged in a number of related party transactions. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

 

58


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Company Overview

We are a leading global provider of hosted clinical development solutions that enhance the efficiency of our customers’ clinical development processes and optimize their research and development investments. Our customers include pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical device companies, academic institutions, contract research organizations, or CROs, and other organizations engaged in clinical trials to bring innovative medical products to market and explore new indications for existing medical products. Our solutions allow our customers to achieve clinical results more efficiently and effectively by streamlining the design, planning and management of key aspects of the clinical development process, including protocol development, CRO negotiation, investigator contracting, the capture and management of clinical trial data and the analysis and reporting of that data on a worldwide basis. Our customers rely on our solutions to safely accelerate the clinical development process and maximize the commercial life of their products.

Our principal offering, Medidata Rave, is a comprehensive platform that integrates electronic data capture, or EDC, with a clinical data management system, or CDMS, in a single solution that replaces traditional paper-based methods of capturing and managing clinical data. Medidata Rave offers a robust, flexible platform enabling sponsors to manage increasingly complex trials. Medidata Rave’s intuitive, user-friendly Internet-based technology facilitates rapid adoption by investigators, sponsors and CROs. In addition, our on-demand, hosted technology platform facilitates rapid and cost-effective deployment of our solutions on a global basis. We have designed our Medidata Rave software to scale reliably and cost-effectively for clinical trials of all sizes and phases, including those involving substantial numbers of clinical sites and patients worldwide.

We also offer applications that improve efficiencies in protocol development and trial planning, contracting and negotiation. Our Medidata Designer application, a clinical trial protocol authoring tool, enables customers to write trial protocols more effectively and automatically configure Medidata Rave. By eliminating the need to separately configure the EDC platform, Medidata Designer reduces overhead cost and shortens the planning phase of the development process. Our Medidata Grants Manager product enables our customers to increase the efficiency of trial budgeting and investigator contracting as well as improving compliance. Our Medidata CRO Contractor application facilitates CRO outsourcing, budgeting and contract negotiation.

We derive a majority of our revenues from Medidata Rave application services through multi-study arrangements for a pre-determined number of studies. We also offer our application services on a single-study basis that allows customers to use our solution for a limited number of studies or to evaluate it prior to committing to multi-study arrangements. We support our solutions with comprehensive service offerings, which include global consulting, implementation, technical support and training for customers and investigators. We invest heavily in training our customers, their investigators and other third parties to configure clinical trials independently. We believe this knowledge transfer accelerates customer adoption.

Our diverse and expanding customer base currently includes 22 of the top 25 global pharmaceutical companies measured by revenue and many middle-market life sciences companies, as well as CROs through our ASP ire to Win program. In 2007 and 2008, Johnson & Johnson, AstraZeneca, Amgen, Astellas Pharma and Takeda Pharmaceutical were our largest customers measured by revenue.

Our deep expertise derived from facilitating hundreds of studies across all development phases and therapeutic areas in more than 80 countries has positioned us as a leader in providing clinical trial solutions. For 2008, we generated $117.1 million in revenues, a 35.8% increase over 2007. Our business model provides us with a recurring revenue stream that we believe delivers greater revenue visibility than perpetual software licensing models.

 

59


Table of Contents

Industry Overview

The Clinical Development Market

Clinical development is sponsored by the pharmaceutical industry, medical device manufacturers, academic institutions, research foundations, government agencies and individual clinicians. The pharmaceutical industry, consisting of branded pharmaceutical firms, biotechnology companies and generic drug manufacturers, is the largest contributor to clinical development spending. According to IMS Health, the pharmaceutical industry is responsible for the development and marketing of drug therapies that generated approximately $712 billion in global pharmaceutical sales in 2007, representing a compound annual growth rate of approximately 6% over the previous five years.

Based on data from EvaluatePharma, we estimate that global research and development expenses in the pharmaceutical industry exceeded $120 billion in 2008. Clinical development has historically comprised one of the largest components of the pharmaceutical industry’s research and development expenditures. The average total capitalized cost to develop one new prescription drug in 2005 was estimated by The Tufts Center for the Study of Drug Development at $1.2 billion. One new drug approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, from an initial pool of 5,000 to 10,000 candidates, takes an average of 10 to 15 years for total development.

The clinical development of new drugs, therapies and medical devices is centered on clinical trials designed to test human safety and efficacy prior to product commercialization and includes three mandated phases of progressively larger numbers of investigators and patients for longer durations of time. Out of an aggregate $120 billion global research and development budget, approximately 2,000 pharmaceutical, biotechnology, medical device companies and academic research institutions conducted an estimated 10,000 clinical trials in 2007. Early in the development process a sponsor will apply for patents in relevant jurisdictions to secure exclusive rights to its intellectual property. After applying for patent protection, which is generally effective for a period of 20 years from the date an application is filed, sponsors will commence the clinical development process, which can range from six to seven years, depending on process efficiency and specific regulatory requirements. Delays in the clinical development process may not only increase the cost of drug development, but also reduce a company’s revenues by shortening the time for exclusive product sales afforded under patent protection.

Historically, companies generally realized an attractive return on investment following receipt of regulatory approval. In recent years, however, companies have faced increasing pressures to accelerate drug development, including:

 

   

the increasing number of drugs losing patent protection and greater competition by generic manufacturers;

 

   

large numbers of compound failures during the development cycle, resulting in the need for more drug candidates to enter the drug development pipeline and reach development milestones more quickly;

 

   

efforts by managed care companies and third-party payers, including Medicare and Medicaid, to reduce price and limit utilization of high-cost medicines;

 

   

the expanding scope and cost of post-approval studies, spurred by safety concerns regarding previously approved drugs; and

 

   

commercial incentives to expand approved treatment indications.

The Clinical Development Process and Regulation

The clinical development process is subject to rigorous regulation by the U.S. federal government and related regulatory authorities, such as FDA, as well as by foreign governments and regulatory authorities if drugs, biological products or medical devices are tested or marketed abroad. As a result of increasing demands by these regulatory agencies to expand the number of patients tested and utilize improved safety and efficacy assessment procedures, the clinical development process has become more complex.

 

60


Table of Contents

In the United States, before a company can market a new drug it must obtain approval of a New Drug Application, or NDA, or, in the case of a biologic, a Biologic License Application, or BLA, from FDA. FDA will approve an NDA or BLA based on its judgment that there has been substantial evidence presented to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the new drug or biologic. The evidence presented in an NDA or BLA generally consists of volumes of data and analysis that address all aspects of the drug development process, including the clinical trial protocol design, drug chemistry, toxicity levels, side-effect profile, efficacy results, manufacturing specifications, proposed product labeling and marketing claims. In some instances, FDA requests that a company conduct post-approval trials to monitor safety and to review efficacy issues. Traditionally, FDA reviewed these volumes of data and analysis using paper records, but increasingly accepts electronic data from sponsors that rely on computerized systems to manage electronic source data and documentation. The following table outlines the drug development process in the United States:

 

Stage of Drug
Development

  

Trial
Phase

  

Purpose of Stage

   Approximate
Time to
Complete
Phase
   Approximate
Number of
Trial
Participants
per Phase
Discovery / Preclinical Testing    —      Screen and select drug candidate for specific disease indications and conduct laboratory and animal studies to evaluate safety for human testing. Develop protocol outlining the study’s setup and requirements and submit for FDA approval.    12 to 72
months
   —  
Clinical Testing (humans)    Phase I    Determine drug’s safety profile, including how drug should be administered, dose levels and potential side effects by exposing volunteers to the drug.    6 to 12
months
   5 to 80
   Phase II    Further evaluate the safety of the drug, and assess clinical efficacy, side effects and dosing by exposing subjects with the disease or condition to the drug.    6 to 12
months
   15 to 300
   Phase III    Verify clinical efficacy of the drug and identify potential safety issues, including side effects in large target patient populations.    12 to 48
months
   50 to 5,000
FDA Review and Approval    —      After submission of an NDA, FDA evaluates the submission and makes a determination as to whether the drug should be approved based on substantial evidence that the drug is safe and effective. If the drug is approved, the drug can be commercially marketed throughout the United States.    6 to 24
months
   —  
Post-Approval    Phase IV    Monitor ongoing safety in various patient populations and identify additional indications of the drug for potential approval by FDA.    Ongoing
(following
FDA
approval)
   Varies

Medical devices typically require some form of premarket notification, regulatory clearance or pre-market approval by FDA before the device can be commercialized. In the device context, the equivalent to the NDA or BLA is the premarket approval application, or PMA. FDA reserves the PMA requirement for those medical devices deemed by FDA to pose the greatest risks, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices, or devices that have a new intended use, or technology that is not substantially equivalent to that of a legally marketed device. A PMA generally must be supported by the same type and volume of data and analysis that is required for an NDA or a BLA, including technical specifications, preclinical data, clinical trial results,

 

61


Table of Contents

manufacturing requirements and proposed labeling, to demonstrate to FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use. As with the NDA and BLA processes, PMA data sources and documentation increasingly are being presented to FDA electronically rather than via paper.

In addition to regulations in the United States, companies seeking to market a new drug, biologic or device outside the United States are subject to a variety of foreign regulations governing clinical trials, commercial sales and distribution. Whether or not a company obtains FDA approval for a product, that company must obtain approval by the comparable regulatory authorities of foreign countries before commencing clinical trials or marketing the product in those countries. The approval process varies from country to country and the time may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval. After regulatory approval, the clinical trial sponsor maintains responsibility for collecting and reporting the occurrence of new and unusual serious side effects to all such regulatory agencies.

The Opportunity for Clinical Trial Solutions

The traditional process of capturing and analyzing data in clinical trials relies on pre-printed, paper case report forms to submit data from the clinical trial sites to the clinical trial sponsor. Each case report form is manually checked for accuracy at the clinical site and subsequently entered into a computerized CDMS at the sponsor or CRO running the trial. Inconsistent, questionable, or missing data items are identified and must be addressed by facsimile, mail or hand-delivered document exchange. Each change in data requires documentation. These paper-based processes result in significant complexity and cost. Key limitations include:

 

   

Delay in clinical development process . Manual data collection can delay interim and final data analysis by months or years, leading to delayed regulatory submission, product approval and product revenues, as well as increased development costs. In addition, these delays may reduce the exclusive sales period available under patent protection.

 

   

Impaired data quality . Paper-based data collection and reporting are more susceptible to transcription and other errors, resulting in reduced accuracy and requiring a lengthy and costly correction process. In addition, poor data quality can cause increased scrutiny during regulatory review, which may further delay a product’s approval.

 

   

Limited data visibility to effect real-time decision making . With manual data collection, sponsors cannot evaluate trial status until relatively late in the process. Limited access to complete information precludes early termination of unsuccessful trials and reallocation of resources. Delayed access to data also prevents sponsors from quickly implementing measures to enhance patient safety.

Compared to traditional paper-based data collection, EDC technology provides substantial benefits at all stages of the clinical development process and has become widely accepted across the industry. However, we believe that most clinical trials are still conducted using the traditional paper-based format. We believe the total annual market opportunity for EDC solutions is in excess of $1.4 billion.

Despite the increased efficiency provided by EDC, early generation solutions have typically faced the following challenges:

 

   

Integration . EDC solutions have had difficulty integrating complex, diverse and large volumes of data across multiple applications.

 

   

Investigator site requirements . EDC installations can impose specific software and hardware requirements on trial sponsors and their investigator sites, causing delays in capturing data.

 

   

Complex customization . EDC solutions often require custom programming to meet the requirements of diverse therapeutic areas across multiple phases.

 

62


Table of Contents
   

Usability . The user interface of EDC solutions often does not accommodate the needs and preferences of the medical researchers who coordinate and administer clinical trials, which limits the pace of adoption.

 

   

Workflow and security limitations . EDC solutions often have limited ability to manage multiple languages, multiple workflows and blinded data.

 

   

Scalability . EDC solutions often lack the ability to scale against multiple studies in a single database, requiring increased effort and expense.

The Medidata Solution

Our solutions allow users to accurately and efficiently design clinical trials and capture, manage and report clinical trial data through an easy-to-use, Internet-enabled platform. We believe our solutions provide our customers with the following benefits:

 

   

Accelerated time to market . Our on-demand platform and delivery model streamlines the clinical development process, enabling users to compress the time associated with designing and implementing clinical trials and entering, cleansing and analyzing data. By reducing the clinical trial timeline through early and ongoing integration of multiple data sources, our solution accelerates the medical product development process, thereby maximizing commercial life under patent protection. In addition, our data products provide customers with benchmarking tools that can be used to improve speed, quality and efficiency of clinical trials.

 

   

Improved quality and visibility of results . Medidata Rave allows users engaged in clinical trials to enhance the quality and completeness of their data earlier in the process by providing real-time data cleansing and eliminating duplicative manual entry of data. Decision making is enhanced through consistent access to reliable data, including allowing for adaptive trial design, the early identification and termination of unsuccessful trials and timely access to trial data that may identify significant safety concerns.

 

   

Comprehensive clinical development solution . We have designed our comprehensive solutions to provide support throughout the clinical development process, from protocol authoring to preparing data for regulatory analysis and submission. We provide third party technology providers with access to our application programming interface, or API, and developer tools, which facilitates integration with complementary business systems. Medidata Rave can be integrated easily with auxiliary clinical and operational data systems, making it the backbone for a complete end-to-end solution. Medidata Rave’s comprehensive security model also simplifies the management of double-blinded studies within a single platform.

 

   

Enhanced investigator acceptance . We have designed the user interface of our application services to meet the needs of clinicians, with intuitive, consistent point-and-click navigation and a familiar clinical data entry approach. We have incorporated user input into the design of our interface and provide embedded training tools to accelerate end-user adoption.

 

   

Seamless execution of global trials . Medidata Rave provides a single data repository that can be used in multiple languages simultaneously, avoiding the need for the installation and maintenance of parallel versions of the system. This capability allows investigators around the world to enter data in a variety of languages while enabling monitors and data managers to view the same data in a consistent language.

 

   

Lower cost of ownership . Our product architecture scales reliably and cost-effectively across clinical trials of all sizes. Our customers can run all clinical trials on a single instance, further reducing deployment cost per study.

 

63


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategy

Our strategy is to become the global standard for application service solutions for EDC and complementary technologies for the clinical development process. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Expand our global customer base . We expect EDC adoption to increase, resulting in significant growth in spending on EDC solutions. We will continue to pursue new relationships with large global pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies by leveraging our support infrastructure, unique language translation capabilities and industry expertise. In addition, we have marketing, sales and services resources dedicated to small- and middle-market life sciences companies, as we believe this market represents an under-penetrated opportunity for customer expansion.

 

   

Increase sales to our existing customers . We intend to drive adoption of our products and services within our existing customer base by facilitating the use of our application services in new trials and converting existing single-study customers into multi-study customers. We expect our knowledge transfer model to accelerate customer adoption, resulting in additional licensing opportunities. Further, we will continue to demonstrate the significant efficiencies that our customers can achieve by standardizing their end-to-end clinical development processes on our platform.

 

   

Enhance our suite of products and services. We intend to add new features to our existing offerings and add new offerings to maximize the efficiency of the clinical development process. For example, our acquisition of Fast Track in March 2008 has enabled us to add capabilities in the areas of trial planning, including collaborative protocol authoring, contracting and negotiation. We believe our clinical trials expertise will enable us to leverage our customers’ operational data to provide metrics-driven insights and advisory services to facilitate enhanced market penetration.

 

   

Expand indirect sales channel initiatives . We will continue to pursue strategic partnerships with CROs and healthcare information technology consultants to position our software solutions as the platform of choice for their outsourced clinical trial management services. Through our ASP ire to Win program, we provide support and training to enable CROs to cost-effectively implement our products and services in sponsor studies and to provide additional services related to clinical trial design and deployment.

Our Solutions

We provide clinical development solutions for life science organizations around the world. Our solutions include software and services that enable organizations to systematically design protocols, capture, manage and report clinical data and analyze the results of that data in a cost-effective and efficient manner. We have also designed our solutions to enable our customers to efficiently plan clinical trials by providing budgeting, pricing, workflow and relationship management capabilities. Our software-as-a-service business model eliminates the costs associated with installing and maintaining applications within the customer’s information technology infrastructure.

Application Services

Medidata Rave . Medidata Rave combines a scalable EDC solution with a robust and fully integrated CDMS. Medidata Rave’s rich functionality allows customers to build clinical trials and capture, manage and report clinical trial data on a global basis and in multiple languages:

 

   

Build . Medidata Rave offers a complete set of capabilities designed to allow clinical trial teams to build and deploy studies without the need for software programming professionals. Study teams can configure and manage ongoing revisions of case report forms, trial workflow, requirements for source document verification and complex data-cleaning algorithms. Integrated tools for the re-use of previously built studies and study components further streamline the deployment process when building multiple trials.

 

64


Table of Contents
   

Capture . Medidata Rave’s intuitive user interface facilitates the capture and cleaning of data from global investigator sites, and is designed to provide compliance with regulatory requirements through comprehensive and easy-to-use audit trails and support for electronic signatures. Medidata Rave also allows for the real-time integration of data from other sources, including laboratory information management systems, or LIMS, paper case report forms, electronic patient-reported outcome, or ePRO, devices and interactive voice response systems, or IVRS.

 

   

Manage . Medidata Rave’s web-based interface provides clinical data management and operations personnel with the ability to monitor, query, code and obtain real-time reports and views of study data. The platform further provides comprehensive tools for automated cleaning, tracking, import and export of all study data. Medidata Rave’s Amendment Manager and version control capabilities allow customers to manage mid-study changes without system downtime. Our strong support for industry standards, such as those provided by the clinical data interchange standards consortium, or CDISC, provides a foundation for integration with other systems at sponsors, CROs and their technology partners.

 

   

Report . Medidata Rave’s platform provides insight into both clinical and metric data in real time. Study teams can extract and analyze both clinical and operational data, which allows customers to view progress on their individual studies and current pipeline status across all of their studies. By reporting data during the course of the study, our platform enables sponsors to analyze interim data utilizing an adaptive trial design to modify the study conduct prior to its completion. Multiple language trials are also supported through the reporting phase. Monitors and sponsors have real-time access to reports in multiple languages, regardless of the data input language.

Medidata Designer . Medidata Designer, our protocol authoring tool, enhances the efficiency of clinical trial start-up by structuring protocol development with intuitive tools, guiding clinical research teams through the study design and set-up processes. Medidata Designer facilitates integration with downstream clinical trial processes and systems, including data capture, management, analysis and electronic data submission. Medidata Designer can automatically configure Medidata Rave studies, ensuring quality, consistency and efficiency for customers collaborating through both products.

Medidata Grants Manager . Medidata Grants Manager enables our customers to benchmark their investigator budgets against industry data as well as their own grant history to increase the efficiency of site contracting and to ensure fair and consistent site payments. Medidata Grants Manager includes data from nearly one quarter of a million grants and contracts and approximately 27,000 protocols in over 1,400 treatment indications.

Medidata CRO Contractor . Medidata CRO Contractor focuses on benchmarks for CRO outsourcing, budgeting and negotiation, similar to Medidata Grants Manager. Our database includes reliable cost benchmarks from over 4,000 sponsor contracts with more than 250 global CROs.

Hosting

Substantially all of our customers use our hosting services for Medidata Rave at our dedicated data center in Houston, Texas, which was designed specifically to optimize the delivery of our application services and to ensure the availability and security of our customers’ research data. Our state of the art facility includes 24 by 7 staffing, enterprise class security, redundant power and cooling systems, large-scale data back-up capabilities and multiple Internet access points and providers. In addition, we maintain back-up facilities located in Secaucus and Piscataway, New Jersey and use SAVVIS, IBM and Iron Mountain for disaster recovery services and offsite data storage.

Our hosting operations incorporate industry-standard hardware, databases and application servers in a flexible, scalable architecture. Elements of our applications’ infrastructure can be replaced or added with minimal interruption in service, in order to reduce the likelihood that the failure of any single device will cause a broad

 

65


Table of Contents

service outage. We can scale to increasing numbers of customers by adding industry-standard computers and servers and have invested heavily in our data center operations during 2006 and 2007 to expand our storage capacity to meet increasing customer demands. Our storage architecture helps to ensure the safe, secure archiving of customers’ data and to deliver the speed and performance required to enable customers to access and manage their clinical study data in real-time.

Support

We have a multi-national organization to support our applications worldwide. We also offer 24 by 7 support to our customers’ investigator sites through multi-lingual help desks located in Edison, New Jersey, Sofia, Bulgaria and Tokyo, Japan.

Professional Services

In order to provide reliable, repeatable and cost-effective implementation and use of our application services, we have developed a standard methodology to deliver professional services to our customers. Our methodology leverages both the industry-specific expertise of our employees and the specific capabilities of our platform to simplify, streamline and expedite the Medidata Rave implementation process. This methodology also enables us to deliver a comprehensive set of supporting documents and work instructions to facilitate our customers’ compliance with applicable regulatory requirements. Our professional services include:

 

   

implementation services to meet customers’ data requirements for various indications;

 

   

workflow design to meet the needs of different study phases and global regulatory requirements; and

 

   

guidance on best practices for using our application services.

We offer knowledge transfer services, to enable our customers and partners to design, configure, implement and manage trials, and intuitive e-learning training courses for end users. We also offer a variety of additional training services through our training group, known as Medidata University, to facilitate the successful adoption of our application services throughout the customer’s or partner’s organization. We also provide professional services for Medidata Designer, to assist our customers to efficiently implement and reinforce best practices for protocol design.

Technology

We have designed our technology to maximize ease of use, flexibility, data visibility and system scalability to handle high-volume, global trials. We deploy our solutions through the use of industry-standard web browsers and three tiered server architectures: a web server, a proprietary application server and a database server. End users can access our solutions through any web browser from anywhere in the world without downloading or installing any Medidata-specific software. In addition, our software has end-to-end support for unicode characters, required to deliver multi-lingual studies. Additionally, we utilize technologies such as firewalls, intrusion detection and encryption to ensure the privacy and security of our customers’ data.

We developed our solutions on a broad base of technologies, including Java 2 Enterprise Edition, or J2EE, Oracle, Microsoft.NET, Microsoft SQL Server and Business Objects. By creating consistent data models that can accommodate the broad software-as-a-service requirements from multiple biopharma, medical device and CRO customers, we have been able to avoid customer-specific builds or other customizations to our core product, thereby streamlining development and maintenance. Furthermore, our interfaces are built on fully documented application programming interfaces, or APIs, which allow us to safely update customers’ data in new versions of the system, and to develop additional interfaces to address new market opportunities. These APIs also allow us to import and export configurations and auxiliary data in both human-readable and XML formats. By including version control and the ability to dynamically integrate data without system interruption, we are better able to

 

66


Table of Contents

accommodate the industry-specific challenges facing clinical trial teams around protocol amendments and the need for incremental changes to study data collection and cleaning processes during a clinical trial.

Research and Development

We believe that our future success will depend on our ability to continue to enhance and broaden our application services to meet the evolving needs of clinical trial sponsors and other entities engaged in clinical trials. As of December 31, 2008, we had 121 employees in research and development. Our research and development efforts are focused on developing new, complementary software solutions, as well as enhancing our existing software solutions.

When developing our technical solutions to manage clinical data, industry regulatory requirements also dictate that substantial documentation be created to demonstrate data integrity in the solution, known in the industry as a validation package. Our software development lifecycle practices include streamlined methodologies for generating and maintaining validation packages during the software release process. These methodologies include a validated path for upgrading existing installations and data. For Medidata Rave, with a major update occurring approximately once per year, the concurrency and robustness of validation packages provide our customers with an ability to stay on current technology, allowing us to minimize the number of legacy releases that require maintenance and support.

Our research and development department includes a product management team that works with both internal and customer experts to create new features and functionality, a technical documentation team, as well as product engineering and software quality assurance functions. We also have a dedicated research and development team building integration software and APIs on top of our platform. For example, our research and development team has integrated Medidata Rave with SAS Drug Development’s data management, collaborative reporting and analysis solution. This integration provides our customers with immediate access to data collected and managed in Medidata Rave through the SAS Drug Development product, along with other data gathered in the research and development process. We incurred $5.9 million, $10.7 million and $19.3 million in research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our application services through a direct sales force and through relationships with CROs and other strategic partners. Our marketing efforts focus on increasing awareness, consideration and preferences for our application services and professional services and generating qualified sales leads. As of December 31, 2008, we had 74 employees in sales and marketing.

Our sales force operates globally, including in North America, Europe and Asia. The team, which is organized by both region and focus area, also includes pre-sales product consultants and sales operations support. Sales through this direct channel currently represent the largest source of our total revenues.

Sponsors of clinical trials are increasingly outsourcing their clinical research activities in an attempt to control costs and expand capacity. Our CRO relationships help us position our software solutions as the core platform for their outsourced client trial management services. Through our ASP ire to Win program, we partner with CROs to deliver the Medidata Rave clinical trial technology along with the CRO’s project and data management expertise. We also train, certify and support our CRO and other clinical services partners on Medidata Rave which enables them to quickly and cost-effectively implement our technology in sponsors’ studies. Our strategic clinical services partners include Chiltern International Inc., Clinsys Clinical Research, Inc., CMIC Co., Ltd., Covance Inc., Eliassen Group, EPS International Co., Ltd. , Global Research Services, LLC, ICON Clinical Research, L.P., INC Research, Inc., Kendle International Inc., LAXAI, Omnicare Inc., PAREXEL International Corporation, PharmaLinkFHI, Inc., PRA International, Inc., Quintiles Transnational Corporation and United BioSource Corporation.

 

67


Table of Contents

Our marketing strategy is to generate qualified sales leads, enhance the global recognition of our brand and products and establish Medidata as the premier provider of clinical trial solutions. Our principal marketing initiatives target key executives and decision makers within our existing and prospective customer base and include sponsorship of, and participation in, industry events including user conferences, trade shows and webinars. We also advertise through online and print media, publish Medidata-authored articles in trade magazines and journals, and participate in cooperative marketing efforts with our CRO partners and other providers of complementary services or technology, including joint press announcements, joint trade show activities and joint seminars and webinars.

We have been able to obtain valuable insight into our customers’ needs through the following specific customer initiatives:

 

   

Medidata Customer Advisory Board . We sponsor an annual meeting of the Medidata Customer Advisory Board which provides our customers with an opportunity to learn about our strategies and plans and gives us useful feedback on our application services.

 

   

Medidata User Group . Our customers sponsor an annual meeting that gives them an opportunity to share best practices relating to Medidata Rave and provide feedback.

 

   

Medidata webinars . We host periodic web-based seminars for current and prospective customers, which are typically focused on our products or current developments.

 

   

MyMedidata.com . MyMedidata.com offers a global portal for our customers and partners and provides them with answers to frequently asked questions; on-line forums and polls where they can interact with our representatives and other members; and updates on Medidata-related events.

Customers

We are committed to developing long-term, partnering relationships with our customers on a global basis and working closely with new customers to configure our systems to meet the unique needs of their trials. Our customers include leading pharmaceutical, biotechnology, medical device companies, academic institutions, clinical research organizations and other entities engaged in clinical trials. As of December 31, 2008, we had 147 customers, including 22 of the top 25 global pharmaceutical companies measured by revenue. Our representative customers by industry group include:

 

Pharmaceutical

 

Astellas Pharma Inc.

AstraZeneca PLC

Baxter International, Inc.

Bayer HealthCare AG

Daiichi Sankyo Co., Ltd.

F. Hoffmann–La Roche, Ltd.

Johnson & Johnson

H. Lundbeck A/S

Orion Corporation

Pfizer Inc.

Takeda Pharmaceutical Corporation Ltd.
Wyeth

  

Biotechnology

 

Amgen Inc.

Array BioPharma, Inc.

Elan Pharmaceuticals Inc.

Genentech Inc.

Genzyme Corporation

Gilead Sciences, Inc.

 

Medical Devices

 

Boston Scientific Corporation

DePuy International Ltd.

Edwards Lifesciences Corporation

  

CROs

 

CMIC Co., Ltd.

Covance Inc.

ICON Clinical Research, L.P.

INC Research, Inc.

Kendle International, Inc.

 

Institutions

 

National Cancer Institute of Canada
Northwestern University

Our five largest customers accounted for 56%, 53% and 45% of our revenues in 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Johnson & Johnson and AstraZeneca accounted for approximately 13% and 10%, respectively, of our revenues in 2008. Johnson & Johnson, AstraZeneca and Amgen accounted for approximately 15%, 13% and 11%, respectively, of our revenues in 2007.

Competition

The market for electronic data collection, data management and other clinical trial solutions is highly competitive and rapidly evolving. It is subject to changing technology, shifting customer needs, changes in laws

 

68


Table of Contents

and regulations, and frequent introductions of new products and services. In the EDC market, in addition to internally developed solutions, we compete with firms such as etrials Worldwide, Inc., eResearch Technology, Inc., ClinPhone, Datatrak International, Omnicom Corporation, Oracle Clinical, Phase Forward Incorporated and Phoenix Data Systems. In the clinical trial authoring tool market, we compete with internally developed protocol tools, commercially available software offering structured environments for creating protocols such as Microsoft Office and SharePoint solutions and providers of XML authoring tools using Microsoft Word to create protocols such as Invision Research. In addition, we face competition at the clinical data product level from smaller independent companies such as TTC LLC and ClearTrial, LLC.

We compete on the basis of several factors, including the following:

 

   

ease of use of our products and rates of user adoption;

 

   

product functionality and flexibility;

 

   

speed and performance required to enable customers to access clinical trial data in real-time;

 

   

product reliability and scalability;

 

   

hosting security;

 

   

regulatory compliance;

 

   

financial stability;

 

   

breadth and scope of commercial and technology partnerships;

 

   

depth of expertise and quality of our professional services and customer support on a global basis; and

 

   

sales and marketing capabilities.

Although some of our competitors and potential competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories and greater financial, technological and other resources than we do, we believe that we compete favorably with our competitors on the basis of these factors.

Government Regulation

The use of our software applications, services and hosted solutions by customers engaged in clinical trials must be done in a manner that is compliant with a complex array of U.S. federal and state laws and regulations, including regulation by FDA, as well as regulations and guidance issued by foreign governments and international non-governmental organizations. Our applications have been designed to allow our customers to deploy them as part of a validated system compliant with applicable laws and regulations.

Regulation of Clinical Trials and Electronic Systems Used in Clinical Trials

The conduct of clinical trials is subject to regulation and regulatory guidance associated with the approval of new drugs, biological products and medical devices imposed upon the clinical trial process by FDA, foreign governmental regulatory agencies and international non-governmental organizations, such as the International Conference on Harmonization and the World Health Organization.

The laws, regulations and guidance from various countries and regions are often, but not always, harmonized. In those areas which are not yet harmonized, conflicting or even contradictory requirements may exist. Further, the regulatory environment and requirements for clinical trials and drug/device approvals are undergoing rapid change in the United States, the European Union and in other regions. We continue to monitor regulatory developments and industry best practices in these areas and make changes as necessary to remain in compliance.

 

69


Table of Contents

The use of our software products, services and hosted solutions by customers engaged in clinical trials must be done in a manner that is compliant with these laws, regulations and guidance. Failure to do so could, for example, have an adverse impact on a clinical trial sponsor’s ability to obtain regulatory approval of new drugs, biological products or medical devices or even to continue a clinical trial.

The use of software during the clinical trial process must also adhere to the regulations and regulatory guidance known as Good Clinical Practices, or GCPs, other various codified practices such as, the Consolidated Guidance for Industry from the International Conference on Harmonization Regarding Good Clinical Practices for Europe, Japan and the United States and other guidance documents. In addition to these regulations and regulatory guidance, FDA and other countries have developed regulations and regulatory guidance concerning electronic records and electronic signatures. In the United States, these regulations are interpreted for clinical trials in a guidance document titled U.S. FDA Computerized Systems Used in Clinical Investigations – Guidance for Industry. In general, regulatory guidance stipulates that computerized systems used to capture or manage clinical trial data must meet certain standards for attributability, accuracy, retrievability, traceability, inspectability, validity, security and dependability. If we or our customers violate the GCPs or other regulatory requirements, both parties run the risk that the violation will result in a warning letter from FDA, the suspension of the clinical trial, investigator disqualification, debarment, the rejection or withdrawal of a product marketing application, criminal prosecution or civil penalties, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Regulation of Health Information

Government regulation of the use and disclosure of patient privacy and data protection imposes a number of requirements. In the United States, regulations issued pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, require certain “covered entities,” including facilities and providers which are involved in clinical trials, to comply with established standards regarding the privacy and security of protected health information and to use standardized code sets when conducting certain electronic transactions. The regulations also require “business associates” that provide services on behalf of the covered entity to agree to follow the same standards. Although we are not a “covered entity” and therefore technically are not subject to HIPAA regulations, many users of our products and services are directly regulated under HIPAA and our products cannot be utilized in a manner that is inconsistent with the users’ HIPAA compliance requirements. In addition, to the extent we perform functions or activities on behalf of customers that are directly regulated by such medical privacy laws, we are considered a HIPAA “business associate” and must execute a written agreement with each such customer in which we agree to comply with a number of the same HIPAA requirements. The breach of such an agreement on our part may result in contractual liability to our customer and could subject the customer to HIPAA liability. In addition to HIPAA, most states have enacted or are considering their own privacy and data protection laws. Such state laws, if more stringent than HIPAA requirements, are not preempted by the federal requirements and we must comply with them.

In addition to complying with the privacy laws of the United States, many foreign governments have data privacy protection laws that include additional protections for sensitive patient information, such as confidential medical records. Because we provide services in many of these countries, we must meet these requirements and must provide our services in a manner that supports our customers’ compliance obligations.

Intellectual Property

Our success and ability to compete are dependent on our ability to develop and maintain the proprietary aspects of our technology and operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others. We rely upon a combination of trademark, trade secret, copyright, patent and unfair competition laws, as well as license agreements and other contractual provisions, to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. In addition, we attempt to protect our intellectual property and proprietary information by requiring our employees and consultants to enter into confidentiality, non-competition and assignment of inventions agreements. We have

 

70


Table of Contents

registered trademarks and service marks in the United States and abroad, and applications for the registration of additional trademarks and service marks. Our principal trademarks are “Medidata,” “Medidata Rave” and “ASP ire to Win.” We have filed trademark applications for “Medidata Designer,” “Medidata Grants Manager” and “Medidata CRO Contractor.” We also hold several domain names, including the domain name “mdsol.com.” Although we do not rely heavily on patent protection, we hold one patent and have five patent applications outstanding with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office as well as certain corresponding foreign patent applications.

The legal protections described above afford only limited protection for our technology. Due to rapid technological change, we believe that factors such as the technological and creative skills of our personnel, new product and service developments and enhancements to existing products and services are more important than the various legal protections of our technology to establishing and maintaining a technology leadership position.

On June 5, 2007, we entered into a License and Settlement Agreement with a third party, in connection with allegations that our Rave Remote product infringed a U.S. patent claimed to be owned by the third party. Under the License and Settlement Agreement, we agreed to make a lump-sum payment to the third party in an aggregate amount of $2.2 million to settle the claim and obtained a royalty bearing license to the patent at issue. Rave Remote is an older product that allows data to be collected and cleaned on personal computers that are not permanently connected to the Internet and is not material to our overall results. We have licensed in the past, and expect that we may license in the future, certain of our proprietary rights, such as trademarks, technology or copyrighted material, to third parties. We generally provide in our customer agreements that we will indemnify our customers against third-party infringement claims relating to our technology provided to the customer.

Employees

As of December 31, 2008, we had a total of 535 employees, of which 206 were employed at our headquarters and additional locations in New York, New York, 225 at other locations in the United States, 66 in the United Kingdom and 38 in Japan. As of December 31, 2008, we had 251 employees in services and information technology, 121 employees in research and development, 74 employees in sales and marketing, 20 employees in data operations and 69 employees in administration and executive management. We also retain additional outside contractors from time to time to supplement our services and research and development staff on an as-needed basis. As of December 31, 2008, we had 130 independent contractors, the majority of which have been engaged in connection with help desk and customer service functions. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationships with our employees to be good.

Properties

Our corporate headquarters and other material leased real property as of December 31, 2008 are shown in the following table. We do not own any real property.

 

Location

  

Use

  

Size

  

Expiration of Lease

New York, New York

   Corporate headquarters    20,000 square feet    September 2013

New York, New York

   Office space    14,875 square feet    December 2009

Edison, New Jersey

   Office space    13,700 square feet    March 2010

Conshohocken, Pennsylvania

   Office space    8,742 square feet    June 2011

Ross, California

   Office space    3,138 square feet    December 2010

Houston, Texas

   Data center    7,778 square feet    July 2013

Uxbridge, United Kingdom

   Office space    8,500 square feet    December 2017

Tokyo, Japan

   Office space    3,640 square feet    April 2011

We believe these facilities and additional or alternative space available to us will be adequate to meet our needs for the foreseeable future.

 

71


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

We are a party to a lawsuit brought by a former employee of a Medidata subsidiary, MDSOL Europe Limited, in connection with the termination of her employment on November 30, 2006. The lawsuit was brought before the Belgian Labor Court seeking approximately $1.4 million. At December 31, 2008, we accrued approximately $0.7 million with respect to this claim. A hearing was held in November 2008 and the court rendered its decision on January 15, 2009, which awarded approximately $0.1 million to the plaintiff. While we believe this decision was favorable to us, it may be appealed by the plaintiff. In the event that this decision is appealed, we intend to continue to vigorously defend this claim until it is finally resolved. We are not currently a party to any other material legal proceedings.

 

72


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of each of our directors and executive officers as of December 31, 2008.

 

Name

   Age    Position

Tarek A. Sherif

   46    Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Glen M. de Vries

   36    President and Director

Bruce D. Dalziel

   50    Chief Financial Officer

Steven I. Hirschfeld

   46    Executive Vice President—Global Sales and Alliances

Lineene N. Krasnow

   57    Executive Vice President—Product and Marketing

Carlos Dominguez(1)(4)

   50    Director

Edwin A. Goodman(2)

   69    Director

Edward F. Ikeguchi, M.D.(2)

   41    Director

Neil M. Kurtz, M.D.(1)(3)

   58    Director

George McCulloch(1)(3)

   31    Director

Peter Sobiloff(4)

   52    Director

Robert B. Taylor(3)(4)

   61    Director

 

(1) Member of compensation committee
(2) Dr. Ikeguchi and Mr. Goodman will resign from the board of directors effective immediately prior to completion of this offering.
(3) Member of audit committee
(4) Member of nominating and corporate governance committee

Set forth below is a brief description of the business experience of our executive officers and directors listed above.

Tarek A. Sherif is one of our founders. Mr. Sherif has served as our chief executive officer since 2001 and as a member of our board of directors since 2000. Prior to forming the company, Mr. Sherif was the managing member of Sherif Partners L.L.C., a company focused on public and private investments in technology and life science companies. Prior to that, Mr. Sherif served as portfolio manager at R.D.L. Securities, a privately held equity fund specializing in publicly traded technology companies, including those in the healthcare and information technology fields. Mr. Sherif has also served as assistant vice president of corporate finance at General Electric Capital Corporation, and mergers and acquisitions analyst at Brown Brothers Harriman & Company. Mr. Sherif holds a B.A. in economics from Yale College and an M.B.A. in business administration and finance from Columbia University.

Glen M. de Vries is one of our founders. Mr. de Vries has served as our president since February 2008 and as a member of our board of directors since 1999. From 2000 to 2008, Mr. de Vries served as our chief technology officer. Mr. de Vries has over 15 years of experience in medical software development, including electronic health records and consumer-targeted products. As president of OceanTek, Inc., a web development firm focused on applications for the healthcare industry, Mr. de Vries was the chief consultant for a Fortune 500 global e-commerce project, and was the author of web security components currently in use by websites and corporate intranets. Previously, he served as a research assistant at Columbia University focusing on both research science and creating a paperless clinical data management system. Mr. de Vries holds a B.S. in molecular biology and genetics from Carnegie Mellon University.

Bruce D. Dalziel has served as our chief financial officer since October 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Dalziel served as chief financial officer of The BISYS Group, Inc., a provider of business process outsourcing solutions, from 2005 to 2007, and as chief financial officer of DoubleClick, Inc., a provider of digital

 

73


Table of Contents

marketing technology and services, from 2001 to 2005. Mr. Dalziel has managed all aspects of finance, including financial reporting and control, tax, treasury and risk management, as well as investor relations, facilities, corporate technology, business operations and legal, with substantial merger and acquisitions activity in both roles. Prior to his employment at DoubleClick, Inc., Mr. Dalziel held a variety of positions at Prudential Insurance Company of America over a 14 year period, including corporate vice president of financial planning and analysis, vice president of institutional asset management sales and chief financial officer of international insurance. Mr. Dalziel holds a B.A. in English literature from Ursinus College, a B.S. in industrial engineering from Georgia Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from Columbia University.

Steven I. Hirschfeld has served as our vice president—sales since September 2002 and was promoted to executive vice president—global sales and alliances in September 2005. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Hirschfeld served as vice president of sales at I-Many, Inc., a provider of software and related professional services to support contract-based, business to business relationships. Prior to that, Mr. Hirschfeld spent five years at The Janis Group as sales leader and general manager where he launched and managed several of The Janis Group’s emerging business units and directed the corporate marketing department. Mr. Hirschfeld holds a B.S. in business administration from the University of Delaware.

Lineene N. Krasnow joined us as vice president—marketing in April 2005 and has served as executive vice president—product and marketing since August 2008. Prior to joining us, Ms. Krasnow held various executive positions at IBM Corporation, a globally integrated innovation company. Most recently, Ms. Krasnow served as vice president of marketing management—corporate from 2001 to 2005. Prior to that, Ms. Krasnow’s other positions at IBM included vice president of worldwide marketing management for IBM’s Personal Systems Group; vice president of marketing for IBM Personal Systems Asia-Pacific in Tokyo. Ms. Krasnow holds a B.B.A. in marketing from the University of Notre Dame.

Carlos Dominguez has served on our board of directors since April 2008. Mr. Dominguez has held various executive positions at Cisco Systems Inc. and has been serving as its senior vice president, office of the chairman and chief executive officer since January 2008. Mr. Dominguez joined Cisco in 1992 and previously served as senior vice president of its Worldwide Service Provider Operations group from 2004 to 2008 and as a vice president for U.S. Service Provider Sales from 1999 to 2004.

Edwin A. Goodman has served on our board of directors since 2002 and serves as a partner at Milestone Venture Partners, an investment firm which he co-founded in 1999. Prior to founding Milestone, Mr. Goodman was part of the venture capital team at the U.S. office of Hambros, a London-based merchant bank since 1981. Mr. Goodman holds a B.A. in English literature from Yale College and an M.S. from Columbia University Business School. Mr. Goodman also serves on the board of SkillSurvey, Inc. and served in the U.S. Marine Corps Reserve.

Edward F. Ikeguchi, M.D., is one of our founders and has served on our board of directors since 1999. Dr. Ikeguchi previously served as our chief medical officer from 2000 through July 2008. Prior to joining the company, Dr. Ikeguchi served as assistant professor of clinical urology at Columbia University and has experience using healthcare technology solutions as a clinical investigator in numerous trials sponsored by both commercial industry and the National Institutes of Health. Dr. Ikeguchi holds a B.S. in chemistry from Fordham University and a M.D. from Columbia University’s College of Physicians & Surgeons, where he also completed his surgical internship, subspecialty training and fellowship.

Neil M. Kurtz, M.D. has served on our board of directors since 2002. Dr. Kurtz has served as president and chief executive officer of Golden Living since August 2008. Prior to joining Golden Living, Dr. Kurtz served as president and chief executive officer and a member of the board of directors of TorreyPines Therapeutics, Inc., a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company, since 2002. Dr. Kurtz co-founded Worldwide Clinical Trials, a contract research organization, where he held the positions of president and chief executive officer until its

 

74


Table of Contents

acquisition by United Health Group, or UHG, in 1999. After the acquisition, Dr. Kurtz became president of Ingenix Pharmaceutical Services, a division of UHG, and also served as a member of the UHG Executive Board until joining TorreyPines Therapeutics, Inc. Dr. Kurtz’s career includes senior positions with Boots Pharmaceuticals, Bayer Corporation, Bristol-Myers Squibb and Merck. He currently serves on the board of directors of NeurogesX, a specialty pharmaceutical company. Dr. Kurtz holds a B.A. in psychology from New York University and an M.D. from the Medical College of Wisconsin.

George McCulloch has served on our board of directors since 2004. He joined Insight Venture Partners, or Insight, in 2003, and became a managing director in 2007. Prior to joining Insight, he was an associate at Summit Partners, a private equity and venture capital firm, from 1999 to 2002. Mr. McCulloch holds a B.A. in history from Stanford University.

Peter Sobiloff has served on our board of directors since 2004. Mr. Sobiloff is currently Chief Executive Officer of Syncsort and has served as a managing director at Insight since 2000. Immediately prior to joining Insight in 1998, he was vice president of business development at i2 Technologies from 1997 to 1998. Mr. Sobiloff was previously president of Think Systems, a supply chain management software company. Prior to this, he was president of Datalogix, a vendor of enterprise application software for process manufacturers, and previously held senior executive roles at Ross Systems, a vendor of financial application software. Mr. Sobiloff holds a B.A. from Baruch University.

Robert B. Taylor has served on our board of directors since April 2008. Mr. Taylor has served as senior vice president for finance and administration of the Colonial Williamsburg Foundation since January 2001. Prior to joining the Colonial Williamsburg Foundation, Mr. Taylor previously served as vice president and treasurer of Wesleyan University from 1985 to 2001. Mr. Taylor also serves on the board of directors and as chair of the Audit Committee of Zygo Corporation. Mr. Taylor holds a B.A. from St. Lawrence University.

Composition of the Board of Directors

We have a board of directors comprised of nine members, which we believe is compliant with the independence criteria for boards of directors under the rules of the NASDAQ Global Market and SEC rules and regulations. Dr. Ikeguchi and Mr. Goodman will resign from the board of directors and any applicable committees effective immediately prior to completion of this offering, resulting in a seven-member board of directors as of the closing of this offering.

The directors are elected at the annual meeting of stockholders. Our directors hold office until the earlier of their death, resignation or removal or until their successors have been elected and qualified. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Committees of the Board of Directors

As of the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which has or will have the composition and responsibilities described below. The composition and functioning of all of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the NASDAQ Global Market and SEC rules and regulations.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee is comprised of Robert Taylor (chairman), Neil Kurtz and George McCullogh. In compliance with the transitional rules of the SEC and the NASDAQ Global Market, our audit committee will ultimately consist entirely of independent directors, as defined under the NASDAQ Global Market listing standards as well as under rules adopted by the SEC pursuant to Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The board of

 

75


Table of Contents

directors has determined that Mr. Taylor is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under SEC rules and regulations by virtue of his business background and experience described under “Executive Officers and Directors” above.

Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee, which will be effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement relating to this offering and reflects standards set forth in SEC regulations and NASDAQ Global Market rules. The composition and responsibilities of the audit committee and the attributes of its members, as reflected in the charter, are intended to be in accordance with applicable requirements for corporate audit committees. The charter will be reviewed, and amended if necessary, on an annual basis. The full text of the audit committee’s charter will be available on our website at www.mdsol.com .

The audit committee will assist the board in fulfilling its oversight responsibility relating to our financial statements and the disclosure and financial reporting process, our system of internal controls, our internal audit function, the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm, compliance with our code of business conduct, and ethics and legal and regulatory requirements. The audit committee will have the sole authority to appoint, retain, terminate, compensate and oversee the work of the independent registered public accounting firm, as well as to pre-approve all audit and non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Compensation Committee

The members of our compensation committee are Carlos Dominguez (Chairman), Neil Kurtz and George McCullogh. All three members of the compensation committee are independent as defined under the applicable listing standards of the NASDAQ Global Market. The compensation committee will operate under a written charter adopted by the board of directors. The committee will be responsible for administering any incentive compensation plans, equity-based compensation plans and other benefit plans and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to such plans. Also, the committee will evaluate the chief executive officer’s performance, determine compensation arrangements for all of our executive officers, including our chief executive officer, and make recommendations to the board of directors concerning compensation policies for us and our subsidiaries.

Nominating and Governance Committee

We have established a nominating and governance committee with responsibility for, among other things: reviewing board composition, procedures and committees, and making recommendations on these matters to the board of directors; reviewing, soliciting and making recommendations to the board of directors and stockholders with respect to candidates for election to the board; and overseeing compliance by the board of directors and management with our corporate governance principles and ethics standards and code of conduct. Our nominating and governance committee is comprised of Robert Taylor (Chairman), Carlos Dominguez and Peter Sobiloff. All three members of the nominating and governance committee are independent as defined under the applicable listing standards of the NASDAQ Global Market. The nominating and governance committee will operate under a written charter adopted by the board of directors.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serves as a member of the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has an executive officer serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

In 2008, TorreyPines Therapeutics entered into a single-study arrangement to use our solutions. Mr. Kurtz, a member of our board of directors, was chief executive officer of TorreyPines Therapeutics but resigned from his position at TorreyPines Therapeutics during the third quarter of 2008 to assume a position with another company. We recognized a total of $365,000 of application and professional services revenues from this customer for 2008. As of December 31, 2008, accounts receivable relating to this customer was $5,000.

 

76


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

In March 2008, the compensation committee of our board of directors adopted a compensation policy that is applicable to all of our non-employee directors. The policy became effective with respect to Messrs. Dominguez and Taylor immediately upon commencement of their service and will become effective for the other non-employee directors immediately following completion of our initial public offering. This compensation policy provides that each such non-employee director will receive the following compensation for service on our board of directors:

 

   

an annual cash retainer of $30,000;

 

   

an additional annual cash retainer of $20,000 for serving as chairman of the audit committee and $12,000 for serving as a member of the audit committee;

 

   

an additional annual cash retainer of $15,000 for serving as chairman of the compensation committee and $10,000 for serving as a member of the compensation committee;

 

   

an additional annual cash retainer of $5,000 for serving as chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee and $4,000 for serving as a member of the nominating and corporate governance committee; and

 

   

upon first joining our board of directors and at each subsequent annual meeting thereafter, an equity award valued at $100,000, comprised 50% of restricted shares and 50% in options. The initial equity awards vest quarterly over four years and the subsequent annual awards vest quarterly over two years.

In addition, we will reimburse our directors for all reasonable expenses incurred for attending meetings and service on our board of directors.

In                     , 2009, our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved a new stock incentive plan that will be effective upon the completion of our initial public offering. Upon the completion of this offering, each of our non-employee directors will receive an option to acquire shares of our common stock. These options will vest             . On the date a new non-employee director is first elected or appointed to the board of directors, we intend that he or she will automatically be granted an option to acquire shares of our common stock on the date of the grant. In addition, upon election of directors each year, we intend that each non-employee director will receive an automatic grant of options to acquire shares of common stock on a fully diluted basis on the date of the grant.

2008 Director Compensation

The following table sets forth a summary of the compensation paid or accrued by us to individuals who were directors during any part of 2008. The table excludes Messrs. Sherif, de Vries, Goodman, Ikeguchi, Kurtz, McCulloch and Sobiloff, who did not receive any compensation from us in their roles as directors in 2008.

 

Name

  Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
($)
  Option
Awards(1)
($)
    Total ($)

Carlos Dominguez

  $ 20,833   $ 8,139 (2)   $ 28,972

Robert B. Taylor

  $ 34,722   $ 8,139 (2)   $ 42,861

 

(1) Amounts shown do not reflect compensation actually received by the directors. Instead, the amounts shown are the compensation costs recognized by us in the period presented for option awards as determined pursuant to SFAS No. 123(R), excluding estimated forfeitures. These compensation costs reflect option awards granted in the period presented. The assumptions used to calculate the value of option awards are set forth under Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The aggregate number of option awards outstanding held by our directors as of December 31, 2008 is as follows: Carlos Dominguez, 4,533; Neil M. Kurtz, 100,000; and Robert B. Taylor, 4,533. None of our other directors have received option awards.
(2) The option awards granted to Messrs. Dominguez and Taylor had a grant date fair value of $51,450.

 

77


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Compensation Overview, Objectives and Philosophy

The primary objective of our compensation and benefits program is to attract, motivate and retain the best possible executive talent. We believe that executive compensation should support our business goals and encourage increased stockholder value. We expect to implement and maintain compensation plans that link executive compensation to the achievement of key goals including revenues and profitability measures. We also seek to have plans which are attractive to potential employees relative to other companies with whom we compete for employees.

Evolution of our Compensation Approach

Our compensation approach is necessarily tied to our stage of development as a company. Historically, our compensation program has been characterized by below-median cash compensation and below-median equity compensation, when compared with public companies in our peer group. Historically, the non-employee members of our board of directors reviewed and approved executive compensation and benefits policies, subject to final board approval, often based on the recommendation of our chief executive officer, based on his subjective assessment. Going forward, we expect that the specific direction, emphasis and components of our executive compensation program will continue to evolve, and, we expect to reduce our reliance upon subjective determinations in favor of an approach that involves benchmarking the compensation paid to our executive officers against peer companies that we identify and the use of clearly defined, objective targets to determine incentive compensation awards. We also intend to reduce our executive compensation program’s emphasis on stock options as a long-term incentive component in favor of other forms of equity compensation such as restricted stock awards.

Anticipating these changes, beginning in March 2008 three of our directors, Edwin Goodman, Neil Kurtz and Peter Sobiloff, in consultation with Pearl Meyer & Partners, an independent compensation consulting firm retained by our board of directors, conducted a review of total executive compensation and equity ownership, comparing our executive’s total compensation levels to those of other executives at comparable public technology companies and conducting interviews with our independent board members and members of management to gain insights into our compensation philosophy. We expect to continue to utilize a compensation consultant to assist our compensation committee in developing our executive compensation program, and in the future we may look to programs implemented by comparable public companies in refining our compensation approach.

Compensation Setting Process

Historically, compensation decisions for our executive officers were approved by our board of directors upon the recommendation of our compensation committee, which in turn considered the recommendation of our chief executive officer. We traditionally placed significant emphasis on the recommendation of our chief executive officer with respect to the determination of executive compensation (other than his own), in particular with respect to the determination of base salary, cash incentive and equity incentive awards. In 2008, our compensation committee became solely responsible for administering our executive compensation program, although we continue to rely, in part, upon the advice and recommendations of our chief executive officer, particularly with respect to those executive officers that report directly to him. The compensation committee’s composition and oversight of our executive compensation program is described in more detail below and in the section above entitled “Committees of the Board of Directors — Compensation Committee.”

For purposes of determining our executive officer compensation in 2007 and in prior years, we considered the following factors: our understanding of the amount of compensation generally paid by similarly situated companies to their executives with similar roles and responsibilities; the roles and responsibilities of our

 

78


Table of Contents

executives; the individual experience and skills of, and expected contributions from, our executives; the amounts of compensation being paid to our other executives; and our executives’ historical compensation at our company; an assessment of the professional effectiveness and capabilities of the executive officer; and the performance of the executive officer against the corporate objectives used to determine incentive compensation. We placed the most emphasis in determining compensation on our understanding of the amount of compensation generally paid by similarly situated companies to their executives with similar roles and responsibilities and the subjective assessment of the professional effectiveness and capabilities of the executive officer. Our understanding of the amount of compensation generally paid by similarly situated companies was based on our compensation committee’s and chief executive officer’s own business judgment and collective experience in such matters. This understanding was not based on quantitative data or benchmarking against any specific professional service firm or similar company or set of professional service firms or similar companies.

Beginning in March 2008, our board of directors retained Pearl Meyer & Partners to conduct an assessment of our executive compensation practices. This market survey compared the compensation paid to our chief executive officer and our other executive officers to executives at similar management levels and functions at 12 software, healthcare technology services or other technology oriented companies that had median annual revenue of $129 million. This market survey was developed for purposes of establishing a comprehensive compensation plan for 2008 and subsequent years and was not considered by the compensation committee in determining executive compensation prior to 2008.

Roles of the Compensation Committee and Chief Executive Officer

Our compensation committee administers our new executive compensation program, including:

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to adoption and approval of all cash-based and equity-based incentive compensation plans for the chief executive officer and other executives;

 

   

administering and interpreting all such cash-based and equity-based compensation plans;

 

   

approving the goals and objectives to be considered in determining compensation for the chief executive officer and other executives;

 

   

determining salary paid to the chief executive officer and other executives;

 

   

determining all grants of cash-based and equity-based incentive compensation; and

 

   

determining the degree to which incentive compensation is earned.

The compensation committee determines all compensation for our chief executive officer and our other executive officers, including salaries, cash-based incentives and equity-based incentives. When making individual compensation decisions for executives other than the chief executive officer, the compensation committee considers the recommendations and performance evaluations made by the chief executive officer with respect to those executives, which evaluation may take into account many factors, including compensation survey data and individual skills, experience and impact on the organization, and personal and corporate performance. In addition, the compensation committee may consider any other factor or input as it deems necessary to make final compensation decisions. In assessing and determining chief executive officer compensation, the committee considers our overall financial and operating performance, the chief executive officer’s contribution to that performance, and other factors in the same manner as it does for the other executives.

Under our new executive compensation program, the compensation committee selected target performance levels by which it will evaluate each executive officer’s performance. The compensation committee seeks to establish target performance levels for new incentive compensation programs that are not guaranteed to be achievable, but will require execution of ambitious business strategies over the course of the year. Our

 

79


Table of Contents

compensation committee has discretion to adjust the actual results related to the performance targets, positively or negatively, for items which, in the opinion of the compensation committee, were not reasonably within management’s control. The compensation committee may also modify compensation plan targets in light of new business initiatives that we may wish to pursue and that might have a short-term impact on individual or corporate goals.

Executive Officer Market Compensation Data

To ensure that our executive compensation is competitive in the marketplace, beginning with 2008 compensation arrangements, we relied on comparative benchmark data. We considered selected comparable companies if they met at least three of the following criteria:

 

   

business competitor, which consists primarily of technology-focused healthcare services companies;

 

   

labor market competitor, which consists of high-technology companies focused on information commerce; and

 

   

annual revenues from approximately $45 million to $1.5 billion.

To develop the list of comparable companies, Pearl Meyer & Partners suggested a list of candidate companies to our compensation committee, which reviewed and adjusted the list after consultation with Pearl Meyer & Partners. We selected the following comparable companies for 2008:

 

Allscripts—Misys Healthcare Solutions, Inc.

   HLTH Corporation

athenahealth, Inc.

   MEDecision, Inc.

BladeLogic, Inc.

   Merge Healthcare Incorporated

Concur Technologies, Inc.

   Phase Forward Incorporated

Eclipsys Corporation

   Quality Systems, Inc.

eResearch Technology, Inc.

   Taleo Corporation

Pearl Meyer & Partners surveyed the executive compensation data for equivalent executive positions for each of the comparable companies by reviewing their most recent SEC proxy filings to develop a market composite of compensation for each executive position within Medidata. Our management and compensation committee reviewed the survey data with respect to various elements of executive compensation at comparable companies and the level of executive compensation. In consultation with Pearl Meyer & Partners, our 2008 executive compensation program was approved by our compensation committee in May 2008.

Elements of our Compensation

Our compensation framework for our named executive officers in 2008 consisted of the following key elements:

 

   

Base salary;

 

   

Annual cash bonuses;

 

   

Long-term incentives (including the grant of stock options and/or restricted stock units).

In addition to these key elements of compensation, our compensation framework in 2008 included employee benefits, limited perquisites and change in control protections. See “—Change in Control Agreements.”

Our compensation philosophies with respect to each of these elements, including the basis for the compensation awarded to each of our executive officers, are discussed below. In addition, although each element of compensation described below is considered separately, the compensation committee takes into account the aggregate compensation package for each individual. The committee’s philosophy is to significantly weight those aspects of compensation tied to performance, such as annual cash incentives based on measurable performance

 

80


Table of Contents

objectives and long-term equity incentives. The weighting among the three major components is structured such that a majority of an executive’s potential financial compensation will be incentive-based (cash bonuses and equity incentives), rather than fixed (base salary). Our compensation committee believes that this structure focuses our executive compensation plan on a pay-for-performance basis.

For named executive officers (other than Ms. Krasnow who was promoted to Executive Vice President in August 2008), the compensation committee decided that for fiscal 2008, for retention purposes it would set total annual cash compensation (i.e., base salary plus at target cash incentives awards) with reference to the 50 th percentile of the comparable companies. The total value of long-term, equity-based incentive awards would be targeted with reference to the 60 th percentile of the comparable companies which, when combined with the 50 th percentile-based target for cash compensation, results in overall total target compensation at approximately the 60 th percentile of the selected comparable companies group for these named executive officers.

In 2008, the compensation committee established a general goal to pay our top four named executive officers at the 60 th percentile of the market survey results for base salary compensation, at the 60 th percentile for total cash compensation (i.e., base salary plus cash incentives awards) for achievement of pre-defined performance objectives (as set forth below). The percentile rankings are made with reference to compensation paid to executives at similar management levels and functions.

We generally categorized our incentive compensation in 2008 as either annual or long-term. Annual incentive programs included all compensation, whether cash or equity, which is earned or vests based on achieving pre-defined financial performance or other employment objectives within 12 months from the date of grant. Long-term incentive programs included all compensation, whether cash or equity, which is earned or vests based on achieving pre-defined financial performance or other employment objectives more than 12 months after the date of grant.

Base Salary

In reviewing the Pearl Meyer & Partners market survey, the compensation committee observed that 2007 base salary compensation for each of Tarek Sherif, Glen de Vries, and Steven Hirschfeld was below the median of the companies surveyed. Accordingly, the committee made adjustments to named executive officer salaries in May 2008 in order to increase those salaries to within the target percentile range. Each individual named executive officer’s base salary was set above or below the intended market positioning, depending on the compensation committee’s subjective assessment of the individual named executive officer’s experience, recent performance and expected future contribution, and retention concerns. We hired Bruce Dalziel as our chief financial officer in September 2007 and his base salary for 2008 was negotiated in connection with his employment based on his prior experience, his prior levels of compensation, and competitive market factors.

For a description of the base salary paid to our named executive officers for 2008, please refer to the Summary Compensation Table included in this prospectus.

Annual Bonus

The pay philosophy is to target annual cash compensation with reference to the 50 th percentile of the selected comparable companies, with the opportunity to earn annual incentives in excess of that level based on achieving performance superior to the objectives established by our compensation committee. Annual cash incentives are paid to reward achievement of critical operating, financial, strategic and individual measures and goals that are expected to contribute to shareholder value creation over time.

Bonuses in 2008 were primarily based on the following corporate financial metrics, which were designed to motivate our named executive officers to achieve profitable growth:

 

   

2008 revenues; and

 

81


Table of Contents
   

2008 EBITDAO, representing net income calculated in accordance with GAAP, adding back interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation.

The compensation committee selected these metrics as broad indicators of the success of our business and the likely increase in stockholder value, in order to align executive incentives with the interests of stockholders. Both corporate financial metrics are weighted equally in determining the total financial metric factor, with the opportunity to earn annual incentives in excess of that level based on achieving performance superior to the objectives established by our compensation committee. The performance targets used for 2008 annual incentives included $115.0 million of revenues and $5.9 million of EBITDAO, before items related to (i) the acquisition of Fast Track Systems, (ii) budgeted public company costs that were not incurred in 2008 and (iii) changes in our backlog resulting from 2007 audit adjustments and quarterly reviews, which were not contemplated in the initial budgeting process. The specific targets for each financial metric were, in the judgment of the compensation committee, achievable but nevertheless subject to a number of uncertainties and extraneous influences which could prevent their achievement. Earned bonus amounts are subject to positive and negative adjustment at the committee’s discretion. In exercising such discretion, the committee does not follow a strict formulaic approach, but instead looks at the overall company and individual performance in the context of the objectives. In addition, our compensation committee has discretion to adjust the actual results related to the performance targets, positively or negatively, for items which, in the opinion of the compensation committee, were not reasonably within management’s control. Ultimate achievement of performance objectives were evaluated by our compensation committee based on the annual targets and after considering overall events and factors for the year. In light of our strong financial performance, as well as subjective assessments of other aspects of management performance, including bookings, improvements in the control environment and preparation towards the potential initial public offering, the committee awarded each of the named executive officers (with the exception of Ms. Krasnow discussed below) a bonus percentage at 160% of target.

Incentive bonuses are also subject to possible adjustment based on the achievement of individual objectives at the discretion of the committee. Individual performance goals and objectives are not formally pre-established and documented for each named executive. Rather, the compensation committee reserves discretion to examine significant contributions made by each named executive officer based upon the recommendations of the chief executive officer and the committee’s deliberations.

Although the compensation committee has discretion to adjust annual cash incentives based on individual objectives, they did not do so during 2008. For future periods, specific objectives may be set for any named executive officer based on his or her individual responsibilities. While goals may be subjective by nature, to the extent possible, the committee will select objective and quantifiable targets in order to improve accountability for results. The compensation committee may determine the degree to which each named executive officer achieved targeted personal objective goals, based on the evaluation of our chief executive officer for the other named executive officers and for our chief executive officer, based on the committee’s deliberations.

For 2008, the annual cash incentive bonus for Ms. Krasnow was based on the recommendation of our chief executive officer based on his subjective assessment of her professional effectiveness and accomplishments during 2008. Although beginning in 2009 the compensation committee expects to determine cash-based incentive awards for Ms. Krasnow, for 2008 her award was discretionary and not based upon a pre-determined incentive plan arrangement. Ms. Krasnow’s 2008 bonus target was 40% of her base salary. For 2008, Ms. Krasnow received a cash bonus in the amount of $127,840, representing approximately 54% of her base salary for the year. Ms. Krasnow was awarded an amount in excess of her target amount in recognition of her leadership in helping to achieve corporate financial performance objectives described above based on the subjective determination of our chief executive officer and not on any quantitative factors.

For a description of the bonuses earned by our named executive officers in 2008, please refer to the Summary Compensation Table included herein.

 

82


Table of Contents

Long-Term Incentives

We believe that long-term performance is achieved through an ownership culture that encourages participation by our executive officers in equity-based awards. Our incentive plans have been established to provide our current and future directors, officers, consultants and advisors, including our executive officers, with incentives to help align their interests with the interests of our stockholders. We believe that the use of equity-based awards offers the best approach to achieve our compensation goals.

Stock options provide executives with a significant and long-term interest in our success. By only rewarding the creation of shareholder value, we believe stock options provide our named executive officers with an effective risk and reward profile. Although it is our current practice to use stock options as our sole form of long-term incentive compensation, the compensation committee reviews this practice on an annual basis in light of our overall business strategy, existing market-competitive best practices and other factors.

Historically, our equity-based incentives to our executives, other than our founders, were primarily stock option awards. Prior to 2008, our chief executive officer, and president, who were founders of the Company, were not granted stock options. They received option grants for the first time as part of their 2008 compensation package. Stock options are granted periodically and are subject to vesting based on the executive’s continued employment. Historically, we have granted our executive officers a combination of incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options that vest over four years from the date of the grant. In 2008, the committee determined that the long term incentive award should be granted 50% in stock options and 50% in time-vested restricted stock. Accordingly, immediately following the consummation of our initial public offering, we intend to grant 21,900 shares of restricted stock to Messrs. Sherif and deVries as a part of their 2008 compensation packages. We intend to grant the same combination of stock options and restricted stock to our other named executive officers in future years.

Stock options are granted to our named executive officers in amounts determined by the compensation committee in its discretion. Grants have not been formula-based, but instead have historically been granted taking into account a mixture of the following qualitative factors: the executive’s level of responsibility; the competitive market for the executive’s position; the executive’s potential contribution to our growth; and the subjective assessment of the professional effectiveness and capabilities of the executive as determined by our chief executive officer for our executives other than our chief executive officer and by our compensation committee for our chief executive officer. Although no specific number of options granted can be attributable to any specific factor, we have placed the most emphasis in determining the amount of the stock option grants on the competitive market for the executive’s position and the executive’s potential contribution to our success. Additionally, larger awards are typically made to the named executive officers that have areas of responsibility and function that are more likely to build long-term shareholder value as determined by how directly linked their areas of responsibility and function are to our growth.

Our newly-adopted equity award grant policy formalizes our process for granting equity-based awards to officers and employees after this offering. Under our equity award grant policy all grants must be approved by our board of directors or compensation committee. All stock options will be awarded at fair value and calculated based on our closing market price on the grant date. Under our equity award grant policy, equity awards will typically be made on a regularly scheduled basis, as follows:

 

   

grants made in conjunction with the hiring of a new employee or the promotion of an existing employee will be made on the first trading day of the month following the later of (i) the hire date or the promotion date or (ii) the date on which such grant is approved; and

 

   

any grants made to existing employees other than in connection with a promotion will be made on an annual basis.

For a description of the stock options granted to our named executive officers in 2008, please refer to the Summary Compensation Table included herein.

 

83


Table of Contents

Post-Termination Compensation and Benefits .

We believe a change in control plan serves as an important retention tool to ensure that personal uncertainties do not dilute our executive’s complete focus on promoting stockholder value.

Consequently, in January 2009 we entered into agreements with certain of our executive officers that provide them with certain benefits upon the termination of their employment following a change of control in our company. These benefits include a lump sum payment equal to 100% of the executive’s annual base salary and target bonus, the continuation of employee benefits (at our expense) for 12 months following termination and the accelerated vesting of equity compensation awards. In connection with its approval of these agreements, the compensation committee considered competitive market and best practice data provided by outside advisors. The compensation committee also reviewed the cost to the company of such agreements and the individual payout levels to the executives under various scenarios. Following its review, the compensation committee determined that the cost of these agreements was reasonable and not excessive, given the benefit conferred to us. We believe that these agreements will help to maintain the continued focus and dedication of these executive officers to their assigned duties without the distraction that could result from the possibility of a change-of-control.

For additional information on these change-in-control agreements, see “Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment or a Change of Control” below.

Equity Benefit Plans

Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option Plan

Our Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option Plan, or 2000 Stock Plan, provides for the grant of nonstatutory and incentive stock options to our employees, directors and consultants. As of January 31, 2009, options to purchase 2,620,863 shares of common stock were outstanding and 372,010 shares of common stock were reserved for future grant under the 2000 Stock Plan. Following this offering, our board of directors does not intend to grant any further awards under the 2000 Stock Plan. We intend to adopt the 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan, under which we expect to make all future awards. All outstanding stock options granted under the 2000 Stock Plan will remain outstanding and subject to their respective terms and the terms of the 2000 Stock Plan.

2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt our 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or 2009 Plan. The 2009 Plan will be a comprehensive incentive compensation plan under which we can grant equity-based and other incentive awards to officers, employees and directors of, and consultants and advisers to our company and our subsidiaries. The purpose of the 2009 Plan is to help us attract, motivate and retain such persons and thereby enhance shareholder value.

We intend to reserve up to                  shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2009 Plan. Unissued shares covered by awards that terminate, shares that are forfeited, and shares withheld or surrendered for the payment of the exercise price or withholding obligations associated with an award will remain available for issuance under the 2009 Plan. The number of shares issuable under the 2009 Plan is subject to adjustment in the event of certain capital changes affecting outstanding shares of our common stock, such as the payment of a stock dividend, a spin-off or other form of recapitalization.

Awards under the 2009 Plan may be in the form of stock options, restricted stock and other forms of stock-based incentives, including stock appreciation rights and deferred stock rights.

 

   

Stock options represent the right to purchase shares of our common stock within a specified period of time for a specified price. The purchase price per share must be at least equal to the fair market value per share on the date the option is granted. Stock options may have a maximum term of ten years. Our compensation committee will have the flexibility to grant stock options that are intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

84


Table of Contents
   

Restricted stock awards consist of the issuance of shares of our common stock subject to certain vesting conditions and transfer restrictions that lapse based upon continuing service and/or the attainment of specified performance objectives. The holder of a restricted stock award may be given the right to vote and receive dividends on the shares covered by the award.

 

   

Stock appreciation rights entitle the holder to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of the shares of our common stock covered by the award between the date the award is granted and the date the award is exercised. In general, settlement of a stock appreciation right will be made in the form of shares of our common stock with a value equal to the amount of such appreciation.

 

   

Deferred stock awards represent the right to receive shares of our common stock in the future, subject to applicable vesting and other terms and conditions. Deferred stock awards are generally settled in shares of our common stock at the time the award vests, subject to any applicable deferral conditions as may be permitted or required under the award. The holder of a deferred stock award may not vote the shares covered by the award unless and until the award vests and the shares are issued. Dividend equivalents may or may not be payable with respect to shares covered by deferred stock award.

The 2009 Plan will also provide for stock bonus and other forms of stock-based awards and for cash incentive awards.

The 2009 Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. Subject to the terms of the 2009 Plan, the compensation committee (or its designee) may select the persons who will receive awards, the types of awards to be granted, the purchase price (if any) to be paid for shares covered by the awards, and the vesting, forfeiture and other terms and conditions of the awards. In general, awards granted under the 2009 Plan will not be transferrable.

In the event of a change in control or sale event as described in the 2009 Plan, outstanding awards under the 2009 Plan may be converted into equivalent awards with respect to shares of an acquiring or successor company (or corporate parent), subject to substantially similar vesting and other terms and conditions. In general, if an outstanding award is not so converted, it will become fully vested and will be cashed out or otherwise entitled to participate in the change in control transaction or sale event based upon its then intrinsic value.

Unless sooner terminated by our board of directors, the 2009 Plan shall expire on the tenth anniversary of the date of its adoption. The board of directors may amend or terminate the 2009 Plan at any time, provided, however, that no such action may adversely affect outstanding awards without the holder’s consent. Amendments to the 2009 Plan will be subject to shareholder approval if and to the extent required in order to comply with applicable legal or stock exchange requirements.

The 2009 Plan is intended to constitute a plan described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(f)(1), pursuant to which the deduction limits under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply during the applicable reliance period, which would end upon the earliest of: (i) a material modification of the 2009 Plan, (ii) the issuance of all available shares under the 2009 Plan, or (iii) the first shareholders’ meeting at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year in which we become publicly held.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

Consistent with our compensation philosophy to attract and retain talent, we intend to continue to maintain competitive employee benefits and perquisites for all employees, including executive officers.

In 2008, our named executive officers, like our other employees, participated in various employee benefit plans, including medical and dental care plans, qualified 401(k) retirement plan, life, accidental death and dismemberment and disability insurance, paid time off and other benefits.

For a further description of these benefits in provided in 2008, please refer to the Summary Compensation Table set forth herein.

 

85


Table of Contents

We do not generally differentiate the benefits we offer our named executive officers from the benefits we offer our other employees and we also do not currently maintain any benefit programs exclusive to executives such as executive pension plans, deferred compensation plans, supplemental insurance or other executive retirement benefits. In the future, the compensation committee, in its discretion, may revise, amend or add to the officers’ executive benefits and perquisites as it deems advisable.

Tax Considerations

Section 162(m) of the Code places a limit of $1.0 million on the amount of compensation we may deduct for federal income tax purposes in any one year with respect to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and the next three most highly compensated officers, which we refer to herein as the named executive officers. However, performance-based compensation that meets certain requirements is excluded from this $1.0 million limitation.

The 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan is intended to constitute a plan described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(f)(1), pursuant to which the deduction limits under Section 162(m) of the Code do not apply during the applicable reliance period. In general, the reliance period ends upon the earliest of:

 

   

the expiration of the plan;

 

   

the material modification of the plan;

 

   

the issuance of all available stock and other compensation that has been allocated under the plan; or

 

   

the first stockholder meeting at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year in which we became publicly held.

While we seek to take advantage of favorable tax treatment for executive compensation where appropriate, the compensation committee may in the future award compensation which would not comply with the Section 162(m) requirements for deductibility if the compensation committee concluded that to be in our best interest.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and each of the next three most highly compensated executive officers in the year ended December 31, 2008. We refer to these officers as our named executive officers.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year    Salary ($)    Bonus ($)    Option
Awards(1)
($)
   All Other
Compensation(2)
($)
    Total ($)

Tarek A. Sherif

    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

   2008    $ 360,000    $ 448,000    $ 53,536    $ 4,600 (3)   $ 866,136

Glen M. de Vries

    President

   2008     

 

360,000

 

     448,000      53,536     

 

4,600

 

 

 

    866,136

Bruce D. Dalziel

     Chief Financial Officer

   2008     

 

340,000

 

     320,000      612,853      4,600       1,277,453

Steven I. Hirschfeld

     Executive Vice President—

     Global Sales and Alliances

   2008     

 

 

240,000

 

 

     400,000      141,570      4,600       786,170

Lineene N. Krasnow

     Executive Vice President—

    Product and Marketing

   2008      235,000      127,840      104,907      4,600       472,347

 

86


Table of Contents

 

(1) Amounts shown do not reflect compensation actually received by the Named Executive Officers. Instead, the amounts shown are the compensation costs recognized by the Company in the period presented for option awards as determined pursuant to SFAS No. 123(R), excluding estimated forfeitures. These compensation costs reflect option awards granted in and prior to the period presented. The assumptions used to calculate the value of option awards are set forth under Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(2) Represents employer contribution to 401(k) plan.

 

(3) Mr. Sherif resides in New York, New York and is required to work in our U.K. office on a frequent basis. During 2008, we paid rent on Mr. Sherif’s apartment in London, England, which totaled $42,353 (based on the exchange rate at December 31, 2008). Mr. Sherif has reimbursed the Company for his use of the apartment during 2008 in an amount totaling $24,000. We believe that Mr. Sherif’s reimbursements cover his incidental personal use of the apartment and that the costs incurred by us are comparable to or less than the costs we would have incurred to reimburse him for stays in London hotels. This arrangement was terminated in 2009, in association with Mr. Sherif’s decision not to renew the London apartment lease.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table provides information regarding grants of plan-based awards to our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2008:

 

Name

   Grant
Date
   All Other Option
Awards: Number of
Securities
Underlying Options
(#) (1)
   Exercise or
Base Price of
Option
Awards
($ / Sh)
   Grant Date Fair
Value of Stock
and Option
Awards
($) (2)

Tarek A. Sherif

   8/13/08    36,730    $ 19.75    $ 427,170

Glen M. de Vries

   8/13/08    36,730      19.75      427,170

 

(1) Each stock option award was granted pursuant to our 2000 Stock Option Plan. The options vest in 48 equal monthly installments commencing one month after the grant date.

 

(2) The amounts in this column represent the grant date fair value, computed in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), of each stock option granted to the named executive officer in 2008.

On January 15, 2009, we awarded the following stock options to Ms. Krasnow. The awards made to Ms. Krasnow were made by the Board of Directors taking into account the recommendation of our chief executive officer based on his subjective assessment of the professional effectiveness and capabilities of Ms. Krasnow.

 

Executive

   Number
of
Options
     Exercise
Price

Lineene Krasnow

   72,500      $ 15.70

In addition, immediately following the consummation of our initial public offering, we intend to grant 21,900 shares of restricted stock to Messrs. Sherif and deVries as a part of their 2008 compensation packages. Because these potential restricted stock awards have not yet occurred they are not included in the statements of beneficial ownership.

 

87


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2008

The following table provides information regarding equity awards granted to our named executive officers that were outstanding at December 31, 2008:

 

Name

   Option Awards(1)
   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
   Option
Exercise
Price
($)
   Option
Expiration
Date
   Exercisable     Unexercisable      

Tarek A. Sherif

   3,060 (2)   33,670    $ 19.75    8/13/2018

Glen M. de Vries

   3,060 (2)   33,670      19.75    8/13/2018

Bruce D. Dalziel

   69,062 (3)   151,938      12.08    10/02/2017

Steven I. Hirschfeld

   183,334 (4)   0      0.17    8/30/2012
   101,921 (5)   66,779      5.00    7/01/2016

Lineene N. Krasnow

   132,915 (6)   12,085      0.62    3/31/2015

 

(1) Each stock option award was granted pursuant to our 2000 Stock Option Plan.

 

(2)

These stock options will vest ratably each month over four years, commencing on September 13, 2008.

 

(3)

These stock options vested as to 25% of the underlying shares on September 10, 2008 and the remaining will vest ratably each month over three years thereafter.

 

(4)

These stock options are fully vested.

 

(5)

These stock options vested as to 25% of the underlying shares on July 1, 2007 and the remaining will vest ratably each month over three years thereafter.

 

(6)

These stock options vested as to 25% of the underlying shares on April 1, 2006 and the remaining will vest ratably each month over three years thereafter.

Option Exercises

None of our Named Executive Officers exercised options during 2008.

Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment or a Change of Control

We have entered into change in control agreements with our chief executive officer and our other named executive officers. These agreements provide for payments to be made to each named executive officer upon termination of employment. Payments will be due in the event the named executive officer’s employment is involuntarily terminated by us without cause or by the executive for “good reason,” as defined in the agreements, within a two-year period following a “change of control.” These agreements provide that, upon a qualifying termination event, a named executive officer will be entitled to:

 

   

a severance payment equal to the executive’s base salary plus target bonus amount;

 

   

continuation of health benefits (at our expense) for 12 months;

 

   

immediate vesting of any remaining unvested equity awards; and

 

   

a tax gross-up payment under Section 280G sufficient to reimburse the executive for 50% of any excise taxes payable as a result of any termination payments following a change in control, if applicable.

The severance and pro rata bonus amounts are payable in cash, in a lump sum. Receipt of these benefits are conditioned upon the executive executing a general release of claims against the company. As of                     , 2009, in the event of a qualifying termination Mr. Sherif would have been entitled to cash payments totaling $            , Mr. de Vries would have been entitled to cash payments totaling $            , Mr. Dalziel would have been entitled to cash payments totaling $            , Mr. Hirschfeld would have been entitled to cash payments totaling $             and Ms. Krasnow would have been entitled to cash payments totaling $            .

 

88


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

Beneficial Ownership of Our Common Stock

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2008, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our common stock offered by this prospectus by:

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

all our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

each person or entity who is known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our outstanding common stock.

The amounts and percentages of common stock beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or “investment power,” which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed a beneficial owner of securities as to which he has no economic interest. The number of shares of common stock outstanding used in calculating the percentage for each listed person includes the shares of common stock underlying options held by such person that are, or within 60 days after the date of this prospectus will become, exercisable, but excludes shares of common stock underlying options held by any other person.

Except as indicated by footnote, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable.

Percentage of ownership is based on 16,049,758 shares of common stock outstanding on December 31, 2008, which assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 9,014,658 shares of common stock, and              shares of common stock outstanding after the completion of this offering.

The table assumes that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is not exercised and excludes any shares purchased in this offering by the respective beneficial owners.

Unless otherwise indicated below, each person or entity has an address in care of our principal executive offices at 79 Fifth Avenue, 8th Floor, New York, New York 10003.

 

89


Table of Contents
     Before Offering    After Offering(1)

Beneficial Owner

   Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
   Percentage
of Shares
Beneficially
Owned
   Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
   Percentage
of Shares
Beneficially
Owned

Directors and Named Executive Officers

           

Tarek A. Sherif(3)

   1,433,397    8.9      

Glen M. de Vries(4)

   1,434,303    8.9      

Bruce D. Dalziel(5)

   78,270    *      

Steven I. Hirschfeld(6)

   413,423    2.5      

Lineene N. Krasnow(7)

   141,977    *      

Carlos Dominguez(8)

   2,077    *      

Neil M. Kurtz, M.D.(9)

   100,000    *      

Edwin A. Goodman(2)(10)

   1,219,068    7.6      

Edward F. Ikeguchi M.D.(2)(11)

   1,429,712    8.9      

George McCulloch(12)

   —      *      

Peter Sobiloff(13)

   5,436,706    33.9      

Robert Taylor(14)

   2,077    *      

All current directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons)(15)

   11,691,010    70.1      

Five Percent Stockholders

           

Entities affiliated with Insight Venture Partners(16)

   5,436,706    33.9      

Entities affiliated with Milestone Venture Partners(10)

   1,219,068    7.6      

Stonehenge Capital Fund New York, LLC(17)

   975,606    6.1      

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent.
(1) The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after the offering is based on 7,035,100 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and the issuance of 9,014,658 shares of common stock upon the automatic conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the closing of the offering. In addition, the number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after the offering assumes that all accumulated accrued dividends on the convertible preferred stock of approximately $2.1 million (as of December 31, 2008) will be paid from cash on hand upon closing of the offering. The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after the offering:

 

   

excludes 2,431,550 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as December 31, 2008 (less 629,381 shares issuable pursuant to options exercisable by directors and executive officers within 60 days after December 31, 2008);

 

   

excludes              shares of common stock reserved for future grants or awards from time to time under our 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan;

 

   

assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to additional shares of common stock from us if they sell more than shares in the offering; and

 

   

excludes              shares issuable if holders of our senior preferred stock elect to receive shares of common stock valued at the initial public offering price as payment of their accumulated accrued dividends.

 

(2) Dr. Ikeguchi and Mr. Goodman will resign from the board of directors effective immediately prior to completion of this offering.

 

(3) Includes 4,591 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2008.

 

(4) Includes 4,591 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2008.

 

(5) Consists of 78,270 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2008.

 

(6) Includes 295,798 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2008.

 

(7) Consists of 141,977 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2008.

 

(8) Consists of 2,077 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2008.

 

(9) Consists of 100,000 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2008.

 

90


Table of Contents
(10) Mr. Goodman is a General Partner of Milestone Venture Partners II, L.P. and has the power to exercise voting and investment control with respect to the shares held by the partnership. Mr. Goodman disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of the entities affiliated with Milestone Venture Partners is 1115 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York, 10128.

 

(11) Consists of 1,429,712 shares held by EJD LLC. Dr. Ikeguchi is a sole member of EJD, LLC and has the power to exercise voting and investment control with respect to the shares held by the company. Dr. Ikeguchi disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

(12) Mr. McCulloch is a Managing Director of Insight Venture Partners, but holds no voting or investment power over the shares owned by the Insight Partnerships. See footnote 16 below for more information regarding the Insight Partnerships.

 

(13) Consists of 5,436,706 shares of common stock held by the Insight Partnerships. Mr. Sobiloff disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held by the Insight Partnerships, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. See footnote 16 below for more information regarding the Insight Partnerships.

 

(14) Consists of 2,077 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2008.

 

(15) Includes 629,381 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2008.

 

(16) Consists of 4,298,210 shares held by Insight Venture Partners IV, L.P., 574,636 shares held by Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) IV, L.P., 529,706 shares held by Insight Venture Partners IV (Co-Investors), L.P. and 34,154 shares held by Insight Venture Partners IV (Fund B), L.P. Insight Venture Associates IV, L.L.C. is the general partner of each of the Insight partnerships (collectively, the “Insight Partnerships”). The managing member of Insight Venture Associates IV, L.L.C. is Insight Holdings Group, L.L.C. Insight Holdings Group, L.L.C. is managed by its board of managers. Jeffery Horing, Peter Sobiloff and Deven Parekh, the members of the board of managers of Insight Holdings Group, L.L.C., share the voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by the Insight Partnerships. Each of Messrs. Horing, Sobiloff and Parekh disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of the entities affiliated with Insight Venture Partners is 680 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York, 10019.

 

(17) The address of Stonehenge Capital Fund is 152 West 57th Street, 20th Floor, New York, NY 10019.

 

91


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the director and executive compensation arrangements discussed above in “Management,” we have been a party to the following transactions since January 1, 2006, in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any director, executive officer or holder of more than 5% of any class of our voting stock, or any member of the immediate family of or entities affiliated with any of them, had or will have a material interest.

Stock Repurchases

In October 2007, we entered into an agreement with certain executive officers and directors pursuant to which we repurchased an aggregate of 496,811 shares of our common stock at a price of $12.077 per share (or $5,999,986 in the aggregate). The transaction consisted of 149,194 shares repurchased from Tarek Sherif, chief executive officer and chairman; 149,288 shares repurchased from Glen de Vries, president and director; 49,041 shares repurchased from Steven Hirschfeld, executive vice president—global sales & alliances; and 149,288 shares repurchased from EJD, LLC, an entity affiliated with Edward Ikeguchi, a director.

Registration Rights

Holders of our preferred stock are entitled to certain registration rights with respect to the common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the preferred stock. In addition, holders of shares of our common stock issued in connection with our acquisition of Fast Track have certain registration rights with respect to such shares. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Sale Right

Starting May 27, 2009, the holders of at least 66% of our outstanding Series D Preferred (or the common stock issued upon conversion of the Series D Preferred) have the right to request that we effect a sale of all or substantially all of our assets or a merger or other business combination on terms satisfactory to the holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred. However, holders of more than 66% of our outstanding Series D Preferred have agreed not to exercise this right until after May 27, 2010. This right will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

Change in Control

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into transition agreements with certain of our executive officers. See “Management—Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or a Change of Control” above.

Option Grants

We have granted options to purchase shares of our common stock to our directors and executive officers. See “Management—Summary Compensation Table,” “Management—Grants of Plan Based Awards” and “Management—Outstanding Equity Based Awards at December 31, 2008.”

Note Purchase Agreement

In October 2007, we entered into an amended and restated note purchase agreement with our preferred stockholder, Stonehenge Capital Fund New York, LLC, which provided for extending the maturity of our then outstanding Term Note A and Term Note B, which had an aggregate principal balance of $4.0 million, and issuing a new Term Note C in the principal amount of $8.0 million. In September 2008, we prepaid in full the outstanding principal and accrued interest on these notes with proceeds from our new senior secured credit facility. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Contractual Commitments.”

 

92


Table of Contents

Stockholders Agreement

Pursuant to a stockholder agreement by and among us and certain of our stockholders, each of Messrs. Sobiloff, McCulloch, Goodman, Sherif, de Vries, Ikeguchi and Kurtz were elected to serve as a member of our board of directors. Messrs. Sobiloff and McCulloch were selected as representatives of our Series D preferred stockholder as designated by Insight Venture Partners and Mr. Goodman was selected as a representative of our Series C preferred stockholders as designed by Milestone Venture Partners. The stockholders agreement and all rights thereunder will automatically terminate upon completion of this offering.

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers prior to completion of this offering. These agreements, among other things, will require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer.

Separation Agreement

On August 12, 2008, we entered into a Separation Agreement and General Release with Dr. Ikeguchi, our former chief medical officer, with respect to the termination of Dr. Ikeguchi’s employment with us. Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, Dr. Ikeguchi received a payment of $120,000 and at his option, we will continue to make premium payments for COBRA benefits until the earlier of July 31, 2009 or at such time that Dr. Ikeguchi is eligible to receive similar benefits with another employer. Dr. Ikeguchi will resign from the board of directors effective immediately prior to completion of this offering, and we will reimburse him for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the performance of his duties.

Customer Contract

In 2008, TorreyPines Therapeutics entered into a single-study arrangement to use our solutions. Mr. Kurtz, a member of our board of directors, was chief executive officer of TorreyPines Therapeutics but resigned from his position at TorreyPines Therapeutics during the third quarter of 2008 to assume a position with another company. We recognized a total of $365,000 of application and professional services revenues from this customer for 2008. As of December 31, 2008, accounts receivable relating to this customer was $5,000.

Policy for Approval of Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors reviews and approves transactions with directors, officers and holders of five percent or more of our voting securities and any member of the immediate family of and any entity affiliated with any of the foregoing persons. Prior to this offering, before our board of directors’ considers a transaction with a related party, the material facts as to the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction are disclosed to our board of directors, and the transaction is not considered approved by our board of directors unless a majority of the directors who are not interested in the transaction approve the transaction. Further, when stockholders are entitled to vote on a transaction with a related party, the material facts of the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction are disclosed to the stockholders. We have adopted a formal policy that will require all related party transactions to be approved by our audit committee or another independent body of our board of directors. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee (or other independent committee) is to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the committee, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction.

 

93


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following summary of our capital stock does not relate to our current certificate or bylaws, but rather is a description of our capital stock pursuant to the fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, which will be included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and pursuant to the provisions of applicable Delaware law, the state in which we are incorporated.

Upon the completion of this offering our authorized capital stock will consist of 105,000,000 shares, of which 100,000,000 shares will be common stock, $0.01 par value, and 5,000,000 shares will be preferred stock, $0.01 par value, the rights and preferences of which may be established from time to time by our board of directors. Upon completion of this offering all shares of our preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock. Upon completion of the offering there will be              shares of common stock outstanding and no outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Common Stock

Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights in connection with the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election.

Subject to any preferential rights of any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive any dividends that may be declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to receive proportionately any of our assets remaining after the payment of liabilities and any preferential rights of our preferred stock then outstanding.

Holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, when issued, will be, validly issued, and fully paid. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock we may issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors may, from time to time, authorize the issuance of one or more classes or series of preferred stock without stockholder approval. Though we have no current intention to issue any shares of preferred stock, our certificate of incorporation permits us to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Subject to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation and limitations prescribed by law, our board of directors is authorized to adopt resolutions to issue shares, establish the number of shares constituting any series, and provide or change the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions on shares of our preferred stock, including dividend rights, redemption rights, conversion rights and liquidation preferences, in each case without any action or vote by our stockholders.

The issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the rights of our common stockholders by, among other things:

 

   

restricting dividends on the common stock;

 

   

diluting the voting power of the common stock;

 

   

impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock; or

 

   

delaying or preventing a change in control without further action by the stockholders.

 

94


Table of Contents

As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

Registration Rights

We are party to a registration rights agreement with holders of our preferred stock, which provides them with rights to register under the Securities Act shares of our common stock presently held by them and shares of common stock that are issued following the conversion of our shares of convertible preferred stock upon the completion of this offering. Under this agreement, holders of shares having registration rights can request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. These registration rights include:

 

   

Piggyback Registration Rights . If we determine to register any of our securities under the Securities Act (other than in this offering), either for our own account or for the account of others, the holders of registration rights are entitled to written notice of the registration and are entitled to include their shares of our common stock. The number of shares of our common stock requested to be registered may not be limited to less than 25% of the number of securities to be registered in the offering.

 

   

Demand Registration Rights . One or more holders of 30% in interest or more may demand us to use our best efforts to effect the expeditious registration of their shares of our common stock on up to two occasions. The demand registration rights become effective on the earlier of May 27, 2009 or 180 days following the closing of our initial public offering.

 

   

S–3 Registration . If we qualify for registration on Form S–3, holders of registration rights may also request a registration on Form S–3 at any time and we are required to use our best efforts to effect the expeditious registration of their shares of our common stock.

We are also party to a registration rights agreement with certain former holders of shares of capital stock of Fast Track, which we acquired in March 2008. This agreement provides for unlimited piggyback registration rights to former holders of shares of Fast Track who hold 10,000 or more shares of our common stock on a fully-diluted, as-converted basis at the time we determine to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of others, other than this initial public offering.

Under our registration rights agreements, we have agreed to pay all registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, including reasonable fees and expenses of one independent counsel to the holders of registration rights.

All of these registration rights are subject to applicable conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters of an offering to limit the number of shares included in such registration.

Anti-takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our certificate of incorporation contains provisions that could make it more difficult to acquire control of our company by means of a tender offer, open market purchases, a proxy contest or otherwise. A description of these provisions is set forth below.

Preferred Stock

We believe that the availability of the preferred stock under our certificate of incorporation provides us with flexibility in addressing corporate issues that may arise. Having these authorized shares available for issuance will allow us to issue shares of preferred stock without the expense and delay of a special stockholders’ meeting. The authorized shares of preferred stock, as well as shares of common stock, will be available for issuance without further action by our stockholders, unless action is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange on which our securities may be listed. The board of directors has the power, subject to applicable law, to issue series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede the completion of a

 

95


Table of Contents

merger, tender offer or other takeover attempt that some, or a majority, of the stockholders might believe to be in their best interests or in which stockholders might receive a premium for their stock over the then prevailing market price of the stock.

Advance Notice Procedure

Our bylaws provide an advance notice procedure for stockholders to nominate director candidates for election or to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders. Only persons nominated by, or at the direction of, our board of directors or by a stockholder who has given proper and timely notice to our secretary prior to the meeting, will be eligible for election as a director. In addition, any proposed business other than the nomination of persons for election to our board of directors must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action pursuant to the notice of meeting delivered to us. For notice to be timely, it must be received by our secretary not less than 90 nor more than 120 calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting (or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 calendar days or delayed by more than 60 calendar days from the anniversary date of the previous year’s annual meeting, not earlier than the 90th calendar day prior to such meeting or the 10th calendar day after public disclosure of the date of such meeting is first made). These advance notice provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempt to obtain control of us.

Special Meetings of Stockholders

Our bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called only by our chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president or the board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the board.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL) provides that, subject to exceptions specified therein, an “interested stockholder” of a Delaware corporation shall not engage in any “business combination,” including general mergers or consolidations or acquisitions of additional shares of the corporation, with the corporation for a three-year period following the time that such stockholder becomes an interested stockholder unless:

 

   

prior to such time, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an “interested stockholder,” the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced (excluding specified shares); or

 

 

 

on or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder.

Under Section 203, the restrictions described above also do not apply to specified business combinations proposed by an interested stockholder following the announcement or notification of one of specified transactions involving the corporation and a person who had not been an interested stockholder during the previous three years or who became an interested stockholder with the approval of a majority of the corporation’s directors, if such transaction is approved or not opposed by a majority of the directors who were directors prior to any person becoming an interested stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors. The restrictions described above also do not apply to specified business combinations with a person who is an “interested stockholder” prior to the time when

 

96


Table of Contents

the corporation’s common stock is listed on a national securities exchange, so these restrictions would not apply to a business combination with any person who is one of our stockholders prior to this offering.

Except as otherwise specified in Section 203, an “interested stockholder” is defined to include:

 

   

any person that is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation, or is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation at any time within three years immediately prior to the date of determination; and

 

   

the affiliates and associates of any such person.

Under some circumstances, Section 203 makes it more difficult for a person who is an interested stockholder to effect various business combinations with us for a three-year period.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of our company and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on behalf of our company, to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation does not apply if the directors acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions or derived an improper benefit from their actions as directors. In addition, our bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

We intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers prior to completion of this offering that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL. These indemnification agreements will require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers.

In addition, we maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance to provide our directors and officers with insurance coverage for losses arising from claims based on breaches of duty, negligence, errors and other wrongful acts.

There is no currently pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers for which indemnification is sought.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “MDSO.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                     .

 

97


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there was no market for our common stock. We can make no predictions as to the effect, if any, that sales of shares or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of significant amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices and impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity at a time and price we deem appropriate.

Upon completion of this offering,              shares of common stock will be outstanding, based on              shares outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and the issuance of              shares of common stock upon the automatic conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the closing of the offering. The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering:

 

   

excludes 2,431,550 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2008 at a weighted average exercise price of $6.63 per share;

 

   

excludes              shares of common stock reserved for future grants or awards from time to time under our 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan;

 

   

assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to additional shares of common stock from us if they sell more than              shares in the offering; and

 

   

excludes              shares issuable if the holders of our senior preferred stock elect to receive shares of common stock valued at the initial public offering price as payment of their accumulated and accrued dividends.

Of these shares,              shares (or in the event the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full,              shares) of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares of our common stock purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which would be subject to the limitations and restrictions described below. The remaining              shares of our common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering are deemed “restricted shares,” as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which rules are described below.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, or at any time during the preceding three months, and who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least six months, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares (             shares at present) or the average weekly trading volume of shares during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. A person who has not been our affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned his shares for at least six months, would be entitled under Rule 144 to sell such shares without regard to any manner of sale, notice provisions or volume limitations described above. Any such sales must comply with the public information provision of Rule 144 until our common stock has been held for one year.

Rule 701

Rule 701 of the Securities Act, as currently in effect, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with some of the restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of

 

98


Table of Contents

our employees, officers, directors or consultants who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract (such as our current stock option plans) may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares.

Lock-up Agreements

All of our officers and directors and substantially all of our stockholders, who will collectively hold after this offering              shares of common stock, have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Registration of Shares in Connection with Long-Term Incentive Plan

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to our Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option Plan and our 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Based on the number of shares reserved for issuance under these plans, the registration statement would cover approximately              shares and              shares in total for the Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option Plan and the 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan, respectively. The registration statement will become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares of common stock registered under the registration statement on Form S-8 will be available for sale in the open market immediately subject to complying with Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, with applicable lock-up agreements, and with the vesting requirements and restrictions on transfer affecting any shares that are subject to restricted stock awards.

 

99


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are acting as joint bookrunning managers of the offering, and, together with Jefferies & Company, Inc. and Needham & Company, LLC, are acting as representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite the underwriter’s name.

Underwriters

 

     Number of Shares

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Jefferies & Company, Inc.

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Total

  

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the shares of common stock included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if they purchase any of the shares.

The underwriters propose to offer some of the shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of the shares to dealers at the public offering price less a concession not to exceed $             per share. The underwriters may allow, and dealers may reallow, a concession not to exceed $             per share on sales to other dealers. If all of the shares are not sold at the initial offering price, the representatives may change the public offering price and the other selling terms. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of our common stock offered by them.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                  additional shares of common stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise the option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment.

We, our officers and directors, and substantially all of our other stockholders have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of the representatives, dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock. The representatives in their sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice.

Each underwriter has represented, warranted and agreed that:

 

   

it has not offered or sold and, prior to the expiry of a period of six months from the closing date, will not offer or sell any shares included in this offering to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995;

 

100


Table of Contents
   

it has only communicated and caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any shares included in this offering in circumstances in which section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us;

 

   

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares included in this offering in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom;

 

   

the offer in The Netherlands of the shares included in this offering is exclusively limited to persons who trade or invest in securities in the conduct of a profession or business (which include banks, stockbrokers, insurance companies, pension funds, other institutional investors and finance companies and treasury departments of large enterprises);

 

   

(1) it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell our common stock in Hong Kong SAR by means of this prospectus or any other document, other than to persons whose ordinary business involves buying or selling shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent or in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong SAR), and (2) unless it is a person who is permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong SAR, it has not issued or held for the purpose of issue in Hong Kong and will not issue or hold for the purpose of issue in Hong Kong SAR this prospectus, any other offering material or any advertisement, invitation or document relating to the common stock, otherwise than with respect to common stock intended to be disposed of to persons outside Hong Kong SAR or only to persons whose business involves the acquisition, disposal, or holding of securities, whether as principal or as agent;

 

   

the shares offered in this prospectus have not been registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan, and it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, the common stock in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan, except (1) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities and Exchange Law and (2) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of Japanese law; and

 

   

this prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the common stock, may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to the public or any member of the public in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor or other person specified in Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (2) to a sophisticated investor, and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the shares was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our record of operations, our current financial condition, our future prospects, our markets, the economic conditions in and future prospects for the industry in which we compete, our management, and currently prevailing general conditions in the equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company. We cannot assure you, however, that the prices at which the shares will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our common stock will develop and continue after this offering.

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “MDSO.”

 

101


Table of Contents

The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

 

     Paid by Medidata
     No Exercise    Full
Exercise

Per share

   $             $         

Total

   $      $  

In connection with the offering, the representatives on behalf of the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, syndicate covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve syndicate sales of common stock in excess of the number of shares to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position. “Covered” short sales are sales of shares made in an amount up to the number of shares represented by the underwriters’ over-allotment option. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered syndicate short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. Transactions to close out the covered syndicate short involve either purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed or the exercise of the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also make “naked” short sales of shares in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares of common stock in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids for or purchases of shares in the open market while the offering is in progress.

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the representatives repurchase shares originally sold by that syndicate member in order to cover syndicate short positions or make stabilizing purchases.

Any of these activities may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. They may also cause the price of the common stock to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on NASDAQ Global Market or in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

We estimate that our portion of the total expenses of this offering will be $            .

The underwriters have performed investment banking and advisory services for us from time to time for which they have received customary fees and expenses. The underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The representatives will allocate shares to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, shares may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell shares to online brokerage account holders.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

 

102


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant member state), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares of our common stock that has been approved by the competent authority in that relevant member state or, where appropriate, approved in another relevant member state and notified to the competent authority in that relevant member state, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the relevant implementation date, an offer of securities may be offered to the public in that relevant member state at any time:

 

   

to any legal entity that is authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities or

 

   

to any legal entity that has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year, (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts or

 

   

in any other circumstances that do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each purchaser of the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus located within a relevant member state will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.

For purposes of this provision, the expression “offer to the public” in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the securities, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state.

The sellers of the shares of our common stock have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of the shares of our common stock through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the shares of our common stock as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares of our common stock, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the shares of our common stock on behalf of the sellers or the underwriters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive (“Qualified Investors”) that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant persons should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

 

103


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., New York, New York. The underwriters have been represented by Ropes & Gray LLP, Boston, Massachusetts.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Medidata Solutions, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 included in this prospectus and the related financial statement schedule included elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein, and have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of Fast Track Systems, Inc. as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2007 included in this prospectus and related registration statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein, and have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act to register the shares offered by this prospectus. The term “registration statement” means the original registration statement and any and all amendments thereto, including the schedules and exhibits to the original registration statement or any amendment. This prospectus is part of that registration statement. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits to the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the shares we are offering pursuant to this prospectus, you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the copy of that contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. You may read or obtain a copy of the registration statement at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room and its copy charges by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website that contains registration statements, reports, proxy information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov .

We are not yet subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to such information and periodic reporting requirements.

We intend to furnish holders of the shares of common stock offered in this offering with written annual reports containing audited consolidated financial statements together with a report by our independent certified public accountants, and make available to our stockholders quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each year containing unaudited interim financial statements.

 

104


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS OF M EDIDATA S OLUTIONS , I NC . AND S UBSIDIARIES

  

R EPORT OF I NDEPENDENT R EGISTERED P UBLIC A CCOUNTING F IRM

   F-2

C ONSOLIDATED B ALANCE S HEETS AS OF D ECEMBER  31, 2007 AND 2008

   F-3

C ONSOLIDATED S TATEMENTS OF O PERATIONS FOR THE Y EARS E NDED D ECEMBER  31, 2006, 2007 and 2008

   F-5

C ONSOLIDATED S TATEMENTS OF S TOCKHOLDERS ’ D EFICIT FOR THE Y EARS E NDED D ECEMBER  31, 2006, 2007 and 2008

   F-6

C ONSOLIDATED S TATEMENTS OF C ASH F LOWS FOR T HE Y EARS E NDED D ECEMBER  31, 2006, 2007 and 2008

   F-7

N OTES TO C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

   F-8

S CHEDULE II – V ALUATION AND Q UALIFYING A CCOUNTS

   F-33

F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS OF F AST T RACK S YSTEMS , I NC .

  

R EPORT OF I NDEPENDENT R EGISTERED P UBLIC A CCOUNTING F IRM

   F-34

B ALANCE S HEETS AS OF D ECEMBER   31, 2006 AND D ECEMBER  31, 2007

   F-35

S TATEMENTS OF O PERATIONS FOR THE Y EARS E NDED D ECEMBER  31, 2006 AND 2007

   F-36

S TATEMENTS OF S TOCKHOLDERS ’ D EFICIT FOR THE Y EARS E NDED D ECEMBER  31, 2006 AND 2007

   F-37

S TATEMENTS OF C ASH F LOWS FOR THE Y EARS E NDED D ECEMBER  31, 2006 AND 2007

   F-38

N OTES TO F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

   F-39

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors of Medidata Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries New York, New York

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Medidata Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. Our audits also included the information included in the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at page F-1. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

March 23, 2009

 

F-2


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2007 AND 2008

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     2007    2008    2008
Unaudited
Pro Forma
(See Note 15)

ASSETS

        

CURRENT ASSETS:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,746    $ 9,784    $ 7,724

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $32 and $309 in 2007 and 2008, respectively

     15,685      25,198      25,198

Prepaid commission expense

     1,512      1,093      1,093

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     2,699      5,950      5,950

Deferred income taxes

     168      303      303
                    

Total current assets

     27,810      42,328      40,268

RESTRICTED CASH

     387      545      545

FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT, NET

     14,061      13,599      13,599

GOODWILL

     —        9,799      9,799

INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

     —        6,230      6,230

OTHER ASSETS

     475      452      452
                    

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 42,733    $ 72,953    $ 70,893
                    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2007 AND 2008

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     2007     2008     2008
Unaudited
Pro Forma
(See Note 15)
 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

      

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 6,849     $ 3,316     $ 3,316  

Accrued payroll and other compensation

     5,102       7,902       7,902  

Accrued expenses and other

     2,549       3,469       3,469  

Deferred revenue

     26,644       38,800       38,800  

Capital lease obligations

     3,655       4,388       4,388  

Notes payable

     —         1,500       1,500  
                        

Total current liabilities

     44,799       59,375       59,375  
                        

NONCURRENT LIABILITIES:

      

Deferred revenue, less current portion

     8,380       10,804       10,804  

Capital lease obligations, less current portion

     4,872       2,672       2,672  

Notes payable, long term portion

     10,781       12,866       12,866  

Other long-term liabilities

     177       611       611  
                        

Total noncurrent liabilities

     24,210       26,953       26,953  
                        

Total liabilities

     69,009       86,328       86,328  
                        

CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK:

      

Series B, par value $0.01 per share; liquidation value $1,063 and $1,101 in 2007 and 2008, respectively; 1,335,807 shares authorized, issued and outstanding in 2007 and 2008. None authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma

     1,059       1,099       —    

Series C, par value $0.01 per share; liquidation value $173 and $179 in 2007 and 2008 respectively; 180,689 shares authorized, issued and outstanding in 2007 and 2008. None authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma

     171       179       —    

Series D, par value $0.01 per share; liquidation value $11,581 and $11,986 in 2007 and 2008, respectively; 2,752,333 shares authorized, issued and outstanding in 2007 and 2008. None authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma

     11,517       11,967       —    

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

      

STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT:

      

Convertible preferred stock, Series A, par value $0.01 per share; liquidation value $1,193 in 2007 and 2008; 2,385,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding in 2007 and 2008. None authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma

     24       24       —    

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 6,571,119 shares and 7,531,911 shares issued in 2007 and 2008, respectively; 6,074,308 shares and 7,035,100 shares outstanding in 2007 and 2008, respectively. 16,546,569 shares issued and 16,049,758 shares outstanding, pro forma

     66       75       165  

Additional paid-in capital

     2,228       22,433       33,552  

Treasury stock, 496,811 shares

     (6,000 )     (6,000 )     (6,000 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     65       (389 )     (389 )

Accumulated deficit

     (35,406 )     (42,763 )     (42,763 )
                        

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (39,023 )     (26,620 )     (15,435 )
                        

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

   $ 42,733     $ 72,953     $ 70,893  
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     2006     2007     2008  

Revenues

      

Application services

   $ 31,953     $ 48,378     $ 76,770  

Professional services

     18,508       37,896       40,360  
                        

Total revenues

     50,461       86,274       117,130  

Cost of revenues

      

Application services

     7,288       13,170       19,647  

Professional services

     20,462       33,035       30,801  
                        

Total cost revenues

     27,750       46,205       50,448  

Gross profit

     22,711       40,069       66,682  

OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES:

      

Research and development

     5,905       10,716       19,340  

Sales and marketing

     13,379       16,485       24,681  

General and administrative

     8,335       13,361       27,474  
                        

Total operating costs and expenses

     27,619       40,562       71,495  
                        

OPERATING LOSS

     (4,908 )     (493 )     (4,813 )

INTEREST AND OTHER EXPENSE (INCOME):

      

Interest expense

     341       769       1,934  

Interest income

     (200 )     (327 )     (115 )

Other expense (income), net

     54       (78 )     (195 )
                        

Total interest and other expense, net

     195       364       1,624  
                        

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

     (5,103 )     (857 )     (6,437 )

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

     306       515       920  
                        

NET LOSS

     (5,409 )     (1,372 )     (7,357 )

PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS AND ACCRETION

     498       498       498  
                        

NET LOSS AVAILABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

   $ (5,907 )   $ (1,870 )   $ (7,855 )
                        

BASIC AND DILUTED LOSS PER SHARE

   $ (0.94 )   $ (0.29 )   $ (1.16 )
                        

WEIGHTED AVERAGE BASIC AND DILUTED COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING

     6,296,830       6,384,557       6,793,596  

PRO FORMA (Notes 2 and 15):

      

PRO FORMA BASIC AND DILUTED LOSS PER SHARE

       $ (0.47 )
            

PRO FORMA WEIGHTED AVERAGE BASIC AND DILUTED COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING

         15,808,254  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(Amounts in thousands, except shares and per share data)

 

    Series A
Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Common Stock   Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Treasury Stock     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total  
    Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount     Shares   Amount        

BALANCE—January 1, 2006

  2,385,000   $ 24   6,152,780   $ 62   $ 882     —     $ —       $ 1     $ (28,625 )   $ (27,656 )

Comprehensive income (loss):

                   

Net loss

  —       —     —       —       —       —       —         —         (5,409 )     (5,409 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —       —     —       —       —       —       —         21       —         21  
                                                               

Total comprehensive income (loss)

  —       —     —       —       —       —       —         21       (5,409 )     (5,388 )
                                                               

Stock options exercised

  —       —     342,071     3     206     —       —         —         —         209  

Stock-based compensation

  —       —     —       —       719     —       —         —         —         719  

Accrued preferred stock dividends

  —       —     —       —       (448 )   —       —         —         —         (448 )

Accretion of preferred stock issuance costs

  —       —     —       —       (50 )   —       —         —         —         (50 )
                                                               

BALANCE—December 31, 2006

  2,385,000     24   6,494,851     65     1,309     —       —         22       (34,034 )     (32,614 )

Comprehensive income (loss):

                   

Net loss

  —       —     —       —       —       —       —         —         (1,372 )     (1,372 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —       —     —       —       —       —       —         43       —         43  
                                                               

Total comprehensive income (loss)

  —       —     —       —       —       —       —         43       (1,372 )     (1,329 )
                                                               

Stock options exercised

  —       —     69,643     1     43     —       —         —         —         44  

Stock-based compensation

  —       —     —       —       1,294     —       —         —         —         1,294  

Stock issued for payment of services

  —       —     6,625     —       80     —       —         —         —         80  

Accrued preferred stock dividends

  —       —     —       —       (448 )   —       —         —         —         (448 )

Accretion of preferred stock issuance costs

  —       —     —       —       (50 )   —       —         —         —         (50 )

Acquisition of treasury stock

  —       —     —       —       —       496,811     (6,000 )     —         —         (6,000 )
                                                               

BALANCE—December 31, 2007

  2,385,000     24   6,571,119     66     2,228     496,811     (6,000 )     65       (35,406 )     (39,023 )

Comprehensive income (loss):

                   

Net loss

  —       —     —       —       —       —       —         —         (7,357 )     (7,357 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

  —       —     —       —       —       —       —         (454 )     —         (454 )
                                                               

Total comprehensive income (loss)

  —       —     —       —       —       —       —         (454 )     (7,357 )     (7,811 )
                                                               

Common stock issuance for acquisition

  —       —     864,440     8     16,987     —       —         —         —         16,995  

Common stock reserved for stock options and warrants exchanged in connection with acquisition

  —       —     —       —       459     —       —         —         —         459  

Stock options exercised

  —       —     96,352     1     60     —       —         —         —         61  

Stock-based compensation

  —       —     —       —       3,197     —       —         —         —         3,197  

Accrued preferred stock dividends

  —       —     —       —       (448 )   —       —         —         —         (448 )

Accretion of preferred stock issuance costs

  —       —     —       —       (50 )   —       —         —         —         (50 )
                                                               

BALANCE—December 31, 2008

  2,385,000   $ 24   7,531,911   $ 75   $ 22,433     496,811   $ (6,000 )   $ (389 )   $ (42,763 )   $ (26,620 )
                                                               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     2006     2007     2008  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net loss

   $ (5,409 )   $ (1,372 )   $ (7,357 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     1,956       4,616       8,705  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     —         14       212  

Stock-based compensation

     719       1,294       3,197  

Professional fees paid in common stock

     —         80       —    

Write-off of acquired research and development costs

     —         —         700  

Deferred income taxes

     (249 )     81       156  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (3,525 )     (6,792 )     (8,915 )

Prepaid commission expense

     76       (493 )     443  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (846 )     (1,548 )     187  

Other assets

     (93 )     (362 )     59  

Accounts payable

     1,982       3,142       (4,182 )

Accrued payroll and other compensation

     3,664       (1,379 )     2,619  

Accrued expenses and other

     1,745       (1,321 )     364  

Deferred revenue

     3,516       10,007       13,242  

Other long-term liabilities

     (50 )     63       107  
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     3,486       6,030       9,537  
                        

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Purchases of furniture, fixtures and equipment

     (1,458 )     (3,673 )     (4,563 )

Increase in restricted cash

     —         (82 )     —    

Fast Track acquisition related costs

     —         —         (625 )

Cash and cash equivalents acquired through acquisition

     —         —         1,049  
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,458 )     (3,755 )     (4,139 )
                        

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     209       44       61  

Repayment of obligations under capital leases

     (1,184 )     (2,842 )     (4,218 )

Payment of costs associated with initial public offering

     —         —         (2,503 )

Proceeds from notes payable

     —         8,000       15,000  

Repayment of notes payable

     (486 )     (555 )     (10,958 )

Payment of debt issuance costs

     —         (192 )     (669 )

Acquisition of treasury stock

     —         (6,000 )     —    
                        

Net cash used in financing activities

     (1,461 )     (1,545 )     (3,287 )
                        

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     567       730       2,111  

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (1 )     —         (73 )

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of year

     6,450       7,016       7,746  
                        

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of year

   $ 7,016     $ 7,746     $ 9,784  
                        

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

      

Cash paid during the year for:

      

Interest

   $ 333     $ 708     $ 1,652  
                        

Income taxes

   $ 141     $ 539     $ 389  
                        

NONCASH ACTIVITIES:

      

Common stock issuance for acquisition

   $ —       $ —       $ 16,995  
                        

Common stock reserved for stock options and warrants exchanged in connection with acquisition

   $ —       $ —       $ 459  
                        

Furniture, fixtures and equipment acquired through capital lease obligations

   $ 2,958     $ 9,088     $ 2,741  
                        

Furniture, fixtures and equipment acquired but not yet paid for at period-end

   $ 307     $ 593     $ 268  
                        

Accrued costs associated with initial public offering

   $ —       $ —       $ 778  
                        

Accrued preferred stock dividends

   $ 448     $ 448     $ 448  
                        

Accretion of preferred stock issuance costs

   $ 50     $ 50     $ 50  
                        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

1. ORGANIZATION

Medidata Solutions, Inc. (“Medidata” or the “Company”) provides hosted clinical development solutions that enhance the efficiency of its customers’ clinical development processes and optimize their research and development investments. The Company’s solutions allow its customers to achieve clinical results by streamlining the design, planning and management of key aspects of the clinical development process, including protocol development, contract research organization negotiation, investigator contracting, the capture and management of clinical trial data and the analysis and reporting of that data on a worldwide basis.

For purposes of these financial statements, the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, are referred to as 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation —The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information —Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share were calculated using a calculation of pro forma weighted average shares outstanding as if such adjustment occurred on January 1, 2008 (See Note 15). In addition, a pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008 has been presented reflecting pro forma adjustments as if such adjustments had occurred on December 31, 2008 (See Note 15).

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, including deferred revenue, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition —The Company derives its revenue from the sale of application services and the rendering of professional services. The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following conditions are satisfied: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) service has been delivered to the customer; (3) amount of the fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable; and (4) collection of the fees is reasonably assured or probable.

Application Services

The Company typically enters into multi-study and single-study arrangements that include software licenses that provide the customer the “right to use” the software, as well as hosting and other support services, to be provided over a specified term. Multiple study arrangements grant the customer the right to manage a predetermined number of clinical trials simultaneously for a term typically ranging from three to five years. Single study arrangements allow customers to use the Company’s technology on a per trial basis.

The Company provides its software as a service and recognizes revenues in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 00-21 , Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables (“EITF 00-21”). The

 

F-8


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

Company applies EITF 00-21 when the customer does not have the right to take possession of the software or cannot do so without incurring a significant penalty as specified in EITF Issue No. 00-3, Application of AICPA Statement of Position 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, to Arrangements That Include the Right to Use Software Stored on Another Entity’s Hardware (“EITF 00-3”). Revenue from application service arrangements is recognized ratably over the term of the arrangement, beginning with the commencement of the arrangement term, which correlates with the activation of the hosting services, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. The term of the arrangement includes optional renewal periods, if such renewal periods are likely to be exercised.

Revenue for multiple study arrangements where the customer has the ability to self host, or the customer has the contractual right to take possession of the software at any time during the hosting period without significant penalty and it is feasible for the customer to either run the software on its own hardware or contract with another unrelated party to host the software, is recognized in accordance with Statement of Position (“SOP”) 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition . Since the undelivered elements are delivered over the term of the arrangement, the Company recognizes revenue ratably over the term of the arrangement, as services are delivered, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. The term of the arrangement includes optional renewal periods, if such renewal periods are likely to be exercised.

Professional Services

The Company also provides a range of professional services that its customers have the option to utilize on an as-needed basis. These services, which the customer can contractually obtain from other third-party consultants, generally include client training, implementation planning, simple interface creation, trial configuration, data testing, documentation of procedures and other agreed-upon procedures specified by the customer. Professional services do not result in significant alterations to the underlying software and are evaluated separately to determine if such professional services are essential to the customer’s ability to benefit from the “right to use” software license. Professional services deemed not essential to the customer’s ability to benefit from the “right to use” software license are considered to have stand alone value to the customer and are recognized separately as a component of professional services revenue as the related services are performed, on a time and materials basis based on vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value.

The Company has established a range of VSOE of fair value for certain of its professional service offerings. For multiple element arrangements, consideration is allocated to professional services based on VSOE of fair value utilizing the residual method to determine the portion of the arrangement consideration to allocate to other services. If the contracted professional services consideration is priced outside the VSOE range, the Company’s policy is to adjust the pricing for accounting purposes to the closest point within the VSOE range.

Professional services that are essential to the customer’s ability to benefit from the “right to use” software license or for which VSOE of fair value could not be established do not qualify for separate accounting and are recognized ratably over the term of the related application services arrangement and reported as a component of application services revenue.

In accordance with EITF Issue No. 01-14, Income Statement Characterization of Reimbursements Received for “Out-of-Pocket” Expenses Incurred , the Company included $532, $875 and $1,541 of reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses in Professional services revenue in 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition and is recognized as the revenue recognition criteria are met. Amounts that have been invoiced are initially recorded in accounts receivable and deferred revenue. The Company invoices its customers in accordance with the terms of the underlying contract, usually in installments in advance of the related service period. Accordingly, the deferred revenue balance does not represent the total contract value of outstanding arrangements. Payment terms are net 30 to 45 days. Deferred revenue that will be recognized during the subsequent 12-month period is recorded as current deferred revenue and the remaining portion as non-current deferred revenue.

In some instances, customers elect to renew their application services arrangements prior to the original termination date of the arrangement. The renewed application services agreement provides support for in-process clinical trials, and includes the “right to use” the software for initial clinical studies. As such, the unamortized portion of the deferred revenues associated with the initial arrangement is aggregated with the consideration received upon renewal and amortized over the renewed term of the application services arrangements.

Cost of Revenues —Cost of revenues primarily consists of costs related to hosting, maintaining and supporting the Company’s application suite and delivering professional services and support. These costs include salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation for the Company’s data center and professional services staffs. Cost of revenues also includes outside service provider costs, data center and networking expenses, and allocated overhead . Overhead, such as depreciation expense, rent and utilities, is allocated to all departments based on relative headcount. As such, general overhead expenses are reflected in cost of revenues and each operating expense category. These costs are expensed as incurred.

Software Development Costs —Costs incurred in the research and development of new software products and enhancements to existing software products are expensed as incurred under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 2, Accounting for Research and Development Costs.  Internally developed software costs are capitalized under SFAS No. 86, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to Be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed , when technological feasibility is reached which is not until a working model is developed, and the functionality is tested and determined to be compliant with all federal and international regulations. As such, no internally developed software costs have been capitalized during 2006, 2007 or 2008.

Prepaid Commission Expense —For arrangements where revenue is recognized over the relevant contract period, the Company capitalizes related sales commissions that have been paid and recognizes these expenses over the period the related revenue is recognized. Commissions are payable to the Company’s sales representatives upon payment from the customer. The Company amortized prepaid commissions of $2,461, $3,733 and $5,152 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007, and 2008, respectively, which are included within sales and marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets —On March 17, 2008, the Company acquired Fast Track Systems, Inc. (“Fast Track”) (See Note 3) which generated significant goodwill and intangible assets. Goodwill represents the excess of consideration paid over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. Under SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, goodwill is no longer amortized and is instead evaluated for impairment using a two-step process that is performed at least annually on October 1 of each year, or whenever events or circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. The first step is a comparison of the fair value of an internal reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting

 

F-10


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired and the second step is unnecessary. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second test is performed to measure the amount of impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the goodwill to a determination of the implied value of the goodwill. If the carrying amount of the goodwill is greater that the implied value, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference. The Company determined that there was no impairment of goodwill as of December 31, 2008.

The implied value of goodwill is determined as of the test date by performing a purchase price allocation, as if the reporting unit had just been acquired, using currently estimated fair values of the individual assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, together with an estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit taken as a whole. The estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit is based upon information available regarding prices of similar groups of assets, or other valuation techniques including present value techniques based upon estimates of future cash flow.

The definite-lived intangible assets are recorded at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization of acquired technology and database is computed using the straight-line method over five years and amortization of customer relationships and customer contracts is computed using an accelerated method which reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits derived from the related intangible assets are consumed or utilized.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets —Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such asset may be impaired. The Company subjects long-lived assets to a test of recoverability based on undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by such assets while utilized by the Company and cash flows expected from disposition of such assets. If the assets are impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Management determined that there is no impairment of long-lived assets as of December 31, 2007 or 2008.

Cash and Cash Equivalents —The Company considers all money market funds and other highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents. The fair value of cash and cash equivalents approximates the amounts shown on the financial statements.

In September 2008, the United States Treasury Department announced that, for the next year, it would insure holdings of any publicly offered eligible money market mutual fund that pays a fee to participate in the program. The program provides support to investors in funds that participate in the program and the net asset value of those funds will not fall below $1.00. The Company has money market holdings with an investment bank which has chosen to participate in this program. As such, the Company’s money market funds will continue to be considered cash and cash equivalents.

Restricted Cash —Restricted cash represents deposits made to fully collateralize certain standby letters of credit issued in connection with office lease arrangements.

Accounts Receivable —Accounts receivable are recorded at original invoice amount less an allowance that management believes will be adequate to absorb estimated losses on existing accounts receivable. The allowance is based on an evaluation of the collectibility of accounts receivable and prior bad debt experience. Accounts receivable are written off when deemed uncollectible.

Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment —Furniture, fixtures and equipment consists of furniture, computers, other office equipment, purchased software for internal use, and leasehold improvements recorded at cost.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method over five years for furniture and fixtures, and three to five years for computer equipment and software. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or their estimated useful lives. Improvements are capitalized while expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

Income Taxes —The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes, as prescribed by SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , which recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized.

On January 1, 2007, the Company elected to early adopt Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 , or FIN 48. FIN 48 addresses the determination of whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements.

Under FIN 48, the Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position.

Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock —At the time of issuance, preferred stock is recorded at gross proceeds received less issuance costs. The carrying value is increased to the redemption value using the straight-line method, which approximates the effective interest method, over the period from the date of issuance to the earliest date of redemption. The carrying value is also increased by cumulative unpaid dividends.

Treasury Stock —Shares of the Company’s common and preferred stock that are repurchased are recorded as treasury stock at cost and included as a component of stockholders’ deficit.

Comprehensive Income —SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income , established standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive income into its components (revenue, expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of general-purpose financial statements. The Company’s other comprehensive income component results from foreign currency translation adjustments.

Stock-Based Compensation —The Company follows SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment , to account for the stock option plan. The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes pricing model. The Company estimated its future stock price volatility based upon observed option-implied volatilities for a group of peer companies, taking into account the stage of the Company as compared to its peers. Management believes this is the best estimate of the expected volatility over the weighted-average expected life of its option grants. The Company estimated its weighted-average useful life based on the likely date of exercise as opposed to the actual life of the options. The risk-free interest rate is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the option grant with a maturity tied to the expected life of the options. No dividends are expected to be declared by the Company at this time. The Company uses an independent third-party specialist to perform the valuation of its common stocks as part of the stock options calculations.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments —The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments. Amounts outstanding under long-term debt agreements are considered to be carried at their estimated fair values because they bear interest at rates which approximate market. All methods of assessing fair value result in a general approximation of value, and such value may never actually be realized.

Concentration of Credit Risk —Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and notes payable. The Company has policies that limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains an allowance for potential losses, but does not require collateral or other security to support customers’ receivables. The Company’s credit risk is further mitigated because its customer base is diversified both geographically and by industry sector.

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash are deposited with major financial institutions and, at times, such balances with any one financial institution may be in excess of FDIC-insured limits. In September 2008, the FDIC-insured limits were temporarily increased from $100 to $250. The limit will revert back to $100 on December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2008, $10,433 in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash were deposited in excess of FDIC-insured limits.

As of December 31, 2007 and 2008 and for the three years then ended, total revenues recognized and total accounts receivable balance due related to the following significant customers are as follows:

 

     Percentage of
Revenues
    Percentage of
Accounts
Receivable
 
     For the year ended
December 31,
    As of
December 31,
 
     2006     2007     2008     2007     2008  

Customer A

   15 %   15 %   13 %   9 %   6 %

Customer B

   12     13     10     16     5  

Customer C

   11     11     7     6     3  
                              

Total (Customers A to C)

   38 %   39 %   30 %   31 %   14 %
                              

Foreign Currency Translation —The financial statements of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are translated in accordance with SFAS No. 52, Foreign Currency Translation . The reporting currency for the Company is the U.S. dollar. The functional currencies of the Company’s subsidiaries in the United Kingdom and Japan are the British Pound Sterling and the Japanese yen, respectively. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect at each balance sheet date. Revenue and expense accounts are translated using an average rate of exchange during the period. Foreign currency translation adjustments are accumulated as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) as a separate component of stockholders’ deficit. Gains and losses arising from transactions denominated in foreign currencies are primarily related to intercompany accounts that have been determined to be temporary in nature and accordingly, are recorded directly to the statement of operations.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

Segment Information —As defined by SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information , the Company operates as a single segment, as the management makes operating decisions and assesses performance based on one single operating unit. The Company recorded revenues in 2006, 2007 and 2008 in the following geographic areas, based on the country in which revenue is generated:

 

     2006    2007    2008

Revenues:

        

United States of America

   $ 35,051    $ 56,891    $ 77,499

United Kingdom

     5,325      10,430      11,285

Japan

     5,424      9,481      12,469

Others

     4,661      9,472      15,877
                    

Total

   $ 50,461    $ 86,274    $ 117,130
                    

The following table summarizes long-term assets by geographic area as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively:

 

     2007    2008

Long-term assets:

     

United States of America

   $ 13,026    $ 29,136

United Kingdom

     1,422      982

Japan

     475      507
             

Total

   $ 14,923    $ 30,625
             

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements —In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , which enhances existing guidance for measuring assets and liabilities at fair value. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, except for the fair value measurement on nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities which has been delayed in accordance with FASB Staff Position FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 . The Company adopted this statement on January 1, 2008 and the adoption did not have an impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position, and cash flows.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities , which permits entities to measure the value of certain financial assets and liabilities and report the unrealized gain or loss thereon at each subsequent reporting period. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company elected not to adopt the fair value option for valuation of those assets and liabilities which are eligible under this statement and therefore there was no impact to the Company’s results of operations, financial position, and cash flows.

On December 4, 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations , and SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51 . SFAS No. 141(R) is required to be adopted concurrently with SFAS No. 160 and is effective for business combination transactions for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Early adoption is prohibited. Application of SFAS No. 141(R) and SFAS No. 160 is required to be adopted prospectively, except for certain provisions of SFAS No. 160, which are required to be adopted retrospectively. Business combination transactions accounted for before adoption of SFAS No. 141R should be accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations , and that

 

F-14


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

accounting previously completed under SFAS No. 141 should not be modified as of or after the date of adoption of SFAS No.141(R). The adoption of SFAS No. 141(R) and SFAS No. 160 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

 

3. ACQUISITION

On March 17, 2008, the Company acquired Fast Track, a provider of clinical trial planning solutions. With this acquisition, the Company extended its ability to serve customers throughout the clinical research process with solutions that improve efficiencies in protocol development and trial planning, contracting and negotiation. The Company paid total consideration of approximately $18,100, which consisted of the issuance of 864,440 shares of the common stock in exchange for all Fast Track’s existing preferred stock and common stock as well as 444 and 25,242 shares of common stock reserved for the exercise of outstanding warrants and vested employee stock options, respectively.

The Company utilized an independent third-party specialist to perform a valuation of its common stock at the date of the acquisition, which resulted in a value of $19.66 per share.

 

Fair value of common stock issued (864,440 shares)

   $ 16,995

Fair value of common stock reserved for warrants and stock options exchanged (444 and 25,242 shares underlying the warrants and options, respectively)

     459

Transaction costs

     625
      

Total purchase price

   $ 18,079
      

The fair value of the 25,242 shares of fully vested exchanged stock options and 20,004 shares of unvested exchanged stock options (See Note 10) issued in connection with the acquisition was estimated using the Black-Scholes pricing model based on the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

Expected volatility

   59%

Expected life

   2.4 years

Risk-free interest rate

   2.61%

Dividend yield

   —  

The Company paid a premium (i.e. goodwill) over the fair value of the net tangible and identified intangible assets acquired for a number of reasons, including the following:

 

   

The merger combined the broad customer base of the Company with Fast Track’s customer base.

 

   

The acquisition allows the Company to provide customers with a more complete technology solution for use in clinical trials and to improve effectiveness of key trial planning and execution activities through the products offered by the combined company.

 

   

By acquiring Fast Track, the Company now has additional resources and skills to innovate and more quickly deliver to customers the next generation of technology in clinical trial solutions and to compete in the marketplace.

 

   

The Company will be able to realize cost savings and revenue synergies.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

The value reflected in these elements of the purchase price does not meet the definition of an intangible asset under SFAS No. 141 and is therefore reflected as goodwill.

Fast Track’s operations have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements after the March 17, 2008 acquisition date.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.

 

Assets acquired

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,049  

Other current assets

     778  

Restricted cash

     158  

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     232  

Intangible assets subject to amortization:

  

Acquired technology

     2,400  

Database

     1,900  

Customer relationships

     1,600  

Customer contracts

     1,600  

In-process research and development

     700  

Goodwill

     9,799  
        

Total assets acquired

     20,216  
        

Liabilities assumed

  

Current liabilities, excluding deferred revenue

     (798 )

Deferred revenue

     (1,338 )

Other long-term liabilities

     (1 )
        

Total liabilities assumed

     (2,137 )
        

Net assets acquired

   $ 18,079  
        

The significant assumptions used in the valuation included factors affecting the duration, growth rates and amounts of future cash flows for each income stream, specifically the future economic outlook for the industry, risks involved in the business, and the input of competition and technological changes.

In connection with the purchase price allocation, the Company estimated the fair value of the legal performance obligation associated with acquired deferred revenue in accordance with EITF Issue No. 01-3, Accounting in a Business Combination for Deferred Revenue of an Acquiree (“EITF 01-3”). The Company concluded that the fair value of the legal performance obligation represented the direct costs to fulfill such obligation plus an expected profit margin. As a result, the acquired deferred revenue had been reduced by approximately $839 to $1,338.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

The following table provides the details of acquired intangible assets and their weighted-average useful lives:

 

     Estimated
Fair Value
   Weighted-
average

Useful Life
(in years)

Acquired technology

   $ 2,400    5.00

Database

     1,900    5.00

Customer relationships

     1,600    5.00

Customer contracts

     1,600    3.00

In-process research and development

     700    None
           

Total acquired intangible assets

   $ 8,200    4.18
           

Of the $8,200 of acquired intangible assets, $700 was assigned to in-process research and development projects. Subsequent to the date of acquisition, the Company determined that technological feasibility had not been established for any of these projects and, as a result, these projects were written off subsequent to the acquisition in March 2008.

For the remaining acquired intangible assets, acquired technology represents Fast Track’s three principal clinical trial planning software products. Database represents Fast Track’s existing database relating to the past finalized protocols, negotiated grants and contract research organization engagements. Customer relationships represent the underlying relationships associated with Fast Track’s existing customer base. Customer contracts pertain to the contractual revenues from Fast Track’s current customers that have not yet been invoiced, paid, and realized as of the acquisition date.

The assessment of the fair value and useful life of these acquired intangible assets was based on the estimated future cash flows expected to be generated from these acquired intangible assets. The Company determined that technology and database will be amortized using a straight-line method and customer relationships and customer contracts will be amortized using an accelerated method which reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits derived from the related intangible assets are consumed or utilized.

The fair value of customer contracts was calculated based on the present value of projected future cash flows from those identified contractual revenues less expected fulfillment costs, which represented the necessary costs to complete these contracts. The amortization of customer contracts has been charged to cost of revenues over the periods consistent with those contractual revenues expected to be recognized.

In accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , the Company has provided for net deferred tax assets of $3,470 representing the difference between the currently estimated book and tax basis of the net assets acquired. Based on the Company’s lack of a history of profits and uncertainty of future profitability, it is more likely than not that such tax benefit will not be realized and therefore a valuation allowance of $3,470 was recognized to fully offset such net deferred tax assets. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed was allocated to goodwill, which is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes. In addition, the Company did not recognize a deferred tax asset relating to the future tax distribution that will arise when the Fast Track employee rollover options are exercised.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

The following table summarizes unaudited pro forma financial information for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 assuming the acquisition of Fast Track had occurred on January 1 of each period.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2007     2008  

Revenues

   $ 91,007     $ 118,382  

Operating loss

     (3,659 )     (5,746 )

Net loss

     (4,550 )     (8,292 )

Net loss per share:

    

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.70 )   $ (1.26 )

 

4. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Changes in carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2008 are as follows:

 

Balance as of January 1, 2008

   $ —  

Goodwill from acquisition of Fast Track

     9,799
      

Balance as of December 31, 2008

   $ 9,799
      

Intangible assets are summarized as follows:

 

     As of December 31, 2008
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount

Acquired technology

   $ 2,400    $ (380 )   $ 2,020

Database

     1,900      (301 )     1,599

Customer relationships

     1,600      (80 )     1,520

Customer contracts

     1,600      (509 )     1,091
                     

Total

   $ 7,500    $ (1,270 )   $ 6,230
                     

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $0, $0 and $1,270 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Annual amortization for the next five years is expected to be as follows:

 

Years ending December 31,

  

2009

   $ 1,826

2010

     1,459

2011

     1,377

2012

     1,308

2013

     260

 

F-18


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

5. FURNITURE, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT

Furniture, fixtures and equipment consists of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2007     2008  

Computer equipment and purchased software

   $ 19,366     $ 25,935  

Leasehold improvements

     1,336       1,555  

Furniture and fixtures

     781       951  
                

Total furniture, fixtures, and equipment

     21,483       28,441  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (7,422 )     (14,842 )
                

Net furniture, fixtures, and equipment

   $ 14,061     $ 13,599  
                

Included in net furniture, fixtures and equipment as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 are computer equipment and purchased software under capital leases of approximately $9,247 and $7,214, respectively, net of related accumulated depreciation of $4,358 and $9,133, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense for furniture, fixtures, and equipment, including assets under capital leases, was $1,956, $4,616 and $7,435 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Depreciation of equipment under capital leases was $970, $3,085 and $4,776 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

 

6. DEBT

In November 2003, the Company entered into a Note Purchase Agreement, as subsequently amended at various dates through June 2005 (collectively, the “Term Note A”) with one of its preferred shareholders (the “Lender”). In December 2005, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement with the Lender extending the maturity date of Term Note A and issuing a second note (“Term Note B”). In October 2007, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement extending the maturity of Term Note A and Term Note B and issuing a third note (“Term Note C”). Term Note A, Term Note B and Term Note C were secured by all of the Company’s assets.

In September 2008, the Company entered into a new senior secured credit facility (“New Credit Facility”) with an unrelated lender that included a $15,000 term loan (“New Term Loan”), which was fully drawn at closing, and a $10,000 revolving credit line (“Revolving Credit Line”), all of which remains undrawn and available for future borrowings. The New Credit Facility was secured by all of the Company’s assets. Proceeds of the New Term Loan were used to repay all outstanding notes payable, which included Term Note A of $1,500, Term Note B of $1,458, and Term Note C of $8,000, and the remaining $4,000 will be used for general corporate purposes. The New Term Loan and Revolving Credit Line will mature in September 2013 and the outstanding principal of the New Term Loan will amortize in quarterly installments of $375 beginning on March 31, 2009 up through the date of maturity at which time a lump sum payment of any remaining unpaid balance will be due. In addition, the New Term Loan also includes an excess cash flow recapture feature which may require the Company to make additional principal payments beginning in April 2010.

The New Term Loan and Revolving Credit Line bear interest at prime rate plus 2.5% until March 31, 2009 and, thereafter, will bear interest at prime rate plus 2.25%. In December 2008, the New Credit Facility was amended to define “prime rate” as 4.5% or the lender’s most recently announced prime rate, whichever is greater. However, if the Company can satisfy the minimum fixed charge coverage ratio covenant as of December 31,

 

F-19


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

2009 or March 31, 2010, the applicable margin thereafter will be reduced to 1.5%. As of December 31, 2008, the effective interest rate on the New Term Loan was 7.0%. In addition, any undrawn Revolving Credit Line is subject to a quarterly unused fee at an annual rate of 0.5% of the average undrawn balance. The Company is entitled to prepay the New Credit Facility at its option, subject to a payment of a premium on such prepayments during the first three years after closing, which decreases over the three-year period from 3% of the amount prepaid to 1%. The New Credit Facility is also subject to mandatory prepayment under certain specified circumstances.

Due to the lock-box arrangement and the subjective acceleration clause contained in the New Credit Facility agreement, borrowings, if any, under the Revolving Credit Line will be classified as a current liability in accordance with EITF No. 95-22, Balance Sheet Classification of Borrowings Outstanding under Revolving Credit Agreements That Include both a Subjective Acceleration Clause and a Lock-Box Arrangement .

In connection with the New Credit Facility, the Company incurred legal and other costs of approximately $669, which have been deferred and will be amortized over the term of the credit facility. As of December 31, 2008, the remaining unamortized balance is $634. The remaining unamortized debt issuance costs of $139 associated with the fully repaid term notes were written off in September 2008 and included within interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008.

The following table summarizes the interest expense incurred on long-term debt for the three years ended December 31, 2008:

 

     2006    2007    2008

Term Note A

   $ 91    $ 135    $ 104

Term Note B

     146      149      101

Term Note C

     —        242      556

New Term Loan

     —        —        317

Unused Revolving Credit Line fee

     —        —        15
                    

Total

   $ 237    $ 526    $ 1,093
                    

The New Credit Facility requires quarterly compliance with certain financial covenants, as amended, which include minimum profitability, liquidity, maximum allowable capital expenditures, and fixed charge coverage ratio.

Scheduled repayments of balances outstanding under the New Term Loan at December 31, 2008 are as follows:

 

Years ending December 31,

  

2009

   $ 1,500

2010

     1,500

2011

     1,500

2012

     1,500

2013

     9,000
      
   $ 15,000
      

 

F-20


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

7. CAPITAL LEASES

The Company leases certain equipment under noncancelable capital lease agreements which provide for total future minimum annual lease payments as follows:

 

Years ending December 31,

  

2009

   $ 4,728

2010

     2,452

2011

     310
      

Total minimum lease payments

     7,490

Less amount representing interest

     430
      

Present value of net minimum capital lease payments

     7,060

Less current portion

     4,388
      

Capital lease obligations, excluding current portion

   $ 2,672
      

 

8. PREFERRED STOCK

In June 2000, the Company issued 2,385,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A”) in exchange for cash proceeds of $1,192. In January and February 2002, the Company issued 1,436,636 shares of Series B Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock (“Series B”) in exchange for cash proceeds of $1,000. In February 2003, the Company issued 596,374 shares of Series C Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock (“Series C”) in exchange for cash proceeds of $500. The Company incurred legal and other fees associated with the issuance of the Series A, B, and C preferred stock of $8, $24 and $12, respectively.

In May 2004, the Company amended and restated its certificate of incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock. The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Company is authorized to issue is 27,170,343, divided into two classes: 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock at $0.01 par value and 7,170,343 shares of Preferred Stock at $0.01 par value.

In May 2004, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement to increase the capitalization of the Company. Pursuant to this agreement, the investors purchased 2,752,333 shares of the Company’s Series D Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock (“Series D”) at a price of $3.68 per share. Simultaneous with the issuance of the Series D shares, the Company also redeemed and retired 100,829 Series B shares and 415,685 Series C shares for an aggregate of $1,909. The total proceeds from the issuance of Series D shares (net of issuance costs of $229) were $9,896.

Certain of the rights, preferences and privileges of the Preferred Stock are listed below:

Dividends —The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors.

The holders of Series B, C and D Senior Preferred Stock (“Senior Preferred Stock”) will be entitled to receive cumulative dividends, on a pari passu basis, at the per annum rate of $0.0278 per share, $0.0335 per share, and $0.1471 per share in respect of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, and the Series D Preferred Stock, respectively, payable: (i) if declared by the Board of Directors, (ii) upon the occurrence of a Liquidation, (iii) upon redemption of any Senior Preferred Stock, (iv) upon automatic conversion of any Senior Preferred Stock upon a Qualified Public Offering of securities of the Company, or (v) upon the voluntary conversion of any of the Senior Preferred Stock into common stock, if such conversion is in connection with a

 

F-21


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

public offering of securities by the Company. Dividends that are declared by the Board will be paid in cash or, at the option of at least 66% of the outstanding Series D Preferred Stock, in shares of the Company’s common stock with the number of shares of common stock determined based on the fair value of common stock on the dividend payment date.

A Qualified Public Offering as it relates to Senior Preferred Stock dividend rights is defined as the closing of the Company’s first underwritten public offering on a firm commitment basis by a nationally recognized investment banking organization or organizations pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock (i) at a price per share of Common Stock of not less than $3.48 for Series B and Series C Preferred Stock or $11.04 for Series D Preferred Stock (which numbers are to be appropriately adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like, if any), (ii) with respect to which the Company receives aggregate gross proceeds attributable to sales for the account of the Company of not less than $20,000 for Series B and Series C Preferred Stock or $50,000 for Series D Preferred Stock, and (iii) with respect to which such Common Stock is listed for trading on either the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ National Market (now known as the NASDAQ Global Market). As a result of a two-for-one stock split of the common stock in August 2004 in the form of a common stock dividend (“August 2004 Stock Split”), the price per share of common stock for the Qualified Public Offering requirement has been adjusted to $1.74 for the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock and $5.52 for the Series D Preferred Stock.

To date, no dividends have been declared by the Company. At December 31, 2007 and 2008, there were aggregate unpaid cumulative dividends of $1,612 and $2,060, respectively, which have been accreted to the carrying value of the Senior Preferred Stock.

Accretion of the carrying value of Senior Preferred Stock to redemption value is recorded as a reduction to retained earnings over the period from the date of issuance to the earliest redemption date of the security. In the absence of retained earnings, accretion is recorded as a decrease in additional paid-in capital.

Liquidation —The Company’s Articles of Incorporation define “liquidation” to include: (i) voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution, or (ii) any sale of the Company (i.e., via merger, consolidation, sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets, or any other transaction or series of transactions in which another party or group of parties acquires capital stock from the Company representing a majority of the Company’s outstanding voting power).

Upon a liquidation, after payment or provision for payment of debts and other liabilities of the Company, the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the remaining assets of the Company the following amounts:

 

  (i) Each share of the Series D Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis with each share of the other series of Senior Preferred Stock, shall be entitled to the payment of its original issue price of $3.6787 per share plus accumulated but unpaid dividends applicable to the Series D Preferred Stock (which numbers are to be appropriately adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations, if any).

 

  (ii) Each share of the Series C Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis with each share of the other series of Senior Preferred Stock, shall be entitled to the payment of its original issue price of $0.8384 per share plus accumulated but unpaid dividends applicable to the Series C Preferred Stock (which numbers are to be appropriately adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations, if any).

 

  (iii)

Each share of the Series B Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis with each share of the other series of Senior Preferred Stock, shall be entitled to the payment of its original issue price of $0.69614 per share

 

F-22


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

 

plus accumulated but unpaid dividends applicable to the Series B Preferred Stock (which numbers are to be appropriately adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations, if any).

If upon a liquidation the holders of outstanding shares of the Senior Preferred Stock would receive more than the aggregate amount calculated above had the shares of their Senior Preferred Stock been converted into shares of common stock, then each holder of outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock in connection with such liquidation shall be entitled to be paid cash as if their Senior Preferred Shares had been converted into common stock immediately before the liquidation.

Upon a liquidation, and after the payment in full of the Senior Preferred Stock, the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to $0.50 per share plus any declared but unpaid dividends.

Conversion —The Series A Preferred Stock was initially convertible into common stock at a rate of one share of Series A Preferred Stock for one share of common stock, subject to adjustment for stock dividends, combinations of stock or reorganizations. As a result of a one-for-ten reverse stock split of the common stock in January 2002, the conversion was adjusted to ten shares of Series A Preferred Stock for one share of common stock. As a result of the August 2004 Stock Split, the conversion rate has been adjusted to five shares of Series A Preferred Stock for one share of common stock. The Series A Preferred Stock is (a) optionally convertible into common stock upon the approval of at least two-thirds of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock or (b) automatically convertible into common stock upon the effective date of a Qualified Public Offering of the Company’s common stock. Series A Preferred Stock will be automatically converted upon the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 for the sale of common stock to the public.

The Senior Preferred Stock was initially voluntarily convertible into common stock upon the written election of a holder of the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, or the Series B Preferred Stock at a conversion rate of one to one, with adjustments provided for anti-dilution protection and preference amounts eligible to the Senior Preferred Stock. As a result of the August 2004 Stock Split, the conversion rate has been adjusted to one share of Senior Preferred Stock for two shares of common stock.

The Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock are automatically converted into common stock upon the occurrence of a Qualified Public Offering at a price per share of common stock of not less than $3.48 (which numbers are to be appropriately adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and recapitalizations, if any) where the Company receives aggregate gross proceeds of not less than $20,000 to which the common stock is listed either on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market.

The Series D Preferred Stock is automatically converted into common stock upon the occurrence of a Qualified Public Offering at a price per share of common stock of not less than $11.04 (which numbers are to be appropriately adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and recapitalizations, if any) where the Company receives aggregate gross proceeds of not less than $50,000 to which the common stock is listed either on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market.

As a result of the August 2004 Stock Split, the price per share of common stock for the Qualified Public Offering requirement has been adjusted to $1.74 for the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock and $5.52 for the Series D Preferred Stock.

Upon the automatic conversion of the Senior Preferred Stock in connection with a Qualified Public Offering, the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock will be entitled to payment of all accumulated accrued

 

F-23


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

dividends on such preferred stock in cash, unless the holders of at least 66% of the outstanding Series D Preferred Stock elect to have such dividends paid in shares of the Company’s common stock at the then fair market value.

Voting Rights —Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder to one vote per share of each share of common stock into which each share of Series A Preferred Stock is then convertible.

Each share of Senior Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such share of Senior Preferred Stock is then convertible, voting with the holders of common stock as a single class upon all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.

Redemption —The Series A Preferred Stock has no redemption rights.

At any time on or after May 27, 2009, upon 90 days’ advance written notice, the holders of at least a majority of all the then-outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock may elect to have all (but not less than all) of the then-outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock redeemed for cash in two equal installments. In such an event, the Company will redeem for cash one half of each holder’s shares of Senior Preferred Stock 90 days after written notice and the other half of the shares of the Senior Preferred Stock one year thereafter.

The redemption price for each of the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, and the Series B Preferred Stock are equal to $3.6787, $0.8384, and $0.69614, respectively. Redemption of the Series B and C Preferred Stock is contingent upon the Series D Preferred Stock holders exercising their redemption rights described above.

If the Company has insufficient funds to redeem all of the Senior Preferred Stock, the Company must use any funds legally available to it to redeem the maximum possible number of such shares pro rata in accordance with the respective redemption price. All shares required to be redeemed but which are not, due to insufficient funds, shall accrue interest at a rate of 12% per annum, compounded annually, from their respective redemption date until redeemed. Such unredeemed shares of Senior Preferred Stock shall also be entitled to dividends thereon as described above until the respective shares are redeemed.

As a result of the redemption features associated with the Series B, C and D convertible preferred stock, the Company has classified these securities outside of stockholders’ deficit. The Company is accreting the related issuance costs incurred over the stated redemption period.

Sale Right —Starting May 27, 2009, the holders of at least 66% of the outstanding Series D Preferred Stock (or the common stock issued upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock) will have the right to request that the Company effect a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or a merger or other business combination on terms satisfactory to the holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock. However, holders of more than 66% of the outstanding Series D Preferred Stock have agreed not to exercise this right until after May 27, 2010. This right will terminate upon the completion of a Qualified Public Offering.

Anti-Dilution Protection —The Senior Preferred Stock have weighted-average anti-dilution provisions.

 

9. STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Common Stock —The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of common stock at $0.01 par value. Common shares outstanding were 6,074,308 and 7,035,100 in 2007 and 2008, respectively. Common

 

F-24


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

stockholders are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held. Common stockholders may receive dividends only after the payment in full of all preferential dividends of the Senior Preferred stockholders and if and when the Board of Directors determines in its sole discretion.

In 2007, the Company issued 6,625 shares of common stock for payment of professional fees with an estimated value of $80 to a non-related party.

Treasury Stock Transaction with Related Parties In October 2007, the Company entered into a Stock Repurchase Agreement with certain executive officers and directors of the Company. Pursuant to this agreement, the Company repurchased 496,811 shares of the Company’s common stock from the executive officers and directors of the Company at a price of $12.077 per share. The Company accounted for the treasury stock under the cost method.

 

10. STOCK OPTIONS

In 2000, the Company adopted the 2000 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) under which 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock were reserved for issuance to employees, directors, consultants and advisors. Since such date, the Company has amended the Plan to provide for 3,353,906 authorized shares. Options granted under the Plan may be incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options or restricted stock options. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees. Options generally vest 25% one year from the grant date and 75% ratably over the next three years and expire after ten years. Stock options are typically issued at the current market price on the date of the grant. The Company uses an independent third-party specialist to perform the valuation of its common stocks as part of the stock options calculations.

In connection with the Fast Track acquisition, a total of 358,883 shares of pre-acquisition stock options held by Fast Track’s employees were exchanged into 45,246 shares of Company’s stock options based on the conversion rate of 0.12616. The Company valued the exchanged stock options using the Black-Scholes pricing model and based on the fair value of Company’s common stock of $19.66 at acquisition. Of the 45,246 shares of exchanged stock options, 25,242 shares were fully vested at acquisition and therefore included as part of the purchase price of acquisition (See Note 3). The remaining 20,004 shares of unvested stock options will vest based on the original stock option contracts with an accelerated vesting at the first anniversary of the acquisition in accordance with the acquisition agreement.

The Company accounted for the Plan in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R). The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     2006    2007    2008

Expected volatility

   74%    62%    59%

Expected life

   6 years    6 years    6 years

Risk-free interest rate

   4.82%    4.26%    3.06%

Dividend yield

   —      —      —  

During 2006, the Company amended certain options granted in November 2005 and February 2006 under the transition rules in accordance with IRS guidance for Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. The options were originally granted with an exercise price of $0.62 per share and were subsequently amended such that the exercise price was increased to $2.00 per share for November 2005 grants and $3.20 per share for February 2006 grants. No other terms of the options were amended. This modification resulted in no additional stock-based compensation expense.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

The following table summarizes the stock options activity under the Plan as of December 31, 2008, and changes during the year then ended:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
($000)

Outstanding at January 1, 2008

   2,276,018     $ 4.61      

Granted

   324,026       19.73      

Fast Track exchanged options

   45,246       2.38      

Canceled

   (117,388 )     6.88      

Exercised

   (96,352 )     0.64      
              

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

   2,431,550     $ 6.63    6.93    $ 23,458
                        

Exercisable at December 31, 2008

   1,548,350     $ 2.86    5.95    $ 19,934
                        

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 was $3.52, $9.86 and $11.56, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 was $1,117, $1,255 and $1,923, respectively.

The following table summarizes the status of the Company’s nonvested stock options as of December 31, 2008, and changes during the year then ended:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Grant-date
Fair Value

Nonvested at January 1, 2008

   1,046,539     $ 7.13

Granted

   324,026       11.56

Fast Track exchanged options

   20,004       18.52

Vested

   (453,864 )     6.01

Cancelled

   (53,505 )     7.94
        

Nonvested at December 31, 2008

   883,200     $ 9.54
            

As of December 31, 2008, there was a total of $7,632 of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation awards granted, as recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R). This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.43 years. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 was $1,023, $1,078 and $2,727, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007, and 2008, the stock-based compensation expense was included in the following costs and expenses:

 

     2006    2007    2008

Cost of revenues

   $ 108    $ 172    $ 291

Research and development

     89      183      503

Sales and marketing

     304      448      640

General and administrative

     218      491      1,763
                    

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 719    $ 1,294    $ 3,197
                    

 

F-26


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

The followings are the details of stock options granted in each quarter during the year ended December 31, 2008. The Company used contemporaneous valuations performed by an independent third-party specialist to determine the fair value of the stock options.

 

     Quarter Ended
     March 31,
2008
   June 30,
2008
   September 30,
2008
   December 31,
2008

Number of options granted

     167,000      52,066      99,960      5,000

Weighted average exercise price

   $ 19.85    $ 19.23    $ 19.75    $ 20.58

Weighted average fair value of common stock at grant

   $ 20.03    $ 19.48    $ 20.15    $ 17.70

Weighted average intrinsic value

   $ 1.67    $ 0.25    $ 0.40    $ —  

The exercise price of certain granted stock options was less than the fair value of the common stock at the date of grant. As a result, the Company recorded an increased stock-based compensation expense due to the intrinsic value associated with these grants.

 

11. INCOME TAXES

The components of income tax expense (benefit) for 2006, 2007 and 2008 are as follows:

 

     2006     2007     2008  

Current expense:

      

Federal

   $ —       $ —       $ —    

Foreign

     555       434       764  
                        

Current expense

     555       434       764  

Deferred expense (benefit):

      

Federal and state

     (3,131 )     (1,134 )     (4,527 )

Foreign

     (249 )     81       112  

Valuation allowance

     3,131       1,134       4,571  
                        

Net income tax expense (benefit):

   $ 306     $ 515     $ 920  
                        

A reconciliation of income tax expense and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate loss before income taxes is as follows:

 

     2006     2007     2008  

Tax computed at federal statutory rate

   $ (1,735 )   $ (291 )   $ (2,189 )

Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:

      

Permanent differences

     912       704       1,648  

Valuation allowance

     1,127       104       1,431  

Other, net

     2       (2 )     30  
                        

Total

   $ 306     $ 515     $ 920  
                        

 

F-27


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, the components of deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:

 

     2007     2008  

Deferred tax assets/(liabilities):

    

Assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 7,584     $ 12,479  

Unrealized loss on foreign exchange

     160       —    

Deferred rent

     50       30  

Payroll accruals

     731       1,315  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     127       240  

Imputed interest

     —         143  

Accrued interest

     121       —    

Stock options

     290       831  

Deferred revenue

     3,905       4,536  

Foreign tax credit

     989       1,753  

Property and equipment

     590       —    

Other

     41       85  
                

Gross deferred tax assets

     14,588       21,412  
                

Liabilities:

    

Foreign exchange translation

     (22 )     (148 )

Unrealized gain on foreign exchange

     —         (128 )

Depreciable and amortizable assets

     —         (1,838 )

Indefinite life intangible asset

     —         (44 )

Other

     —         (273 )
                

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     (22 )     (2,431 )
                

Less valuation allowance

     (14,398 )     (18,969 )
                

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

   $ 168     $ 12  
                

Net current deferred tax assets

   $ 168     $ 303  

Net long-term deferred tax assets (included in other assets)

     —         36  

Net long-term deferred tax liabilities (included in other long-term liabilities)

     —         (327 )
                

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 168     $ 12  
                

Income (loss) before income taxes by jurisdiction is as follows:

 

     2006     2007     2008  

U.S loss

   $ (6,054 )   $ (2,434 )   $ (8,319 )

Non-U.S. income

     951       1,577       1,882  
                        

Total loss before income taxes

   $ (5,103 )   $ (857 )   $ (6,437 )
                        

As of December 31, 2007 and 2008, the Company had approximately $17,200 and $32,800, respectively, of federal net operating loss carryforwards available to offset future taxable income expiring from 2019 through

 

F-28


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

2028. The Company also had net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $20,800 and $55,000 as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, available to offset future state taxable income, expiring from 2009 through 2028. Certain net operating loss carryforwards were obtained through the acquisition of Fast Track in 2008.

The future utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to significant limitations under the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). Due to these limitations and the likelihood that the Company’s future taxable income may be insufficient to utilize these tax benefits, the Company has provided a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets as their future utilization is uncertain at this time. The Company has net deferred tax assets relating to its foreign subsidiaries of $168 and $56 as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively, which the Company believes are realizable as they are taxpayers in those jurisdictions. The net change in the valuation allowance was an increase of $3,131 in 2006, an increase of $1,134 in 2007 and an increase of $4,571 in 2008.

The Company believes that its income tax positions and deductions will be sustained on audit and does not anticipate adjustments that will result in a material change to its financial position during the next twelve months. Therefore, no reserves for uncertain tax positions have been recorded pursuant to FIN 48 as of December 31, 2008. The Company will recognize accrued interest and penalties, if any, related to uncertain tax positions through income tax expense. The Company’s federal tax returns for 2002-2007 remain open to examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) in their entirety. In addition, the Company’s state tax returns for 1999-2007 also remain open with respect to state taxing jurisdictions. In February 2009, the Company was notified by the IRS that the 2007 federal tax return will be examined.

 

12. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The Company follows SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Sha re, in calculating earnings per share. Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share includes the determinants of basic net income (loss) per share and, in addition, gives effect to potentially dilutive common shares. For 2006, 2007, and 2008, the diluted loss per share excluded the impact of the conversion of all preferred stock and stock options because the effect would be anti-dilutive.

The following common stock equivalents were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share since the effects are anti-dilutive:

 

     Year ended December 31,
     2006    2007    2008

Number of potential shares that are antidilutive:

        

Preferred stock

   9,014,658    9,014,658    9,014,658

Employee stock options and non-vested stock

   1,292,675    1,587,938    2,026,282
              

Total

   10,307,333    10,602,596    11,040,940
              

 

13. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION

In 2008, one customer whose former chief executive is a member of the Company’s board of directors used the Company’s products and services. This board member resigned from his position with this customer during the third quarter of 2008 to assume a position with another company. The Company has recognized a total

 

F-29


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

of $365 of application and professional services revenues from this customer for the year ended December 31, 2008. Accounts receivable relating to this customer was $5 as of December 31, 2008.

See Note 9, Stockholders’ Deficit, for a description of treasury stock transactions with related parties.

 

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases —The Company leases certain equipment and office space under noncancelable operating lease agreements which provide for total future minimum annual lease payments as follows:

 

Years ending December 31,

  

2009

   $ 2,534

2010

     2,010

2011

     1,660

2012

     1,539

2013

     1,185

Thereafter

     1,120
      

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 10,048
      

Rent expense was approximately $1,128, $1,792 and $2,726 for 2006, 2007 and 2008, respectively. The Company had outstanding standby letters of credit issued in connection with office leases in the amount of $387 and $531 as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively. These standby letters of credit are fully collateralized with restricted cash as of December 31, 2007 and 2008.

401(k) Plan —The Company has a pre-tax savings and profit sharing plan (the “Plan”) under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) for substantially all employees. Under the Plan, eligible employees are able to contribute up to 15% of their compensation not to exceed the maximum IRS annual deferral amount. Effective January 1, 2008, the Company provides a 50% match of the first 4% of eligible compensation contributed each period by the employees. The maximum match by the Company is 2% of such eligible compensation. Prior to 2008, the Company was not required to and did not make any matching contributions under the Plan. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred expense of $598 relating to matching contributions.

Legal Matters —The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims which have arisen in the ordinary course of business. The Company records an estimated liability for these matters when an adverse outcome is considered to be probable.

In 2006, it was claimed that certain applications offered to the Company’s potentially infringed on intellectual property rights held by a third party. As a result of negotiations with the third party, the Company entered into a license and settlement agreement in June 2007, pursuant to which the Company licensed the intellectual property held by the third party for use in its future sales to customers and settled all past infringement claims. The Company paid a settlement amount of $2,200 to the third party in 2007. Such amount was recorded in cost of revenues under application services on the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006.

In 2006, a former employee of the Company made a claim seeking compensation of approximately $1,600 in relation to a wrongful dismissal lawsuit. Subsequently, the claim was reduced to approximately $1,400 as of

 

F-30


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

December 31, 2008. The court rendered its decision on January 15, 2009, which awarded approximately $103 to the plaintiff. While the Company believes the decision is favorable to it, the decision may be appealed by the plaintiff. In the event the decision is appealed, the Company will continue to defend this claim until it is ultimately resolved. The Company has accrued $710 and $680 which is included in accrued payroll and other compensation on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

Contractual Warranties —The Company typically provides contractual warranties to its customers covering its product and services. To date, any refunds provided to customers have been immaterial.

Indemnifications —The Company indemnifies its customers against claims that software or documentation purchased from or made available by the Company infringes upon a copyright, patent or the proprietary rights of others. Such indemnification is typical in the industry in which the Company competes. In the event of such a claim, the Company agrees to obtain the rights for continued use of the software for the customer, to replace or modify the software or documentation to avoid such claim or to provide a credit to the customer for the unused portion of the software license. While the Company has not had any such indemnification claims made by its customers, due to the nature of this indemnification and the various options in which the Company can satisfy the indemnification, it is not possible to calculate the maximum potential amount of future payments that may be required.

Change in Control Agreements —The Company has entered into change in control agreements with its chief executive officer and certain other executive officers. These agreements provide for payments to be made to such officers upon involuntary termination of their employment by the Company without cause or by such officers for good reason as defined in the agreements, within a two-year period following a change in control. The agreements provide that, upon a qualifying termination event, such officers will be entitled to (a) a severance payment equal to the officer’s base salary plus target bonus amount; (b) continuation of health benefits for 12 months; (c) immediate vesting of any remaining unvested equity awards; and (d) a tax gross up payment under Section 280G of the Code sufficient to reimburse the officer for 50% of any excise tax payable as a result of any termination payments following a change in control, if applicable.

 

15. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION

The Company is presenting unaudited pro forma information to reflect the pro forma adjustments made to the historical consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008 and consolidated results of operations for the year then ended. The pro forma effect is related to the automatic conversion of all preferred stock into common stock upon a Qualified Public Offering of securities of the Company and is based on the assumption that the holders of Senior Preferred Stock will receive a cash payment for all accumulated accrued dividends on the preferred stock of $2,060 from cash on hand, as if it had occurred on December 31, 2008 for the consolidated balance sheet and January 1, 2008 for the basic and diluted loss per share.

A Qualified Public Offering is defined as the closing of the Company’s first underwritten public offering on a firm commitment basis by a nationally recognized investment banking organization or organizations pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock (i) at a price per share of Common Stock of not less than $3.48 for Series B and Series C Preferred Stock or $11.04 for Series D Preferred Stock (which numbers are to be appropriately adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like), (ii) with respect to which the Corporation receives aggregate gross proceeds attributable to sales for the account of the Company of not less than $20,000 for Series B and Series C Preferred Stock or $50,000 for Series D Preferred Stock, and (iii) with respect to which such Common Stock is

listed for trading on either the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ National Market (now known as the

 

F-31


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per-share data)

 

NASDAQ Global Market). As a result of a two-for-one stock split of the common stock in August 2004 in the form of a common stock dividend, the price per share of common stock for the Qualified Public Offering requirement has been adjusted to $1.74 for the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock and $5.52 for the Series D Preferred Stock.

The following table provides the details of the pro forma basic and diluted loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year ended
December 31, 2008
 

Net loss available to common stockholders, as reported

   $ (7,855 )

Elimination of preferred stock dividends and accretion

     498  
        

Pro forma net loss available to common stockholders

   $ (7,357 )
        

Weighted average basic and diluted common shares outstanding, as reported

     6,793,596  

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock

     9,014,658  
        

Pro forma weighted average basic and diluted common shares outstanding

     15,808,254  
        

Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share

   $ (0.47 )
        

* * * * * *

 

F-32


Table of Contents

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

The allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 was $32 and $309, respectively. The table below details the activity in the account for the past three fiscal years:

 

     Balance at
beginning
of period
   Charged to
costs and
expenses
   Deductions     Balance at
end of
period

Year ended December 31,

          

2006

   $ 15    $ 23    $ (14 )   $ 24

2007

     24      8      —         32

2008

     32      280      (3 )     309

 

F-33


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Fast Track Systems, Inc.

Conshohocken, Pennsylvania

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Fast Track Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2007. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Fast Track Systems, Inc. as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

November 21, 2008

 

F-34


Table of Contents

FAST TRACK SYSTEMS, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2006 AND 2007

 

     2006     2007  

ASSETS

    

CURRENT ASSETS

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,800,659     $ 1,652,307  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $620 and $35,833 for 2006 and 2007, respectively

     593,266       593,366  

Prepaid and other current assets

     95,148       183,584  
                

Total current assets

     2,489,073       2,429,257  

RESTRICTED CASH, NONCURRENT

     158,000       158,000  

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

     170,854       181,423  

OTHER ASSETS

    

Goodwill

     1,686,966       1,686,966  

Capitalized patent costs

     179,360       229,981  

Security deposit

     17,259       —    
                

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 4,701,512     $ 4,685,627  
                

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

CURRENT LIABILITIES

    

Accrued compensation

   $ 271,837     $ 483,347  

Other accrued expenses

     105,526       385,103  

Deferred revenue

     1,759,471       2,070,379  

Deferred rent—current portion

     34,694       34,694  

Capital lease obligation—current portion

     7,942       8,431  
                

Total current liabilities

     2,179,470       2,981,954  
                

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

    

Deferred rent

     124,318       89,624  

Deferred taxes

     60,146       128,660  

Capital lease obligation

     11,487       3,056  
                

Total long-term liabilities

     195,951       221,340  
                

Total liabilities

     2,375,421       3,203,294  
                

CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

    

Series 1—1,000,000 shares authorized, $0.001 par value; 476,581 shares issued and outstanding; liquidation value of $4,587,688 and $4,909,380 in 2006 and 2007, respectively

     4,092,979       4,414,671  

Series 2—2,400,000 shares authorized, $0.001 par value; 886,661 shares issued and outstanding; liquidation value of $899,961 and $966,461 in 2006 and 2007, respectively

     899,961       966,461  

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    

STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

Common stock—$0.001 par value; 7,000,000 shares authorized, 2,509,329 shares issued and outstanding

     2,518       2,518  

Additional paid in capital

     47,463,239       47,092,910  

Accumulated deficit

     (50,132,606 )     (50,994,227 )
                

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (2,666,849 )     (3,898,799 )
                

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

   $ 4,701,512     $ 4,685,627  
                

See notes to financial statements.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

FAST TRACK SYSTEMS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006 AND 2007

 

     2006     2007  

REVENUES

   $ 5,112,814     $ 5,398,675  

COST OF REVENUES

     924,317       1,071,343  
                

GROSS PROFIT

     4,188,497       4,327,332  
                

OPERATING EXPENSES

    

Research and development

     848,502       886,201  

Sales and marketing

     1,036,305       1,394,371  

General and administrative

     2,350,289       2,896,591  
                

Total operating expenses

     4,235,096       5,177,163  
                

LOSS FROM OPERATIONS

     (46,599 )     (849,831 )

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

    

Interest income

     58,333       62,351  

Interest expense

     (54,662 )     (3,672 )
                

Total other income

     3,671       58,679  
                

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

     (42,928 )     (791,152 )

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

     (62,101 )     (70,469 )
                

NET LOSS

     (105,029 )     (861,621 )

PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS

     343,859       388,192  
                

NET LOSS AVAILABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

   $ (448,888 )   $ (1,249,813 )
                

BASIC AND DILUTED LOSS PER SHARE

   $ (0.18 )   $ (0.50 )
                

WEIGHTED AVERAGE BASIC AND DILUTED COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING

     2,506,994       2,509,329  

See notes to financial statements.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

FAST TRACK SYSTEMS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006 AND 2007

 

    COMMON STOCK   ADDITIONAL
PAID-IN

CAPITAL
    ACCUMULATED
DEFICIT
    TOTAL
STOCKHOLDERS’

DEFICIT
 
    SHARES   AMOUNT      

BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2006

  2,515,514   $ 2,515   $ 47,799,735     $ (50,027,577 )   $ (2,225,327 )

Exercise of options

  2,813     3     4,815       —         4,818  

Stock-based compensation

  —       —       2,548         2,548  

Accrued preferred stock dividends

        (343,859 )       (343,859 )

Net loss and comprehensive loss

  —       —       —         (105,029 )     (105,029 )
                                 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2006

  2,518,327     2,518     47,463,239       (50,132,606 )     (2,666,849 )

Stock-based compensation

        17,863         17,863  

Accrued preferred stock dividends

        (388,192 )       (388,192 )

Net loss and comprehensive loss

          (861,621 )     (861,621 )
                                 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2007

  2,518,327   $ 2,518   $ 47,092,910     $ (50,994,227 )   $ (3,898,799 )
                                 

See notes to financial statements.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

FAST TRACK SYSTEMS, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006 AND 2007

 

     2006     2007  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net loss

   $ (105,029 )   $ (861,621 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

(Recovery) provision for doubtful accounts

     (4,380 )     35,213  

Depreciation and amortization

     80,742       83,648  

Deferred rent

     (5,207 )     (34,694 )

Stock-based compensation

     2,548       17,863  

Deferred taxes

     60,146       68,514  

Interest on convertible notes

     50,529       —    

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     36,228       388  

Increase (decrease) in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     42,891       (35,313 )

Prepaid and other current assets

     17,199       (71,177 )

Accrued compensation

     74,992       211,510  

Other accrued expenses

     2,000       279,577  

Deferred revenue

     404,239       310,908  
                

Net cash provided by operating activities

     656,898       4,816  
                

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (84,249 )     (94,705 )

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

     2,440       100  

Patent costs

     (33,504 )     (50,621 )
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (115,313 )     (145,226 )
                

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Payment of capital lease obligation

     (7,480 )     (7,942 )

Proceeds from exercise of options

     4,818       —    
                

Net cash used in financing activities

     (2,662 )     (7,942 )
                

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH

     538,923       (148,352 )

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—BEGINNING OF YEAR

     1,261,736       1,800,659  
                

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—END OF YEAR

   $ 1,800,659     $ 1,652,307  
                

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 54,662     $ 3,672  
                

NONCASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Conversion of notes payable and accrued interest to preferred stock

   $ 877,794     $ —    
                

Accrued preferred stock dividends

   $ 343,859     $ 388,192  
                

See notes to financial statements.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

FAST TRACK SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006 AND 2007

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS

Fast Track Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of California in 1999. The Company focuses on improving and expediting the clinical trials process through by providing customers with clinical trial planning software and proprietary contracting data. The Company’s TrialSpace suite of products drive more robust and cost-effective clinical results by solving problems associated with trial design, review, and start-up activities at the earliest stages of the clinical development process.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Revenue Recognition —The Company generates revenue from fees paid by biotech and pharmaceutical firms for access to the Company’s on-demand software tools and data to improve the early-stage clinical development process and the provision of other services, primarily professional services associated with training. The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following conditions are satisfied: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) service has been delivered to the customer; (3) amount of the fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable; and (4) collection of the fees is reasonably assured or probable.

The Company provides its software and data access as a service and recognizes revenue in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition, and Emerging Issue Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 00-21 , Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables (“EITF 00-21”). The Company’s customers do not have the right to take possession of the software. Instead, the services and data access are provided on an on-demand basis from the Company’s hosting facility. Revenues are recognized ratably over the life of the contract. Contractual terms range from one to five years in length.

Deferred revenue consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition and are recognized as the revenue recognition criteria are met. Amounts that have been invoiced are initially recorded in accounts receivable and deferred revenue. The Company invoices its customers in accordance with the terms of the underlying contract, usually in advance of the related service period. Payment terms are net 30 days.

Other services consist of consulting services, training and related out of pocket expenses and are recognized as services are rendered. In accordance with EITF Issue No. 01-14 , Income Statement Characterization of Reimbursements Received for “Out-of-Pocket” Expenses Incurred , the Company included $11,557 and $12,296 of reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses in revenues in 2006 and 2007, respectively.

Cost of revenue —Cost of revenues consist primarily of salary and benefits associated with direct labor costs, fees to outside contractors, other direct costs in providing services, reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses and depreciation on computer hardware and software. These costs are expensed as incurred.

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Concentrations —Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk include cash, restricted cash, and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash and restricted cash with high credit quality financial institutions. Exposure to customer credit risk is controlled through credit approvals and establishment of allowance for doubtful accounts when deemed necessary. The allowance for doubtful accounts is increased when the Company becomes aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations

 

F-39


Table of Contents

FAST TRACK SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006 AND 2007

 

to them. As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, outstanding receivables were amounts due from customers for services. The Company extends reasonably short collection terms but does not require collateral. Concentration of credit risk, with respect restricted cash, and accounts receivable exists to the extent of amounts presented in the financial statements.

One customer accounted for 13% of the Company’s total revenue in 2006 and 7% of total revenue in 2007.

The Company maintains its cash in bank deposit accounts which, at times, may exceed insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. The Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents.

Cash and Cash Equivalents —The Company considers all money market funds and other highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents. The fair value of cash and cash equivalents approximates the amounts shown on the financial statements.

Restricted Cash —Restricted cash represents deposits related to office lease arrangement and to fully collateralize credit card processors.

Accounts Receivable —Accounts receivable are recorded at original invoice amount less an allowance that management believes will be adequate to absorb estimated losses on existing accounts receivable. The allowance is based on an evaluation of the collectibility of accounts receivable and prior bad debt experience. Accounts receivable are written off when deemed uncollectible.

Property and Equipment —Property and equipment consists of computer hardware and software, office equipment, furniture and fixtures and leasehold improvements recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method over 3 years for computer hardware and software, and 7 years for office equipment, furniture and fixtures. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or their estimated useful lives. (See Note 3)

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets —Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such asset may be impaired. The Company subjects long-lived assets to a test of recoverability based on undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by such assets while utilized by the Company and cash flow expected from disposition of such assets. If the assets are impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Management has concluded that there is no impairment of long-lived assets as of December 31, 2006 or 2007.

Goodwill —The Company’s goodwill is reviewed annually (or more frequently if impairment indicators arise) to determine the recoverability of carrying amounts. The Company uses a two-phase process for impairment testing of goodwill. The first phase screens for impairment; the second phase, if necessary, measures the impairment. The Company has determined itself to be a single reporting unit. Accordingly, all of the Company’s goodwill is associated with the entire Company. At December 31, 2006 and 2007, the Company performed the required annual impairment analysis and determined that there was no impairment of goodwill. There was no change in the carrying amount of goodwill which was $1,686,966 during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

FAST TRACK SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006 AND 2007

 

Capitalized Patent Costs —Internally developed patent costs of $179,360 and $229,981 at December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively, are being deferred pending their approval or rejection by the United States Patent Office and the patent offices of certain foreign jurisdictions. If approved, these patent costs will be amortized over their legal life. If rejected, they will be expensed in the year of patent denial.

Internal Use Software —The Company capitalizes certain costs related to internal-use software once certain criteria have been met. These costs are amortized over their estimated useful lives (three years), beginning when the computer software is ready for its intended use.

Research and Development —Costs incurred by the Company between completion of the working model of internally developed software and the point at which the product is ready for general release have not been material. Therefore, through December 31, 2007, all research and development costs have been expensed as incurred instead of capitalized.

Stock-Based Compensation —Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123R”), using the prospective transition method and therefore the Company has not restated financial results for prior periods. SFAS 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of stock options, to be recognized as expense in the statement of operations based on their fair values and vesting periods. Expense for all stock-based compensation awards granted after January 1, 2006 is based on the grant date estimated fair value and recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. Compensation expense related to stock-based compensation of $2,548 and $17,863 has been recorded in the accounts of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively.

Advertising Costs —The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 was $97,436 and $104,336, respectively, and is included in sales and marketing expenses.

Income Taxes —The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes, as prescribed by SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , which recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized.

Segment Information —As defined by SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information, the Company operates as a single segment, as the management makes operating decisions and assesses performance based on one single operating unit. The Company’s revenues and long lived assets in 2006 and 2007 were based solely in North America.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements —In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, or FIN 48. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainties in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. This interpretation prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns. Under

 

F-41


Table of Contents

FAST TRACK SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006 AND 2007

 

FIN 48, the tax effects of a position should be recognized only if it is “more likely-than-not” to be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on its technical merits as of the reporting date. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. FIN 48 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The Company adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2008. If the Company was a public enterprise in 2007, it would have been required to adopt FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. The Company’s adoption of FIN 48 did not have a material impact on its financial position and results of operations.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , which enhances existing guidance for measuring assets and liabilities at fair value. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 for financial instruments, and non-financial instruments beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company is currently assessing the impact, if any, that SFAS No. 157 will have on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities , which permits entities to measure the value of certain financial assets and liabilities and report the unrealized gain or loss thereon at each subsequent reporting period. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, SFAS No 159 will have on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows. Effective January 1, 2008, the Company elected not to take the fair value options for any of its qualifying financial instruments.

In December 2007, FASB issued Statement No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (SFAS No. 141R) and Statement No. 160, Accounting and Reporting of Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51 (SFAS No. 160). These new standards will significantly change the financial accounting and reporting of business combination transactions and noncontrolling (or minority) interests in consolidated financial statements. SFAS No. 141R is required to be adopted concurrently with Statement No. 160 and is effective for business combination transactions for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Early adoption is prohibited. Application of SFAS No. 141R and SFAS No. 160 is required to be adopted prospectively, except for certain provisions of SFAS No. 160, which are required to be adopted retrospectively. The adoption of SFAS No. 141R and SFAS No. 160 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

 

3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consists of the following:

 

     December 31,
     2006    2007

Computer hardware and software

   $ 215,255    $ 286,567

Office equipment, furniture, and fixtures

     143,459      143,459

Leasehold improvements

     4,945      6,145
             
     363,659      436,171

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     192,805      254,748
             

Net property and equipment

   $ 170,854    $ 181,423
             

 

F-42


Table of Contents

FAST TRACK SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006 AND 2007

 

Included in office equipment, furniture and fixtures as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, is a copier under capital lease with a cost of $31,653, net of accumulated depreciation of $17,585 and $28,136, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense, including assets under capital lease, was $80,742 and $83,648 for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively. Depreciation of equipment under capital lease was $10,551 for each of the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007.

 

4. OTHER ACCRUED EXPENSES

Other accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

     December 31,
     2006    2007

Professional fees

   $ 15,000    $ 290,000

Consulting fees

     39,000      2,800

Sales taxes

     —        6,725

State and local franchise taxes

     —        13,956

Other sales and marketing expenses

     2,500      578

Other general and administrative expenses

     49,026      71,044
             

Total accrued expenses

   $ 105,526    $ 385,103
             

 

5. COMMITMENTS

The Company leases its office facilities and certain equipment under operating leases that expire at various dates through June 2011. At December 31, 2007, future minimum payments are as follows:

 

Year ending December 31,

  

2008

   $ 251,087

2009

     251,087

2010

     250,117

2011

     24,574
      

Total

   $ 776,865
      

In addition to minimum rent, the Company is responsible for taxes, maintenance, and insurance. Rent expense for office facilities for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 was $296,560 and $276,474, respectively. Equipment lease rental for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 was $10,153 and $1,206, respectively.

In connection with these operating leases, the Company is required to maintain a security deposit in the amount of $145,000 for its Pennsylvania facility. This amount is included in restricted cash on the accompanying balance sheet at December 31, 2006 and 2007.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

FAST TRACK SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006 AND 2007

 

The Company leases certain equipment under noncancelable capital lease agreements which provide for total future minimum annual lease payments as follows:

 

Year ending December 31,

  

2008

   $ 8,891

2009

     2,964
      

Total minimum lease payments

     11,855

Less amount representing interest

     368
      

Present value of minimum lease payments

     11,487

Current portion

     8,431
      

Capital lease obligation excluding current portion

   $ 3,056
      

 

6. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A major pharmaceutical company is an investor in the Company and holds a seat on the Board of Directors. In 2006 and 2007, sales to this related party totaled $264,250 and $220,000, respectively.

 

7. CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

In March 2005, the Company issued convertible 10% promissory notes for principal amounts aggregating $765,211. The notes and accrued interest were convertible in to Series 2 Preferred Stock at $0.99 per share. On August 29, 2006, the notes and related accrued interest were converted to 886,661 shares of Series 2 Preferred Stock in the amount of $877,794. The interest expense on the convertible note for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $50,529.

Warrants —In conjunction with the recapitalization and issuance of convertible notes in March 2005, the Company issued two warrants, each to purchase 93,600 shares of common stock at an effective net exercise price of $0.99 per share. These two warrants expire on the earlier of March 10, 2010; the date of a merger, sale or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or on the date of the Company’s initial public offering.

PREFERRED STOCK

The total number of preferred stock the Company has authority to issue is 4,400,000, with par value of $.001 per share. 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock are designated Series 1 and 2,400,000 shares are Series 2 and the remaining Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more additional series.

Dividends —Preferred stockholders are entitled to cumulative dividends at a rate of $0.675 and $0.075 per share, per annum, accruing monthly for Series 1 and 2 preferred stock, respectively, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, payable in preference to common stock dividends. No common dividends have been declared or paid by the Company. The Company began to accrue Series 2 preferred dividends subsequent to the conversion in August 2006. As of December 31, 2006, Series 1 and Series 2 dividends in arrears amounted to $562,961 and $22,167, respectively. As of December 31, 2007, Series 1 and Series 2 dividends in arrears amounted to $884,653 and $88,667, respectively.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

FAST TRACK SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006 AND 2007

 

Redemption —At any time subsequent to March 22, 2009, the Company, upon request from the holders of the Preferred Stock, may be required to redeem all shares of Series 1 and 2 Preferred Stock. The Company would be required to make a single cash sum equal to the original purchase prices per share of the Series 1 and 2 Preferred Stock ($4,407,812) plus all accrued or declared and unpaid dividends. See Note 12 for subsequent event.

Conversion —Series 1 and 2 preferred stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for antidilution, stock dividends, and reorganization. Each series of preferred stock shall be converted into common stock at the then effective conversion rate (i) upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering with a sales price per share of common stock (as adjusted for combinations, stock dividends, subdivisions, or split-ups) of at least $6.00 and with an aggregate gross proceeds of at least $25,000,000 or (ii) upon the approval (by vote or written consent) of the holders of the Requisite Series Preferred Percentage. Requisite Series Preferred Percentage shall mean an aggregate number of shares of Series Preferred, voting together as a single class, greater than 106% of the number of shares of Series Preferred held of record by the largest holder of Series Preferred. See Note 12 for subsequent event.

Liquidation Preferences —In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, including a merger, acquisition, or sale of assets where the beneficial owners of the Company’s shares own less than 50% of the resulting voting power of the surviving entity, the holders of the preferred stock are entitled to receive cash payments prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Company to the holders of common stock. The holders of Series 1 and 2 shares, prior to holders of common stock, are entitled to receive a distribution equal to $8.445 and $0.99 per share, respectively, plus all accumulated dividends. After the preferential payments to holders of Series 1 and 2 shares, the remaining assets shall be distributed ratably among the holders of common stock in proportion to the number of shares held by each holder.

Voting Rights —Each holder of shares of preferred stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which their shares would be converted.

 

8. STOCK OPTION PLAN

In June 1999, the Company adopted the 1999 Stock Option Plan (the Plan) under which the Board of Directors may issue incentive stock options to employees, including officers and members of the Board of Directors who are also employees, and nonqualified stock options to employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors of the Company. Under the Plan, incentive options to purchase the Company’s common stock may be granted to employees at prices not lower than fair value at the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. Nonqualified options may be granted to key employees, including directors and consultants, at prices not lower than 85% of fair value at the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. Options have a term of 10 years. Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of an unvested option are subject to the Company’s right of repurchase which lapse over periods specified by the Board of Directors, generally five years from the date of grant.

For options accounted for under SFAS No. 123R, the fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes pricing model. The Company estimated its future stock price volatility based upon observed option-implied volatilities for a group of peer comparable companies, taking into account the stage of the Company as compared to its peers. Management believes this is the best estimate of the expected volatility over the weighted-average expected life of its option grants. The Company estimated its weighted-average useful life based on the likely date of exercise as opposed to the actual life of the options. The

 

F-45


Table of Contents

FAST TRACK SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006 AND 2007

 

risk-free interest rate is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the option grant. No dividends are expected to be declared by the Company at this time. Forfeiture rate is expected to be not material. The fair value of each option grant is estimated with the following assumptions:

 

     2006     2007  

Weighted-average volatility

   70 %   63 %

Expected dividends

   —       —    

Expected term

   6.5 years     6.5 years  

Risk free rate

   4.91 %   4.46% – 4.81 %

Activity under the Plan for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 is as follows:

 

     Number of
Shares
(Vested and
Nonvested)
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
   Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)

Balance at January 1, 2006

   728,524     $ 0.34   

Options granted

   43,000       0.10   

Options exercised

   (2,813 )     1.71   

Options cancelled

   (7,912 )     0.14   

Options expired

   (1,088 )     2.85   
               

Balance at December 31, 2006

   759,711       0.32    6.89

Options granted

   152,500       0.10   

Options exercised

   —         —     

Options cancelled

   (1,075 )     0.10   

Options expired

   (425 )     0.10   
               

Balance at December 31, 2007

   910,711     $ 0.28    6.08
                 

Exercisable at December 31, 2007

   426,258     $ 0.28    6.08
                 

The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years 2006 and 2007 was $0.48 and $0.47, respectively.

 

Options Outstanding    Options Exercisable
Exercise
Price
   Shares
Outstanding At
December 31, 2007
   Remaining
Contractual
Life
(Years)
   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Shares
Exercisable At
December 31, 2007
   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
$ 0.10    828,541    7.77    $ 0.10    345,294    $ 0.10
$ 1.50    33,031    5.84      1.50    31,825      1.50
$ 1.65    10,733    2.55      1.65    10,733      1.65
$ 2.85    38,406    3.77      2.85    38,406      2.85
                  
   910,711    6.08    $ 0.28    426,258    $ 0.28
                  

 

F-46


Table of Contents

FAST TRACK SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006 AND 2007

 

A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested shares as of December 31, 2007 is as follows:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

Nonvested at January 1, 2006

   658,444     $ 0.15

Granted

   43,000       0.10

Vested

   (254,906 )     0.18

Forfeited

   (9,000 )     0.10
            

Nonvested at December 31, 2006

   437,538       0.11

Granted

   152,500       0.10

Vested

   (104,085 )     0.14

Forfeited

   (1,500 )     0.10
            

Nonvested at December 31, 2007

   484,453     $ 0.10
            

As of December 31, 2007, there was a total of $71,619 of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation awards granted, as recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 123R. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of three years. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 was $44,098 and $14,248, respectively.

Under the Plan, the Company also may grant rights to purchase shares subject to repurchase either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards granted outside the Plan. Exercise of these share purchase rights are made pursuant to restricted stock purchase agreements containing provisions established by the Board of Directors. These provisions give the Company the right to repurchase the shares at the original sales price.

The right expires at a rate determined by the Board of Directors, generally at a rate of 20% after one year and 1/60 th  per month thereafter. See Note 12 for subsequent event.

 

9. INCOME TAXES

The components of the tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 are as follows:

 

     2006    2007

Current

     

Federal

   $ —      $ —  

State

     1,956      1,956
             

Sub-total

     1,956      1,956
             

Deferred

     

Federal

     51,124      58,236

State

     9,021      10,277
             

Sub-total

     60,145      68,513
             

Total

   $ 62,101    $ 70,469
             

 

F-47


Table of Contents

FAST TRACK SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006 AND 2007

 

Income taxes were at rates different from U.S. federal statutory rates for the following reasons:

 

     2006     2007  

Federal statutory rate

   $ (16,339 )   $ (269,915 )

State income taxes, net of federal tax deduction

     10,977       12,233  

Research and development

     (26,494 )     (9,255 )

Valuation allowance—federal

     84,928       335,947  

Other, net

     9,029       1,459  
                

Total

   $ 62,101     $ 70,469  
                

As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, the components of net deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:

 

     2006     2007  

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities):

    

Current:

    

Allowance for bad debts

   $ 249     $ 14,333  

Payroll accruals

     12,139       8,718  
                
     12,388       23,051  
                

Long-term:

    

Property and equipment

     (5,938 )     (6,420 )

Intangibles

     488,140       357,775  

Research and development credits

     811,618       823,645  

Net operating loss carryforwards

     17,221,762       17,666,671  

Capitalized R&D expenses

     531,322       442,167  
                
     19,046,904       19,283,838  
                

Less valuation allowance

     (19,119,438 )     (19,435,549 )
                

Net deferred tax asset (liabilities)

   $ (60,146 )   $ (128,660 )
                

The Company has provided a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets as their future utilization is dependent on future taxable income, if any, the amounts and timing of which are uncertain at this time. The net change in the federal and state valuation allowance was an increase of $74,150 for the year ended December 31, 2006 and an increase of $316,111 for the year ended December 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had federal and state net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of approximately $48,000,000 and $19,000,000, respectively. The Company also had federal and state research and development (“R&D”) tax credit carryforwards of approximately $824,000. The federal and state net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards will expire at various dates through 2027, if not utilized.

The Tax Reform Act of 1986 contains provisions that may limit the NOL and R&D credit carryforwards available to be used in any given year upon the occurrence of certain events, including significant changes in ownership interest. Generally, a change in ownership of a company of greater than 50% within a three-year period results in an annual limitation on that company’s ability to utilize its NOL carryforwards and tax credits from the tax periods prior to the ownership change, therefore, the NOLs reflected above could be limited to the extent an ownership change occurred prior to December 31, 2007. Subsequent to December 31, 2007, the Company has had a change in ownership that could limit the use of NOL and R&D credit carryforwards. See Note 12 for subsequent event.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

FAST TRACK SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006 AND 2007

 

The Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities for the following years:

 

Federal

   1999 through 2007

California

   2000 through 2007

Pennsylvania

   2003 through 2007

New Jersey

   2001 through 2007

 

10. CONTINGENCIES

From time to time, the Company is subject to litigation in the ordinary course of business. Currently, there are no claims or proceedings against the Company that management believes would be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business or financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

11. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The Company follows SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Sha re, in calculating earnings per share. Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share includes the determinants of basic net income (loss) per share and, in addition, gives effect to potentially dilutive common shares. For 2006 and 2007, the diluted income (loss) per share excluded the impact of the conversion of all preferred stock, stock options and warrants because the effect would be anti-dilutive.

The following common stock equivalents were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share since the effects are anti-dilutive:

 

     2006    2007

Preferred stock

   1,363,242    1,363,242

Stock options

   759,711    910,711

Warrants

   187,200    187,200
         
   2,310,153    2,461,153
         

 

12. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

Effective March 17, 2008, the Company was acquired by Medidata Worldwide Solutions, Inc. (“Medidata”), a provider of software and technology solutions for use in the clinical trial component of our customers’ research and development initiatives. The total consideration paid by Medidata was approximately $18.1 million, which consisted of the issuance of 864,884 shares of their common stock in exchange for all existing preferred stock, common stock and outstanding warrants issued by the Company and reserve of 25,242 shares of common stock for the exercise of vested stock options.

At the effective date of the business combination, the terms of the outstanding stock options did not terminate but continue to have and be subject to the same terms and conditions that were in effect prior to the business combination, except that the options are exercisable into a calculated equivalent price and number of Medidata’s common stock. All unvested stock options at the date of acquisition will be vested based on the original stock option contracts with an accelerated vesting at the 1 st anniversary of acquisition in accordance with the acquisition agreement.

* * * * * *

 

F-49


Table of Contents

                                 Shares

Common Stock

LOGO

 

 

PROSPECTUS

                , 2009

 

 

 

Citi   Credit Suisse
Jefferies & Company   Needham & Company, LLC

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the various expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All of the amounts shown are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee and the NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.

 

     Amount to
be Paid

SEC registration fee

   $ 3,390

FINRA filing fee

     9,125

NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

         *

Printing and engraving expenses

         *

Legal fees and expenses

         *

Accounting fees and expenses

         *

Transfer agent and registrar fees

         *

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

         *

Total

     $    *  

 

* To be completed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person acted in any of the capacities set forth above, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted under standards similar to those discussed above, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine that despite the adjudication of liability, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to be indemnified for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

Section 145 further provides that to the extent a director or officer of a corporation has been successful in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith; that indemnification provided for by Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the indemnified party may be entitled; and that the

 

II-1


Table of Contents

corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of a director or officer of the corporation against any liability asserted against such person or incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person’s status as such whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liabilities under Section 145.

The registrant’s fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same exists or hereafter may be amended, a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for the breach of any fiduciary duty as a director.

The registrant’s amended and restated bylaws provide that the registrant shall indemnify any director or officer of the corporation, and may indemnify any other person, who (a) was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful, and (b) was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper. Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL provides that a certificate of incorporation may contain a provision eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director: (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL; or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

In addition, the registrant has entered into indemnification agreements, in the forms attached as Exhibits 10.1 and 10.2 hereto, with its directors and executive officers which would require the registrant, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of their status.

The registrant maintains directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for its officers and directors.

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement contains provisions indemnifying officers and directors of the registrant against liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

In the three years preceding the filing of this Registration Statement, the registrant has issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

On March 17, 2008, in connection with its acquisition of Fast Track by merger, the registrant issued 864,440 shares of common stock to the 75 former stockholders of Fast Track in exchange for all of their shares of Fast Track. In the acquisition, the registrant also assumed 45,246 outstanding options under Fast Track Stock Option Plan (on the same terms and conditions as in effect prior to the merger) and warrants to purchase a total of 444 shares of common stock. The registrant relied on the exemption from federal registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, based on its determination that the issuance of such securities did not involve a public offering. Each of the recipients of securities in the acquisition represented to the registrant that they were either an accredited investor or had, either individually or through a representative acting on their behalf, such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters so that each was capable of evaluating the risks of the investment. The recipients of securities in the acquisition represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates that were issued. The sales of these securities were made without general solicitation or advertising. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships with the registrant, to such information.

Between January 16, 2006 and January 16, 2009, the registrant granted options to purchase 1,617,726 shares of common stock to its directors, employees and consultants, at exercise prices ranging from $0.62 to $21.55 per share. During the same period, the registrant issued and sold 508,066 unregistered shares of common stock pursuant to option exercises at prices ranging from $0.17 to $12.08 per share. A portion of these options were granted to directors and executive officers pursuant to the exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act based on the registrant’s determination that such grants did not involve a public offering. Each of these directors and executive officers represented to the registrant that they are accredited investors and each had access to adequate information through their relationship with the registrant. The remainder of these issuances of these options and common stock upon exercise of these options were exempt either pursuant to Rule 701, as a transaction pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan or pursuant to of the Securities Act. The common stock issued upon exercise of options are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

The information required by this item is set forth on the exhibit index that follows the signature page of this Registration Statement.

(b) Financial statement schedules.

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements of Medidata Solutions, Inc. and subsidiaries at page F-33. All other financial statement schedules are omitted because they are inapplicable, not required or the information is indicated elsewhere in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described above in Item 14 or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of

 

II-3


Table of Contents

any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted against the registrant by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

1. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

2. For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on March 23, 2009.

 

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:   / S / T AREK A. S HERIF
 

Tarek A. Sherif

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/ S /    T AREK A. S HERIF        

Tarek A. Sherif

 

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer

( Principal Executive Officer ) and Director

  March 23, 2009

/ S /    B RUCE D. D ALZIEL        

Bruce D. Dalziel

 

Chief Financial Officer

( Principal Financial Officer )

  March 23, 2009

/ S /    C ORY D OUGLAS        

Cory Douglas

 

Controller

( Principal Accounting Officer )

  March 23, 2009

    *        

Glen M. de Vries

  Director   March 23, 2009

    *        

Carlos Dominguez

  Director   March 23, 2009

    *        

Edward F. Ikeguchi, M.D.

  Director   March 23, 2009

    *        

Edwin A. Goodman

  Director   March 23, 2009

    *        

Neil M. Kurtz, M.D.

  Director   March 23, 2009

    *        

George McCulloch

  Director   March 23, 2009

    *        

Peter Sobiloff

  Director   March 23, 2009

    *        

Robert B. Taylor

  Director   March 23, 2009

 

*By:   / S / T AREK A. S HERIF
  Tarek A. Sherif
  As Attorney-in-Fact


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
No.

 

Description

  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1   Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
  3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws.
  4.1*   Specimen common stock certificate.
  5.1*   Opinion of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
10.1*   Form of Director Indemnification Agreement.
10.2*   Form of Officer Indemnification Agreement.
10.3*†   Medidata Solutions, Inc. Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option Plan.
10.4*†   Form of Medidata Solutions, Inc. Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option Plan Option Agreement.
10.5*†   Medidata Solutions, Inc. 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
10.6*†   Director Form of Medidata Solutions, Inc. 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement.
10.7*†   Officer Form of Medidata Solutions, Inc. 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement.
10.8*†   Form of Medidata Solutions, Inc. 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.
10.9*   Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2004, by and among Medidata Solutions, Inc. and the Investors named therein.
10.10*   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 13, 2008, among Medidata Solutions, Inc., FT Acquisition Corp., Fast Track Systems, Inc., and Shareholder Representative Services LLC.
10.11*   Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2008, by and among Medidata Solutions, Inc., Medidata FT, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank.
10.12*   First Loan Modification Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2008, by and among Silicon Valley Bank, Medidata Solutions, Inc. and Medidata FT Inc.
10.13*   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 14, 2008, by and among Medidata Solutions, Inc., Shareholder Representative Services LLC and Fast Track Systems, Inc.
10.14*†   Form of Executive Change in Control Agreement.
10.15   Lease between AGBRI Fannin L.P. and Medidata Solutions, Inc., dated March 13, 2006, as amended on March 8, 2007 and June 3, 2008, for space at the premises located at 1301 Fannin Street, Houston, Texas.
10.16   Lease between ARR Kalimian Realty, L.P. and Medidata Solutions, Inc., dated September 23, 2003, as amended on March 13, 2008, for space at the premises located at 79 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York.
10.17*   Stock Repurchase Agreement, dated October 2, 2007, by and among Medidata Solutions, Inc. and the stockholders listed on Annex I thereto.
21.1**   Subsidiaries of Medidata Solutions, Inc.
23.1*   Consent of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
23.3   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
24.1**   Power of Attorney.
99.1**   Consent of Pearl Meyer & Partners.
99.2   Consent of Financial Strategies Consulting Group LLC.

 

*  To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.
 Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

Exhibit 3.1

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC.

a Delaware corporation

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify that:

A. The name of the Corporation is Medidata Solutions, Inc. The date of the filing of the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was April 12, 2000.

B. This Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “ Certificate ”) amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 27, 2004, as amended on June 9, 2004, August 24, 2005 and September 20, 2007, March 14, 2008, January 23, 2009 and February 23, 2009 (the “ Third Amended and Restated Certificate ”), and was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”) and by the written consent of its stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

C. The text of the Third Amended and Restated Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to provide as herein set forth in full.

ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is Medidata Solutions, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware, 19808. The Corporation’s registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE IV

This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares of stock which


the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is one hundred five million (105,000,000). The total number of shares of Common Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is one hundred million (100,000,000), with a par value of $0.01 per share. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote on each matter submitted to a vote at any meeting of stockholders. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is five million (5,000,000), with a par value of $0.01 per share.

The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by the law of the State of Delaware, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and by filing a certificate pursuant to applicable law of the State of Delaware, to establish or change from time to time the number of shares of each such series. The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to the limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including without limitation, authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing.

The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of which is fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in this Certificate or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

ARTICLE V

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE VI

1. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Certificate or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

2. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. The affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Board of Directors then in office shall be required in order for the Board of Directors to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Corporation’s Bylaws. The Corporation’s Bylaws may also be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the Bylaws. No Bylaw

 

2


hereafter legally amended, altered or repealed shall invalidate any prior act of the directors or officers of the Corporation that would have been valid if such Bylaw had not been amended, altered or repealed.

3. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

4. No stockholder shall be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.

5. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any action by written consent by such stockholders.

6. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors that constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively in the manner designated in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

1. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

2. The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

3. Neither any amendment or repeal of any Section of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE VIII

Any director may be removed from the Board of Directors by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause, and in such case only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the

 

3


corporation then entitled to vote in the election of directors. Vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by a vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, at any meeting of the Board of Directors. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

ARTICLE IX

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate in the manner prescribed by the laws of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.

*****

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by the undersigned officer a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on , 2009.

 

By:  

 

  [                    ]

 

5

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I

   CORPORATE OFFICES    1

1.1  

   REGISTERED OFFICE    1

ARTICLE II

   MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS    1

2.1  

   PLACE OF MEETINGS    1

2.2  

   ANNUAL MEETING    1

2.3  

   SPECIAL MEETING    1

2.4  

   NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS    1

2.5  

   MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE    2

2.6  

   QUORUM    3

2.7  

   ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE    3

2.8  

   ADMINISTRATION OF THE MEETING    3

2.9  

   VOTING    4

2.10

   STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING    5

2.11

   RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS    5

2.12

   PROXIES    5

2.13

   LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE    6

2.14

   NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS AND NOMINATIONS    6

2.15

   SUBMISSION OF QUESTIONNAIRE, REPRESENTATION AND AGREEMENT    11

ARTICLE III

   DIRECTORS    11

3.1  

   POWERS    11

3.2  

   NUMBER OF DIRECTORS    11

3.3  

   ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS    11

3.4  

   RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES    12

3.5  

   PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE    12

3.6  

   REGULAR MEETINGS    12

3.7  

   SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE    12

3.8  

   QUORUM    13

3.9  

   WAIVER OF NOTICE    13

3.10

   BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING    13

3.11

   ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE    14

3.12

   FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS    14

3.13

   REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS    14

ARTICLE IV

   COMMITTEES    14

4.1  

   COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS    14

4.2  

   COMMITTEE MINUTES    14

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page

4.3  

   MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES    15

ARTICLE V

   OFFICERS    15

5.1  

   OFFICERS    15

5.2  

   APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS    16

5.3  

   SUBORDINATE OFFICERS    16

5.4  

   REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS    16

5.5  

   VACANCIES IN OFFICES    16

5.6  

   REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS    16

5.7  

   AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS    17

ARTICLE VI

   RECORDS AND REPORTS    17

6.1  

   MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS    17

6.2  

   INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS    17

ARTICLE VII

   GENERAL MATTERS    17

7.1  

   CHECKS; DRAFTS; EVIDENCES OF INDEBTEDNESS    17

7.2  

   EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS    17

7.3  

   STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES    18

7.4  

   SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES    18

7.5  

   LOST CERTIFICATES    18

7.6  

   DIVIDENDS    19

7.7  

   FISCAL YEAR    19

7.8  

   SEAL    19

7.9  

   TRANSFER OF STOCK    19

7.10

   STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS    19

7.11

   REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS    19

7.12

   WAIVER OF NOTICE    20

ARTICLE VIII

   NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION    20

8.1  

   NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION    20

8.2  

   DEFINITION OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION    21

8.3  

   INAPPLICABILITY    21

ARTICLE IX

   INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS    21

9.1  

   POWER TO INDEMNIFY IN ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS OTHER THAN THOSE BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION    21

9.2  

   POWER TO INDEMNIFY IN ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION    22

9.3  

   AUTHORIZATION OF INDEMNIFICATION    22

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

          Page

9.4  

   GOOD FAITH DEFINED    23

9.5  

   INDEMNIFICATION BY A COURT    23

9.6  

   EXPENSES PAYABLE IN ADVANCE    23

9.7  

   NONEXCLUSIVITY OF INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES    24

9.8  

   INSURANCE    24

9.9  

   CERTAIN DEFINITIONS    24

9.10

   SURVIVAL OF INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES    25

9.11

   LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION    25

9.12

   INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS    25

9.13

   EFFECT OF AMENDMENT OR REPEAL    25

ARTICLE X

   MISCELLANEOUS    26

10.1

   PROVISIONS OF CERTIFICATE GOVERN    26

10.2

   CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS    26

10.3

   SEVERABILITY    26

10.4

   AMENDMENT    26

 

iii


BYLAWS

OF

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC.

ARTICLE I

CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE.

The registered office of Medidata Solutions, Inc. (the “ Company ”) shall be fixed in the Company’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (as so amended and/or restated, the “ Certificate ”).

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS.

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State of Delaware as designated by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Company’s principal place of business.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING.

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING.

Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate, special meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time, for any purpose or purposes, only by (i) the Chairperson, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the President, or (iv) by the Board acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall determine.

Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting.

2.4 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS.

All notices of meetings of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with either Section 2.5 or Section 8.1 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty


(60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise required by applicable law. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purposes for which the meeting is called. Any previously scheduled meeting of stockholders may be postponed, and, unless the Certificate provides otherwise, any special meeting of the stockholders may be cancelled by resolution duly adopted by a majority of the Board members then in office upon public notice given prior to the date previously scheduled for such meeting of stockholders.

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws, to any stockholder to whom (A) notice of two (2) consecutive annual meetings or (B) all, and at least two (2), payments (if sent by first-class mail) of dividends or interest on securities during a 12-month period, have been mailed addressed to such person at such person’s address as shown on the records of the corporation and have been returned undeliverable, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to such person shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If any such person shall deliver to the corporation a written notice setting forth such person’s then current address, the requirement that notice be given to such person shall be reinstated. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate need not state that notice was not given to persons to whom notice was not required to be given pursuant to Section 230(b) of the DGCL.

The exception in subsection (A)  of the above paragraph to the requirement that notice be given shall not be applicable to any notice returned as undeliverable if the notice was given by electronic transmission.

2.5 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE.

Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given:

(A) if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Company’s records;

 

2


(B) if electronically transmitted, as provided in Section 8.1 of these bylaws; or

(C) otherwise, when delivered.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company or of the transfer agent or any other agent of the Company that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

Notice may be waived in accordance with Section 7.12 of these bylaws.

2.6 QUORUM.

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place if any thereof, and the means of remote communications if any by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the continuation of the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business that was permitted to have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.4 and Section 2.5 of these bylaws.

2.8 ADMINISTRATION OF THE MEETING.

Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson, or in the absence of the Chairperson, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. If both the Chairperson of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer will not be present at a meeting of stockholders, such meeting shall be presided over by such chairperson as the Board shall appoint, or, in the event that the Board shall fail to make such appointment, any officer of the Company appointed by the Board. The secretary of the meeting shall be the secretary of the Company, or, in the absence of the secretary of the Company, such person as the chairperson of the meeting appoints.

 

3


The Board shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one (1) or more inspector(s), who may include individual(s) who serve the Company in other capacities, including without limitation as officers, employees or agents, to act at the meeting of stockholders and make a written report thereof. The Board may designate one (1) or more persons as alternate inspector(s) to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate has been appointed or is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint one (1) or more inspector(s) to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before discharging his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector(s) or alternate(s) shall have the duties prescribed pursuant to Section 231 of the DGCL and other applicable law.

The Board shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations, if any, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all acts as, in the judgment of such chairperson, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including without limitation establishing an agenda of business of the meeting, rules or regulations to maintain order, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for commencement thereof and the fixing of the date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting (and shall announce such at the meeting).

2.9 VOTING.

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as otherwise provided in the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL (relating to the fixing of a date for determination of stockholders of record), each stockholder shall be entitled to that number of votes for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder as set forth in the Certificate, or in the case of shares of Preferred Stock, by resolution of the Board.

In all matters, other than the election of directors and except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate or these bylaws, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

The stockholders of the Company shall not have the right to cumulate their votes for the election of directors of the Company.

 

4


2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividend or liquidation rights, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Company must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

2.11 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS.

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other such action.

If the Board does not fix a record date in accordance with these bylaws and applicable law:

(A) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

(B) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

2.12 PROXIES.

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law and filed with the secretary of the Company, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A stockholder may also authorize another person or persons to act for him, her or it as proxy in the manner(s) provided under Section 212(c) of the DGCL or as otherwise provided under Delaware law. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

 

5


2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE.

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Company shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Company shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the Company’s principal place of business.

In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

2.14 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS AND NOMINATIONS.

(A) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (a) pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (b) by or at the direction of the Board, or (c) by any stockholder of the Company who (i) was a stockholder of record of the Company at the time the notice provided for in this Section 2.14 is delivered to the Secretary of the Company, (ii) shall be entitled to vote at such meeting, and (iii) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.14 as to such nomination or business. Clause (c) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to (x) submit business (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 (or any successor thereto) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and set forth in the Company’s notice of meeting) or (y) make nominations before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(2) Without qualification, for nominations or any other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to Section 2.14(A)(1)(c) , the stockholder, in addition to any other applicable requirements, must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Company and any such proposed business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to the Secretary of the Company at the principal executive offices of the Company not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business

 

6


on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Company). In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of the annual meeting of stockholders commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. To be in proper form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary (whether pursuant to this Section 2.14(A)(2) or Section 2.14(B) ) shall set forth:

(a) as to each person, if any, whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (i) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (ii) such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected, (iii) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, and their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including, without limitation all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the stockholder making the nomination and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is made, if any, or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant; and (iv) with respect to each nominee for election or reelection to the Board, include a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 2.15 ;

(b) if the notice relates to any business (other than the nomination of persons for election as directors) that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, (ii) the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (iii) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), (iv) any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, and (v) a description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder; and

 

7


(c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Company’s books, and of such beneficial owner, if any, (ii)(A) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Company that are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and by such beneficial owner, (B) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of capital stock of the Company, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Company or otherwise (a “ Derivative Instrument ”) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such stockholder and by such beneficial owner, if any, and any other direct or indirect opportunity held or owned beneficially by such stockholder and by such beneficial owner, if any, to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Company, (C) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, has a right to vote any shares of any security of the Company, (D) any short interest in any security of the Company (for purposes of this Section 2.14 , a person shall be deemed to have a short interest in a security if such person directly or indirectly, through a contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security), (E) any right to dividends on the shares of capital stock of the Company owned beneficially by such stockholder or such beneficial owner, if any, which right is separated or separable from the underlying shares, (F) any proportionate interest in shares of capital stock of the Company or Derivative Instrument held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder or such beneficial owner, if any, is a general partner or with respect to which such stockholder or such beneficial owner, if any, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner, and (G) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) to which such stockholder or such beneficial owner, if any, is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Company or Derivative Instruments, if any, in each case with respect to the information required to be included in the notice pursuant to (A) through (G) above, as of the date of such notice and including, without limitation, any such interests held by members of such stockholder’s or such beneficial owner’s immediate family sharing the same household (which information shall be supplemented by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, if any, (y) not later than 10 days after the record date for the annual meeting to disclose such ownership as of the record date and (z) 10 days before the annual meeting date, (iii) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitation of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (iv) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock

 

8


of the Company entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, and (v) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group that intends (a) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Company’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee or (b) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination.

The Company may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require (i) to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Company, including with respect to qualifications established by any committee of the Board (ii) to determine whether such nominee qualifies as an “independent director” or “audit committee financial expert” under applicable law, securities exchange rule or regulation, or any publicly-disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the Company; and (iii) that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence and qualifications, or lack thereof, of such nominee.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 2.14(A)(2) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Company naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.14 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Company at the principal executive offices of the Company not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Company.

(B) Special Meetings of Stockholders.

Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board or (2) provided that the Board has determined that the directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Company who is a stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 2.14 is delivered to the Secretary of the Company and at the time of the special meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election, and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this  Section 2.14 . In the event the Company calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Company’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice in the same form as required by Section 2.14(A)(2) with respect to any nomination (including the completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 2.15 ) shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company not earlier than the close of business

 

9


on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(C) General.

(1) Subject to Section 3.13 , only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.14 shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.14 . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) or these bylaws, the Chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty (a) to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.14 and (b) if any proposed nomination or business was not made or proposed in compliance with this Section 2.14 , to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.14 , unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Company. For purposes of this Section 2.14 , to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of the stockholders.

(2) For purpose of this Section 2.14 , “public announcement” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14, or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(3) Nothing in this Section 2.14 , shall be deemed to affect any rights (a) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals or nominations in the Company’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor thereto) promulgated under the Exchange Act or (b) of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to nominate and elect directors pursuant to and to the extent provided in any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

10


2.15 SUBMISSION OF QUESTIONNAIRE, REPRESENTATION AND AGREEMENT.

To be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Company, a person must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Section 2.14 of these bylaws) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such person (A) is not and will not become a party to (1) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Company, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “ Voting Commitment ”) that has not been disclosed to the Company or (2) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Company, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (B) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Company with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed therein, and (C) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Company, and will comply with all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock trading policies and guidelines of the Company.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS.

Subject to the provisions of the DGCL and any limitations in the Certificate, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.

The Board shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. The authorized number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board, provided the Board shall consist of at least one (1) member. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS.

Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate or these bylaws. The Certificate or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

11


3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES.

Any director may resign at any time upon written notice or by electronic transmission to the Company.

Vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships, resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by a vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, at any meeting of the Board of Directors. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE.

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS.

Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE.

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or a majority of the authorized number of directors. The person(s) authorized to call special meetings of the Board may fix the place and time of the meeting.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(A) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

12


(B) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(C) sent by facsimile; or

(D) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Company’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate such notice to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting if the meeting is to be held at the Company’s principal executive office nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.8 QUORUM.

Except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate, at all meetings of the Board, a majority of the authorized number of directors (as determined pursuant to Section 3.2 of these bylaws) shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except to adjourn as provided in Section 3.11 of these bylaws. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate or these bylaws.

3.9 WAIVER OF NOTICE.

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting solely for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate or these bylaws.

3.10 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken

 

13


without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.11 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE.

If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

3.12 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.13 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.

Any director may be removed from the Board of Directors by the stockholders of the Company only for cause, and in such case only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS.

The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise such lawfully delegable powers and duties as the Board may confer.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES.

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report to the Board when required.

 

14


4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES.

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(A) Section 3.5 (relating to place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(B) Section 3.6 (relating to regular meetings);

(C) Section 3.7 (relating to special meetings and notice);

(D) Section 3.8 (relating to quorum);

(E) Section 3.9 (relating to waiver of notice);

(F) Section 3.10 (relating to action without a meeting); and

(G) Section 3.11 (relating to adjournment and notice of adjournment)

of these bylaws, with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members.

Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS.

The officers of the Company shall be a Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and a Secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a chairperson of the Board, a vice chairperson of the Board, a Treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

15


5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS.

The Board shall appoint the officers of the Company, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. A failure to elect officers shall not dissolve or otherwise affect the Company.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.

The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Company may require, other than the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS.

Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer appointed by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES.

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company may only be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 5.3 of these bylaws.

5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.

The Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Financial Officer, or any other person authorized by the Board, the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Financial Officer, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this Company all rights incident to any and all shares or other equity interests of any other Company or entity standing in the name of this Company. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

16


5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.

In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the Company shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board.

ARTICLE VI

RECORDS AND REPORTS

6.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS.

The Company shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the Board, keep a record of its stockholders, listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws, as may be amended to date, minute books, accounting books and other records.

Any such records maintained by the Company may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device or method, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. The Company shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to the provisions of the DGCL. When records are kept in such manner, a clearly legible paper form produced from or by means of the information storage device or method shall be admissible in evidence, and accepted for all other purposes, to the same extent as an original paper form accurately portrays the record.

6.2 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS.

Any director shall have the right to examine the Company’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL MATTERS

7.1 CHECKS; DRAFTS; EVIDENCES OF INDEBTEDNESS.

From time to time, the Board shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the Company, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

7.2 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS.

Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the Board, or any officers of the Company authorized thereby, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Company; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

17


7.3 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES.

The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Company by the Chairperson of the Board or a vice-chairperson of the Board, or the President or vice-president, and by the Treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

7.4 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES.

If the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided , however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

7.5 LOST CERTIFICATES.

Except as provided in this Section 7.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Company and cancelled at the same time. The Company may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

18


7.6 DIVIDENDS.

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (a) the DGCL or (b) the Certificate, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company’s capital stock.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Company available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

7.7 FISCAL YEAR.

The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

7.8 SEAL.

The Company may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The Company may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

7.9 TRANSFER OF STOCK.

Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Company kept at an office of the Company or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Company. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 7.5 of these bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefore. Upon surrender to the Company or the transfer agent of the Company of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Company to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

7.10 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS.

The Company shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes or series of stock of the Company to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Company of any one or more classes or series owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

7.11 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.

The Company:

(A) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner; and

 

19


(B) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

7.12 WAIVER OF NOTICE.

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting solely for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

8.1 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(A) the Company is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Company in accordance with such consent; and

(B) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

20


(ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

8.2 DEFINITION OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, including without limitation an email communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

8.3 INAPPLICABILITY.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Section 164 (relating to failure to pay for stock; remedies), Section 296 (relating to adjudication of claims; appeal), Section 311 (relating to revocation of voluntary dissolution), Section 312 (relating to renewal, revival, extension and restoration of certificate of incorporation) or Section 324 (relating to attachment of shares of stock or any option, right or interest therein) of the DGCL.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

9.1 POWER TO INDEMNIFY IN ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS OTHER THAN THOSE BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION.

Subject to Section 9.3 of these bylaws, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person (or the legal representative of such person) is or was a director or officer of the Company or any predecessor of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director or officer, employee or agent of another Company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts

 

21


paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

9.2 POWER TO INDEMNIFY IN ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION.

Subject to Section 9.3 of these bylaws, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person (or the legal representative of such person) is or was a director or officer of the Company or any predecessor of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

9.3 AUTHORIZATION OF INDEMNIFICATION.

Any indemnification under this Article IX (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Company only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or Section 9.2 of these bylaws, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is either a director or officer at the time of such determination or a former director or officer, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iv) by the stockholders (but only if a majority of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, if they constitute a quorum of the board of directors, presents the issue of entitlement to indemnification to the stockholders for their determination). To the extent, however, that a present or former director or officer of

 

22


the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

9.4 GOOD FAITH DEFINED.

For purposes of any determination under Section 9.3 of these bylaws, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful, if such person’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Company or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by the officers of the Company or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Section 9.4 shall mean any other Company or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of this Section 9.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or Section 9.2 of these bylaws, as the case may be.

9.5 INDEMNIFICATION BY A COURT.

Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 9.3 of this Article IX , and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 9.1 and Section 9.2 of these bylaws. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Section 9.1 or Section 9.2 of these bylaws, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 9.3 of these bylaws nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 9.5 shall be given to the Company promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

9.6 EXPENSES PAYABLE IN ADVANCE.

To the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law, expenses incurred by a person who is or was a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding; provided , however , that if the

 

23


DGCL requires, an advance of expenses incurred by any person in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity) shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized in this Article IX .

9.7 NONEXCLUSIVITY OF INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES.

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article IX shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate, any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Company that indemnification of the persons specified in Section 9.1 and Section 9.2 of these bylaws shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article IX shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 9.1 or Section 9.2 of these bylaws but whom the Company has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the DGCL, or otherwise. The Company is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

9.8 INSURANCE.

To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article IX .

9.9 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

For purposes of this Article IX , references to “the Company” shall include, in addition to the resulting Company, any constituent Company (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent Company, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent Company serving at the request of such constituent Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the resulting or surviving Company as such person would have with respect to such constituent Company if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article IX ,

 

24


references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Article IX .

9.10 SURVIVAL OF INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES.

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article IX shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators and other personal and legal representatives of such a person.

9.11 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION.

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article IX to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 9.5 of these bylaws), the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the board of directors of the Company.

9.12 INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS.

The Company may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the board of directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Company similar to those conferred in this Article IX to directors and officers of the Company.

9.13 EFFECT OF AMENDMENT OR REPEAL.

Neither any amendment or repeal of any Section of this Article IX , nor the adoption of any provision of the Certificate or the bylaws inconsistent with this Article IX , shall adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer, employee or other agent established pursuant to this Article IX existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision, including without limitation by eliminating or reducing the effect of this Article IX , for or in respect of any act, omission or other matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising (or that, but for this Article IX , would accrue or arise), prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

25


ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 PROVISIONS OF CERTIFICATE GOVERN.

In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of these bylaws and the Certificate, the terms of the Certificate will govern.

10.2 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS.

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

10.3 SEVERABILITY.

In the event that any bylaw or the application thereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remaining bylaws will continue in full force and effect.

10.4 AMENDMENT.

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend, alter or repeal these bylaws. The affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Board of Directors then in office shall be required in order for the Board of Directors to adopt, amend, alter or repeal these bylaws. No bylaw hereafter legally amended, altered or repealed shall invalidate any prior act of the directors or officers of the Company that would have been valid if such bylaw had not been amended, altered or repealed.

Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders, provided notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws shall have been stated in the notice of such special meeting.

 

26


MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC.

a Delaware corporation

CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the duly elected, qualified, and acting General Counsel and Secretary of Medidata Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and that the foregoing amended and restated bylaws, comprising 26 pages, were adopted as the Company’s bylaws (i) on                     , 2009 by the Company’s board of directors and (ii) on                          , 2009 by the stockholders of the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand on                     , 2009.

 

By:

 

 

Print Name:

 

Title:

 

Exhibit 10.15

OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

This Standard Office Lease Agreement (this “Lease”) is as of the 13 th day of March, 2006 between AGBRI FANNIN, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, as Landlord (“Landlord”), and MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation, as Tenant (“Tenant”). This Lease consists of this paragraph, the Basic Lease Provisions, the Supplemental Lease Provisions and each exhibit, rider, and schedule or other attachment to the Basic Lease Provisions and/or Supplemental Lease Provisions as listed at the end of the Basic Lease Provisions or in the Table of Exhibits and Riders attached to the Basic Lease Provisions and preceding the Supplemental Lease Provisions.

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

 

1. Building and Property:

 

  a. The “Building” is the structure commonly known as the 1301 Fannin Street Building located on the land bounded by Fannin, San Jacinto, Polk and Clay Streets (Block 294), Houston, Texas and more particularly described in Exhibit B attached to the Supplemental Lease Provisions (the “Land”).

 

  b. Agreed Rentable Area of the Building: 784,143 square feet.

 

  c. The Building, the Land, the parking garage located on or adjacent to the Land and serving the Building (the “Garage”) and all improvements and appurtenances to the Building, the Garage and the Land, (including, but not limited to, any present or future associated underground or elevated pedestrian tunnels or walkways) are referred to collectively in this Lease as the “Property.”

 

2. Premises; Agreed Rentable Area of the Premises:

 

 

a.

Suite #: 1275; Floors: A portion of the 12 th floor.

 

  b. Agreed Rentable Area: 4,573 square feet.

 

3. Basic Rent (See Article 2, Supplemental Lease Provisions):

 

Rental Period

   Rate Per Square Foot of
Agreed Rentable Area
   Basic Annual Rent    Basic Monthly Rent

3/13/06 thru 3/31/09

   $ 18.00    $ 82,314.00    $ 6,859.50

4/01/09 thru 3/31/10

   $ 18.50    $ 84,600.50    $ 7,050.04

4/01/10 thru 3/31/13

   $ 19.00    $ 86,887.00    $ 7,240.58

Rent for any partial month will be prorated.

        

 

4. Tenant’s Pro Rata Share Percentage: 0.5832% (the Agreed Rentable Area of the Premises divided by the Agreed Rentable Area of the Building, expressed in a percentage).

 

5. Term: The period commencing on the Commencement Date and expiring on the Expiration Date (see Article 1, Supplemental Lease Provisions).

 

6. Commencement Date: The date that the Lease is executed and delivered by both parties.

 

7. Rent Commencement Date: March 13, 2006.

 

8. Expiration Date: March 31, 2013 (see Article 1, Supplemental Lease Provisions).


9. Security Deposit: $41,225.60 (see Article 3, Supplemental Lease Provisions). Provided that Tenant is not then in default, Landlord shall use a portion of the Security Deposit to pay the Basic Monthly Rent for the first, thirteenth, and twenty-fifth full calendar months after the Rent Commencement Date.

 

10. Tenant’s Broker: N/A.

 

11. Permitted Use: Data Center (see Article 4, Supplemental Lease Provisions) and office use related thereto.

 

12. All payments shall be sent to Landlord in care of AGBRI Fannin, L.P. at PO Box 51135, Los Angeles, California 90051-5435, or such other place as Landlord may designate from time to time. All payments shall be in the form of check until otherwise designated by Landlord or other delivery of good funds (such as electronic transfer), provided that payment by check shall not be considered made if the check is not duly honored with good funds upon proper and timely presentation.

 

13. Parking: See Exhibit E, if any, attached to the Supplemental Lease Provisions.

 

14. Addresses for notices due under this Lease (see Article 14, Supplemental Lease Provisions):

 

Landlord:

  

Tenant:

AGBRI FANNIN, L.P.    PRIOR TO RENT COMMENCEMENT DATE:
1301 Fannin    MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC.,
Suite 2400    79 5 th Avenue, 8 th Floor
Houston, Texas 77002    New York, New York 10003
Attention: Building Manager   
Fax: 713-752-2925   
   ON AND AFTER RENT COMMENCEMENT
With a copy to:    DATE:
THE SHIDLER GROUP    The Premises
4660 LaJolla Village Dr.   
Suite 800    And in either event, with a copy to:
San Diego, California 92122   
Attention: Matt Root    Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
   666 Fifth Avenue
   New York, New York 10103-3198
   Attention: Mara H. Rogers

Landlord and Tenant are initialing these Basic Lease Provisions in the appropriate space provided below as an acknowledgment that they are a part of this Lease.

TABLE OF EXHIBITS AND RIDERS TO

SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE PROVISIONS

 

Exhibit A    Floor Plan      
Exhibit B    Land Legal Description      
Exhibit C    Work Letter      
Exhibit D    Acceptance of Premises Memorandum      
Exhibit E    Parking Agreement      
Exhibit F    Rules and Regulations      
        
Rider 1    Renewal Option      
  

 

     

 

   Landlord       Tenant


TABLE OF CONTENTS

FOR

SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE PROVISIONS

 

Description

   Page

Article 1 TERM AND POSSESSION

   1

Section 1.1 LEASE OF PREMISES, COMMENCEMENT AND EXPIRATION

   1

1.1.1 Lease of Premises

   1

1.1.2 Initial Term and Commencement

   1

Section 1.2 INSPECTION AND DELIVERY OF PREMISES, CONSTRUCTION OF LEASE SPACE IMPROVEMENTS AND POSSESSION

   1

1.2.1 Delivery and Completion

   1

1.2.2 Acceptance of Premises Memorandum

   1

Section 1.3 REDELIVERY OF THE PREMISES

   2

Section 1.4 HOLDING OVER

   2

Article 2 RENT

   2

Section 2.1 BASIC RENT

   2

Section 2.2 ADDITIONAL RENT

   3

2.2.1 Definitions

   3

2.2.2 Gross-Up

   4

2.2.3 Payment Obligation

   4

2.2.4 Revisions in Estimated Additional Rent

   5

Section 2.3 RENT DEFINED AND NO OFFSETS

   5

Section 2.4 LATE CHARGES

   5

Article 3 SECURITY DEPOSIT

   6

Article 4 OCCUPANCY AND USE

   6

Section 4.1 USE OF PREMISES

   6

4.1.1 General

   6

4.1.2 Hazardous and Toxic Materials

   7

4.1.3 Disability Acts

   8

Section 4.2 PERMITS

   8

Section 4.3 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

   8

Section 4.4 RULES AND REGULATIONS

   8

Section 4.5 ACCESS

   8

Section 4.6 QUIET POSSESSION

   9

Article 5 UTILITIES AND SERVICES

   9

Section 5.1 SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED

   9

5.1.1 Elevator Service

   9

5.1.2 Heat and Air Conditioning

   9

5.1.3 Electricity

   10

5.1.4 Water

   10

5.1.5 Janitorial Services

   10

5.1.6 Common Areas

   10

5.1.7 Bulbs and Ballasts

   10

5.1.8 Courtesy Patrol

   10

5.1.9 Total Utility Power

   11

Section 5.2 SERVICE INTERRUPTION

   11

5.2.1 Service Interruption

   11

5.2.2 Critical Service Interruptions not within Landlord’s control

   11

5.2.3 Critical Service Interruptions within Landlord’s control

   11

Article 6 MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS, ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS

   12

Section 6.1 LANDLORD’S OBLIGATION TO MAINTAIN AND REPAIR

   12

Section 6.2 TENANT’S OBLIGATION TO MAINTAIN AND REPAIR

   12

6.2.1 Tenant’s Obligation

   12

6.2.2 Rights of Landlord

   12

 

i


Section 6.3 IMPROVEMENTS AND ALTERATIONS

   12

6.3.1 Landlord’s Construction Obligation

   12

6.3.2 Alteration of Building

   12

6.3.3 Alterations, Additions, Improvements and Installations by Tenant

   13

6.3.4 Approvals

   14

Article 7 INSURANCE, FIRE AND CASUALTY

   14

Section 7.1 TOTAL OR PARTIAL DESTRUCTION OF THE BUILDING OR THE PREMISES

   14

Section 7.2 TENANT’S INSURANCE

   14

7.2.1 Types of Coverage

   14

7.2.2 Other Requirements of Insurance

   15

7.2.3 Proof of Insurance

   15

Section 7.3 LANDLORD’S INSURANCE

   15

7.3.1 Types of Coverage

   15

7.3.2 Self Insurance

   16

Section 7.4 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION

   16

7.4.1 Tenant’s Waiver

   16

7.4.2 Landlord’s Waiver

   16

Section 7.5 TENANT INDEMNITY

   16

Section 7.6 LANDLORD INDEMNITY

   17

Article 8 CONDEMNATION

   17

Section 8.1 CONDEMNATION RESULTING IN CONTINUED USE NOT FEASIBLE

   17

Section 8.2 TOTAL CONDEMNATION OF PREMISES

   17

Section 8.3 CONDEMNATION WITHOUT TERMINATION

   17

Section 8.4 CONDEMNATION PROCEEDS

   17

Article 9 LIENS

   17

Article 10 TAXES ON TENANT’S PROPERTY

   18

Article 11 SUBLETTING AND ASSIGNING

   18

Section 11.1 SUBLEASE AND ASSIGNMENT

   18

Section 11.2 TENANT’S CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS

   18

Section 11.3 LANDLORD’S RIGHTS RELATING TO ASSIGNEE OR SUBTENANT

   18

Section 11.4 ERISA AND UBTI RESTRICTIONS

   19

Section 11.5 RECAPTURE

   19

Article 12 TRANSFERS BY LANDLORD, SUBORDINATION AND TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

   19

Section 12.1 SALE OF THE PROPERTY

   19

Section 12.2 SUBORDINATION, ATTORNMENT AND NOTICE

   20

Section 12.3 TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

   20

Article 13 DEFAULT

   20

Section 13.1 DEFAULTS BY TENANT

   20

13.1.1 Failure to Pay Rent

   20

13.1.2 Failure to Perform

   20

13.1.3 Continual Failure to Perform

   20

13.1.4 Bankruptcy, Insolvency, Etc

   21

13.1.5 Loss of Right to do Business

   21

13.1.6 Dissolution or Liquidation

   21

Section 13.2 REMEDIES OF LANDLORD

   21

13.2.1 Termination of the Lease

   21

13.2.2 Repossession and Re-Entry

   22

13.2.3 Cure of Default

   22

13.2.4 Continuing Obligations

   22

13.2.5 Mitigation of Damages

   22

13.2.6 Cumulative Remedies

   23

Section 13.3 DEFAULTS BY LANDLORD

   23

Section 13.4 LANDLORD’S LIABILITY

   23

13.4.1 Tenant’s Rights in Respect of Landlord Default

   23

13.4.2 CERTAIN LIMITATIONS ON LANDLORD’S LIABILITY

   23

Section 13.5 WAIVER OF CONSUMER RIGHTS

   24

 

ii


Section 13.6 LANDLORD’S LIEN

   24

Article 14 NOTICES

   24

Article 15 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

   24

Section 15.1 BUILDING NAME AND ADDRESS

   25

Section 15.2 SIGNAGE

   25

Section 15.3 NO WAIVER

   25

Section 15.4 APPLICABLE LAW

   25

Section 15.5 COMMON AREAS

   25

Section 15.6 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

   26

Section 15.7 BROKERS

   26

Section 15.8 SEVERABILITY

   26

Section 15.9 EXAMINATION OF LEASE

   26

Section 15.10 INTEREST ON TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS

   26

Section 15.11 TIME

   26

Section 15.12 DEFINED TERMS AND MARGINAL HEADINGS

   26

Section 15.13 AUTHORITY OF TENANT

   26

Section 15.14 FORCE MAJEURE

   27

Section 15.15 RECORDING

   27

Section 15.16 NO REPRESENTATIONS

   27

Section 15.17 ATTORNEYS’ FEES

   27

Section 15.18 NO LIGHT, AIR OR VIEW EASEMENT

   27

Section 15.19 RELOCATION

   27

Section 15.20 SURVIVAL OF INDEMNITIES

   27

Section 15.21 CALCULATIONS

   27

Section 15.22 ENTIRE AGREEMENT

   28

 

iii


SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE PROVISIONS

ARTICLE 1

TERM AND POSSESSION

SECTION 1.1 LEASE OF PREMISES, COMMENCEMENT AND EXPIRATION.

 

1.1.1 Lease of Premises . In consideration of the mutual covenants herein, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, subject to all the terms and conditions of this Lease, the portion of the Building (as described in Item 1 of the Basic Lease Provisions) described as the Premises in Item 2 of the Basic Lease Provisions and that is more particularly described by the crosshatched area on Exhibit A attached hereto (hereinafter called the “Premises”). The agreed rentable area of the Premises is hereby stipulated to be the “Agreed Rentable Area” of the Premises set forth in Item 2.b of the Basic Lease Provisions, irrespective of whether the same should be more or less as a result of minor variations resulting from construction of Tenant’s Improvements (as defined in the Work Letter (herein so called) attached hereto as Exhibit C ). The agreed rentable area of the Building is hereby stipulated to be the “Agreed Rentable Area” of the Building set forth in Item 1.b of the Basic Lease Provisions, irrespective of whether the same should be more or less as a result of minor variations resulting from actual construction or repair of the Building.

 

1.1.2 Initial Term and Commencement . The initial term of this Lease shall be the period of time specified in Item 5 of the Basic Lease Provisions. The initial term shall commence on the Commencement Date (herein so called) set forth in Item 6 of the Basic Lease Provisions (as such Commencement Date may be adjusted pursuant to Section 3 of the Work Letter) and, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms of this Lease, the initial term shall expire, without notice to Tenant, on the Expiration Date (herein so called) set forth in Item 8 of the Basic Lease Provisions (as such Expiration Date may be adjusted pursuant to Section 3 of the Work Letter).

SECTION 1.2 INSPECTION AND DELIVERY OF PREMISES, CONSTRUCTION OF LEASE SPACE IMPROVEMENTS AND POSSESSION.

 

1.2.1 Delivery and Completion . Tenant hereby acknowledges that Tenant has inspected the Premises and the Common Areas (as hereinafter defined) and hereby (i) accepts the Common Areas in “as is” condition for all purposes and (ii) accepts the Premises (including the suitability of the Premises for the Permitted Use) for all purposes. Landlord will perform or cause to be performed the work and/or construction of Tenant’s Improvements (as defined in the Work Letter) in accordance with the terms of the Work Letter and will use reasonable efforts to Substantially Complete (as defined in the Work Letter) Tenant’s Improvements by the Rent Commencement Date set forth in Item 7 of the Basic Lease Provisions. If Tenant’s Improvements are not Substantially Complete by the Rent Commencement Date set forth in Item 7 of the Basic Lease Provisions for any reason whatsoever (including, without limitation, because of any delays caused solely by Landlord), Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an adjustment of the Rent Commencement Date and the Expiration Date to the extent permitted under Section 3 of the Work Letter. T ENANT WAIVES ( I ANY CLAIMS DUE TO DEFECTS IN THE P REMISES , EXCEPT CLAIMS FOR DEFECTS , LATENT OR OTHERWISE , IN THE T ENANT I MPROVEMENTS INSTALLED BY L ANDLORD PURSUANT TO THE W ORK L ETTER OF WHICH DEFECTS T ENANT GIVES L ANDLORD WRITTEN NOTICE WITHIN ONE (1)  YEAR AFTER THE T ENANT I MPROVEMENTS ARE S UBSTANTIALLY C OMPLETE ; AND ( II ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF SUITABILITY , HABITABILITY AND FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE .

 

1.2.2 Acceptance of Premises Memorandum . Upon the occurrence of the Rent Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall execute the Acceptance of Premises Memorandum (herein so called) attached hereto as Exhibit D that is properly completed.

 

1


SECTION 1.3 REDELIVERY OF THE PREMISES. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or upon the exercise by Landlord of its right to re-enter the Premises without terminating this Lease and subject to Tenant’s remaining obligations under this Section, Tenant shall immediately deliver to Landlord the Premises free of offensive odors and in a safe, clean, neat, sanitary and operational condition, subject to ordinary wear and tear, casualty loss, condemnation and repairs that are not Tenant’s responsibility, together with all keys and parking and access cards. Tenant shall within seven (7) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, (i) remove from the Premises, all at the sole expense of Tenant and unless Landlord is asserting its lien rights therein, any equipment, machinery, trade fixtures and personalty installed or placed in the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant and (ii) unless requested in writing by Landlord to the contrary, (a) remove all or any part of the improvements made to, and in accordance with the City of Houston ordinances cabling (including, without limitation, all phone and data cabling and related equipment) and conduit installed or used in, the Premises or the Building by or on behalf of Tenant and (b) restore the Premises to the condition existing prior to the installation of such improvements, subject to ordinary wear and tear, casualty loss, condemnation and repairs that are not Tenant’s responsibility. All removals and work described above shall be accomplished in a good and workmanlike manner and shall be conducted in a fashion so as not to damage the Premises or the Building or any portion thereof. Tenant shall, at its expense, promptly repair any damage caused by any such removal or work. If Tenant fails to deliver the Premises in the condition aforesaid, then Landlord may restore the Premises to such a condition at Tenant’s expense. All property required to be removed pursuant to this Section not removed within the time period required hereunder shall thereupon be conclusively presumed to have been abandoned by Tenant and Landlord may, at its option, take over possession of such property and either (a) declare the same to be the property of Landlord by written notice to Tenant at the address provided herein or (b) at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, remove and store and/or dispose of the same or any part thereof in any manner that Landlord shall choose without incurring liability to Tenant or any other person.

SECTION 1.4 HOLDING OVER. In the event Tenant or any party under Tenant claiming rights to this Lease, retains possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, such possession shall constitute and be construed as a tenancy at will only, subject, however, to all of the terms, provisions, covenants and agreements on the part of Tenant hereunder; such parties shall be subject to immediate eviction and removal and Tenant or any such party shall pay Landlord as rent for the period of such holdover an amount equal to (i) one and one-half (1  1 / 2 ) times the Basic Annual Rent plus (ii) Additional Rent (as hereinafter defined) in effect immediately preceding expiration or termination, as applicable, prorated on a daily basis. Landlord and Tenant agree that they have included the foregoing provision for liquidated damages because the actual damages to be incurred by Landlord can reasonably be expected to approximate the amount of liquidated damages called for herein and because the actual amount of such damages would be difficult if not impossible to measure accurately. Tenant shall also pay and agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any and all damages sustained by Landlord as a result of such holdover. The rent during such holdover period shall be payable to Landlord from time to time on demand; provided, however, if no demand is made during a particular month, holdover rent accruing during such month shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Article 2. Tenant will vacate the Premises and deliver same to Landlord immediately upon Tenant’s receipt of notice from Landlord to so vacate. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend the term of this Lease; no payments of money by Tenant to Landlord after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall reinstate, continue or extend the term of this Lease; and no extension of this Lease after the expiration or earlier termination thereof shall be valid unless and until the same shall be reduced to writing and signed by both Landlord and Tenant.

ARTICLE 2

RENT

SECTION 2.1 BASIC RENT. Commencing as of the Rent Commencement Date and continuing throughout the term of the Lease, Tenant shall pay as annual rent for the Premises the applicable Basic Annual Rent shown in Item 3 of the Basic Lease Provisions. The Basic Annual Rent shall be payable in advance, in monthly installments equal to the applicable Basic Monthly Rent shown in Item 3 of the Basic Lease Provisions, which monthly installments shall commence on the Rent Commencement Date and shall continue on the first (1st) day of each calendar month thereafter. If the Rent Commencement Date occurs on a day other than the first day of a calendar month or the Expiration Date occurs on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, the Basic Monthly Rent for such partial month shall be prorated on a daily basis.

 

2


SECTION 2.2 ADDITIONAL RENT.

 

2.2.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Lease, the following definitions shall apply:

 

  (a) “Additional Rent,” for a particular calendar year, shall equal Tenant’s Pro Rata Share Percentage multiplied by the Operating Expenses (as hereinafter defined) for such year.

 

  (b) “Additional Charges” shall mean (i) the total Monthly Submetered BTU Charges (as hereinafter defined), plus (ii) the total Monthly Submetered Electrical Charges (as hereinafter defined), plus (iii) the then current prevailing market rate charged by Landlord from time to time per linear foot of conduit in the Building for each linear foot of conduit installed or used by Tenant in the Building (whether for electrical, telecommunications, fuel, water or otherwise, whether installed horizontally or vertically, and whether to or from or in the Premises, in common areas above ceiling tiles, in riser closets or from any penetration in the Building), which in no event will be less than the current rate of $11.67 per month ($140 per year) per linear foot for conduit less than 3 inches in diameter and $15.83 per month ($190 per year) per linear foot for conduit at least 3 inches, but no larger than 5 inches, in diameter, plus (iv) the then-current prevailing market rate charged by Landlord per telecommunication penetration through the exterior basement wall of the Building for each penetration installed or used by Tenant, which for such a penetration measuring 4 inches in diameter will in no event be less than the current rate of $1,600.00 per month ($19,200.00 per year). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant will not be charged for any conduit related to initial installation thereof pursuant to the Work Letter.

 

  (c) “Operating Expenses” shall mean all of the reasonable costs and expenses Landlord incurs, pays or becomes obligated to pay in connection with operating, maintaining, insuring and managing the Property for a particular calendar year or portion thereof as determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including, but not limited to, the following: (i) insurance premiums; (ii) water, sewer, electrical and other utility charges; (iii) service, testing and other charges incurred in the operation and maintenance of the elevators and the plumbing, fire sprinkler, security, heating, ventilation and air conditioning system; (iv) cleaning and other janitorial service (inclusive of window cleaning); (v) tools and supplies costs; (vi) repair costs; (vii) costs of landscaping, including landscape maintenance and sprinkler maintenance costs and rental and supply costs in connection therewith; (viii) security and alarm services; (ix) license, permit and inspection fees; (x) management fees; (xi) wages and related benefits payable to employees, including taxes and insurance relating thereto; (xii) accounting services; (xiii) legal services, unless incurred in connection with tenant defaults or lease negotiations; (xiv) trash removal; (xv) maintenance, repair, repaving and operating costs associated with the Garage; (xvi) Real Estate Taxes (as hereinafter defined); (xvii) Additional Pass Through Costs (as hereinafter defined); (xviii) the charges assessed against the Property pursuant to any contractual covenants or recorded declaration of covenants or the covenants, conditions and restrictions of any other similar instrument affecting the Property; and (xix) costs of inspection, testing, repair, and maintenance (including preventative maintenance) for the Building’s uninterruptible power supply systems, emergency generating systems, chillers, the Building Automation System and related equipment serving the Premises (or portions thereof) or other rentable area within the Building.

Notwithstanding any contrary provision in subsection 2.2.1 above, “Operating Expenses” shall not include any of the following costs and expenses: costs for which Landlord actually receives reimbursement by insurance or condemnation awards or from another tenant of the Building or third party; expenses incurred in leasing or procuring new tenants, including advertising expenses, leasing commissions paid to agents of Landlord or other brokers, and costs of improving or redecorating space in connection with the

 

3


leasing thereof to a new tenant; income, capital stock, estate, inheritance, franchise taxes payable by Landlord; depreciation of the Building or Landlord’s personal property at the Building; interest on debt or amortization payments on any mortgage or deed of trust; rental under any prime lease or similar rental under any other superior lease or sublease; any wages, salaries or other compensation paid to any employee not employed for or on behalf of the Building; dividends paid by Landlord; except for Additional Pass Through Costs, costs of alterations and capital improvements which could not be expenses under generally accepted accounting principles; the costs for repairs or maintenance that are reimbursed by others, including, without limitation, reimbursement made on warranty claims; costs incurred for the sale, refinancing, or mortgaging of the Building; and contributions to charitable organizations.

 

  (d) “Real Estate Taxes” shall mean (i) all real estate taxes and other taxes or assessments which are levied with respect to the Property or any portion thereof for each calendar year, (ii) any tax, surcharge or assessment which shall be levied in addition or as a supplement to or in lieu of real estate taxes, (iii) the costs and expenses of a consultant, if any, or of contesting the validity or amount of such real estate or other taxes, and (iv) any rental, excise, sales, transaction, privilege or other tax or levy, however denominated, imposed upon or measured by the rental reserved hereunder or on Landlord’s business of leasing the Premises, excepting only Landlord’s net income taxes.

 

  (e) “Additional Pass Through Costs” shall mean the following costs and expenses incurred by Landlord from and after January 1 of the calendar year in which this Lease is executed: (i) subject to the limitations of clause (ii) following, the cost of any improvement made to the Property by Landlord that is required under any governmental law or regulation which was not promulgated, or which was promulgated but was not applicable to the Building, at the time the Building was constructed, amortized over such period as Landlord shall reasonably determine, together with an amount equal to interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum (the “Amortization Rate”) on the unamortized balance thereof; (ii) the cost of any improvement made to the Common Areas of the Property that is required under interpretations or regulations issued after the Commencement Date under, or any amendments made after the Commencement Date to, the provisions of Tex. Rev. Civ. Stat. Ann. art. 9102 and the provisions of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. §§12101-12213 (collectively, the “Disability Acts”), amortized over such period as Landlord shall reasonably determine, together with an amount equal to interest at the Amortization Rate on the unamortized balance thereof; (iii) the cost of any labor-saving or energy-saving device or other equipment installed in the Building (provided Landlord reasonably anticipates that the installation thereof will reduce Operating Expenses), amortized over such period as is reasonably determined by Landlord, together with an amount equal to interest at the Amortization Rate on the unamortized balance thereof; and (iv) all other capital costs and expenses which would generally be regarded as operating and maintenance costs and expenses.

 

2.2.2 Gross-Up . Operating Expenses shall be grossed up to include all additional costs and expenses of owning, operating, maintaining and managing the Building which Landlord determines that it would have incurred, paid or been obligated to pay during such year if the Building had been one hundred percent (100%) occupied.

 

2.2.3

Payment Obligation . In addition to the Basic Rent specified in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (a) the Additional Charges monthly in arrears within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice thereof and (b) the Additional Rent, in each calendar year or partial calendar year during the term of this Lease, payable in monthly installments as hereinafter provided. On or prior to Commencement Date and at least thirty (30) days prior to each calendar year thereafter (or as soon thereafter as is reasonably possible), Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of Tenant’s estimated Additional Rent for the applicable calendar year and the amount of the monthly installment due for each month during such year. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the

 

4


 

Commencement Date and on the first day of each month thereafter the amount of the applicable monthly installment; provided, however, if the applicable installment covers a partial month, then such installment shall be prorated on a daily basis. Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of (i) each calendar year and (ii) the Expiration Date or as soon thereafter as is reasonably possible, Landlord shall prepare and deliver to Tenant a statement showing Tenant’s actual Additional Rent for the applicable calendar year, provided that with respect to the calendar year in which the Expiration Date occurs, (x) that calendar year shall be deemed to have commenced on January 1 of that year and ended on the Expiration Date (the “Final Calendar Year”) and (y) Landlord shall have the right to estimate the actual Operating Expenses allocable to the Final Calendar Year but which are not determinable within such 120 day period. If Tenant’s total monthly payments of Additional Rent for the applicable year are less than Tenant’s actual Additional Rent, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of such underpayment. If Tenant’s total monthly payments of Additional Rent for the applicable year are more than Tenant’s actual Additional Rent, then Landlord shall credit against the next Additional Rent payment or payments due from Tenant the amount of such overpayment; provided, however, with respect to the Final Calendar Year, Landlord shall pay to Tenant the amount of such excess payments, less any amounts then owed to Landlord. Unless Tenant takes written exception to any item or gives Landlord an Audit Notice within thirty (30) days after the furnishing of an annual statement, such statement shall be considered as final and accepted by Tenant. Any amount due Landlord as shown on any such statement shall be paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days after it is furnished to Tenant. If an annual statement is delivered to Tenant pursuant to this subsection 2.2.3 and is not reviewed or prepared by an independent certified public accountant, Tenant shall have the right to perform an annual audit at Tenant’s expense on Landlord’s books and records to the extent necessary to verify Landlord’s calculation of actual Additional Rent for the prior calendar year, provided (A) that Tenant has paid Landlord the amount shown on the annual statement, (B) that such audit shall be conducted by a certified public accountant on a non-contingency fee basis, and (C) that the auditor’s report reflecting the results of such audit shall be promptly delivered to Landlord. Any such audit shall be conducted, if at all, (i) within sixty (60) days after the receipt of the annual statement of actual Additional Rent from Landlord, (ii) during Landlord’s normal business hours, (iii) at the place where Landlord maintains its records (or such other place as Landlord shall deliver the appropriate records) and (iv) only after Landlord has received fifteen (15) days prior written notice. If the audit report reflects that estimated Additional Rent was overcharged or undercharged in the audited calendar year and provided Landlord agrees with such audit, Tenant shall within twenty (20) days after receipt of such report pay to Landlord the amount of any underpayment or, if applicable, Landlord shall allow Tenant a credit against the next accruing installment of Additional Rent in the amount of any overpayment.

 

2.2.4 Revisions in Estimated Additional Rent . If Real Estate Taxes, utility expenses or Additional Pass Through Costs increase during a calendar year or if the number of square feet of rentable area in the Premises increases, Landlord may revise the estimated Additional Rent during such year by giving Tenant written notice to that effect and thereafter Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in each of the remaining months of such year, an additional amount equal to the amount of such increase in the estimated Additional Rent divided by the number of months remaining in such year.

SECTION 2.3 RENT DEFINED AND NO OFFSETS. Basic Rent, Additional Rent, Additional Charges and all other sums (whether or not expressly designated as rent) required to be paid to Landlord by Tenant under this Lease (including, without limitation, any sums payable to Landlord under any addendum, exhibit, rider or schedule attached hereto) shall constitute rent and are sometimes collectively referred to as “Rent.” Each payment of Rent shall be paid by Tenant when due, without prior demand therefor and without deduction or setoff, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease.

SECTION 2.4 LATE CHARGES. If any installment of Basic Annual Rent or Additional Rent or any other payment of Rent under this Lease shall not be paid when due, a “Late Charge” of five cents ($.05) per dollar so overdue may be charged by Landlord to defray Landlord’s administrative expense incident to the handling of such overdue payments. Each Late Charge shall be payable on demand.

 

5


ARTICLE 3

SECURITY DEPOSIT

Tenant will pay Landlord on the date this Lease is executed by Tenant the Security Deposit set forth in Item 9 of the Basic Lease Provisions as security for the performance of the terms hereof by Tenant. Tenant shall not be entitled to interest thereon and Landlord may commingle such Security Deposit with any other funds of Landlord. The Security Deposit shall not be considered an advance payment of rental or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of default by Tenant. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, from time to time, without prejudice to any other remedy, use, apply or retain all or any part of this Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default or for the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default, including, without limitation, costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord to recover possession of the Premises. If Tenant fully and faithfully performs every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the Expiration Date. Tenant agrees that it will not assign or encumber or attempt to assign or encumber the monies deposited herein as the Security Deposit and that Landlord and its successors and assigns shall not be bound by any such actual or attempted assignment or encumbrance. Regardless of any assignment of this Lease by Tenant, Landlord may return the Security Deposit to the original Tenant, in the absence of evidence satisfactory to Landlord of an assignment of the right to receive the Security Deposit or any part of the balance thereof.

ARTICLE 4

OCCUPANCY AND USE

SECTION 4.1 USE OF PREMISES.

 

4.1.1 General . The Premises shall, subject to the remaining provisions of this Section, be used solely for the Permitted Use (herein so called) specified in Item 11 of the Basic Lease Provisions. Without in any way limiting the foregoing, Tenant will not use, occupy or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises for any purpose (and the Permitted Use shall not include any use) which is forbidden by or in violation of any law, ordinance or governmental or municipal regulation, order, or certificate of occupancy, or which may be dangerous to life, limb or property; or permit the maintenance of any public or private nuisance; or do or permit any other thing which may disturb the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant of the Property; or keep any substance or carry on or permit any operation which might emit offensive odors or conditions from the Premises; or commit or suffer or permit any waste in or upon the Premises; or sell, purchase or give away, or permit the sale, purchase or gift of food in any form by or to any of Tenant’s agents or employees or other parties in the Premises except through vending machines in employee lunch or rest areas within the Premises for use by Tenant’s employees only; or use any apparatus which might make undue noise or set up vibrations in the Building; or do or permit any other thing which would affect any structural element of the Property or exceed the load bearing capacity of any portion of the Building or the Premises without first obtaining the written approval of Landlord or permit anything to be done which would increase the fire and extended coverage insurance rate on the Building or Building contents and, if there is any increase in such rate by reason of acts of Tenant, then Tenant agrees to pay such increase upon demand therefor by Landlord; or use, occupy or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises as offices or agencies of a foreign government or political subdivision, offices of any governmental bureau or agency of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof, or offices of personnel agencies. Payment by Tenant of any such rate increase shall not be a waiver of Tenant’s duty to comply herewith. Tenant shall keep the Premises neat and clean at all times, subject to Landlord’s obligations pursuant to Subsection 5.1.5 below. Tenant shall promptly correct any violation of a governmental law, rule or regulation relating to the Premises. Tenant shall comply with any direction of any governmental authority having jurisdiction which imposes any duty upon Tenant or Landlord with respect to the Premises or with respect to the occupancy or use thereof.

 

6


4.1.2 Hazardous and Toxic Materials.

 

  (a) For purposes of this Lease, hazardous or toxic materials shall mean asbestos containing materials and all other materials, substances, wastes and chemicals classified as hazardous or toxic substances, materials, wastes or chemicals or otherwise regulated under then-current applicable governmental laws, rules or regulations.

 

  (b) Tenant shall not knowingly incorporate into, or use or otherwise place or dispose of at, the Premises, the Building or on the Land any hazardous or toxic materials, except for use and storage of cleaning and office supplies used in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business and then only if (i) such materials are in small quantities, properly labeled and contained, (ii) such materials are handled and disposed of in accordance with the accepted industry standards and all Applicable Laws (as defined in Section 4.3) for safety, storage, use and disposal, (iii) notice of and a copy of the current material safety data sheet is provided to Landlord for each such hazardous or toxic material and (iv) such materials are used, transported, stored, handled and disposed of in accordance with all Applicable Laws. Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to periodically inspect, take samples for testing and otherwise investigate the Premises for the presence of hazardous or toxic materials.

 

  (c) Landlord shall not knowingly dispose of at the Premises, Building or the Land any hazardous or toxic materials and shall otherwise remove or remediate with all hazardous or toxic materials at the Premises, Building or Land of which Landlord becomes aware when and if required by Applicable Laws and to the extent economically, in a manner feasible that will not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s access, use or occupancy of the Premises.

 

  (d) If Landlord or Tenant ever has knowledge of the presence in the Premises or the Building or the Land of hazardous or toxic materials which affect the Premises, the party having knowledge shall notify the other party thereof in writing promptly after obtaining such knowledge.

 

  (e) If Tenant or its employees, invitees, agents or contractors shall ever violate the provisions of paragraph (b) of this subsection 4.1.2 or otherwise contaminate the Premises or the Property, then Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, clean up, remove and dispose of the material causing the violation, or remove or remediate the contamination in compliance with all Applicable Laws and then prevalent industry practice and standards and shall repair any damage to the Premises or Building within such period of time as may be reasonable under the circumstances after written notice by Landlord (collectively, “Tenant’s Environmental Corrective Work”). Tenant shall notify Landlord of its method, time and procedure for any clean up or removal and Landlord shall have the right to require reasonable changes in such method, time or procedure or to require the same to be done after normal business hours. Tenant’s obligations under this subsection 4.1.2(e) shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease.

 

  (f) If any Tenant’s Environmental Corrective Work (i) is to occur outside of the Premises or (ii) will in any way affect any portion of the Building other than the Premises, then Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, after giving Tenant advance notice and an opportunity to perform such Work, to undertake Tenant’s Environmental Corrective Work, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any expenses incurred by Landlord in undertaking Tenant’s Environmental Corrective Work. Tenant shall allow Landlord, its agents, employees and contractors such access to the Premises as Landlord may reasonably request in writing in order to perform such Tenant’s Environmental Corrective Work. Tenant’s obligations under this subsection 4.1.2(f) shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease.

 

7


4.1.3 Disability Acts . From and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall cause the Premises to be in compliance with all existing requirements of and regulations issued under the Disability Acts for each of the following: (i) alterations or improvements to any portion of the Premises performed by or for Tenant after the Commencement Date; (ii) obligations or complaints arising under or out of Title I of the Americans With Disabilities Act or Tenant’s employer-employee obligations; (iii) obligations or complaints arising under or out of the conduct or operations of Tenant’s business, including any obligations or requirements for barrier removal to customers or invitees as a commercial facility or as a public accommodation (as defined in the Disability Acts); and (iv) any change in the nature of Tenant’s business, or its employees, or financial net worth, or Tenant’s business operations that triggers an obligation under the Disability Acts.

SECTION 4.2 PERMITS. Landlord shall obtain the certificate of occupancy, if any, required for occupancy of the Premises following construction of Tenant’s Improvements. If any other governmental license or permit shall be required for the proper and lawful conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises or any part thereof, Tenant, at its expense, shall procure and thereafter maintain such license or permit. Additionally, if Tenant’s Improvements or any subsequent alteration or improvement made to the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s use of the Premises require any modification or amendment of any certificate of occupancy for the Building or the issuance of any other permit of any nature whatsoever, Tenant shall, at its expense, take all actions to procure any such modification or amendment or additional permit.

SECTION 4.3 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Tenant shall comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations (including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act and other environmental laws) (collectively, “Applicable Laws”) affecting (i) Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises (including, without limitation, Tenant’s obligations under this Lease with respect to hazardous or toxic materials and those with respect to the Disability Acts), (ii) any improvements constructed within the Building by or on behalf of Tenant and (iii) any equipment installed within the Building by Tenant or installed by a party other than Landlord on behalf of Tenant.

SECTION 4.4 RULES AND REGULATIONS. Tenant will comply with such rules and regulations (the “Rules and Regulations”) generally applying to tenants in the Building as may be adopted from time to time by Landlord for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of, and the preservation of good order and protection of property in, the Premises and the Building and at the Property. All such Rules and Regulations are hereby made a part hereof. The Rules and Regulations in effect on the date hereof are on file with Jones Lang LaSalle Americas, Inc. (the “Property Manager”) at 4301 Fannin Street, Suite 2400, Houston, Texas 77002. All changes and amendments to the Rules and Regulations sent by Landlord to Tenant in writing and conforming to the foregoing standards shall be carried out and observed by Tenant. Landlord hereby reserves all rights necessary to implement and enforce the Rules and Regulations and each and every provision of this Lease.

SECTION 4.5 ACCESS. Without being deemed guilty of an eviction of Tenant and without abatement of Rent, Landlord or its authorized agents shall have the right to enter the Premises, upon reasonable notice, to inspect the Premises, to show the Premises to prospective lenders, purchasers or tenants and to fulfill Landlord’s obligations or exercise its rights under this Lease. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES FOR ANY INJURY OR INCONVENIENCE TO OR INTERFERENCE WITH TENANT’S BUSINESS, ANY LOSS OF OCCUPANCY OR QUIET ENJOYMENT OF THE PREMISES AND ANY OTHER LOSS OCCASIONED THEREBY EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT CAUSED BY THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF LANDLORD OR ITS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES ACTING IN THE COURSE AND SCOPE OF THEIR AGENCY OR EMPLOYMENT. IN ADDITION TO THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL LANDLORD HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO TENANT FOR ANY PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH CLAIMS. For each of the aforesaid purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock the doors to and within the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes, provided such vaults and safes are each no larger than thirty-six (36) cubic square feet, and provided further that Landlord shall not enter Tenant’s data room unless accompanied by a representative of Tenant except in an emergency when no accompaniment is required or if Tenant fails to provide a representative within twenty-four (24) hours of Landlord’s request. Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises in an emergency, as determined by Landlord in its sole discretion, without notice to Tenant and in such event shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem proper to enter the Premises without liability therefor.

 

8


SECTION 4.6 QUIET POSSESSION. Provided Tenant timely pays Rent and observes and performs all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed hereunder, Tenant shall have the quiet possession of the Premises for the entire Term, subject to all of the provisions of this Lease and all laws and restrictive covenants to which the Property is subject.

ARTICLE 5

UTILITIES AND SERVICES

SECTION 5.1 SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED. Landlord agrees to furnish or cause to be furnished to the Premises, the utilities and services described in subsections 5.1.1 through 5.1.7 below, subject to all other provisions of this Lease, and may increase or decrease such services or utilities, so long as any decrease is in keeping with the standard of services in comparable office buildings in the central business district (downtown) area of Houston, Texas, taking into the account age, quality, size, location and other relevant operating factors of the building.

 

5.1.1 Elevator Service . Except for emergencies, as determined by Landlord in its sole discretion, Landlord shall provide automatic elevator facilities on generally accepted business days from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. and on Saturdays from 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. and have at least one (1) elevator available for use at all other times. The term “business days” as used herein shall mean all days of the year other than Saturdays, Sundays, New Years Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day and any other day that is a customary holiday in Houston, Texas and declared by written notice to Tenant from Landlord to be a holiday.

 

5.1.2 Heat and Air Conditioning .

 

  (a) Hours and Standards . On generally accepted business days from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. and on Saturdays from 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. (other than holidays generally recognized by businesses) (“Building Standard”). Landlord shall ventilate the Premises and furnish heat or air conditioning, at such temperatures and in such amounts as is customary in buildings of comparable size, quality and in the general vicinity of the Building, with such adjustments as Landlord reasonably deems necessary for the comfortable occupancy of the Premises, subject to emergencies, events of force majeure and Applicable Laws.

 

  (b) After Building Standard Hours HVAC . Upon request, Landlord shall make available, at Tenant’s expense, non-Building Standard heat or air conditioning. The minimum charge and the hourly rate for the use of after hours heat or air conditioning shall be determined from time to time by Landlord, which in no event will be less than the current charge of $35.00 per air handler per hour.

 

  (c) Chilled Water . Landlord shall subject to repairs, maintenance, emergencies, events of force majeure and to any governmental requirements, ordinances, rules, regulations, guidelines or standards relating to, among other things, energy conservation, supply the Premises with chilled water at a temperature of 37 to 47 degrees Fahrenheit, from the Building’s HVAC system meeting the load requirements of up to twenty-three (23) tons. If during the period from April 1, 2006 through March 31, 2007 Landlord and Tenant mutually determine that additional chilled water load capacity is needed for the Premises, then commencing with April 1, 2007, Landlord shall allocate to the Premises such mutually determined additional capacity up to an additional 37 tons of chilled water load to the Premises. All chilled water provided pursuant to this subsection (c) shall be submetered and charged pursuant to the immediately following subsection (d).

 

  (d)

Submetering of Air Conditioning . Tenant, as part of Tenant’s Improvements, shall install (or cause to be installed), maintain and repair at Tenant’s expense separate metering for all of Tenant’s mainframe computer heat exchangers, Tenant’s HVAC air handling units, and Tenant’s fan coil units (such mainframe computer heat exchangers, HVAC air handling units, and fan coil units are called the “HVAC Equipment” and such meters are called “BTU Meters”). The BTU Meters measure the energy consumed by the HVAC

 

9


 

Equipment by British Thermal Units (“BTUs”). As part of Additional Rent, Tenant will pay Landlord, monthly, the cost of the energy consumed by the HVAC Equipment (“Monthly Submetered BTU Charges”), which cost shall be the product of (x) the BTUs consumed during such month by the HVAC Equipment (as evidenced by the BTU Meters), multiplied by (y) the per hour amount then charged to tenants in the Building generally, but not to exceed Landlord’s then current actual cost, which in no event will be less than the current rate of $17.54 per hour [per 1,000,000 BTUs per hour.

 

5.1.3 Electricity .

 

  (a) Consumption . Landlord shall furnish to the Premises electric current up to 4 watts per square foot of Agreed Rentable Area of the Premises for lighting and convenience outlets; provided, however, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the costs of electrical consumption within the Premises.

 

  (b) Submetering Electrical Usage . All electricity delivered to the Premises shall be submetered, and in that regard Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense and as part of Tenant’s Improvements, install (or cause to be installed), maintain and repair submeters. All electrical lines to or panel boxes for the Premises are herein referred to as “Submetered Lines,” and each such submeter which measures electrical consumption of the Submetered Lines or the Premises is herein referred to as a “Submeter.” As a part of Additional Rent, Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost of the electricity consumed through the Submetered Lines (the “Monthly Submetered Electrical Charges”), which shall equal the kilowatt hours of electricity consumed through the Submetered Lines multiplied by the then current cost per kilowatt hour of electricity consumed by the Building, including, without limitation, demand charges.

 

  (c) Backup Power . Backup UPS and generator capacity for the Premises sufficient to provide in the riser on the floor of the Premises 90 kva of electrical power. If during the period from March 13, 2006 through March 31, 2008 Landlord and Tenant mutually determine that additional backup generator capacity is needed for the Premises, then Landlord shall allocate to the Premises such mutually determined additional capacity up to an additional 110 kva of electrical power to the Premises, and the Annual Basic Rent shall be increased by an amount equal to $0.06 per year per square foot of Agreed Rentable Area of the Premises per additional kva of electrical power allocated to the Premises.

 

5.1.4 Water . Landlord shall furnish water (hot and cold) for drinking, cleaning and lavatory purposes only.

 

5.1.5 Janitorial Services . Landlord shall provide janitorial services to the Premises, comparable to that provided in other office buildings of similar size, quality and in the general vicinity of the Building, provided the Premises are used exclusively as offices and further provided Tenant complies with subsection 6.2.1 below.

 

5.1.6 Common Areas . Landlord shall perform routine maintenance in the Common Areas (hereinafter defined).

 

5.1.7 Bulbs and Ballasts . Landlord shall provide Building standard bulbs and ballasts as necessary in the Premises. Landlord shall also provide non-building standard bulbs and ballasts provided Tenant shall pay the cost thereof, together with an administrative fee equal to fifteen percent (15%) of such cost.

 

5.1.8

Courtesy Patrol . Landlord will provide on-site 24 hour courtesy patrol personnel, closed circuit surveillance cameras and a card key access system programmable by Landlord to data center

 

10


 

floors in the Building. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is not a guarantor of the security or safety of the Tenant or its, employees, guests, invitees, or agents or any of their property, and that such matters are the responsibility of Tenant and the local law enforcement authorities.

 

5.1.9 Total Utility Power . Landlord will maintain approximately 8.0 or 8.5 megawatt capacity for the Building with two points of entry into the Building and two separate feeds from one or more substations, all subject to the reasonable availability thereof from the electric company servicing the Building.

SECTION 5.2 SERVICE INTERRUPTION.

 

5.2.1 Service Interruption . Landlord shall not be liable for and, except as provided in subsections 5.2.2 and 5.2.3 below, Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of Rent by reason of, Landlord’s failure to maintain temperature or electrical constancy levels or to furnish any of the foregoing services (each such failure to maintain or furnish, a “Service Interruption”), nor shall any Service Interruption or results or effects thereof be construed as an eviction (constructive or actual) of Tenant or as a breach of any implied warranty, or relieve Tenant from the obligation to perform any covenant or agreement herein and in no event shall Landlord be liable for damage to persons or property (including, without limitation, business interruption), or be in default hereunder, as a result of any Service Interruption or results or effects thereof. The backup generators of the Building provide emergency power to all Building systems on a priority basis. As generator capacity becomes available, the system begins loading the critical load groups in order of priority. The system will not add load unless generator capacity is available. Those Building systems receiving priority in order of their importance are fire and life safety systems, elevator systems, chilled water and building automation systems and UPS (uninterruptible power supply) power. Tenant acknowledges that in the event of an emergency, the backup generators may be required to shed non-critical loads servicing standard Building systems e.g., lighting to office space and Common Areas, power to the cafeteria, components of the transportation systems and other Building systems not critical to the continued operation of the data centers on floors 7 through 12 of the Building.

 

5.2.2 Critical Service Interruptions not within Landlord’s control . If any portion of the Premises becomes unfit for occupancy because of a Service Interruption with respect to services to be delivered under subsections 5.1.1 or 5.1.2 (each, a “Critical Service Interruption”) and such failure is caused by accident, breakage, repairs, strikes, lockouts or other labor disturbance or labor dispute of any character, governmental regulation, moratorium or other governmental action, inability by exercise of reasonable diligence to obtain electricity, water or fuel, or by any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control (each an , “Uncontrollable Event”), for any period (other than a reconstruction period conducted pursuant to Section 7.1 or Article 8 below) exceeding seven (7) consecutive days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord and provided such failure is not caused by Tenant, Tenant’s Contractors or any of their respective agents or employees, Tenant shall be entitled to a fair partial abatement of Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent for any such portion of the Premises from the expiration of such thirty (30) consecutive day period until such service is restored.

 

5.2.3 Critical Service Interruptions within Landlord’s control . If any portion of the Premises becomes unfit for occupancy because of a Critical Service Interruption and such failure is caused by an event within the control of Landlord that is not an Uncontrollable Event (a “Landlord Controllable Critical Service Interruption”), for any period (other than a reconstruction period conducted pursuant to Section 7.1 or Article 8 below) exceeding seven (7) consecutive business days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord and provided such failure is not caused by Tenant, Tenant’s Contractors or any of their respective agents or employees, Tenant shall be entitled to a fair partial abatement of Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent for any such portion of the Premises from the expiration of such fourteen (14) consecutive business day period until such service is restored.

 

11


ARTICLE 6

MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS, ALTERATIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS

SECTION 6.1 LANDLORD’S OBLIGATION TO MAINTAIN AND REPAIR. Landlord shall (subject to Section 7.1, Section 7.4, Article 8 below and Landlord’s rights under Section 2.2 above and except for ordinary wear and tear and repairs that are not Tenant’s responsibility) maintain exterior walls, roof and load bearing elements of the Building. Except for load bearing elements of the Building located within the Premises, Landlord shall not be required to maintain or repair any portion of the Premises.

SECTION 6.2 TENANT’S OBLIGATION TO MAINTAIN AND REPAIR.

 

6.2.1 Tenant’s Obligation . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, (i) maintain and keep the interior of the Premises (including, but not limited to, all fixtures, walls, ceilings, floors, doors, windows [except replacement of exterior plate glass unless the replacement is by reason of damage caused by Tenant], appliances and equipment which are a part of the Premises) in good repair and condition, (ii) repair or replace any damage or injury done to the Building or any other part of the property caused by Tenant, Tenant’s agents, employees, licensees, invitees or visitors or resulting from a breach of its obligations under this Section 6.2 and (iii) INDEMNIFY AND HOLD LANDLORD HARMLESS FROM, AND REIMBURSE LANDLORD FOR AND WITH RESPECT TO, ANY AND ALL COSTS, EXPENSES (INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEYS’ FEES), CLAIMS AND CAUSES OF ACTION ARISING FROM OR INCURRED BY AND/OR ASSERTED IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS, REPLACEMENTS, DAMAGE OR INJURY WHETHER SUCH COSTS, EXPENSES, CLAIMS AND CAUSES OF ACTION ARISE IN WHOLE OR IN PART FROM THE CONCURRENT OR COMPARATIVE NEGLIGENCE OF LANDLORD; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, SUCH INDEMNIFICATION OF LANDLORD BY TENANT SHALL NOT INCLUDE ANY CLAIM TO THE EXTENT CAUSED BY THE SOLE OR GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF LANDLORD. All repairs and replacements performed by or on behalf of Tenant shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with the standards applicable to alterations or improvements performed by Tenant. Tenant shall continue to pay Rent, without abatement, during any period that repairs or replacements are performed or required to be performed by Tenant under this Section 6.2.

 

6.2.2 Rights of Landlord . Landlord shall have the same rights with respect to repairs performed by Tenant as Landlord has with respect to improvements and alterations performed by Tenant under subsection 6.3.3 below. In the event Tenant fails, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, to maintain the Premises in good order, condition and repair, or otherwise satisfy its repair and replacement obligations under subsection 6.2.1 above, Landlord shall have the right to perform such maintenance, repairs and replacements at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand any such reasonable cost or expense incurred by Landlord, together with interest thereon at the rate specified in Section 15.10 below from the date of demand until paid.

SECTION 6.3 IMPROVEMENTS AND ALTERATIONS.

 

6.3.1 Landlord’s Construction Obligation . Landlord’s sole construction obligation under this Lease is as set forth in the Work Letter.

 

6.3.2

Alteration of Building . Landlord hereby reserves the right and at all times shall have the right to repair, change, redecorate, alter, improve, modify, renovate, enclose or make additions to any part of the Property (including, without limitation, structural elements and load bearing elements within the Premises) and to enclose and/or change the arrangement and/or location of driveways or parking areas or landscaping or other Common Areas of the Property, all without being held guilty of an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant or breach of any implied warranty and without an abatement of Rent (the “Reserved Right”); provided, however, that the Premises remain accessible to Tenant. Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord’s Reserved Right shall include, but not be limited to, the right to do any of the following: (i) erect and

 

12


 

construct scaffolding, pipe, conduit and other structures on, within and outside of the Premises when reasonably required by the nature of the changes, alterations, improvements, modifications, renovations and/or additions being performed, (ii) repair, change, renovate, remodel, alter, improve, modify or make additions to the arrangement, appearance, location and/or size of entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, corridors, elevators, elevator lobbies, stairs, toilets or other Common Areas or Service Areas, (iii) temporarily close any Common Area and/or temporarily suspend Building services and facilities in connection with any repairs, changes, alterations, modifications, renovations or additions to any part of the Building, subject to Section 5.2 above, (iv) repair, change, alter or improve plumbing, pipes and conduits located in the Building, including without limitation, those located within the Premises, the Common Areas, the Service Corridors or the Service Areas (hereinafter defined) of the Building and (v) repair, change, modify, alter, improve, renovate or make additions to the Building’s central heating, ventilation, air conditioning, electrical, mechanical or plumbing systems. When exercising the Reserved Right, Landlord will interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises as little as is reasonably practicable.

 

6.3.3

Alterations, Additions, Improvements and Installations by Tenant . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, make any changes, modifications, alterations, additions or improvements (other than Tenant’s Improvements under the Work Letter) to, or install any equipment or machinery (other than office equipment and unattached personal property) on, the Premises (all such changes, modifications, alterations, additions, improvements [other than Tenant’s Improvements under the Work Letter] and installations are herein collectively referred to as “Installations”) if any such Installations would (i) affect any structural element of the Property, (ii) reduce the load bearing capacity of any portion of the Building or the Garage (other than by reason of the weight of the Installations themselves, as long as total load capacity is not exceeded), (iii) involve slab penetrations or curtain wall penetrations in the Building or Garage, (iv) penetrate into portions of the Building outside of the Premises, or (iv) adversely affect (A) the functioning of the Building HVAC system, or the electrical, mechanical, plumbing, lighting, life safety or any other system of the Building or (B) Landlord’s ability to deliver Building services to other tenants of the Building. As to Installations not covered by the preceding sentence, Tenant will not perform same without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. All Installations shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Without in any way limiting Landlord’s consent rights, Landlord shall not be required to give its consent until (a) Landlord approves the contractor or person making such Installations and approves such contractor’s insurance coverage to be provided in connection with the work, (b) Landlord approves final and complete plans and specifications for the work and (c) the appropriate governmental agency, if any, has approved the plans and specifications for such work. In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall not install, or permit any third party to install on its behalf, any cabling (including, without limitation, any electric, phone and data cabling and related equipment) or conduit in the Building without first obtaining Landlord’s written approval, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. In addition to other considerations, Landlord’s approval of any requested cabling or conduit shall be limited by the space then available for the installation of any requested cabling or conduit, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion, without Landlord having any obligation to provide any additional space for such installation. All work performed by Tenant or its contractor relating to the Installations shall conform to all Applicable Laws, including, without limitation, the Disability Acts. Upon completion of the Installations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord “as built” plans. If Landlord performs such Installations, Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, the cost thereof plus fifteen percent (15%) as reimbursement for Landlord’s overhead. Each payment shall be made to Landlord within ten (10) days after receipt of an invoice from Landlord. All Installations that constitute improvements constructed within the Premises shall be surrendered with the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, unless Landlord requests that same be removed pursuant to Section 1.3 above. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from, and reimburse Landlord for and with respect to, any and all costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs), demands, claims, causes of action and liens arising from or in connection with any Installations performed by or on behalf of Tenant. All Installations

 

13


 

performed by or on behalf of Tenant will be performed diligently and in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all Applicable Laws and/or Tenant’s and Landlord’s insurance carriers. Landlord will have the right, but not the obligation, to inspect periodically the work on the Premises and may require reasonable changes in the method or quality of the work.

 

6.3.4 Approvals . Any approval by Landlord (or Landlord’s architect and/or engineers) of any of Tenant’s contractors or Tenant’s drawings, plans or specifications which are prepared in connection with any construction of improvements (including, without limitation, Tenant’s Improvements) in the Premises shall not in any way be construed as or constitute a representation or warranty of Landlord as to the abilities of the contractor or the adequacy or sufficiency of such drawings, plans or specifications or the improvements to which they relate, for any use, purpose or condition.

ARTICLE 7

INSURANCE, FIRE AND CASUALTY

SECTION 7.1 TOTAL OR PARTIAL DESTRUCTION OF THE BUILDING OR THE PREMISES. In the event that the Building is totally destroyed by fire or other casualty or in the event the Building (or any portion thereof) is so damaged that rebuilding or repairs cannot be completed, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such damage, Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease, in which event Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent shall be abated during the unexpired portion of this Lease effective with the date of such damage. Landlord shall exercise the termination right pursuant to the preceding sentence, if at all, by delivering written notice of termination to Tenant within ten (10) days after determining that the repairs cannot be completed within such one hundred eighty (180) day period. In the event the Building or the Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty and, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, the rebuilding or repairs can be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such damage, or if the damage is more serious but Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section, in either such event Landlord shall, within sixty (60) days after the date of such damage, commence rebuilding or repairing the Building and the Premises (including Tenant’s Improvements), but only to the extent of insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord for such repairs, to substantially the same condition which existed immediately prior to the happening of the casualty. Landlord shall allow Tenant a fair diminution of Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent during the time the Premises are unfit for occupancy; provided, that if such casualty was caused by Tenant, its agents, employees, licensees or invitees, Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent shall be abated only to the extent Landlord is compensated for such Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent by loss of rents insurance, if any. Notwithstanding any provision or inference herein to the contrary, Landlord’s obligation to restore the Building and the Premises is expressly limited to the amount of casualty insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord. Without limiting the preceding sentence, Tenant understands and agrees that if any mortgagee under a deed of trust, security agreement or mortgage on the Building should require that the insurance proceeds be used to retire or reduce the mortgage debt or if the insurance company issuing Landlord’s fire and casualty insurance policy fails or refuses to pay Landlord the proceeds under such policy, Landlord shall have no obligation to rebuild and this Lease shall terminate upon notice by Landlord to Tenant. Any insurance which may be carried by Landlord or Tenant against loss or damage to the Building or to the Premises shall be for the sole benefit of the party carrying such insurance and under its sole control.

SECTION 7.2 TENANT’S INSURANCE.

 

7.2.1 Types of Coverage . Tenant covenants and agrees that from and after the date of delivery of the Premises from Landlord to Tenant, Tenant will carry and maintain, at its sole cost and expense, the insurance set forth in paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this subsection.

 

  (a) Commercial General Liability Insurance . Commercial General Liability Insurance (“ CGL Policy ”) which shall include personal injury, bodily injury, property damage, personal injury, advertising injury, completed operations/product liability and contractual liability. Such CGL Policy shall afford protection to the limit of not less than $3,000,000.00, combined single limit, in respect to bodily injury and property damage arising out of any one (1) occurrence.

 

14


  (b) Property Insurance . Property insurance on an all risk, full replacement cost basis (including coverage against fire, wind, tornado, vandalism, malicious mischief, water damage and sprinkler leakage) covering Tenant’s Improvements, Installations and all other fixtures, equipment and personalty located in the Premises. The property insurance may, with the consent of the Landlord, provide for a reasonable deductible. The property insurance will contain endorsements that (a) in the event of payment of any loss covered by such policy, Landlord or Landlord’s designees will be paid first by the insurance company for Landlord’s loss and (b) Tenant’s insurance is primary in the event of overlapping coverage which may be carried by Landlord.

 

  (c) Workers Compensation Insurance . Worker’s compensation insurance insuring against and satisfying Tenant’s obligations and liabilities mandated by the worker’s compensation laws of the State of Texas.

 

  (d) Employers Liability Insurance . Employer’s liability insurance in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 bodily injury by accident, each accident; $1,000,000 bodily injury by disease, policy limit; and $1,000,000 bodily injury by disease, each employee.

 

7.2.2 Other Requirements of Insurance . All such insurance will be issued and underwritten by companies licensed to do business in the state of Texas and carrying an A.M. Best rating of not less than A-VIII (A minus 8) and will contain endorsements that (a) such insurance may not lapse with respect to Landlord or Property Manager or be canceled or amended with respect to Landlord or Property Manager without the insurance company giving Landlord and Property Manager at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of such lapse, cancellation or amendment and (b) Tenant will be solely responsible for payment of premiums.

 

7.2.3 Proof of Insurance . Tenant shall deliver to Landlord duly executed Certificates of Insurance evidencing in-force coverage of the insurance required by this Section 7.2 and a copy of the policies providing such insurance, within ten (10) days prior to the commencement of construction of Tenant’s Improvements. Further, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord renewals thereof at least ten (10) days prior to the expiration of the respective policy terms. In addition, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of the endorsements naming Landlord, Property Manager and Jones Lang LaSalle Services, Inc. each as additional insureds under the above described policies, except for the Property Insurance and Worker’s Compensation Insurance, and providing for such policies to be primary and non-contributory with any other insurance or self-insurance purchased by, maintained by or available to Landlord, Property Manager or Jones Lang LaSalle Services, Inc.

SECTION 7.3 LANDLORD’S INSURANCE.

 

7.3.1 Types of Coverage . Landlord covenants and agrees that from and after the date of delivery of the Premises from Landlord to Tenant, Landlord will carry and maintain, at its sole cost and expense, the insurance set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this subsection.

 

  (a) Commercial General Liability Insurance . Commercial General Liability Insurance coverage including personal injury, bodily injury, broad form property damage, operations hazard and contractual liability, such insurance to afford protection to the limit of not less than $3,000,000 combined single limit in respect to injury or death to any number of persons and property damage arising out of any one (1) occurrence.

 

  (b) Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance . A policy or policies of property insurance covering the Property on an all risk replacement cost basis, including without limitation, sprinkler and water damage, vandalism, malicious mischief, fire, wind and tornado and with any such deductibles as Landlord may from time to time determine.

 

15


7.3.2 Self Insurance . Any insurance provided for in subsection 7.3.1 above may be effected by self insurance or by a policy or policies of blanket insurance covering additional items or locations or assureds, provided that the requirements of this Section 7.3 are otherwise satisfied. Tenant shall have no rights in any policy or policies maintained by Landlord.

SECTION 7.4 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION.

 

7.4.1 Tenant’s Waiver . Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant waives, and shall cause its insurance carrier(s) and any other party claiming through or under such carrier(s), by way of subrogation or otherwise, to waive any and all rights of recovery, claim, action or causes of action against Landlord and its directors, employees, agents and invitees for any loss or damage to Tenant’s business, any loss of use of the Premises, and any loss, theft or damage to Tenant’s property (including Tenant’s automobiles or the contents thereof), INCLUDING ALL RIGHTS ( BY WAY OF SUBROGATION OR OTHERWISE ) OF RECOVERY , CLAIMS , ACTIONS OR CAUSES OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF THE NEGLIGENCE OF ANY L ANDLORD OR ITS DIRECTORS , EMPLOYEES , AGENTS OR INVITEES . Tenant agrees immediately to give to each such insurance carrier(s) written notification of the terms of the waivers contained in this Section and to have said insurance policies properly endorsed, if necessary, to prevent the invalidation of said insurance coverage by reason of said waivers. The foregoing waiver shall be effective whether or not Tenant maintains the insurance required to be obtained by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

 

7.4.2 Landlord’s Waiver . Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord waives, and shall cause its insurance carrier(s) and any other party claiming through or under such carrier(s), by way of subrogation or otherwise, to waive any and all rights of recovery, claim, action or causes of action against Tenant and its directors, employees, agents and invitees for any loss or damage to the Building and any loss, theft or damage to Landlord’s property, INCLUDING ALL RIGHTS ( BY WAY OF SUBROGATION OR OTHERWISE ) OF RECOVERY , CLAIMS , ACTIONS OR CAUSES OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF THE NEGLIGENCE OF T ENANT OR ITS DIRECTORS , EMPLOYEES , AGENTS OR INVITEES . Landlord agrees immediately to give to each such insurance carrier(s) written notification of the terms of the waivers contained in this Section and to have said insurance policies properly endorsed, if necessary, to prevent the invalidation of said insurance coverage by reason of said waivers. The foregoing waiver shall be effective whether or not Landlord maintains the insurance required to be obtained by Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

SECTION 7.5 TENANT INDEMNITY. TENANT WILL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD LANDLORD, PROPERTY MANAGER, JONES LANG LASALLE SERVICES, INC. AND THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS (THE “ INDEMNIFIED PARTIES ”) HARMLESS FROM, AND REIMBURSE THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES FOR AND WITH RESPECT TO, ALL CLAIMS, DEMANDS, ACTIONS, DAMAGES, LOSSES, LIABILITIES, OBLIGATIONS, PENALTIES, ACTIONS, JUDGMENTS, SUITS OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS, COSTS, EXPENSES OR DISBURSEMENTS OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ATTORNEY’S FEES, COURT COSTS AND DISBURSEMENTS (EACH A “CLAIM” AND COLLECTIVELY THE “CLAIMS”) WHICH MAY BE IMPOSED ON, INCURRED BY, SUFFERED BY OR ASSERTED AGAINST ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY AS A RESULT OF, ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH (A) THE USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES AND/OR ANY ACCIDENT, INJURY OR DAMAGE OCCURRING IN OR AT THE PREMISES OR (B) ANY BREACH BY TENANT OF ANY REPRESENTATION OR COVENANT IN THIS LEASE REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH CLAIM ARISES IN WHOLE OR IN PART FROM THE CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE OR COMPARATIVE NEGLIGENCE OF AN INDEMNIFIED PARTY; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, SUCH INDEMNIFICATION OF AN INDEMNIFIED PARTY BY TENANT SHALL NOT INCLUDE ANY CLAIM WAIVED BY LANDLORD UNDER Section 7.4 ABOVE OR ANY CLAIM TO THE EXTENT CAUSED BY THE SOLE OR GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF SUCH INDEMNIFIED PARTY. IT IS THE EXPRESS INTENTION OF LANDLORD AND TENANT THAT THE INDEMNITY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS SECTION BY TENANT IS TO INDEMNIFY AND PROTECT EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY FROM THE CONSEQUENCES OF SUCH INDEMNIFIED PARTY’S OWN NEGLIGENCE, WHETHER THAT NEGLIGENCE IS THE SOLE OR A CONCURRING CAUSE OF THE CLAIM. HOWEVER, SUCH INDEMNIFICATION OF AN INDEMNIFIED PARTY BY TENANT SHALL NOT INCLUDE ANY CLAIM TO THE EXTENT CAUSED BY THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF SUCH INDEMNIFIED PARTY.

 

16


SECTION 7.6 LANDLORD INDEMNITY. SUBJECT TO Section 7.5 AND Section 13.4, LANDLORD WILL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD TENANT ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS HARMLESS FROM, AND REIMBURSE THEM FOR AND WITH RESPECT TO, ALL CLAIMS WHICH MAY BE IMPOSED ON, INCURRED BY, SUFFERED BY OR ASSERTED AGAINST ANY OF THEM AS A RESULT OF, ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH (A) ANY ACCIDENT, INJURY OR DAMAGE OCCURRING IN THE BUILDING (EXCEPT FOR THE PREMISES) TO THE EXTENT CAUSED BY THE NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF LANDLORD; (B) ANY BREACH BY LANDLORD OF ANY COVENANT IN THIS LEASE; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, SUCH INDEMNIFICATION BY LANDLORD SHALL NOT INCLUDE ANY CLAIM WAIVED BY TENANT UNDER Section 7.4 ABOVE

ARTICLE 8

CONDEMNATION

SECTION 8.1 CONDEMNATION RESULTING IN CONTINUED USE NOT FEASIBLE. If the Property or any portion thereof that, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, is necessary to the continued efficient and/or economically feasible use of the Property shall be taken or condemned in whole or in part for public purposes, or sold to a condemning authority in lieu of taking, then the term of this Lease shall, at the option of Landlord, forthwith cease and terminate.

SECTION 8.2 TOTAL CONDEMNATION OF PREMISES. In the event that all or substantially all of the Premises is taken or condemned or sold in lieu thereof or if Tenant will be unable to use a substantial portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days by reason of a temporary taking, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease by delivering written notice thereof to the other within ten (10) business days after notice of the taking, condemnation or sale in lieu thereof to be effective as of the date of such taking, condemnation or sale in lieu thereof.

SECTION 8.3 CONDEMNATION WITHOUT TERMINATION. If upon a taking or condemnation or sale in lieu of the taking of all or less than all of the Property which (a) does not give either Landlord or Tenant the right to terminate this Lease or (b) gives either Landlord or Tenant the right to terminate this Lease pursuant to Section 8.1 or Section 8.2 above and neither Landlord nor Tenant elect to exercise such termination right, then this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, provided that, if the taking, condemnation or sale includes any portion of the Premises, the Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent shall be redetermined on the basis of the remaining square feet of Agreed Rentable Area of the Premises. Landlord, at Landlord’s sole option and expense, shall restore and reconstruct the Building to substantially its former condition to the extent that the same may be reasonably feasible, but such work shall not be required to exceed the scope of the work done by Landlord in originally constructing the Building, nor shall Landlord in any event be required to spend for such work an amount in excess of the amount received by Landlord as compensation or damages (over and above amounts going to the mortgagee of the property taken) for the part of the Building or the Premises so taken.

SECTION 8.4 CONDEMNATION PROCEEDS. Landlord shall receive the entire award (which shall include sales proceeds) payable as a result of a condemnation, taking or sale in lieu thereof. Tenant hereby expressly assigns to Landlord any and all right, title and interest of Tenant now or hereafter arising in and to any such award. Tenant shall, however, have the right to recover from such authority through a separate award which does not reduce Landlord’s award, any compensation as may be awarded to Tenant on account of moving and relocation expenses and depreciation to and removal of Tenant’s physical property.

ARTICLE 9

LIENS

Tenant shall keep the Premises free from all liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or for Tenant and Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from, and reimburse Landlord for and with respect to, any and all claims, causes of action, damages, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), arising from or in connection with any such liens. In the event that Tenant shall not, within ten (10)

 

17


days following notification to Tenant of the imposition of any such lien, cause the same to be released of record by payment or the posting of a bond in amount, form and substance acceptable to Landlord, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other remedies provided herein and by law, the right but not the obligation, to cause the same to be released by such means as it shall deem proper, including payment of or defense against the Claim giving rise to such lien. All amounts paid or incurred by Landlord in connection therewith shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on demand and shall bear interest from the date of demand until paid at the rate set forth in Section 15.10 below. Nothing in this Lease shall be deemed or construed in any way as constituting the consent or request of Landlord, express or implied, by inference or otherwise, to any contractor, subcontractor, laborer or material man for the performance of any labor or the furnishing of any materials for any specific improvement, alteration or repair of or to the Building or the Premises or any part thereof, nor as giving Tenant any right, power or authority to contract for or permit the rendering of any services or the furnishing of any materials that would give rise to the filing of any mechanic’s or other liens against the interest of Landlord in the Property or the Premises.

ARTICLE 10

TAXES ON TENANT’S PROPERTY

Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay, prior to their becoming delinquent, any and all taxes and assessments levied against, and any increases in Real Estate Taxes as a result of, any personal property or trade or other fixtures placed by Tenant in or about the Premises and any improvements (other than Tenant’s Improvements) constructed in the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant.

ARTICLE 11

SUBLETTING AND ASSIGNING

SECTION 11.1 SUBLEASE AND ASSIGNMENT. Tenant shall not assign this Lease, or allow it to be assigned, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise (it being agreed that for purposes of this Lease, assignment shall include, without limitation, the transfer of a majority interest of stock, partnership or other forms of ownership interests, merger or dissolution) or mortgage or pledge the same, or sublet the Premises or any part thereof or permit the Premises to be occupied by any firm, person, partnership or corporation or any combination thereof, other than Tenant, without the prior written consent of Landlord. In no event shall any assignment or sublease ever release Tenant from any obligation or liability hereunder. Notwithstanding the previous provisions of this Section 11.1 but subject to the remaining Sections of this Article 11 other than Section 11.5, Tenant may assign this Lease in connection with an initial public offering or subject to the following requirements (a) through (d) as a result of a sale of all or substantially all of the ownership interest in Tenant without Landlord’s consent provided that (a) the tangible net worth of the resulting tenant as of the date of the sale is at least equal to $10,000,000, (b) Tenant is not in default under this Lease or any agreement related to this Lease, (c) the density of persons of the resulting tenant is not greater than Building standard density, and (d) Tenant provides to Landlord written notice of such sale within fifteen (15) days after the effective date thereof along with evidence satisfactory to Landlord confirming the immediately preceding requirements (a) through (c).

SECTION 11.2 TENANT’S CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS. Without limiting Landlord’s consent rights and as a condition to obtaining Landlord’s consent, (i) each assignee must assume all obligations under this Lease and (ii) each subtenant must confirm that its sublease is subject and subordinate to this Lease. In addition, each assignee and subtenant shall agree to cause the Premises to comply at all times with all requirements of the Disability Acts (as amended), including, but not limited to, obligations arising out of or associated with such assignee’s or subtenant’s use of or activities or business operations conducted within the Premises. No assignee or subtenant of the Premises or any portion thereof may assign or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof. Consent by Landlord to one or more assignments or sublettings shall not operate as a waiver of Landlord’s rights as to any subsequent assignments and/or sublettings. All reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any assignment or sublease proposed by Tenant will be the responsibility of Tenant and will be paid by Tenant upon receipt of an invoice from Landlord.

SECTION 11.3 LANDLORD’S RIGHTS RELATING TO ASSIGNEE OR SUBTENANT. To the extent the rentals or income derived from any sublease or assignment exceed the rentals due hereunder, all such excess rentals shall be the property of and paid over to Landlord in consideration for Landlord’s consent to the applicable assignment or sublease. Landlord may at its option collect directly from such assignee or subtenant all rents

 

18


becoming due to Tenant under such assignment or sublease. Tenant hereby authorizes and directs any such assignee or subtenant to make such payments of rent directly to Landlord upon receipt of notice from Landlord, and Tenant agrees that any such payments made by an assignee or subtenant to Landlord shall, to the extent of the payments so made, be a full and complete release and discharge of rent owed to Tenant by such assignee or subtenant. No direct collection by Landlord from any such assignee or subtenant shall be construed to constitute a novation or a release of Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant from the further performance of its obligations hereunder. Receipt by Landlord of any rent from any assignee, subtenant or occupant of the Premises or any part thereof shall not be deemed a waiver of the above covenant in this Lease against assignment and subletting or a release of Tenant under this Lease. In the event that, following an assignment or subletting, this Lease or the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder are terminated for any reason, including without limitation in connection with default by or bankruptcy of Tenant (which, for the purposes of this Section 11.3, shall include all persons or entities claiming by or through Tenant), Landlord may, at its sole option, consider this Lease to be thereafter a direct lease to the assignee or subtenant of Tenant upon the terms and conditions contained in this Lease.

SECTION 11.4 ERISA AND UBTI RESTRICTIONS. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, including, without limitation Section 11.1 and Section 11.2 above, no assignment or subletting shall be permitted if (i) the proposed assignee or subtenant or any person which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed assignee or subtenant directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Landlord or any person who controls Landlord; and (ii) the proposed assignment or sublease (a) provides for a rental or other payment for the leasing, use, occupancy or utilization of all or any portion of the Premises based, in whole or in part, on the income or profits derived by any person from the property so leased, used, occupied or utilized other than an amount based on a fixed percentage or percentages of gross receipts or sales or (b) does not provide that such assignee or subtenant shall not enter into any lease, sublease, license, concession or other agreement for the use, occupancy or utilization of all or any portion of the Premises which provides for a rental or other payment for such use, occupancy or utilization based, in whole or in part, on the income or profits derived by any person from the property so leased, used, occupied or utilized other than an amount based on a fixed percentage or percentages of gross receipts or sales; or (iii) in the reasonable opinion of Landlord’s counsel, such proposed assignment or subletting will (a) cause a violation of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 by such proposed assignee or subtenant, by Landlord, or by any person which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, Landlord or any person who controls Landlord or (b) result in Landlord, or any person which, directly or indirectly controls Landlord, receiving “unrelated business taxable income” (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code).

SECTION 11.5 RECAPTURE. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s notice of any proposed assignment or sublease, to recapture the portion of the Premises to be assigned or subleased. Such recapture notice shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to such portion of the Premises as of the date stated in Tenant’s notice as the effective date of the proposed assignment or sublease, as the case may be (or at Landlord’s option, shall cause the proposed assignment or sublease to be made to Landlord or its agent, in which case the parties shall execute the documentation promptly thereafter). If this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant in proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the Premises, this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same.

ARTICLE 12

TRANSFERS BY LANDLORD, SUBORDINATION AND

TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

SECTION 12.1 SALE OF THE PROPERTY. In the event of a sale, transfer or conveyance by Landlord of the Property (which sale, transfer or conveyance by Landlord may be consummated freely without consent or approval of Tenant), the same shall operate to release Landlord from any and all liability under this Lease arising after the date of such sale, provided that if a Security Deposit has been made by Tenant, Landlord shall not be released from liability with respect thereto unless Landlord transfers the Security Deposit to the purchaser and the purchaser assumes liability therefore in writing.

 

19


SECTION 12.2 SUBORDINATION, ATTORNMENT AND NOTICE. This Lease is subject and subordinate to (i) any lease wherein Landlord is the tenant and to the liens of any and all mortgages and deeds of trust, regardless of whether such lease, mortgage or deed of trust now exists or may hereafter be created with regard to all or any part of the Property, (ii) any and all advances (including interest thereon) to be made under any such lease, mortgage or deed of trust and (iii) all modifications, consolidations, renewals, replacements and extensions of any such lease, mortgage or deed of trust. Tenant also agrees that any lessor, mortgagee or trustee may elect (which election shall be revocable) to have this Lease superior to any lease or lien of its mortgage or deed of trust and, in the event of such election and upon notification by such lessor, mortgagee or trustee to Tenant to that effect, this Lease shall be deemed superior to the said lease, mortgage or deed of trust, whether this Lease is dated prior to or subsequent to the date of said lease, mortgage or deed of trust. Tenant shall, in the event of the sale or assignment of Landlord’s interest in the Premises (except in a sale-leaseback financing transaction), or in the event of the termination of any lease in a sale-leaseback financing transaction wherein Landlord is the lessee, attorn to and recognize such purchaser, assignee or mortgagee as Landlord under this Lease. Tenant shall, in the event of any proceedings brought for the foreclosure of, or in the event of the exercise of the power of sale under, any mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises, attorn to and recognize purchaser at such sale, assignee or mortgagee, as the case may be, as Landlord under this Lease. The above subordination and attornment clauses shall be self-operative and no further instruments of subordination or attornment need be required by any mortgagee, trustee, lessor, purchaser or assignee. In confirmation thereof, Tenant agrees that, upon the request of Landlord, or any such lessor, mortgagee, trustee, purchaser or assignee, Tenant shall execute and deliver any reasonable instruments as may be required for such purposes and to carry out the intent of this Section 12.2.

SECTION 12.3 TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE. Tenant shall, within five (5) days after receipt of the request of Landlord or any mortgagee of Landlord, without additional consideration, deliver an estoppel certificate, consisting of reasonable statements required by Landlord, any mortgagee or purchaser of any interest in the Property, which statements may include but shall not be limited to the following: this Lease is in full force and effect, with rental paid through a current date; this Lease has not been modified or amended; Landlord is not in default and Landlord has fully performed all of Landlord’s obligations hereunder; and such other statements as may reasonably be required by the requesting party. If Tenant is unable to make any of the statements contained in the estoppel certificate because the same is untrue, Tenant shall with specificity state the reason why such statement is untrue. Tenant shall, if requested by Landlord or any such mortgagee, deliver to Landlord a fully executed instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord evidencing the agreement of Tenant to the mortgage or other hypothecation by Landlord of the interest of Landlord hereunder.

ARTICLE 13

DEFAULT

SECTION 13.1 DEFAULTS BY TENANT. The occurrence of any of the events described in subsections 13.1.1 through 13.1.8 shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease.

 

13.1.1 Failure to Pay Rent . Any failure by Tenant to pay Rent or to make any other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder when due, provided that the first two (2) such failures during any consecutive twelve (12) month period shall not be a default if Tenant pays the amount due plus late fees within five (5) days after written notice from Landlord, with no other notice being required for default in payment of Rent.

 

13.1.2 Failure to Perform . Except for a failure covered by subsection 13.1.1 above or 13.1.3 below, any failure by Tenant to observe and perform any provision of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after Tenants receipt of written notice to Tenant, provided that if such failure cannot be cured within said thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be in default hereunder so long as Tenant commences curative action within such thirty (30) day period, diligently and continuously pursues the curative action and fully and completely cures the failure within sixty (60) days after such written notice to Tenant.

 

13.1.3 Continual Failure to Perform . The third failure by Tenant in any twelve (12) month period to perform and observe a particular provision of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant (other than the failure to pay Rent, which in all instances will be covered by subsection 13.1.1 above), no notice being required for any such third failure.

 

20


13.1.4 Bankruptcy, Insolvency, Etc . Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations hereunder (hereinafter called “Guarantor”, whether one (1) or more), (i) cannot meet its obligations as they become due, (ii) becomes or is declared insolvent according to any law, (iii) makes a transfer in fraud of creditors according to any Applicable Laws, (iv) assigns or conveys all or a substantial portion of its property for the benefit of creditors or (v) files a petition for relief under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other present or future federal or state insolvency, bankruptcy or similar law (collectively, “applicable bankruptcy law”); a receiver or trustee is appointed for Tenant or Guarantor or its property; the interest of Tenant or Guarantor under this Lease is levied on under execution or under other legal process; any involuntary petition is filed against Tenant or Guarantor under applicable bankruptcy law; or any action is taken to reorganize or modify Tenant’s or Guarantor’s capital structure if Tenant or Guarantor is a corporation or other entity (provided that no such levy, execution, legal process or petition filed against Tenant or Guarantor shall constitute a breach of this lease if Tenant or Guarantor shall vigorously contest the same by appropriate proceedings and shall remove or vacate the same within ninety (90) days from the date of its creation, service or filing).

 

13.1.5 Loss of Right to do Business . If Tenant is a corporation or limited partnership, Tenant fails to maintain its right to do business in the State of Texas or fails to pay any applicable annual franchise taxes as and when same become finally due and payable, and which so remain for ten (10) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant.

 

13.1.6 Dissolution or Liquidation . If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, Tenant dissolves or liquidates or otherwise fails to maintain its corporate or partnership structure, as applicable.

SECTION 13.2 REMEDIES OF LANDLORD.

 

13.2.1 Termination of the Lease . Upon the occurrence of a default by Tenant hereunder, Landlord may, without judicial process, terminate this Lease by giving written notice thereof to Tenant (whereupon all obligations and liabilities of Landlord hereunder shall terminate) and, without further notice and without liability, repossess the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to recover all loss and damage Landlord may suffer by reason of such termination, whether through inability to relet the Premises on satisfactory terms or otherwise, including without limitation, the following (without duplication of any element of damages):

 

  (a) accrued Rent to the date of termination and Late Charges, plus interest thereon at the rate established under Section 15.10 below from the date due through the date paid or date of any judgment or award by any court of competent jurisdiction, the unamortized cost of Tenant’s Improvements, brokers’ fees and commissions, attorneys’ fees, moving allowances and any other costs incurred by Landlord in connection with making or executing this Lease, the cost of recovering the Premises and the costs of reletting the Premises (including, without limitation, advertising costs, brokerage fees, leasing commissions, reasonable attorneys’ fees and refurbishing costs and other costs in readying the Premises for a new tenant);

 

  (b) the present value of the Rent (discounted at a rate of interest equal to six percent [6%] per annum [the “Discount Rate”]) that would have accrued under this Lease for the balance of the Lease term but for such termination, reduced by the reasonable fair market rental value of the Premises for such balance of the Lease term (determined from the present value of the actual base rents, discounted at the Discount Rate, received and to be received from Landlord’s reletting of the Premises or, if the Premises are not relet, the base rents, discounted at the Discount Rate, that would be received from a comparable lease and comparable tenant for a comparable term and taking into account among other things, the condition of the Premises, market conditions and the period of time the Premises may reasonably remain vacant before Landlord is able to re-lease the same to a suitable replacement tenant);

 

21


  (c) plus any other costs or amounts necessary to compensate Landlord for its damages.

 

13.2.2 Repossession and Re-Entry . Upon the occurrence of a default by Tenant hereunder, Landlord may, without judicial process, immediately terminate Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises (whereupon all obligations and liability of Landlord hereunder shall terminate), but not terminate this Lease, and, without notice, demand or liability, enter upon the Premises or any part thereof, take absolute possession of the same, expel or remove Tenant and any other person or entity who may be occupying the Premises and change the locks. If Landlord terminates Tenant’s possession of the Premises under this subsection 13.2.2, (i) Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to tender to Tenant a key for new locks installed in the Premises, and (ii) Tenant shall have no further right to possession of the Premises. Landlord may, however, at its sole option relet the Premises or any part thereof for such terms and such rents as Landlord may in its sole discretion elect. If Landlord elects to relet the Premises, rent received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied first, to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord (in such order as Landlord shall designate), second, to the payment of any costs of such reletting, including, without limitation, refurbishing costs, reasonable attorneys’ fees, advertising costs, brokerage fees and leasing commissions and third, to the payment of Rent due and unpaid hereunder (in such order as Landlord shall designate), and Tenant shall satisfy and pay to Landlord any deficiency upon demand therefor from time to time. Landlord shall not be responsible or liable for any failure to relet the Premises or any part thereof or for any failure to collect any rent due upon any such reletting. No such re-entry or taking of possession of the Premises by Landlord shall be construed as an election on Landlord’s part to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such termination is given to Tenant pursuant to subsection 13.2.1 above. If Landlord relets the Premises, either before or after the termination of this Lease, all such rentals received from such lease shall be and remain the exclusive property of Landlord, and Tenant shall not be, at any time, entitled to recover any such rental. Landlord may at any time after a reletting elect to terminate this Lease.

 

13.2.3 Cure of Default . Upon the occurrence of a default hereunder by Tenant, Landlord may, without judicial process and without having any liability therefor, enter upon the Premises and do whatever Tenant is obligated to do under the terms of this Lease and Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord on demand for any expenses which Landlord may incur in effecting compliance with Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and Tenant further agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any damages resulting to Tenant from such action, whether caused by the negligence of Landlord, its agents, employees, contractors or otherwise.

 

13.2.4 Continuing Obligations . No repossession of or re-entering upon the Premises or any part thereof pursuant to subsection 13.2.2 or 13.2.6 above or otherwise and no reletting of the Premises or any part thereof pursuant to subsection 13.2.2 above shall relieve Tenant or any Guarantor of its liabilities and obligations hereunder, all of which shall survive such repossession or re-entering. In the event of any such repossession of or re-entering upon the Premises or any part thereof by reason of the occurrence of a default, Tenant will continue to pay to Landlord Rent required to be paid by Tenant.

 

13.2.5

Mitigation of Damages . Upon termination of Tenant’s right to possess the Premises, Landlord shall, to the extent required by laws, statutes, court rulings now or hereafter adopted by any governmental or other authority (and no further), use objectively reasonable efforts to mitigate damages by reletting the Premises. Landlord shall not be deemed to have failed to do so if Landlord refuses to lease the Premises to a prospective new tenant with respect to whom Landlord would be entitled to withhold its consent pursuant to Article 11, or who (a) is not acceptable to Landlord’s mortgagee(s); (b) is an affiliate, parent or subsidiary of Tenant; (c) requires improvements to the Premises to be made at Landlord’s expense; or (d) is unwilling to accept lease terms then proposed by Landlord, including: (i) leasing for a shorter or longer term than

 

22


 

remains under this Lease, (ii) re-configuring or combining the Premises with other space, (iii) taking all or only a part of the Premises, and/or (iv) changing the use of the Premises. Notwithstanding Landlord’s duty to mitigate its damages as provided herein, Landlord shall not be obligated to give any priority to reletting Tenant’s space in connection with its leasing of space in the Building or any complex of which the Building is a part.

 

13.2.6 Cumulative Remedies . No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Landlord is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy set forth herein or otherwise available to Landlord at law or in equity and each and every right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute. In addition to the other remedies provided in this Lease and without limiting the preceding sentence, Landlord shall be entitled, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, to injunctive relief in case of the violation, or attempted or threatened violation, of any of the covenants, agreements, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or to a decree compelling performance of any of the covenants, agreements, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or to any other remedy allowed to Landlord at law or in equity.

SECTION 13.3 DEFAULTS BY LANDLORD. Landlord shall be in default under this Lease if and only if Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder and said failure continues for a period of thirty (30) days after Tenant delivers written notice thereof to Landlord and each mortgagee who has a lien against any portion of the Property and whose name and address has been provided to Tenant, provided that if such failure cannot reasonably be cured within said thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall not be in default hereunder if the curative action is commenced within said thirty (30) day period and is thereafter diligently and continuously pursued until cured. In no event shall (i) Tenant claim a constructive or actual eviction or that the Premises have become unsuitable hereunder or (ii) a constructive or actual eviction or breach of any implied warranty be deemed to have occurred under this Lease, prior to the expiration of the notice and cure periods provided under this Section 13.3. Any notice of a failure to perform by Landlord shall be sent to Landlord at the addresses and to the attention of the parties set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions. Any notice of a failure to perform by Landlord not sent to Landlord at all addresses and/or to the attention of all parties required under this Section and to each mortgagee who is entitled to notice or not sent in compliance with Article 14 below shall be of no force or effect. Landlord advises tenant that the current mortgagee of the Property is Bank of America, N.A., whose address is Bank of America, N.A., Capital Markets Services Group 900 West Trade Street, Suite 650, Mail Code NC1-026-06-01, Charlotte, North Carolina 28255.

SECTION 13.4 LANDLORD’S LIABILITY.

 

13.4.1 Tenant’s Rights in Respect of Landlord Default . Tenant is granted no contractual right of termination by this Lease, except to the extent and only to the extent set forth in Section 8.2 above. If Tenant shall recover a money judgment against Landlord, such judgment shall be satisfied only out of the right, title and interest of Landlord in the Property as the same may then be encumbered and the proceeds of any sale thereof, and Landlord shall not be liable for any deficiency. If Landlord is found to be in default hereunder by reason of its failure to give a consent that it is required to give hereunder, Tenant’s sole remedy will be an action for specific performance or injunction. The foregoing sentence shall in no event be construed as mandatorily requiring Landlord to give consents under this Lease. In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for consequential or special damages by reason of a failure to perform (or a default) by Landlord hereunder or otherwise. In no event shall Tenant have the right to levy execution against any property of Landlord other than its interest in the Property as hereinbefore expressly provided. Nothing in this Section 13.4.1 will preclude or prohibit Tenant from seeking declaratory judgment or other equitable relief to which it may be entitled.

 

13.4.2

CERTAIN LIMITATIONS ON LANDLORD’S LIABILITY . UNLESS CAUSED BY LANDLORD’S, OR ITS AGENT’S OR EMPLOYEE’S (ACTING IN THE COURSE AND SCOPE OF THEIR AGENCY OR EMPLOYMENT) GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT AND WITHOUT LIMITING THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 7.4, IN NO EVENT SHALL LANDLORD HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO TENANT FOR ANY CLAIMS,

 

23


 

ACTIONS, DEMANDS, COSTS, EXPENSES, DAMAGE OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND (I) ARISING OUT OF THE USE, OCCUPANCY OR ENJOYMENT OF THE PREMISES BY TENANT OR ANY PERSON THEREIN OR HOLDING UNDER TENANT OR BY OR THROUGH THE ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE EMPLOYEES, OFFICERS, AGENTS, INVITEES OR CONTRACTORS, (II) CAUSED BY OR ARISING OUT OF FIRE, EXPLOSION, FALLING SHEETROCK, GAS, ELECTRICITY, WATER, RAIN, SNOW OR DAMPNESS, OR LEAKS IN ANY PART OF THE PREMISES, (III) CAUSED BY OR ARISING OUT OF DAMAGE TO THE ROOF, PIPES, APPLIANCES OR PLUMBING WORKS OR ANY DAMAGE TO OR MALFUNCTION OF HEATING, VENTILATION OR AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT OR (IV) CAUSED BY TENANTS OR ANY PERSONS EITHER IN THE PREMISES OR ELSEWHERE IN THE BUILDING (OTHER THAN COMMON AREAS) OR BY OCCUPANTS OF PROPERTY ADJACENT TO THE BUILDING OR COMMON AREAS OR BY THE PUBLIC OR BY THE CONSTRUCTION OF ANY PRIVATE, PUBLIC OR QUASI-PUBLIC WORK. IN NO EVENT SHALL LANDLORD BE LIABLE TO TENANT FOR ANY LOSS OF OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY OF TENANT OR OF OTHERS LOCATED IN THE PREMISES OR THE BUILDING BY REASON OF THEFT OR BURGLARY. IN ADDITION TO THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT SHALL LANDLORD HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO TENANT FOR ANY PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. NOTHING IN THIS SUBSECTION 13.4.2 SHALL AFFECT TENANT’S ABATEMENT AND TERMINATION RIGHTS UNDER THIS LEASE WHICH ARE BASED UPON A TIME CERTAIN.

SECTION 13.5 WAIVER OF CONSUMER RIGHTS. T ENANT HEREBY WAIVES ALL ITS RIGHTS UNDER THE T EXAS D ECEPTIVE T RADE P RACTICES — C ONSUMER P ROTECTION A CT , S ECTION  17.41 ET SEQ . OF THE T EXAS B USINESS AND C OMMERCE C ODE , A LAW THAT GIVES CONSUMERS SPECIAL RIGHTS AND PROTECTIONS . A FTER CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY OF T ENANT S OWN SELECTION , T ENANT VOLUNTARILY ADOPTS THIS WAIVER .

SECTION 13.6 LANDLORD’S LIEN. Tenant grants to Landlord an express contract lien on and security interest in and to all goods, equipment, furnishings, fixtures, furniture, chattels and personal property of whatever nature owned by Tenant attached or affixed to or used in and about the Premises on the date of this Lease or at any time after the date of this Lease or otherwise located in the Premises and all renewals or replacements or substitutions for any of the foregoing, all building materials and equipment now or hereafter delivered to the Premises and intended to be installed in the Premises and all proceeds of the foregoing (including by way of illustration, but not limitation, proceeds of any insurance which may accrue to Tenant by reason of damage or destruction of any such property). A photographic or other reproduction of this Lease is sufficient and may be filed as a financing statement. Landlord shall have all the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Texas Business and Commerce Code and this lien and security interest may be foreclosed by process of law. The requirement of reasonable notice prior to any sale under Article 9 of the Texas Business and Commerce Code shall be met if such notice is given in the manner prescribed herein at least ten (10) days before the day of sale. Any sale made pursuant to the provisions of this Section shall be deemed to have been a public sale conducted in a commercially reasonable manner if held in the Premises after the time, place and method of sale and a general description of the types of property to be sold have been advertised for ten (10) consecutive days prior to the date of sale in a daily newspaper published in the county in Texas where the Building is located. Landlord acknowledges that most, if not all, of Tenant’s current equipment is financed and that most, if not all of Tenant’s future equipment to be placed in the Premises will be purchased with financing. Landlord hereby subordinates its lien granted in this Section to any current liens and agrees to subordinate such lien to any future lien with respect to a loan to purchase additional equipment to be located in the Premises.

ARTICLE 14

NOTICES

Any notice or communication required or permitted in this Lease shall be given in writing, sent by (a) personal delivery, (b) expedited delivery service with proof of delivery, (c) United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested or (d) prepaid telegram (provided that such telegram is confirmed by expedited delivery service or by mail in the manner previously described), addressed as provided in Item 14 of the Basic Lease Provisions and Section 13.3 above or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as

 

24


shall be designated from time to time in writing by the applicable party and sent in accordance herewith. Notice also may be given by telex or fax, provided each such transmission is confirmed (and such confirmation is supported by documented evidence) as received and further provided a telex or fax number, as the case may be, is set forth in Item 14 of the Basic Lease Provisions. Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given either at the time of personal delivery or, in the case of delivery service or mail, as of the date of first attempted delivery at the address and in the manner provided herein, or in the case of telegram or telex or fax, upon receipt.

ARTICLE 15

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 15.1 BUILDING NAME AND ADDRESS. Tenant shall not, without the written consent of Landlord, use the name of the Building for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises and in no event shall Tenant acquire any rights in or to such names. Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name, number or designation by which the Building is known.

SECTION 15.2 SIGNAGE. Tenant shall not inscribe, paint, affix or display any signs, advertisements or notices on or in the Building, except for such tenant identification information as Landlord permits to be included or shown on the directory in the main lobby and adjacent to the access door or doors to the Premises. Tenant will be allowed to have its name listed on the Building’s directory board or directory monitor.

SECTION 15.3 NO WAIVER. No waiver by Landlord or by Tenant of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to be a waiver by either party of any other provision of this Lease. No waiver by Landlord of any breach by Tenant shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach by Tenant of the same or any other provision. No waiver by Tenant of any breach by Landlord shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach by Landlord of the same or any other provision. The failure of Landlord or Tenant to insist at any time upon the strict performance of any covenant or agreement or to exercise any option, right, power or remedy contained in this Lease shall not be construed as a waiver or a relinquishment thereof for the future. Landlord’s consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act of Tenant. Tenant’s consent to or approval of any act by Landlord requiring Tenant’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Tenant’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act of Landlord. No act or thing done by Landlord or Landlord’s agents during the term of this Lease shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, unless done in writing signed by Landlord. The delivery of the keys to any employee or agent of Landlord shall not operate as a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Premises. The acceptance of any Rent by Landlord following a breach of this Lease by Tenant shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of such breach or any other breach. The payment of Rent by Tenant following a breach of this Lease by Landlord shall not constitute a waiver by Tenant of any such breach or any other breach. No waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless such waiver is expressly stated in writing signed by the waiving party. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly installment of Rent due under this Lease shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest Rent due hereunder, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy which may be available to Landlord.

SECTION 15.4 APPLICABLE LAW. This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.

SECTION 15.5 COMMON AREAS. “Common Areas” will mean all areas, spaces, facilities and equipment (whether or not located within the Building) made available by Landlord for the common and joint use of Landlord, Tenant and others designated by Landlord using or occupying space in the Building, including but not limited to, tunnels, walkways, sidewalks and driveways necessary for access to the Building, Building lobbies, landscaped areas, public corridors, public rest rooms, Building stairs, elevators open to the public, service elevators (provided that such service elevators shall be available only for tenants of the Building and others designated by Landlord), drinking fountains and any such other areas and facilities, if any, as are designated by Landlord from time to time as Common Areas. Common Areas shall not include the Garage. “Service Corridors” shall mean all loading docks, loading areas and all corridors that are not open to the public but which are available for use by Tenant and others

 

25


designated by Landlord. “Service Areas” will refer to areas, spaces, facilities and equipment serving the Building (whether or not located within the Building) but to which Tenant and other occupants of the Building will not have access, including, but not limited to, mechanical, telephone, electrical and similar rooms and air and water refrigeration equipment. Tenant is hereby granted a nonexclusive right to use the Common Areas and Service Corridors during the term of this Lease for their intended purposes, in common with others designated by Landlord, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, including, without limitation, the Rules and Regulations. The Building, Common Areas, Service Corridors and Service Areas will be at all times under the exclusive control, management and operation of the Landlord. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that the Premises (whether consisting of less than one floor or consisting of one or more full floors within the Building) do not include, and Landlord hereby expressly reserves for its sole and exclusive use, any and all mechanical, electrical, telephone and similar rooms, janitor closets, elevator, pipe and other vertical shafts and ducts, flues, stairwells, any area above the acoustical ceiling and any other areas not specifically shown on Exhibit A as being part of the Premises.

SECTION 15.6 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Subject to Article 11 hereof, all of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

SECTION 15.7 BROKERS. Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the broker named in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Provisions and that it knows of no other real estate brokers or agents who are or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against, and reimburse Landlord for and with respect to, any liability or claim, whether meritorious or not, arising in respect to brokers and/or agents claiming by, through or under Tenant and not so named. Landlord has agreed to pay the fees of the broker (but only the broker) named in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Provisions in accordance with a separate written agreement with such broker.

SECTION 15.8 SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances and the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

SECTION 15.9 EXAMINATION OF LEASE. Submission by Landlord of this instrument to Tenant for examination or signature does not constitute a reservation of or option for lease. This Lease will be effective as a lease only upon execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

SECTION 15.10 INTEREST ON TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS. Any amount due from Tenant to Landlord which is not paid within thirty (30) days after the date due shall bear interest at the lower of (i) eighteen percent (18%) per annum or (ii) the highest rate from time to time allowed by Applicable Laws, from the date such payment is due until paid, but the payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure the default.

SECTION 15.11 TIME. Time is of the essence in this Lease and in each and all of the provisions hereof. Whenever a period of days is specified in this Lease, such period shall refer to calendar days unless otherwise expressly stated in this Lease.

SECTION 15.12 DEFINED TERMS AND MARGINAL HEADINGS. Definitions of terms defined in the singular or plural shall be equally applicable to the plural or singular, as the case may be, unless otherwise indicated. If more than one person is named as Tenant, the obligations of such persons are joint and several. The headings and titles to the articles, sections and subsections of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part of this Lease.

SECTION 15.13 AUTHORITY OF TENANT. Tenant and each person signing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents to Landlord as follows: Tenant, if a corporation, is duly incorporated and legally existing under the laws of the state of its incorporation and is or will by April 1, 2006 be duly qualified to do business in the State of Texas. Tenant, if a partnership or joint venture, is duly organized under the Texas Uniform Partnership Act. Tenant, if a limited partnership, is duly organized under the applicable limited partnership act of the State of Texas or, if organized under the laws of a state other than Texas, is qualified under said Texas limited partnership act. Tenant

 

26


has all requisite power and all governmental certificates of authority, licenses, permits, qualifications and other documentation to lease the Premises and to carry on its business as now conducted and as contemplated to be conducted. Each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. The foregoing representations in this Section 15.13 shall also apply to any corporation, partnership, joint venture or limited partnership which is a general partner or joint venturer of Tenant.

SECTION 15.14 FORCE MAJEURE. Whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for action to be taken by Landlord or Tenant, the party taking the action shall not be liable or responsible for, and there shall be excluded from the computation for any such period of time, any delays due to strikes, riots, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, governmental laws, regulations or restrictions or any other causes of any kind whatsoever which are beyond the reasonable control of such party; provided, however, in no event shall the foregoing apply to the financial obligations of either Landlord or Tenant to the other under this Lease, including Tenant’s obligation to pay Basic Annual Rent, Additional Rent or any other amount payable to Landlord hereunder.

SECTION 15.15 RECORDING. This Lease shall not be recorded.

SECTION 15.16 NO REPRESENTATIONS. LANDLORD AND LANDLORD’S AGENTS HAVE MADE NO WARRANTIES, REPRESENTATIONS OR PROMISES (EXPRESS OR IMPLIED) WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES, THE BUILDING OR ANY OTHER PART OF THE PROPERTY (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE CONDITION, USE OR SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES, THE BUILDING OR THE PROPERTY), EXCEPT AS HEREIN EXPRESSLY SET FORTH AND NO RIGHTS, EASEMENTS OR LICENSES ARE ACQUIRED BY TENANT BY IMPLICATION OR OTHERWISE EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE PROVISIONS OF THIS LEASE.

SECTION 15.17 ATTORNEYS’ FEES. In the event of any legal action or proceeding brought by either party against the other arising out of this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in such action (including, without limitation, all costs of appeal) and such amount shall be included in any judgment rendered in such proceeding.

SECTION 15.18 NO LIGHT, AIR OR VIEW EASEMENT. Any diminution or shutting off of light, air or view by any structure which may be erected on the Property or lands adjacent to the Property shall in no way affect this Lease or impose any liability on Landlord (even if Landlord is the adjacent land owner).

SECTION 15.19 RELOCATION. Upon one hundred eighty (180) days advance written notice to Tenant (the “Relocation Notice”), Landlord shall have the right to relocate Tenant to other space in the Building (the “Substitute Premises”) provided such other space is located on a data center floor and is equal in size to or larger in size than the Premises. Landlord shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of any such relocation, including the expenses of moving and construction of improvements substantially similar to Tenant’s Improvements and other improvements installed with the written consent of Landlord and prior to the date of the Relocation Notice. In the event of such relocation, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect without any change in the terms or other conditions, except that the Substitute Premises shall be the Premises and an Exhibit A showing the Substitute Premises shall be substituted for the Exhibit A attached hereto. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall execute an amendment to this Lease evidencing the foregoing.

SECTION 15.20 SURVIVAL OF INDEMNITIES. Each indemnity agreement and hold harmless agreement contained herein shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

SECTION 15.21 CALCULATIONS. Landlord and Tenant are knowledgeable and experienced in commercial transactions and agree that each provision of this Lease for determining changes, amounts and additional rent payable by Tenant (i) is commercially reasonable and valid even though such methods may not state a precise mathematical formula for determining such charges and (ii) constitutes a “method by which the charge is to be computed” for purposes of Section 93.004 of the Texas Property Code. ACCORDINGLY, TENANT VOLUNTARILY AND KNOWINGLY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS AND BENEFITS OF TENANT UNDER SECTION 93.004 OF THE TEXAS PROPERTY CODE, AS SUCH SECTION NOW EXISTS OR AS MAY BE HEREAFTER AMENDED OR SUCCEEDED.

 

27


SECTION 15.22 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Lease contains all of the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Lease and no prior agreement, understanding or representation pertaining to any such matter shall be effective for any purpose. No provision of this Lease may be amended or added to except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Lease, as of the date first written in this Lease.

 

LANDLORD
AGBRI FANNIN, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
By:   SWSG II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
Its:   Authorized Agent
By:   SWSG II, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Jim Ingebritsen

Name:  

Jim Ingebritsen

Title:  

CFO

TENANT  
MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Peter B. Harker

Name:  

Peter B. Harker

Title:  

CFO

 

28


EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN

This Exhibit is attached to and a part of that certain Lease Agreement dated as of March 13, 2006, executed by and between AGBRI FANNIN, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). Any capitalized term not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Lease. Landlord and Tenant agree that the floor plans attached to this Exhibit are the floor plans for the Premises.

See Attached Floor Plan

 

A-i


FLOOR PLAN

LOGO

 

A-ii


EXHIBIT B

LAND LEGAL DESCRIPTION

This Exhibit is attached to and a part of that certain Lease Agreement dated as of March 13, 2006 executed by and between AGBRI FANNIN, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). Any capitalized term not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Lease. Landlord and Tenant agree that the metes and bounds legal description of the Land is as follows:

A 1.4463 acre (63,000 square feet) tract in the J.S. Holman Survey, Abstract No. 323, being all of Block Two Hundred Ninety-Four (294), South Side of Buffalo Bayou (S.S.B.B.) of the City of Houston, Harris County, Texas, (being the identical property constituting the entirety of Block Two Hundred Ninety-Four (294), described as Parcel “A” in that certain Deed of Trust and Security Agreement dated as of September 29, 1981 and filed for record under Harris County Clerk’s File H-534676), being more particularly described by metes and bounds as follows:

COMMENCING at the City of Houston Engineering Department survey control rod number 43 located in the intersection of Caroline Street and Polk Street;

THENCE, North 55 deg 00 min 00 sec West, along the City of Houston Engineering Department survey reference line in Polk Street, at a distance of 330.00 feet crossing the San Jacinto Street City of Houston Engineering Department survey reference line and continuing in all a distance of 370.00 feet to a point;

THENCE, South 35 deg 00 min 00 sec West, 40.00 feet to a nail set at the intersection of the northwesterly right-of-way line of San Jacinto Street and the southwesterly right-of-way line at Polk Street, the most easterly corner of Block 294 and marking the POINT OF BEGINNING of the herein described tract;

THENCE, South 35 deg 00 sec 00 min West, along the northwesterly right-of-way line of San Jacinto Street, a distance of 250.00 feet to a nail set for corner at the northeasterly right-of-way line of Clay Avenue, marking the most southerly corner of Block 294;

THENCE, North 55 deg 00 min 00 sec West, along the northeasterly right-of-way line of Clay Avenue, a distance of 252.00 feet to an “x” cut set in the southeasterly right-of-way line of Fannin Street, the most westerly corner of Block 294;

THENCE, North 35 deg 00 min 00 sec East, along the southeasterly right-of-way line of Fannin Street, a distance of 250.00 feet to an “X” cut set in the southwesterly line of Polk Avenue, mark the most northerly corner of Block 294;

THENCE, South 55 deg 00 min 00 sec East, along the southwesterly line of Polk Avenue, a distance of 252.00 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING of the herein described tract and containing 1.4463 acres (63,000 square feet) of land.

 

B-i


EXHIBIT C

WORK LETTER

(FINISH ALLOWANCE)

This Exhibit is attached to and a part of that certain Agreement dated as of March 13, 2006, executed by and between AGBRI FANNIN, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). Any capitalized term not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Lease. Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Tenant’s Improvements . If Tenant desires to make or have Landlord commence any improvements, refurbishing or other changes to the Premises prior to the Rent Commencement Date, it shall obtain Landlord’s written consent thereof prior to commencing any such improvements, refurbishing or other changes to the Premises. Any such improvements, refurbishing or other changes to the Premises approved by Landlord in writing are the “Tenant’s Improvements”.

2. Construction and Costs of Tenant’s Improvements .

 

2.1 Construction Obligation and Finish Allowance . Landlord agrees to construct Tenant’s Improvements, at Tenant’s cost and expense; provided, however, Landlord shall provide Tenant with an allowance of up to $22,865.00 (the “Finish Allowance”), which allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord, from time to time, for payment of (in the following priority) (i) payment of the Construction Management Fee (hereinafter defined) which shall be deducted from the Finish Allowance, (ii) the contract sum required to be paid to the general contractor engaged to construct Tenant’s Improvements (the “Contract Sum”) and (iii) the fees of the preparer of the any construction plans (the foregoing costs are collectively referred to as the “Permitted Costs”). Upon completion of Tenant’s Improvements and in consideration of Landlord administering the construction of Tenant’s Improvements, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord a fee equal to five percent (5%) of the Contract Sum to construct Tenant’s Improvements (the “Construction Management Fee”), which shall be deducted from the Finish Allowance. In addition to the Finish Allowance, Landlord shall provide one (1) used fifteen (15) ton Liebert unit, but the installation of the Liebert shall be at Tenant’s cost and expense, which shall be a Permitted Cost if installed prior to April 1, 2006.

 

2.2 Excess Costs . If the sum of the Permitted Costs exceeds the Finish Allowance, then Tenant shall pay all such excess costs (“Excess Costs”), provided, however, Landlord will, prior to the commencement of construction of Tenant’s Improvements, advise Tenant of the Excess Costs, if any, and the Contract Sum. Tenant shall have two (2) business days from and after the receipt of such advice within which to approve or disapprove the Contract Sum and Excess Costs. If Tenant fails to approve same by the expiration of the second such business day, then Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the proposed Contract Sum and Excess Costs. If Tenant disapproves the Contract Sum and Excess Costs within such two (2) business day period, then Tenant shall either reduce the scope of Tenant’s Improvements such that there shall be no Excess Costs or, at Tenant’s option, Landlord shall obtain two (2) additional bids, provided that each day beyond such two (2) business day period and until the rebid is accepted by Tenant shall constitute a Tenant Delay hereunder. Subject to the last sentence of this subsection, the foregoing process shall continue until a Contract Sum and resulting Excess Costs, if any, are accepted or deemed accepted by Tenant. Landlord and Tenant must approve (or be deemed to have approved) the Contract Sum for the construction of Tenant’s Improvements in writing prior to the commencement of construction. If Tenant fails to accept a Contract Sum by May 30, 2006, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease.

 

2.3 Construction Deposit . Tenant shall remit to Landlord an amount (the “Prepayment”) equal to the projected Excess Costs, if any, within five (5) working days after commencement of construction by Landlord. On or prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the actual Excess Costs, minus the Prepayment previously paid. Failure by Tenant to timely tender to Landlord the full Prepayment shall permit Landlord to stop all work until the Prepayment is received and each day of delay caused thereby shall be deemed a day of Tenant Delay. All sums due Landlord under this Section 2.3 shall be considered Rent under the terms of the Lease and nonpayment shall constitute a default under the Lease and entitle Landlord to any and all remedies specified in the Lease.

 

C-i


3. Delays . Delays in the completion of construction of Tenant’s Improvements or in obtaining a certificate of occupancy, if required by the applicable governmental authority, will not change the Commencement Date referenced in Item 6 unless Tenant is lawfully prohibited from occupying the Premises.

4. Substantial Completion and Punch List . The terms “Substantial Completion” and “Substantially Complete,” as applicable, shall mean when Tenant’s Improvements are sufficiently completed so that Tenant can reasonably use the Premises for the Permitted Use (as described in Item 11 of the Basic Lease Provisions). When Landlord considers Tenant’s Improvements to be Substantially Complete, Landlord will notify Tenant and within two (2) business days thereafter, Landlord’s representative and Tenant’s representative shall conduct a walk-through of the Premises and identify and produce a written report listing any necessary touch-up work, repairs and minor completion items as are necessary for final completion of Tenant’s Improvements. Neither Landlord’s representative nor Tenant’s representative shall unreasonably withhold his agreement on punch list items. Landlord will use reasonable efforts to cause the contractor to complete all punch list items within thirty (30) days after agreement thereon.

5. Tenant’s Contractors . If Tenant should desire to enter the Premises or authorize its agent to do so prior to the Commencement Date of the Lease, to perform approved work not requested of the Landlord, Landlord shall permit such entry if:

 

  (a) Tenant uses only such contractors which Landlord approves in its reasonable discretion and Landlord has approved the plans to be utilized by Tenant, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld; and

 

  (b) Tenant, its contractors, workmen, mechanics, engineers, space planners or such others as may enter the Premises (collectively, “Tenant’s Contractors”), work in harmony with and do not in any way disturb or interfere with Landlord’s space planners, architects, engineers, contractors, workmen, mechanics or other agents or independent contractors in the performance of their work (collectively, “Landlord’s Contractors”), it being understood and agreed that if entry of Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors would cause, has caused or is causing a material disturbance to Landlord or Landlord’s Contractors, then Landlord may, with notice, refuse admittance to Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors causing such disturbance; and

 

  (c) Tenant, Tenant’s Contractors and other agents provide Landlord sufficient evidence that each is covered under such Worker’s Compensation, public liability and property damage insurance as Landlord may reasonably request for its protection.

Landlord shall not be liable for any injury, loss or damage to any of Tenant’s installations or decorations made prior to the Commencement Date and not installed by Landlord. Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s Contractors from and against, and reimburse Landlord for and with respect to, any and all costs, expenses, claims, liabilities and causes of action arising out of or in connection with work performed in the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant (but excluding work performed by Landlord or Landlord’s Contractors). Landlord is not responsible for the function and maintenance of Tenant’s Improvements which are different than Landlord’s standard improvements at the Property or improvements, equipment, cabinets or fixtures not installed by Landlord. Such entry by Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors pursuant to this Section 5 shall be deemed to be under all of the terms, covenants, provisions and conditions of the Lease except the covenant to pay Rent.

 

C-ii


6. Construction Representatives . Landlord’s and Tenant’s representatives for coordination of construction and approval of change orders will be as follows, provided that either party may change its representative upon written notice to the other:

 

LANDLORD’S REPRESENTATIVE:

  

NAME

     Dan Egger   

ADDRESS

    

1301 Fannin Street, Suite 2400

Houston, Texas 77002

  

PHONE

     713-752-2900   

TENANT’S REPRESENTATIVE:

  

NAME

     Louis Gilbert   

ADDRESS

    

1301 Fannin Street, Suite 1275

Houston, Texas 77002

  

PHONE

    

 

  

 

C-iii


EXHIBIT D

ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES MEMORANDUM

This Acceptance of Premises Memorandum is being executed pursuant to that certain Lease Agreement (the “Lease”) dated the      day of March, 2006, between AGBRI FANNIN, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord certain space in the office building located at 1301 Fannin Street in Houston, Texas (the “Building”). Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that:

1. Except for the Punch List Items (as shown on the attached Punch List), Landlord has fully completed the construction work required under the terms of the Lease and the Work Letter attached thereto.

2. The Premises are tenantable, Landlord has no further obligation for construction (except with respect to Punch List Items) and Tenant acknowledges that the Building, the Premises and Tenant’s Improvements are satisfactory in all respects, except for the Punch List Items and are suitable for the Permitted Use.

3. The Rent Commencement Date of the Lease is the      day of             , 2006. If the date set forth in Item 7 of the Basic Lease Provisions is different than the date set forth in the preceding sentence, then Item 7 of the Basic Lease Provisions is hereby amended to be the Commencement Date set forth in the preceding sentence.

4. The Expiration Date of the Lease is the      day of             , 2013. If the date set forth in Item 8 of the Basic Lease Provisions is different than the date set forth in the preceding sentence, then Item 8 of the Basic Lease Provisions is hereby amended to be the Expiration Date set forth in the preceding sentence.

5. Tenant acknowledges receipt of the current Rules and Regulations for the Building.

6. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Lease.

Agreed and Executed this      day of             , 2006.

 

LANDLORD
AGBRI FANNIN, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
By:   SWSG II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
Its:   Authorized Agent
By:   SWSG II, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Its:   General Partner
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

TENANT  
MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

D-i


EXHIBIT E

GARAGE PARKING AGREEMENT

NON-RESERVED PARKING SPACES

This Exhibit is attached to and a part of that certain Lease Agreement dated as of March 13, 2006, executed by and between AGBRI FANNIN, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). Any capitalized term not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Lease. Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Parking Spaces . So long as the Lease of which this Exhibit is a part shall remain in effect, Tenant or persons designated by Tenant shall rent in the Garage on an unreserved and non-exclusive basis three (3) parking spaces in the Garage during the term of this Lease. Landlord shall have the right upon sixty (60) days notice to relocate Tenant’s parking spaces to the Clay Garage. In which event, the rent for such relocated parking spaces shall be the rate from time to time designated by Landlord as standard for the Clay Street Garage plus tax thereon. In addition to the foregoing, subject to availability in Landlord’s reasonable discretion and upon at least thirty (30) days advance written notice to Landlord, Tenant may take and pay for additional permits allowing access to unreserved parking spaces in the Garage (each an “Additional Permit”). Each Additional Permit may be terminated by either party upon at least thirty (30) days notice to the other party.

2. Parking Rental . The rent for such parking spaces shall be the rate from time to time designated by Landlord as standard for the Building plus tax thereon. On the execution date of the Lease, the rate is the rate of $140.00 per month plus tax thereon for each unreserved parking space. Landlord shall provide Tenant at least thirty (30) days notice of any change in the parking rates at the Garage and the giving of such notice shall be deemed an amendment to this Exhibit and Tenant shall thereafter pay the adjusted rent. All payments of rent for parking spaces shall be made (i) at the same time as Basic Monthly Rent is due under the Lease and (ii) to Landlord or to such persons (for example but without limitation, the manager of the Garage) as Landlord may direct from time to time.

3. Lost Parking Cards . There will be a replacement charge payable by Tenant equal to the amount posted from time to time by Landlord for loss of any magnetic parking card or parking sticker issued by Landlord.

4. Validation . Tenant may validate visitor parking, by such method or methods as Landlord or the Garage operator may approve, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking. Landlord expressly reserves the right to redesignate parking areas and to modify the parking structure for other uses or to any extent.

5. Parking Stickers and Cards . Parking stickers or any other device or form of identification supplied by Landlord shall remain the property of Landlord and shall not be transferable.

6. Damage to or Condemnation of Garage . If Landlord fails or is unable to provide any parking space to Tenant in the Garage because of damage or condemnation, such failure or inability shall never be deemed to be a default by Landlord as to permit Tenant to terminate the Lease, either in whole or in part, but Tenant’s obligation to pay rent for any such parking space which is not provided by Landlord shall be abated for so long as Tenant does not have the use of such parking space and such abatement shall constitute full settlement of all claims that Tenant might otherwise have against Landlord by reason of such failure or inability to provide Tenant with such parking space.

7. Rules and Regulations . A condition of any parking shall be compliance by the parker with Building Garage and/or Clay Garage rules and regulations, including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord. Building Garage and/or Clay Garage managers or attendants are not authorized to make or allow any exceptions to these Rules and Regulations. The rates for daily and monthly contract parking are subject to change. The following Rules and Regulations are in effect until notice is given to Tenant of any change. Landlord reserves the right to modify and/or adopt such other reasonable and generally applicable rules and regulations for the Building Garage and/or Clay Garage as it deems necessary for the operation of the Building Garage and/or Clay Garage. Violations of the Rules and Regulations may result in vehicle being towed away at owner expense and/or loss of parking privileges.

 

  (a) Cars must be parked entirely within the stall lines painted on the floor.

 

E-i


  (b) All directional signs and arrows must be observed.

 

  (c) The speed limit is five (5) miles per hour. Headlights should be used at all times in the garage.

 

  (d) Pedestrian traffic is not permitted on the ramps. Please exercise caution on the elevator landings and all parking surfaces when wet as surfaces may become slippery.

 

  (e) Parking is prohibited in areas not striped for parking, aisles, areas where “no parking” signs are posted, in cross hatched areas and in such other areas as may be designated by Landlord or Landlord’s agent(s) including, but not limited to, areas designated as “Visitor Parking” or reserved spaces not rented under this Exhibit or other areas not expressly designated for parking.

 

  (f) Every parker is required to park and lock his own car. All responsibility for damage to cars or persons or loss of personal possessions is assumed by the parker.

 

  (g) Spaces which are designated for small (compact), intermediate, or full-sized cars shall be so used. No intermediate or full-size cars shall be parked in parking spaces limited to compact cars.

 

  (h) Only one (1) parking permit, card, or sticker will be issued to each parker.

 

  (i) Certain spaces within garage are designated for handicapped persons. These spaces may be used only by vehicles bearing government issued disabled parking license plates or unexpired hangtags. Occupant of vehicle must be the designated handicapped person.

 

  (j) Vehicles exceeding posted height restrictions risk serious damage to their vehicles and are responsible for any damage caused to their vehicles, the parking garage, building structure, and attachments.

 

  (k) All parking permits/access cards are the property of the building/garage operator and must be returned when requested. An initial set up fee may be required and there is a fee for replacement permits/access cards.

 

  (l) Any person who damages any property in garage whether willfully or accidentally will be held financially responsible for repairs or replacements. Willful destruction may also result in permanent loss of parking privileges and/or criminal charges.

 

  (m) The parking garage may not be used to perform repairs to any vehicle. Minor repairs such as flat tires or dead batteries may be permitted with prior approval of garage/building management. Owner/operator of a vehicle requiring tow must arrange for towing service and notify garage/building operator in advance.

 

  (n) Any vehicle that, in the sole discretion of garage/building operator, creates a dangerous situation will be removed from garage at owner’s expense.

 

  (o) Any vehicle parked in garage without being moved for a period of fourteen (14) days will be considered abandoned and may be removed from the garage at owner’s expense. Exceptions may be granted by contacting garage/building operator in advance.

 

  (p) Smoking is not permitted in the building garage.

 

E-ii


8. Default . Failure to promptly pay the parking rent required hereunder plus all applicable taxes shall constitute a default under this Garage Parking Agreement, and Landlord may, at its option and in addition to all other remedies at law or in equity, terminate Tenant’s rights to use the Garage. Landlord may refuse to permit any person who violates the rules to park in the Garage and any violation of the rules shall subject the car to removal at the car owner’s expense. No such refusal or removal shall create any liability on Landlord or be deemed to interfere with Tenant’s right to quiet possession of the Premises.

 

E-iii


EXHIBIT F

RULES AND REGULATIONS

This Exhibit is attached to and a part of that certain Lease Agreement dated as of March 13, 2006, executed by and between AGBRI FANNIN, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). Any capitalized term not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Lease. Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

Subject to the Lease, the following rules, regulations and standards shall be observed by Tenant:

1. Except as expressly permitted in the Lease, Tenant shall not use the Premises, the Building or any other part of the Property to sell any items or services at retail price or cost to the general public without prior written approval of Landlord. The sale of services for stenography, typewriting, blueprinting, duplicating and similar businesses shall not be conducted from or within the Premises, the Building or any other part of the Property for the service or accommodation of occupants of the Building or users of any other part of the Property without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not conduct any auction on the Premises or any other part of the Property nor store goods, wares or merchandise on the Premises (except for Tenant’s own personal use) or any other part of the Property.

2. Sidewalks, halls, doorways, vestibules, passageways, stairwells and other similar areas shall not be obstructed or used by Tenant for a purpose other than normal ingress and egress to and from the Premises and Building.

3. Fire arms, weapons, flammable, explosive or other hazardous liquids and materials shall not be brought on the Premises or into the Building or on the Property without the prior written consent of Landlord.

4. Except as expressly permitted in the Lease, Tenant shall not make any alterations or improvements to the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. All improvements and the methods of installing and constructing such improvements must be approved in writing by Landlord prior to commencement of installation and/or construction. Should Tenant require telegraphic, telephonic, annunciator or other communication service, Landlord will direct the electrician as to where and how wires are to be introduced and placed, and none shall be introduced or placed except as Landlord shall direct. All contractors and technicians performing work for Tenant within the Building shall be referred to Landlord for approval by Landlord before performing any work, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

5. Movement into or out of the Building of freight, furniture, or office equipment for dispatch or receipt by or on behalf of Tenant that requires movement through public corridors or lobbies or entrances to the Building shall be limited to the use of service elevators only and shall be done at hours and in a manner approved in writing by Landlord for such purposes from time to time. Only licensed commercial movers or Tenant’s employees shall be used for the purpose of moving freight, furniture or office equipment to and from the Premises and Building. All hand trucks shall be equipped with rubber tires and rubber side guards. Tenant shall be responsible for all damage to the Building inflicted by Tenant’s agents and employees in moving equipment or furniture into or out of the Building.

6. Requests by Tenant for building services, maintenance or repair may be made by telephone or in writing to the office of the Building manager.

7. Tenant shall not change locks or install additional locks on doors without the prior written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not make or cause to be made duplicates of keys procured from Landlord. All keys to the Premises, and combinations to vaults shall be surrendered to Landlord upon termination of tenancy. Landlord will furnish Tenant, free of charge, six (6) keys and access cards for each corridor door entering the Leased Premises. Additional keys will be furnished by the Landlord at a reasonable charge to the Tenant when requested in writing by the Tenant. All such keys shall remain the property of the Landlord.

 

F-i


8. Tenant shall give prompt notice to the office of the Building manager of any damage to or defects in plumbing, electrical fixtures or heating and cooling equipment. Liquids, or other materials or substances which may cause injury to the plumbing, shall not be put into the lavatories, water closets or other plumbing fixtures by Tenant, its agents, employees or invitees, and damages resulting to such fixtures or appliances from misuse by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees or invitees shall be paid by Tenant, and Landlord shall not in any case by liable therefor. The water closets and other water fixtures shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which there were constructed and any damage resulting to them from misuse by Tenant shall be borne by the Tenant. Tenant shall not waste water by interfering with the faucets or otherwise.

9. Except as expressly permitted in the Lease, no food shall be prepared in or distributed from the Premises without the prior written approval of the Building manager. Vending machines or dispensing machines of any kind will not be placed in the Premises by Tenant unless prior written approval has been obtained from Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

10. Landlord shall have the power to prescribe the weight and position of safes, filing cabinets or other heavy equipment which may overstress any portion of the floor. Any damage done to the Building by the improper placement of heavy items which overstress the floor will be repaired at the sole expense of Tenant. Tenant shall notify the Building manager when safes or other heavy equipment are taken in or out of the Building, and the moving shall be done under the supervision of the Building manager, after prior written approval from Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

11. Trash shall not be swept or thrown into the corridors, halls, elevator shafts or stairways. Trash shall only be disposed of in appropriate receptacles.

12. Tenant, its employees, or agents, or anyone else who desires to enter the Building after normal working hours, will be required to identify themselves and to sign in upon entry and sign out upon leaving, giving their location during their stay and their time of arrival and departure. The Building will normally be open for business from 7:00 a.m. until 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday and 8:00 a.m. until 1:00 p.m. on Saturdays, the following holidays excepted: January 1st (New Year’s Day); Last Monday in May (Memorial Day); July 4th (Independence Day); First Monday in September (Labor Day); Fourth Thursday in November (Thanksgiving Day); December 25th (Christmas Day) and any other day on which tenants in other First Class Office Buildings in the Houston central business district are generally closed.

13. Tenant shall not install any solar screen material, window shades, blinds, drapes, awnings, window ventilators, or other similar equipment and any window treatment of any kind whatsoever, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. Landlord will control all signage visible from the exterior of the Building or Common Areas.

14. No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant, its employees or agents, on, about or from any part of the Premises or any other part of the Property without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord will provide and maintain a directory in the Building and no other directory shall be permitted.

15. Tenant shall not permit any improper, objectionable or unpleasant noises or odors to be emitted from the Premises.

16. Tenant shall keep all corridor doors, when not in use, closed.

17. Tenant shall at no time use, or permit the use of, the Premises or any portion thereof as sleeping or lodging quarters.

18. Tenant shall not sell lottery tickets or conduct any other form of gambling from or within the Premises or any other part of the Property.

 

F-ii


19. Except for seeing eye dogs assisting the disabled, Tenant shall not keep any animals or birds in or about the Premises or the Building.

20. Tenant shall comply with parking rules and regulations as may be posted and distributed from time to time.

21. Landlord will not be responsible for personal property, equipment, money or jewelry lost or stolen from the Premises.

22. Without in any way limiting any rights retained by Landlord under the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to temporarily close lobby areas and other common areas within the Building in order to complete any renovation or repairs of the Building; provided, however, that the Premises remain accessible to Tenant.

Landlord reserves the right to rescind any of these rules and regulations and to make such other further reasonable rules and regulations as shall from time to time be needed for the safety, protection, care and cleanliness of the Building or any other portion of the Property, the operation of the Building, the preservation of good order in the Building and on the Property, the orderly management of the Building and/or the protection and comfort of the tenants and their agents, employees and invitees, which rules and regulations need not be uniform for each tenant and, when made and written notice thereof is given to a tenant, shall be binding upon it in like manner as if originally herein prescribed; provided, however, that no such rules and regulations shall materially affect Tenant’s ability to use the Premises for the Permitted Use. These Rules and Regulations and no amendments hereto shall ever be construed to create any obligations on Landlord. In the event of any conflict between these Rules and Regulations and the Lease of which they are a part, the Lease shall control.

 

F-iii


RIDER 1

RENEWAL OPTION

SINGLE RENEWAL TERM

This Rider is attached to and a part of that certain Lease Agreement dated as of March 13, 2006, executed by and between AGBRI FANNIN, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). Any capitalized term not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Lease. Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

1. If, and only if, on the Expiration Date and the date Tenant notifies Landlord of its intention to renew the term of this Lease (as provided below), (i) Tenant is not in default under this Lease, (ii) Tenant then occupies, and the Premises then consist of, at least all the original Premises and (iii) this Lease is in full force and effect, then Tenant, but not any assignee or subtenant of Tenant, shall have and may exercise an option to renew this Lease for one (1) additional term of five (5) years (the “Renewal Term”) upon the same terms and conditions contained in this Lease with the exceptions that (x) this Lease shall not be further available for renewal and (y) the rental for the Renewal Term shall be the “Market Rental Rate”, but in no event will the Base Annual Rent for the Renewal Term be less than the Base Annual Rent for the last twelve (12) calendar months of the initial term of the Lease.

 

2. The “Market Rental Rate” is hereby defined to mean the rate (or rates) in the central business district of Houston, Texas, a willing tenant would pay and a willing landlord would accept for a comparable data center transaction (e.g., renewal, expansion, relocation, etc., as applicable, in comparable space and in a comparable building) as of the commencement date of the applicable term, neither being under any compulsion to lease and both having reasonable knowledge of the relevant facts, considering the highest and most profitable use if offered for lease in the open market with a reasonable period of time in which to consummate a transaction. In calculating the Market Rental Rate, all relevant factors will be taken into account, including the location and quality of the building; lease term; amenities of the building; condition of the space; and any concessions and allowances commonly being offered by the landlord for comparable transactions in the Building. The parties agree that although the Market Rental Rate is for space in the central business district, the best evidence of the Market Rental Rate will be the rate then charged for comparable transactions in the Building.

 

3. If Tenant desires to renew this Lease, Tenant must notify Landlord in writing of its intention to renew on or before the date which is at least thirteen (13) months but no more than sixteen (16) months prior to the Expiration Date. Landlord shall, within the next sixty (60) days, notify Tenant in writing of Landlord’s determination of the Market Rental Rate (the “Market Rental Notice”). Tenant may accept the terms set forth in Landlord’s Market Rental Notice by delivering written notice (the “Acceptance Notice”) to Landlord of such acceptance within thirty (30) days following delivery of the Market Rental Notice (the “Negotiation Deadline”). Alternatively, if Tenant objects to the terms set forth in the Market Rental Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall negotiate the Market Rental Rate for the Renewal Term in good faith on or before the Negotiation Deadline. If Tenant timely delivers its Acceptance Notice or prior to the Negotiation Deadline Landlord and Tenant agree on the Market Rental Rate, this Lease shall be extended as provided herein and Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an amendment to this Lease to reflect the extension of the term and changes in Rent in accordance with this Rider. If Tenant fails to timely deliver its Acceptance Notice or to timely execute the lease amendment or if the parties have not arrived at a mutually agreeable determination of the Market Rental Rate on or before the Negotiation Deadline, then this Lease shall end on the Expiration Date and Landlord shall have no further obligations or liability hereunder.

 

Rider 1-i


FIRST AMENDMENT TO

OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made by and between AGBRI FANNIN L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), effective as of the Effective Date (defined below).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant have entered into that certain Standard Office Lease Agreement dated as of March 13, 2006, covering the leasing of approximately 4,573 square feet of Agreed Rentable Area in the 1301 Fannin Street Building, Houston, Texas (the “ Building ”) (the land on which the Building is located is more particularly described in Exhibit B attached to the Lease) consisting of the a portion of the twelfth (12 th ) floor of the Building as shown on Exhibit A to the Lease, in accordance with the terms, conditions, covenants and obligations contained in the Lease; and

WHEREAS, Tenant desires to lease additional space to expand the Premises, and Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease with respect to the expansion

NOW, THEREFORE, in and for the premises contained in this Amendment and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree to amend the Lease as follows:

 

1. All terms used, but not defined, in this Amendment shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Lease, and the term “ Business Day ” shall have the meaning given to the term “ business day ” in subsection 5.1.1 of the Lease.

 

2.

First Expansion Space . Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord approximately 2,276 square feet of additional Agreed Rentable Area (the “ First Expansion Space ”) known as Suite 1280 located on the twelfth (12 th ) floor of the Building as shown on the attached Exhibit A , which is incorporated into this Amendment for all purposes. The floor plan drawing attached to the Lease as Exhibit A is supplemented with Exhibit A attached to this Amendment, and the term “Premises” as used in the Lease means and includes approximately 6,849 square feet of Agreed Rentable Area, being the sum of the Rentable Area of the current Premises (4,573 square feet of Agreed Rentable Area) and the First Expansion Space. The lease of the First Expansion Space is subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Lease currently in effect, except as modified in this Amendment.

 

3.

Condition of the First Expansion Space . Tenant accepts the First Expansion Space in its “as-is” condition. However, any construction of leasehold improvements shall be accomplished and the cost of such construction shall be paid in accordance with the “Work Letter” between Landlord and Tenant attached to this Amendment as Exhibit B . Except as expressly provided in the Work Letter, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has not undertaken to perform any modification, alteration or improvement to the First Expansion Space or the Premises. B Y TAKING POSSESSION OF THE F IRST E XPANSION S PACE , T ENANT WAIVES ( I ANY CLAIMS DUE TO DEFECTS IN THE F IRST E XPANSION S PACE , EXCEPT ( A )

 

1


 

MINOR FINISH ADJUSTMENTS IN T ENANT S I MPROVEMENTS ( AS DEFINED IN THE W ORK L ETTER ) PERFORMED BY L ANDLORD (“P UNCHLIST I TEMS ”) SPECIFIED IN REASONABLE WRITTEN DETAIL BY T ENANT CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH TAKING POSSESSION , AND ( B LATENT DEFECTS IN T ENANT S I MPROVEMENTS PERFORMED BY L ANDLORD OF WHICH T ENANT NOTIFIES L ANDLORD IN WRITING WITHIN 180 DAYS AFTER TAKING POSSESSION; AND (II) ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF SUITABILITY, HABITABILITY AND FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Tenant waives the right to terminate the Lease due to Punchlist Items or the condition of the First Expansion Space.

4. Basic Rent .

 

  a. The term “ First Expansion Space Rent Commencement Date ” means the earlier of (i) the date Substantial Completion (as defined in the Work Letter) of the First Expansion Space is achieved pursuant to the Work Letter and (ii) the date Tenant occupies the First Expansion Space, but in no event will the First Expansion Space Rent Commencement Date be after May 1, 2007. Landlord shall not be liable or responsible for any claims, damages or liabilities incurred (or alleged) by Tenant due to any delay in achieving Substantial Completion for any reason; provided, however, that to the extent that delays caused solely by Landlord would cause Substantial Completion to be achieved after May 1, 2007, then the First Expansion Space Rent Commencement Date shall be extended on a day for day basis to extent of such delay. Upon determination, Landlord and Tenant, at the request of either, shall execute an amendment to the Lease confirming the First Expansion Space Rent Commencement Date, together with corresponding adjustments to the schedule of Basic Rent.

 

  b. Commencing on the First Expansion Space Rent Commencement Date and continuing through the initial term of the Lease, Tenant shall, at the time and place and in the manner provided in the Lease, pay to Landlord as Basic Rent for the First Expansion Space the amounts set forth in the following rent schedule, plus any applicable tax thereon:

FIRST EXPANSION SPACE

 

Rental Period

   Rate Per Square Foot
of Agreed Rentable
Area
   Basic Annual Rent    Basic Monthly Rent

FESRCD* thru 7/31/07

   $ 0.00    $ 0.00    $ 0.00

8/01/07 thru 7/31/08

   $ 14.75    $ 33,571.00    $ 2,797.58

8/01/08 thru 7/31/09

   $ 15.75    $ 35,847.00    $ 2,987.25

8/01/09 thru 7/31/10

   $ 17.00    $ 38,692.00    $ 3,224.33

8/01/10 thru 7/31/11

   $ 18.00    $ 40,968.00    $ 3,414.00

8/01/11 thru 7/31/13

   $ 19.00    $ 43,244.00    $ 3,603.67

 

*  FESRCD – First Expansion Space Rent Commencement Date

 

2


  c. Accordingly, commencing on the First Expansion Space Rent Commencement Date and continuing through the remainder of the initial term of the Lease, Tenant shall, at the time and place and in the manner provided in the Lease, pay to Landlord as Basic Rent for the entire Premises the amounts set forth in the following rent schedule, plus any applicable tax thereon:

TOTAL PREMISES

 

Rental Period

   Premises    Expansion    Total    Monthly

Present – 7/31/07

   $ 82,314.00    $ 0.00    $ 82,314.00    $ 6,859.50

8/1/07 thru 7/31/08

   $ 82,314.00    $ 33,571.00    $ 115,885.00    $ 9,657.08

8/1/08 thru 3/31/09

   $ 82,314.00    $ 35,847.00    $ 118,161.00    $ 9,846.75

4/1/09 thru 7/31/09

   $ 84,600.50    $ 35,847.00    $ 120,447.50    $ 10,037.29

8/1/09 thru 3/31/10

   $ 84,600.50    $ 38,692.00    $ 123,292.50    $ 10,274.38

4/1/10 thru 7/31/10

   $ 86,887.00    $ 38,692.00    $ 125,579.00    $ 10,464.92

8/1/10 thru 7/31/11

   $ 86,887.00    $ 40,968.00    $ 127,855.00    $ 10,654.58

8/1/11 thru 7/31/13

   $ 86,887.00    $ 43,244.00    $ 130,131.00    $ 10,844.25

 

5. Additional Rent . Commencing on the First Expansion Space Rent Commencement Date, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share Percentage shall be increased from 0.5832% to 0.8734% to take the First Expansion Space into consideration.

 

6. Permitted Use . The Permitted Use of the First Expansion Space shall be for office space and no other use. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, Tenant may submit a written request to Landlord to use the First Expansion Space as data center space. Landlord will approve or disapprove such request in writing within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of Tenant’s request. If Landlord fails to approve or disapprove such request within such ten (10) Business Day period, Landlord shall be deemed to have disapproved the request. If Landlord approves the change to data center space usage, which approval shall not be unreasonable withheld, Landlord shall advise Tenant of the Basic Rent that Landlord will charge for, and the amount, if any, of back-up UPS and generator power that Landlord will allocate to, the First Expansion Space to be used as data center space. Tenant shall advise Landlord in writing or whether it accepts or declines such Basic Rent and amounts within three (3) Business Days after receiving notice of them from Landlord. If Tenant fails to so advise Landlord that Tenant accepts such Basic Rent and amounts within such three (3) Business Day period, then Tenant shall be deemed to have declined such amounts and the First Expansion Space shall continue to be used as office space. Upon acceptance of the Basic Rent by Tenant, Landlord shall draft an amendment to the Lease, and after both Landlord and Tenant have signed the amendment, Tenant may commence utilizing the First Expansion Space as data center space.

 

7. Chilled Water .

 

  a. Section 5.1.2(c) of the Lease is changed by replacing the “twenty-three (23) tons” of chilled water at the end of the first sentence of such section to “seventy-five (75) tons”.

 

  b. Landlord and Tenant have agreed that additional chilled water capacity is needed for the Premises, and therefore, the thirty-seven (37) tons of additional capacity referred to in the penultimate sentence of Section 5.1.2(c) of the Lease is included in the seventy-five (75) tons in Paragraph 7.a above. Consequently, the penultimate sentence of Section 5.1.2(c) of the Lease is deleted.

 

3


  c. Chilled water provided by Landlord under this Section 5.1.2(c) of the Lease may be utilized by Tenant anywhere in the Premises, including the First Expansion Space and whether in the data center portion or the office portion of the Premises. At its option, Tenant shall have the First Expansion Space either attached to the current meter for the Premises or separately metered and any chilled water used in the First Expansion Space shall be billed to Tenant pursuant to Section 5.1.2(d) of the Lease.

 

8. Relocation . Upon one hundred eighty (180) days advance written notice to Tenant (the “ Relocation Notice ”), Landlord shall have the right to relocate the First Expansion Space to other space the “ Substitute FES ”) in the Building (which may be in the data center portion or the office portion of the Building) provided such other space is equal in size to or larger in size than the First Expansion Space. Landlord shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of any such relocation, including the expenses of moving and construction of improvements substantially similar to Tenant’s Improvements and other improvements installed with the written consent of Landlord and prior to the date of the Relocation Notice, subject to the condition that Landlord shall have the right to use all or any of Tenant’s Improvements and such other improvements in connection with the construction of the improvements in the Substitute FES. In the event of such relocation, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect without any change in the terms or other conditions, except that the Substitute FES shall be the First Expansion Space and an Exhibit A showing the Substitute FES shall be substituted for the Exhibit A attached hereto. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall execute an amendment to the Lease evidencing the foregoing.

 

9. Brokers . Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment, and that it knows of no real estate brokers or agents who are or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Amendment other than Jones Lang Lasalle Americas, Inc. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against, and reimburse Landlord for and with respect to, any liability or claim, whether meritorious or not, arising in respect to other brokers and/or agents.

 

10. Miscellaneous . This Amendment shall become effective only upon full execution and delivery of this Amendment by Landlord and Tenant. This Amendment contains the parties’ entire agreement regarding the subject matter covered by this Amendment, and supersedes all prior correspondence, negotiations, and agreements, if any, whether oral or written, between the parties concerning such subject matter. There have been no additional oral or written representations or agreements. In case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Lease and the provisions of this Amendment, the provisions of this Amendment shall govern and control. Under no circumstances shall this Amendment be deemed to grant any right to Tenant to expand the Premises.

 

11. Other Terms . Unless specifically modified by the foregoing provisions, all of the terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

EXECUTED EFFECTIVE as of             , 2007 (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

4


TENANT:
MEDIDATA Solutions, INC , a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Rick Smith

    Printed Name:  

Rick Smith

    Title:  

CFO

LANDLORD:  
AGBRI FANNIN L.P.
By:  

Shidler West Investment Corporation,

a Delaware corporation, its authorized agent

    By:  

/s/ Jim Ingebritsen

    Printed Name:  

Jim Ingebritsen

    Title:  

CFO

 

5


EXHIBIT A

First Expansion Space

 

Exhibit A - 1


EXHIBIT B

WORK LETTER

(FINISH ALLOWANCE)

This Exhibit is attached to and a part of that certain First Amendment to Office Lease Agreement (the “ Amendment ”) which amends that certain Office Lease Agreement dated as of March 13, 2006, executed by and between AGBRI FANNIN, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, as landlord, and MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation, as tenant. Any capitalized term not defined in this Exhibit shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Amendment . Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Plans .

a. Space Plan . On or before April 1, 2007, Landlord’s designated space planner, at Tenant’s expense, shall prepare and deliver to Tenant a space plan for the First Expansion Space showing, regardless of the quantities of such items, the location of all partitions and doors and the lay-out of the First Expansion Space. Tenant will at all times cooperate with Landlord’s space planner, furnishing all reasonable information and material concerning Tenant’s organization, staffing, growth expectations, physical facility needs (including, without limitation, needs arising by reason of the Disability Acts), equipment, inventory, etc., necessary for the space planner to efficiently and expeditiously arrive at an acceptable lay-out of the First Expansion Space. Tenant will approve or disapprove in writing the space plan within three (3) Business Days after receipt from Landlord and if disapproved, Tenant shall provide Landlord and Landlord’s space planner with specific reasons for disapproval. If Tenant fails to approve or disapprove the space plan on or before the end of such three (3) Business Day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the last submitted space plan. The foregoing process shall be repeated until Tenant has approved (which shall include deemed approval) the space plan (such space plan, when approved by Landlord and Tenant, is herein referred to as the “ Space Plan ”).

b. Compliance With Disability Acts . Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord and Landlord’s space planner and/or architect as applicable, with all information needed to cause the construction of Tenant’s Improvements to be completed such that Tenant, the Premises (including the First Expansion Space) and Tenant’s Improvements (as constructed) will be in compliance with the Disability Acts. Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against, and reimburse Landlord for and with respect to, any and all claims, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by or asserted against Landlord by reason of or in connection with any violation of the Disability Acts by Tenant and/or Tenant’s Improvements or the Premises not being in compliance with the Disability Acts. The foregoing indemnity shall not include any claims, liabilities or expenses arising out of the negligence or gross negligence of Landlord or Landlord’s employees, agents or contractors.

c. Construction Plans . On or before fifteen calendar (15) days after approval of the Space Plan, Landlord’s space planner and engineer, at Tenant’s expense, will prepare construction plans (such construction plans, when approved, and all changes and amendments thereto agreed to by Landlord and Tenant in writing, are herein called the “ Construction Plans ”) for all of Tenant’s improvements requested pursuant to the Space Plan (all improvements required by the Construction Plans are herein called “ Tenant’s Improvements ”), including the

 

Exhibit B - 1


design of and color scheme for the First Expansion Space, a product specification list for all materials, products, finishes and work that Tenant desires that are not Building standard, complete detail and finish drawings for partitions, doors, reflected ceiling, telephone outlets, electrical switches and outlets and Building standard heating, ventilation and air conditioning equipment and controls. Within five (5) Business Days after Construction Plans are delivered to Tenant, Tenant shall approve (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) or disapprove same in writing and if disapproved, Tenant shall provide Landlord and Landlord’s space planner and engineer specific reasons for disapproval. The foregoing process shall continue until the Construction Plans are approved by Tenant; provided that if Tenant fails to respond in any five (5) Business Day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the last submitted construction plans.

d. Changes to Approved Plans . If any re-drawing or re-drafting of either the Space Plan or the Construction Plans is necessitated by Tenant’s requested changes (all of which shall be subject to Landlord’s approval), the expense of any such re-drawing or re-drafting required in connection therewith and the expense of any work and improvements necessitated by such re-drawing or re-drafting will be charged to Tenant.

e. Coordination of Planners and Designs . If Tenant shall arrange for interior design services, whether with Landlord’s space planner or any other planner or designer, it shall be Tenant’s responsibility to cause necessary coordination of its agents’ efforts with Landlord’s agents to ensure that no delays are caused to either the planning or construction of the Tenant’s Improvements.

2. Construction and Costs of Tenant’s Improvements .

a. Construction Obligation and Finish Allowance . Landlord agrees to construct Tenant’s Improvements, at Tenant’s cost and expense; provided, however, Landlord shall provide Tenant with an allowance of up to $40,968.00 (the “ Finish Allowance ”), which allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord, from time to time, for payment of (in the following priority) (i) payment of the Construction Management Fee (hereinafter defined) which shall be deducted from the Finish Allowance, (ii) the contract sum required to be paid to the general contractor engaged to construct Tenant’s Improvements (the “ Contract Sum ”) and (iii) the fees of the preparer of the any construction plans (the foregoing costs are collectively referred to as the “ Permitted Costs ”). Upon completion of Tenant’s Improvements and in consideration of Landlord administering the construction of Tenant’s Improvements, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord a fee equal to five percent (5%) of the Contract Sum to construct Tenant’s Improvements (the “ Construction Management Fee ”), which shall be deducted from the Finish Allowance. In addition to the Finish Allowance, Landlord shall transfer to Tenant upon Tenant’s request up to twelve (12) of the workstations and two (2) of the executive desks currently located in Suite 725 of the Building, but Tenant shall be responsible for disassembling, relocating, and reassembling the workstations and desks, which costs shall be deducted from the Finish Allowance.

b. Excess Costs . If the sum of the Permitted Costs exceeds the Finish Allowance, then Tenant shall pay all such excess costs (“ Excess Costs ”) as set forth in the immediately following Section c, provided, however, Landlord will, prior to the commencement of construction of Tenant’s Improvements, advise Tenant of the Excess Costs, if any, and the

 

Exhibit B - 2


Contract Sum. Tenant shall have three (3) Business Days from and after the receipt of such advice within which to approve or disapprove the Contract Sum and Excess Costs. If Tenant fails to approve same by the expiration of the third such Business Day, then Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the proposed Contract Sum and Excess Costs. If Tenant disapproves the Contract Sum and Excess Costs within such three (3) Business Day period, then Tenant shall reduce the scope of Tenant’s Improvements such that there shall be no Excess Costs. Subject to the last sentence of this subsection, the foregoing process shall continue until a Contract Sum and resulting Excess Costs, if any, are accepted or deemed accepted by Tenant. Landlord and Tenant must approve (or be deemed to have approved) the Contract Sum for the construction of Tenant’s Improvements in writing prior to the commencement of construction.

c. Payment of Excess Costs . Within thirty (30) calendar days after Substantial Completion of Tenant’s Improvements and receipt of an invoice for the Excess Costs, Tenant shall pay Landlord for the Excess Costs. All sums due Landlord under this Section c shall be considered Rent under the terms of the Lease and nonpayment shall constitute a default under the Lease and entitle Landlord to any and all remedies specified in the Lease.

3. Delays . Delays in the completion of construction of Tenant’s Improvements or in obtaining a certificate of occupancy, if required by the applicable governmental authority, will not change the First Expansion Space Rent Commencement Date referenced in Paragraph 4.a of the Amendment unless Tenant is lawfully prohibited from occupying the First Expansion Space.

4. Substantial Completion and Punch List . The terms “ Substantial Completion ” and “ Substantially Complete ,” as applicable, shall mean when Tenant’s Improvements are sufficiently completed so that Tenant can reasonably use the First Expansion Space for the Permitted Use (as described in Paragraph 6 of the Amendment). When Landlord considers Tenant’s Improvements to be Substantially Complete, Landlord will notify Tenant and within three (3) Business Days thereafter, Landlord’s representative and Tenant’s representative shall conduct a walk-through of the First Expansion Space and identify and produce a written report listing any necessary touch-up work, repairs and minor completion items as are necessary for final completion of Tenant’s Improvements. Neither Landlord’s representative nor Tenant’s representative shall unreasonably withhold his agreement on punch list items. Landlord will use reasonable efforts to cause the contractor to complete all punch list items within thirty (30) calendar days after agreement thereon.

5. Tenant’s Contractors . If Tenant should desire to enter the First Expansion Space or authorize its agent to do so prior to the First Expansion Space Rent Commencement Date, to perform approved work not requested of the Landlord, Landlord shall permit such entry if:

a. Tenant uses only such contractors which Landlord approves in its reasonable discretion and Landlord has approved the plans to be utilized by Tenant, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld; and

b. Tenant, its contractors, workmen, mechanics, engineers, space planners or such others as may enter the First Expansion Space (collectively, “ Tenant’s Contractors ”), work in harmony with and do not in any way disturb or interfere with Landlord’s space planners, architects, engineers, contractors, workmen, mechanics or other agents or independent

 

Exhibit B - 3


contractors in the performance of their work (collectively, “ Landlord’s Contractors ”), it being understood and agreed that if entry of Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors would cause, has caused or is causing a material disturbance to Landlord or Landlord’s Contractors, then Landlord may, with notice, refuse admittance to Tenant or Tenant’s Contractors causing such disturbance; and

c. Tenant, Tenant’s Contractors and other agents provide Landlord sufficient evidence that each is covered under such Worker’s Compensation, public liability and property damage insurance as Landlord may reasonably request for its protection.

Landlord shall not be liable for any injury, loss or damage to any of Tenant’s installations or decorations that are not installed by Landlord. Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s Contractors from and against, and reimburse Landlord for and with respect to, any and all costs, expenses, claims, liabilities and causes of action arising out of or in connection with work performed in the First Expansion Space by or on behalf of Tenant (but excluding work performed by Landlord or Landlord’s Contractors). Landlord is not responsible for the function and maintenance of Tenant’s Improvements which are different than Landlord’s standard improvements at the Property or improvements, equipment, cabinets or fixtures not installed by Landlord. Such entry by Tenant and Tenant’s Contractors pursuant to this Section 5 shall be deemed to be under all of the terms, covenants, provisions and conditions of the Lease except the covenant to pay Rent.

6. Construction Representatives . Landlord’s and Tenant’s representatives for coordination of construction and approval of change orders will be as follows, provided that either party may change its representative upon written notice to the other:

 

LANDLORD’S REPRESENTATIVE:

  

NAME

     Dan Egger   

ADDRESS

    

1301 Fannin Street, Suite 2400

Houston, Texas 77002

  

PHONE

     713-752-2900   

TENANT’S REPRESENTATIVE:

  

NAME

     Louis Gilbert   

ADDRESS

    

1301 Fannin Street, Suite 1275

Houston, Texas 77002

  

PHONE

    

713-589-2206

  

 

Exhibit B - 4


SECOND AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE AGREEMENT

This Second Amendment to Office Lease Agreement (this “ Second Amendment ”) is made and entered into by and between UCM/GP-1301 FANNIN, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), as successor-in-interest to AGBRI Fannin, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Original Landlord ”), and MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), and shall be effective for all purposes as of the date that Landlord executes this Second Amendment as set forth below (the “ Effective Date ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, Original Landlord, as predecessor-in-interest to Landlord, and Tenant are parties to that certain Office Lease Agreement dated March 13, 2006 (the “ Original Lease ”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Office Lease Agreement dated March 8, 2007 (the “ First Amendment ”) (the Original Lease, as amended by the First Amendment, shall hereinafter be referred to as the “ Lease ”) pursuant to which Tenant leases from Landlord certain premises designated as Suites 1275 and 1280, containing 6,849 square feet of Agreed Rentable Area (the “ Existing Premises ”) in the building located at 1301 Fannin Street, Houston, Texas (the “ Building ”); and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the current Term of the Lease is scheduled to expire on July 31, 2013; and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to expand the Premises and further amend the Lease as more particularly described hereinbelow;

NOW, THEREFORE, pursuant to the foregoing, and in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and in the Lease, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Lease is hereby amended as follows:

 

1. Defined Terms . All capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning as defined in the Lease, unless otherwise defined in this Second Amendment.

 

2. Expansion of Premises . Effective on and as of the earliest of (i) the date that the Expansion Improvements are Substantially Completed, or (ii) the date the Expansion Improvements would have been Substantially Completed except for Tenant Delays, or (iii) the date that Tenant, or any person occupying any of the Expansion Premises with Tenant’s permission, commences business operations from the Expansion Premises (such earlier date being the “ Expansion Commencement Date ”), the Premises shall be expanded to include, in addition to the Existing Premises, that certain 929 square feet of rentable area currently designated as a portion of Suite 1275 and as more particularly depicted on Exhibit “A” attached hereto and incorporated herein for all purposes (the “ Expansion Premises ”), for a term that is co-terminus with the Term of the Lease (set to expire on July 31, 2013). The terms “Substantially Competed”, “Expansion Improvements”, and “Tenant Delays” are defined in the attached Exhibit B Work Letter.

 

3. Confirmation of Premises/Tenant’s Pro Rata Share Percentage . Effective as of the Expansion Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant hereby stipulate and agree that (i) the “ Premises ” consists of 7,778 square feet of Agreed Rentable Area and (ii) Tenant’s Pro Rata Share Percentage shall be .9919% (7,778 rsf/784,143 rsf).


4. Basic Annual Rent . Basic Annual Rent for the Expansion Premises, only, during the Lease Term shall be as set forth in the table below:

 

Period

   Monthly Installment    Rate/rsf/annum

Expansion Commencement Date-3/31/09

   $ 1,913.74    $ 27.60 NNN

4/01/09-3/31/10

   $ 1,952.45    $ 28.10 NNN

4/01/10-7/31/13

   $ 1,991.16    $ 28.60 NNN

 

5. Additional Rent . Tenant shall continue to pay Additional Rent pursuant to the terms of Lease; provided, however, effective on and as of the Expansion Commencement Date, for the purposes of calculating Tenant’s Additional Rent obligation, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share Percentage shall be .9919% (7,778 rsf/784,143 rsf).

 

6. Real Estate Taxes . Section 2.2.1(d) of the Original Lease is hereby amended to add the following sentence:

“Real Estate Taxes shall expressly include any tax, assessment or similar charge on the rents or profits from the Premises, Building and/or Property (including, without limitation, any franchise or margin tax that Landlord is required to pay under Chapter 171 of the Texas Tax Code or due to House Bill No. 3, 79th Legislative, 3rd Called Session, 2006) levied against Landlord and/or the Property in lieu of ad valorem taxes on the Property or otherwise as a result of property tax reform in the State of Texas.”

 

7. Permitted Use . Tenant shall use the Expansion Premises only for storage and office uses and shall not use the Expansion Premises or permit the Expansion Premises to be used for any other purposes. Landlord shall have the right to deny its consent to any change in the permitted use of the Expansion Premises in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

8. Request for Supplemental Backup Power . Subject to availability, Tenant may provide written notice to Landlord during the Lease Term if additional backup generator capacity is needed in the Premises above the backup generator capacity allotted to Tenant pursuant to Section 5.1.3(c) of the Original Lease. In the event such additional backup generator capacity is available and in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion Landlord agrees to allocate such additional backup generator capacity to the Premises, Tenant shall pay an amount equal to Landlord’s then current rate for additional backup generator capacity, as set from time to time by Landlord based on changes in direct and indirect costs, including, but not limited to, the cost of additional equipment, capital costs and maintenance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the length of time remaining on the Tenant’s Term shall be a factor that Landlord may take into account in determining any increase to the quoted rate that Landlord shall charge to Tenant for the additional generator backup power. To the extent Landlord is able to supply Tenant with the additional backup generator capacity that Tenant seeks, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment which will provide for the amount of additional backup generator backup power that will be provided to the Premises and the additional charge that shall be charged to Tenant for such capacity.

 

9.

Additional Rent for Backup Power Used By Tenant . Pursuant to Section 5.1.3(c) of the Original Lease, in the event Landlord and Tenant mutually agree that additional backup power capacity (up to an additional 110 kva of electrical power) is needed for the Premises above the allotted 90 kva of electrical power, then Annual Basic Rent shall be increased by an amount equal to $0.06

 

2


 

per year per square foot of Agreed Rentable Area of the Premises per additional kva of electrical power allocated to the Premises. As of the Expansion Commencement Date Tenant hereby acknowledges that it is utilizing a total of 200 kva of electrical power in the Premises (which is a total of 110 kva of excess power above the 90 kva of electrical power originally allotted to the Premises in the Lease). Accordingly, pursuant to Section 5.1.3(c) of the Original Lease, from and as of the Expansion Commencement Date and continuing throughout the remainder of the Lease Term, Tenant’s Basic Rent for the Existing Premises shall be revised so that it is increased by $6.60 per square foot per annum for the remainder of the Lease Term.

 

10. Renewal Option . Effective as of the Effective Date, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Paragraph 2 of the Renewal Option attached as Rider 1 to the Original Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“The ‘Market Rental Rate’ is hereby defined to mean the rate (or rates) for data space in the central business district of Houston, Texas that a willing tenant would pay and a willing landlord would accept for a comparable transaction as of the commencement date of the applicable term, neither being under any compulsion to lease and both having reasonable knowledge of the relevant facts, considering the highest and most profitable use if offered for lease in the open market with a reasonable period of time in which to consummate the transaction. In calculating the Market Rental Rate, all relevant factors will be taken into account, including the amount of back-up power and related infrastructure; the location and quality of the building; the lease term; amenities of the building; condition of the space; and any concession and allowances commonly being offered by the Landlord for comparable transactions in the Building. The parties agree that although the Market Rental Rate is for data space in the central business district of Houston, Texas, the best evidence of the Market Rental Rate will be the rate then charged for comparable transactions in the Building.”

 

11. Condition of Premises . Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, as of the Expansion Commencement Date, Tenant is in possession of, and Landlord leases to Tenant, the Premises (which includes the Existing Premises and the Expansion Premises) in its existing “AS-IS”, “WHERE-IS” and “WITH ALL FAULTS” condition, and Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to refurbish or otherwise improve the Premises at any time through the expiration of the Lease Term; provided, however, subject to the terms and provisions of Exhibit B attached hereto, Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with an allowance equal to an amount up to (but not to exceed) $4,645.00 (equal to $5.00 per square of Agreed Rentable Area in the Expansion Premises) (such amount, the “ Landlord’s Construction Allowance ”) for the construction of certain improvements in the Expansion Premises which are to be constructed in accordance with and subject to the terms and provisions of said Exhibit B . Except as provided in this Paragraph 11, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has completed and satisfied all of Landlord’s obligations set forth in the Lease with respect to the provision of allowance and the construction of improvements and such obligations of Landlord in the Lease are hereby null and void in their entirety and of no further force or effect.

 

3


12. Address for Notice . Landlord’s name and address for the purposes of the delivery of notice (originally set forth in Item 14 of the Basic Lease Provisions of the Original Lease) is hereby amended to be as follows:

UCM/GP–1301 Fannin, L.P.

C/O Griffin Partners, Inc.

5151 San Felipe, Suite 1300

Houston, Texas 77056

Attn: Asset Manager

With a copy to:

UCM/GP–1301 Fannin, L.P.

1301 Fannin

Building Management Office

Houston, Texas 77002

 

13. Brokers . Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any broker or agent other than Griffin Partners (the “ Broker ”) in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Second Amendment, and Tenant agrees to indemnify Landlord and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all costs, expenses, or liability for commissions or other compensations or charges claimed by any broker or agent, other than Broker, with respect to this Second Amendment.

 

14. Miscellaneous . With the exception of those terms and conditions specifically modified and amended herein, the herein referenced Lease shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with all its terms and conditions. In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of this Second Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Lease, the terms and provisions of this Second Amendment shall supersede and control.

 

15. Counterparts/Facsimiles . This Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of such counterparts shall constitute one agreement. To facilitate execution of this Second Amendment, the parties may execute and exchange telefaxed or e-mailed counterparts of the signature pages and such counterparts shall serve as originals.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

4


SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE

BY AND BETWEEN UCM/GP-1301 FANNIN, L.P., AS LANDLORD,

AND MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC., AS TENANT

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant, acting herein by duly authorized individuals, have caused these presents to be executed, effective as of the Effective Date set forth herein.

 

LANDLORD :  

UCM/GP-1301 FANNIN, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership

 

By: 1301 FANNIN GP, LLC,

its General Partner

 
By:  

 

  ,
   
  By:  

/s/ Edward Griffin

  Name:  

Edward Griffin

  Title:  

President

 

TENANT :

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Bruce Dalziel

Name:  

Bruce Dalziel

Title:  

CFO

Date:   June 3, 2008

 

5


EXHIBIT A

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPANSION PREMISES

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

WORK LETTER (ALLOWANCE)

THIS WORK LETTER is attached as Exhibit B to the Second Amendment to Office Lease Agreement between UCM/GP-1301 FANNIN, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, as Landlord, and MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation, as Tenant, and constitutes the further agreement between Landlord and Tenant as follows:

(a) Tenant Improvements . Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, agrees to furnish or perform those items of construction and those improvements (the “ Tenant Improvements ”) specified in the Final Plans to be agreed to by Landlord and Tenant as set forth in Paragraph (b) below; provided, however, Landlord shall pay for the cost of such Tenant Improvements up to the extent of Landlord’s Construction Allowance as set forth in Paragraph (e) below.

(b) Space Planner . Landlord has retained a space planner (the “ Space Planner ”) to prepare certain plans, drawings and specifications (the “ Temporary Plans ”) for the construction of the Tenant Improvements to be installed in the Expansion Premises by a general contractor selected by Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter. Tenant shall deliver to Space Planner within ten (10) days after the execution of this Second Amendment all necessary information required by the Space Planner to complete the Temporary Plans. Tenant shall have five (5) business days after its receipt of the proposed Temporary Plans to review the same and notify Landlord in writing of any comments or required changes, or to otherwise give its approval or disapproval of such proposed Temporary Plans. If Tenant fails to give written comments to or approve the Temporary Plans within such five (5) business day period, then Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Temporary Plans as submitted. Landlord shall have five (5) business days following its receipt of Tenant’s comments and objections to redraw the proposed Temporary Plans in compliance with Tenant’s request and to resubmit the same for Tenant’s final review and approval or comment within five (5) business days of Tenant’s receipt of such revised plans. Such process shall be repeated twice and if at such time final approval by Tenant of the proposed Temporary Plans has not been obtained, then Landlord shall complete such Temporary Plans, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and it shall be deemed that Tenant has approved the Temporary Plans. Once Tenant has approved or has been deemed to have approved the Temporary Plans, then the approved (or deemed approved) Temporary Plans shall be thereafter known as the “Final Plans”. The Final Plans shall include the complete and final layout, plans and specifications for the Expansion Premises showing all doors, light fixtures, electrical outlets, telephone outlets, wall coverings, plumbing improvements (if any), data systems wiring, floor coverings, wall coverings, painting, any other improvements to the Expansion Premises beyond the shell and core improvements provided by Landlord and any demolition of existing improvements in the Expansion Premises. The improvements shown in the Final Plans shall (i) utilize Landlord’s building standard materials and methods of construction, (ii) be compatible with the shell and core improvements and the design, construction and equipment of the Expansion Premises, and (iii) comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, codes and ordinances.

(c) Bids . As soon as practicable following the approval of the Final Plans, Landlord shall (i) obtain a written non-binding itemized estimate of the costs of all Tenant Improvements shown in the Final Plans as prepared by a general contractor selected by Landlord, and (ii) if required by applicable law, codes or ordinances, submit the Final Plans to the appropriate governmental agency for the issuance of a building permit or other required governmental approvals prerequisite to commencement of construction of such Tenant Improvements (“ Permits ”). Tenant acknowledges that any cost estimates are prepared by the general contractor and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any inaccuracy in any such estimate. Within five (5) business days after receipt of the written non-binding cost estimate prepared by the general contractor, Tenant shall either (A) give its written approval thereof and

 

7


authorization to proceed with construction or (B) immediately request the Space Planner to modify or revise the Plans in any manner desired by Tenant to decrease the cost of the Tenant Improvements. If Tenant is silent during such five (5) business day period, then Tenant shall be deemed to have approved such non-binding cost estimate as set forth in Clause (A) above. If the Final Plans are revised pursuant to Clause (B) above, then Landlord shall request that the general contractor provide a revised cost estimate to Tenant based upon the revisions to the Final Plans. Such modifications and revisions shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval and shall be in accordance with the standards set forth in Paragraph (b)  of this Work Letter. Within ten (10) business days after receipt of the general contractor’s original written cost estimate and the description, if any, of any Tenant Delay, Tenant shall give its final approval of the Final Plans to Landlord which shall constitute authorization to commence the construction of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Final Plans, as modified or revised. Tenant shall signify its final approval by signing a copy of each sheet or page of the Final Plans and delivering such signed copy to Landlord.

(d) Construction . Landlord shall commence construction of the Tenant Improvements within ten (10) days following the later of (i) the approval of the Final Plans, or (ii) Landlord’s receipt of any necessary Permits. Landlord shall diligently pursue completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements and use its commercially reasonable efforts to complete construction of the Tenant Improvements as soon as reasonably practicable. Notwithstanding anything in this Second Amendment or Work Letter to the contrary, Landlord’s Construction Allowance, as specified in Paragraph 11 of this Second Amendment, shall be used only for the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and if construction of the Tenant Improvements is not completed within three (3) months following the Effective Date of this Second Amendment (“ Construction Termination Date ”), then Landlord’s obligation to provide the Landlord’s Construction Allowance as specified in Paragraph 11 of this Second Amendment, shall terminate and become null and void, and Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its rights in and to said Landlord’s Construction Allowance.

(e) Landlord’s Construction Allowance . Subject to the terms and provisions of this Work Letter, Landlord shall pay the cost of the Tenant Improvements (“ Work ”) up to the amount of the Landlord’s Construction Allowance. If the amount of the lowest qualified bid to perform the Work exceeds the Landlord’s Construction Allowance, Tenant shall bear the cost of such excess and shall pay the estimated cost of such excess to Landlord prior to commencement of construction of such Tenant Improvements and a final adjusting payment based upon the actual costs of the Tenant Improvements shall be made when the Tenant Improvements are completed. If the cost of the Work is less than such amount, then Tenant shall not receive any credit whatsoever for the difference between the actual cost of the Work and Landlord’s Construction Allowance. All remaining amounts due to Landlord shall be paid upon the earlier of Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements or presentation of a written statement of the sums due, which statement may be an estimate of the cost of any component of the Work. The cost of the permits, working drawings, hard construction costs, mechanical and electrical planning, fees, permits, general contract overhead, and a coordination fee payable to Landlord equal to the lesser of (i) five percent (5%) of Landlord’s Construction Allowance or (ii) three percent (3%) of the actual costs of construction and such costs of permits, fees, planning and contractor overhead, shall be payable out of the Landlord’s Construction Allowance and shall be included in the cost of the Work. The cost of the Work shall not include any other fees payable to Landlord.

(f) Change Order . If Tenant shall desire any changes to the Final Plans, Tenant shall so advise Landlord in writing and Landlord shall determine whether such changes can be made in a reasonable and feasible manner. Any and all costs of reviewing any requested changes, and any and all costs of making any changes to the Tenant Improvements which Tenant may request and which Landlord may agree to shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and shall be paid to Landlord upon demand and before execution of the change order. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to perform any Tenant

 

8


Improvements which would extend the construction period past the Construction Termination Date, unless such extension was mutually agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant prior to the commencement of said construction. If Landlord approves Tenant’s requested change, addition, or alteration, the Space Planner, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall complete all working drawings necessary to show the change, addition or alteration being requested by Tenant.

(g) Substantial Completion . “ Substantial Completion ” of construction of the Tenant Improvements shall be defined as the date upon which the Space Planner or other consultant engaged by Landlord determines that the Tenant Improvements have been substantially completed in accordance with the Final Plans except for Punch List items (defined below), unless the completion of such improvements was delayed due to any Tenant Delay (defined below), in which case the date of Substantial Completion shall be the date such improvements would have been completed, but for the Tenant Delays. The term “ Punch List ” items shall mean items that constitute minor defects or adjustments which can be completed after occupancy without causing any material interference with Tenant’s use of the Expansion Premises. After the completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall, upon demand, execute and deliver to Landlord a letter of acceptance of improvements performed on the Expansion Premises. The term “ Tenant Delay ” shall include, without limitation, any delay in the completion of construction of Tenant Improvements resulting from (i) Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Work Letter, (ii) any additional time as reasonably determined by Landlord required for ordering, receiving, fabricating and/or installing items or materials or other components of the construction of Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, mill work, (iii) delay in work caused by submission by Tenant of a request for any change order (defined below) following Tenant’s approval of the Final Plans, or for the implementation of any change order, or (iv) any delay by Tenant in timely submitting comments or approvals to the Temporary Plans or Final Plans. The failure of Tenant to occupy the Expansion Premises shall not serve to relieve Tenant of obligations arising on the Extension Term Commencement Date or delay the payment of Rent by Tenant.

(h) Pre-Term Occupancy . Prior to the Expansion Commencement Date, Tenant may occupy the Expansion Premises (the “ Pre-Term Occupancy ”) beginning no later than the Effective Date of this Second Amendment and ending on the day before the Expansion Commencement Date (the “ Pre-Term Occupancy Period ”) for the sole purpose of installing trade fixtures and equipment and preparing for operations in the Expansion Premises. Except for the payment of Basic Annual Rent for the Expansion Premises under this Second Amendment, all other terms and conditions, rules, regulations and obligations of Tenant as set forth in this Second Amendment shall apply during the Pre-Term Occupancy Period. Notwithstanding anything in this Second Amendment to the contrary, during the Pre-Term Occupancy Period, Tenant shall not interfere with the completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements or cause any labor dispute as a result of such Pre-term Occupancy, and provided further that Tenant does hereby agree to indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless from any loss or damage to such property, and all liability, loss, or damage arising from any injury to the Property, Building or the property of Landlord, its contractors, subcontractors, or materialmen, and any death or personal injury to any person or persons arising out of such Pre-Term Occupancy, EVEN IF SUCH LOSS, DAMAGE, LIABILITY, DEATH, OR PERSONAL INJURY WAS CAUSED SOLELY OR IN PART BY LANDLORD’S NEGLIGENCE, BUT NOT TO THE EXTENT CAUSED BY THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF LANDLORD. Any such Pre-Term Occupancy in the Expansion Premises shall be subject to Tenant providing to Landlord satisfactory evidence of insurance for personal injury and property damage related to such Pre-Term Occupancy Period. Any delay in putting Tenant in possession of the Expansion Premises due to such Pre-Term Occupancy Period shall not serve to extend the term of this Lease or to make Landlord liable for any damages arising therefrom.

 

9

Exhibit 10.16

STANDARD FORM OF OFFICE LEASE

The Real Estate Board of New York, Inc.

Agreement of Lease, made as of this 23 rd day of September in the year 2003, between A&R Kalimian Realty, L.P. party of the first part, hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and Medidata Solutions, Inc., party of the second part, hereinafter referred to as TENANT,

WITNESSETH:

Owner hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires from Owner the entire eighth (8 th ) floor, other than the elevators and mechanical rooms, as shown on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A in the building known as 79 Fifth Avenue (the “Building”) in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, for the term of approximately five (5) years (or until such term shall sooner cease and expire as hereinafter provided) (the “Term”), to commence on the 30 th day of September in the year 2008 (“Expiration Date”), and both dates inclusive, at an annual rental as set forth in Article 37 which Tenant agrees to pay in lawful money of the United States, which shall be legal tender in payment of all debts and dues, public and private, at the time of payment, in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each month during said term, at the office of Owner or such other place as Owner may designate, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever, except that Tenant shall pay the first monthly installment on the execution hereof.

In the event that, at the commencement of the term of this lease, or thereafter, Tenant shall be in default in the payment of rent to Owner pursuant to the terms of another lease with Owner or with Owner’s predecessor in interest, Owner may at Owner’s option and without notice to Tenant add the amount of such arrears to any monthly installment of rent payable hereunder and the same shall be payable to Owner as additional rent.

The parties hereto, for themselves, their heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, hereby covenant as follows:

Rent:

1. Tenant shall pay the rent as above and as hereinafter provided.

Occupancy:

2. Tenant shall use and occupy the demised premises for See Article 47 and for no other purpose.

Tenant Alterations:

3. Tenant shall make no changes in or to the demised premises of any nature without Owner’s prior written consent. Subject to the prior written consent of Owner, and to the provisions of this article and Article 48; Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, may make alterations, installations, additions or improvements which are non-structural and which do not affect utility services or plumbing and electrical lines, in or to the interior of the demised premises, by using contractors or mechanics first approved in each instance by Owner, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant shall, before making any alterations, additions, installations or improvements, at its expense, obtain all permits, approvals and certificates required by any governmental or quasi-governmental bodies and (upon completion) certificates of final approval thereof, and shall deliver promptly duplicates of all such permits, approvals and certificates to Owner, and Tenant agrees to carry, and will cause Tenant’s contractors and sub-contractors to carry, such worker’s compensation, general liability, personal and property damage insurance as Owner may reasonably require. If any mechanic’s lien is filed against the demised premises, or the building of which the same forms a part, for work claimed to have been done for, or materials furnished to, Tenant, whether or not done pursuant to this article, the same shall be discharged by Tenant within thirty days thereafter, at Tenant’s expense, by payment or filing a bond as permitted by law. All fixtures and all paneling, partitions, railings and like installations, installed in the demised premises at any time, either by Tenant or by Owner on Tenant’s behalf, shall, upon installation, become the property of Owner and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the demised premises. Nothing in this article shall be construed to give Owner title to, or to prevent Tenant’s removal of, trade fixtures, moveable office furniture and


equipment, but upon removal of same from the demised premises or upon removal, of other installations as may be required by Owner, Tenant shall immediately, and at its expense, repair and restore the demised premises to the condition existing prior to any such installations, and repair any damage to the demised premises or the building due to such removal. All property permitted or required to be removed by Tenant at the end of the term remaining in the demised premises after Tenant’s removal shall be deemed abandoned and may, at the election of Owner, either be retained as Owner’s property or may be removed from the demised premises by Owner, at Tenant’s expense.

Maintenance and Repairs:

4. Tenant shall, throughout the term of this lease, take good care of the demised premises and the fixtures and appurtenances therein. Tenant shall be responsible for all damage or injury to the demised premises or any other part of the building and the systems and equipment thereof, whether requiring structural or nonstructural repairs (normal wear and tear excepted) caused by, or resulting from, carelessness, omission, neglect or improper conduct of Tenant, Tenant’s subtenants, agents, employees, invitees or licensees, or which arise out of any work, labor, service or equipment done for, or supplied to, Tenant or any subtenant, or arising out of the installation, use or operation of the property or equipment of Tenant or any subtenant. Tenant shall also repair all damage to the building and the demised premises caused by the moving of Tenant’s fixtures, furniture and equipment. Tenant shall promptly make, at Tenant’s expense, all repairs in and to the demised premises for which Tenant is responsible, using only the contractor for the trade or trades in question, selected from a list of at least two contractors per trade submitted by Owner, Owner agrees that the prices charged by the contractors on such list shall be competitively priced; furthermore, Owner shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to additional contractors bidding and performing such work. Any other repairs in or to the building or the facilities and systems thereof, for which Tenant is responsible, shall be performed by Owner at the Tenant’s expense (which shall be equal to Owner’s actual costs therefore), Owner shall maintain in good working order and repair the exterior and the structural portions of the building, including the structural portions of the demised premises, and the public portions of the building interior and the building plumbing, electrical, heating and ventilating systems and elevators (to the extent such systems presently exist) serving the demised premises, Tenant agrees to give prompt notice of any defective condition in the demised premises for which Owner may be responsible hereunder. There shall be no allowance to Tenant for diminution of rental value and no liability on the part of Owner by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Owner or others making repairs, alterations, additions or improvements in or to any portion of the building or the demised premises, or in and to the fixtures, appurtenances or equipment thereof. It is specifically agreed that Tenant shall not be entitled to any setoff or reduction of rent by reason of any failure of Owner to comply with the covenants of this or any other article of this lease. Tenant agrees that Tenant’s sole remedy at law in such instance will be by way of an action for damages for breach of contract. The provisions of this Article 4 shall not apply in the case of fire or other casualty, which are dealt with in Article 9 hereof.

Window Cleaning:

5. Tenant will not clean nor require, permit, suffer or allow any window in the demised premises to be cleaned from the outside in violation of Section 202 of the Labor Law or any other applicable law, or of the Rules of the Board of Standards and Appeals, or of any other Board or body having or asserting jurisdiction.

Requirements of Law, Fire Insurance, Floor Loads:

6. Prior to the commencement of the lease term, if Tenant is then in possession, and at all times thereafter, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall promptly comply with all present and future laws, orders and regulations of all state, federal, municipal and local governments, departments, commissions and boards and any direction of any public officer pursuant to law, and all orders, rules and regulations of the New York Board of Fire Underwriters, Insurance Services Office, or any similar body which shall impose any violation, order or duty upon Owner or Tenant with respect to the demised premises, whether or not arising out of Tenant’s use or manner of use thereof, (including Tenant’s permitted use) or, with respect to the building if arising out of Tenant’s use or manner of use of the demised premises or the building (including the use permitted under the lease). Nothing herein shall require Tenant to

 

2


make structural repairs or alterations unless Tenant has, by its manner of use of the demised premises or method of operation therein, violated any such laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations or requirements with respect thereto. Tenant may, after securing Owner to Owner’s satisfaction against all damages, interest, penalties and expenses, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, by cash deposit or by surety bond in an amount and in a company satisfactory to Owner, contest and appeal any such laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations or requirements provided same is done with all reasonable promptness and provided such appeal shall not subject Owner to prosecution for a criminal offense, or constitute a default under any lease or mortgage under which Owner may be obligated, or cause the demised premises or any part thereof to be condemned or vacated. Tenant shall not do or permit any act or thing to be done in or to the demised premises which is contrary to law, or which will invalidate or be in conflict with public liability, fire or other policies of insurance at any time carried by or for the benefit of Owner with respect to the demised premises or the building of which the demised premises form a part, or which shall or might subject Owner to any liability or responsibility to any person, or for property damage. Tenant shall not keep anything in the demised premises, except as now or hereafter permitted by the Fire Department, Board of Fire Underwriters, Fire Insurance Rating Organization or other authority having jurisdiction, and then only in such manner and such quantity so as not to increase the rate for fire insurance applicable to the building, nor use the demised premises in a manner which will increase the insurance rate for the building or any property located therein over that in effect prior to the commencement of Tenant’s occupancy. Tenant shall pay all costs, expenses, fines, penalties, or damages, which may be imposed upon Owner by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this article, and if by reason of such failure the fire insurance rate shall, at the beginning of this lease, or at any time thereafter, be higher than it otherwise would be, then, Tenant shall reimburse Owner, as additional rent hereunder, for that portion of all fire insurance premiums thereafter paid by Owner which shall have been charged because of such failure by Tenant. In any action or proceeding wherein Owner and Tenant are parties, a schedule or “make-up” of rate for the building or the demised premises issued by the New York Fire Insurance Exchange, or other body making fire insurance rates applicable to said premises shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated and of the several items and charges in the fire insurance rates then applicable to said premises. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the demised premises exceeding the floor load per square foot area which it was designed to carry and which is allowed by law. Owner reserves the right to prescribe the weight and position of all safes, business machines and mechanical equipment. Such installations shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, in settings sufficient, in Owner’s judgment, to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and annoyance.

Subordination:

7. See Article 53.

Property Loss, Damage Reimbursement Indemnity:

8. Owner or its agents shall not be liable for any damage to property of Tenant or of others entrusted to employees of the building, nor for loss of or damage to any property of Tenant by theft or otherwise, nor for any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from any cause of whatsoever nature, unless caused by, or due to, the negligence or willful misconduct of Owner, its agents, servants or employees. Owner or its agents will not be liable for any such damage caused by tenants or persons in, upon or about said building, or caused by operations in construction of any private, public or quasi public work. If at any time any windows of the demised premises are temporarily closed, darkened or bricked up (or permanently closed, darkened or bricked up, if required by law) for any reason whatsoever including, but not limited to, Owner’s own acts. Owner shall not be liable for any damage Tenant may sustain thereby, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation therefor, nor abatement or diminution of rent, nor shall the same release Tenant from its obligations hereunder, nor constitute an eviction. Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless Owner against and from all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, costs and expenses for which Owner shall not be reimbursed by insurance, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, paid, suffered or incurred as a result of any breach by Tenant, Tenant’s agents, contractors, employees, invitees, or licensees, of any covenant or condition of this lease, or the carelessness, negligence or improper conduct of the Tenant, Tenant’s agents, contractors, employees, invitees or licensees. Tenant’s liability under this lease extends to the acts and omissions of any subtenant, and any agent, contractor, employee, invitee or licensee of any subtenant. In case any action or proceeding is brought against Owner by

 

3


reason of any such claim, Tenant, upon written notice from Owner, will, at Tenant’s expense, resist or defend such action or proceeding by counsel approved by Owner in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

Destruction, Fire and Other Casualty:

9. (a) If the demised premises or any part thereof shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Tenant shall give immediate notice thereof to Owner, and this lease shall continue in full force and effect except as hereinafter set forth. (b) If the demised premises are partially damaged or rendered partially unusable by fire or other casualty, the damages thereto shall be repaired by, and at the expense of, the Owner, and the rent and other items of additional rent, until such repair shall be substantially completed, shall be apportioned from the day following the casualty, according to the part of the demised premises which is usable. (c) If the demised premises are totally damaged or rendered wholly unusable by fire or other casualty, then the rent and other items of additional rent, as hereinafter expressly provided, shall be proportionately paid up to the time of the casualty, and thenceforth shall cease until the date when the demised premises shall have been repaired and restored by Owner (or if sooner reoccupied in part by Tenant then rent shall be apportioned as provided in subsection (b) above), subject to Owner’s right to elect not to restore the same as hereinafter provided. (d) If the demised premises are rendered wholly unusable or (whether or not the demised premises are damaged in whole or in part) if the building shall be so damaged that Owner shall decide to demolish it or to rebuild it, then, in any of such events, Owner may elect to terminate this lease by written notice to Tenant, given within ninety (90) days after such fire or casualty, whichever is sooner, specifying a date for the expiration of the lease, which date shall not be more than sixty (60) days after the giving of such notice, and upon the date specified in such notice the term of this lease shall expire as fully and completely as if such date were the date set forth above for the termination of this lease, and Tenant shall forthwith quit, surrender and vacate the demised premises without prejudice however, to Landlord’s rights and remedies against Tenant under the lease provisions in effect prior to such termination, and any rent owing shall be paid up to such date, and any payments of rent made by Tenant which were on account of any period subsequent to such date shall be returned to Tenant. Unless Owner shall serve a termination notice as provided for herein, Owner shall make the repairs and restorations under the conditions of (b) and (c) hereof, with all reasonable expedition, subject to delays due to adjustment of insurance claims, labor troubles and causes beyond Owner’s control. After any such casualty, Tenant shall cooperate with Owner’s restoration by removing from the demised premises as promptly as reasonably possible, all of Tenant’s salvageable inventory and moveable equipment, furniture, and other property. Tenant’s liability for rent shall resume five (5) days after written notice from Owner that the demised premises are substantially ready for Tenant’s occupancy provided the premises are in fact ready for Tenant’s possession and the Building services serving the premises (to the point of entry thereto) are in working order. (e) Nothing contained hereinabove shall relieve Tenant from liability that may exist as a result of damage from fire or other casualty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, including Owner’s obligation to restore under subparagraph (b) above, each party shall look first to any insurance in its favor before making any claim against the other party for recovery for loss or damage resulting from fire or other casualty, and to the extent that such insurance is in force and collectible, and to the extent permitted by law, Owner and Tenant each hereby releases and waives all right of recovery with respect to subparagraphs (b), (d), and (e) above, against the other or any one claiming through or under each of them by way of subrogation or otherwise. The release and waiver herein referred to shall be deemed to include any loss or damage to the demised premises and/or to any personal property, equipment, trade fixtures, goods and merchandise located therein. The foregoing release and waiver shall be in force only if both releasors’ insurance policies contain a clause providing that such a release or waiver shall not invalidate the insurance. If, and to the extent, that such waiver can be obtained only by the payment of additional premiums, then the party benefiting from the waiver shall pay such premium within ten days after written demand or shall be deemed to have agreed that the party obtaining insurance coverage shall be free of any further obligation under the provisions hereof with respect to waiver of subrogation. Tenant acknowledges that Owner will not carry insurance on Tenant’s furniture and/or furnishings or any fixtures or equipment, improvements, or appurtenances removable by Tenant, and agrees that Owner will not be obligated to repair any damage thereto or replace the same. (f) Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 227 of the Real Property Law and agrees that the provisions of this article shall govern and control in lieu thereof.

 

4


Eminent Domain:

10. If the whole or any part of the demised premises shall be acquired or condemned by Eminent Domain for any public or quasi public use or purpose, then, and in that event, the term of this lease shall cease and terminate from the date of title vesting in such proceeding, and Tenant shall have no claim for the value of any unexpired term of said lease, and assigns to Owner, Tenant’s entire interest in any such award. Tenant shall have the right to make an independent claim to the condemning authority for the value of Tenant’s moving expenses and personal property, trade fixtures and equipment, provided Tenant is entitled pursuant to the terms of the lease to remove such property, trade fixture and equipment at the end of the term, and provided further such claim does not reduce Owner’s award,

Assignment, Mortgage, Etc.:

11. Tenant, for itself, its heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, expressly covenants that it shall not assign, mortgage or encumber this agreement, nor underlet, or suffer or permit the demised premises or any part thereof to be used by others, without the prior written consent of Owner in each instance, except as otherwise expressly provided in Article 41. Transfer of the majority of the stock of a corporate Tenant or the majority partnership interest of a partnership Tenant shall be deemed an assignment. If this lease be assigned, or if the demised premises or any part thereof be underlet or occupied by anybody other than Tenant, Owner may, after default by Tenant, collect rent from the assignee, undertenant or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the rent herein reserved, but no such assignment, underletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of this covenant, or the acceptance of the assignee, undertenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of covenants on the part of Tenant herein contained. The consent by Owner to an assignment or underletting shall not in any wise be construed to relieve Tenant from obtaining the express consent in writing of Owner to any further assignment or underletting.

Electric Current:

12. Rates and conditions in respect to submetering or rent inclusion, as the case may be, to be added in RIDER attached hereto. Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times its use of electric current shall not exceed the capacity of existing feeders to the building or the risers or wiring installation, and Tenant may not use any electrical equipment which, in Owner’s opinion, reasonably exercised, will overload such installations or interfere with the use thereof by other tenants of the building. The change at any time of the character of electric service shall in no wise make Owner liable or responsible to Tenant, for any loss, damages or expenses which Tenant may sustain, except to the extent such change in character results from Owner’s intentional misconduct or gross negligence. See Article 39.

Access to Premises:

13. Owner or Owner’s agents shall have the right (but shall not be obligated) to enter the demised premises in any emergency at any time, and, at other reasonable times, to examine the same and to make such repairs, replacements and improvements as Owner may deem necessary to the demised premises or to any other portion of the building or which Owner may elect to perform. Tenant shall permit Owner to use and maintain and replace pipes and conduits in and through the demised premises and to erect new pipes and conduits therein, provided they are concealed within the walls, floor, or ceiling. Owner may, during the progress of any work in the demised premises, take all necessary materials and equipment into said premises without the same constituting an eviction, nor shall the Tenant be entitled to any abatement of rent while such work is in progress, nor to any damages by reason of loss or interruption of business or otherwise. In exercising its rights under the preceding sentence, Owner shall not bring more than one days’ materials into the demised premises or store materials in the demised premises overnight. Throughout the term hereof, Owner shall have the right to enter the demised premises at reasonable hours for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers or mortgagees of the building, and during the last six months of the term, for the purpose of showing the same to prospective tenants. If Tenant is not present to open and permit an entry into the demised premises, Owner or Owner’s agents may enter the same whenever such entry may be necessary or permissible by master key or, in the case of an emergency, forcibly, and provided reasonable care is exercised to safeguard Tenant’s property, such entry shall not render Owner or its agents

 

5


liable therefor, nor in any event shall the obligations of Tenant hereunder be affected. If during the last month of the term Tenant shall have removed all or substantially all of Tenant’s property therefrom, Owner may immediately enter, alter, renovate or redecorate the demised premises without limitation or abatement of rent, or incurring liability to Tenant for any compensation, and such act shall have no effect on this lease or Tenant’s obligations hereunder,

            Area:

14.                                         the building, is leased hereunder, anything contained in or indicated on any sketch, blue print or plan, or anything contained elsewhere in this lease to the contrary notwithstanding. Owner makes no representation as to the location of the property line of the building. All vaults and vault space and all such areas not within the property line of the building, which Tenant may be permitted to use and/or occupy, is to be used and/or occupied under a revocable license, and if any such license be revoked, or if the amount of such space or area be diminished or required by any federal, state or municipal authority or public utility, Owner shall not be subject to any liability, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or diminution or abatement of rent, nor shall such revocation, diminution or requisition be deemed constructive or actual eviction. Any tax, fee or charge of municipal authorities for such vault or area shall be paid by Tenant.

Occupancy:

15. Tenant will not at any time use or occupy the demised premises in violation of the certificate of occupancy issued for the building of which the demised premises are a part. Tenant has inspected the demised premises and accepts them as is, subject to the riders annexed hereto with respect to Owner’s work, if any. In any event, Owner makes no representation as to the condition of the demised premises, and Tenant agrees to accept the same subject to violations, whether or not of record.

Bankruptcy:

16. (a) Anything elsewhere in this lease to the contrary notwithstanding, this lease may be cancelled by Owner by the sending of a written notice to Tenant within a reasonable time after the happening of any one or more of the following events: (1) the commencement of a case in bankruptcy or under the laws of any suit naming Tenant as the debtor; or (2) the making by Tenant of an assignment or any other arrangement for the benefit of creditors, under any state statute. Neither Tenant nor any person claiming through or under Tenant, or by reason of any statute or order of court, shall thereafter be entitled to possession of the premises demised but shall forthwith quit and surrender the demised premises. If this lease shall be assigned in accordance with its terms, the provisions of this Article 16 shall be applicable only to the party then owning Tenant’s interest in this lease.

(b) it is stipulated and agreed that in the event of the termination of this lease pursuant to (a) hereof, Owner shall forthwith, notwithstanding any other provisions of this lease to the contrary, be entitled to recover from Tenant as and for liquidated damages, an amount equal to the difference between the rent reserved hereunder for the unexpired portion of the term demised and the fair and reasonable rental value of the demised premises for the same period. In the computation of such damages the difference between any installment of rent becoming due hereunder after the date of termination, and the fair and reasonable rental value of the demised premises for the period for which such installment was payable, shall be discounted to the date of termination at the rate of four percent (4%) per annum. If such demised premises or any part thereof be re-let by the Owner, for the unexpired term of said lease, or any part thereof, before presentation of proof of such liquidated damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the amount of rent reserved upon such re-letting shall be deemed to be the fair and reasonable rental value for the part or the whole of the demised premises so re-let during the term of the reletting. Nothing herein contained shall limit or prejudice the right of the Owner to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages, by reason of such termination, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, such damages are to be proved, whether or not such amount be greater, equal to, or less than, the amount of the difference referred to above.

 

6


Building Alterations and Management:

17. Owner shall have the right at any time without the same constituting an eviction and without incurring liability to Tenant therefor, to change the arrangement and/or location of public entrances, passageways, doors, doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets or other public parts of the building, and to change the name, number or designation by which the building may be known. There shall be no allowance to Tenant for diminution of rental value and no liability on the part of Owner by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Owner or other Tenants making any repairs in the building or any such alterations, additions and improvements. Furthermore, Tenant shall not have any claim against Owner by reason of Owner’s imposition of such controls of the manner of access to the building by Tenant’s social or business visitors as the Owner may deem necessary for the security of the building and its occupants.

No Representations by Owner:

18. Neither Owner nor Owner’s agents have made any representations or promises with respect to the physical condition of the building, the land upon which it is erected or the demised premises, the rents, leases, expenses of operation or any other matter or thing affecting or related to the demised premises, except as herein expressly set forth, and no rights, easements or licenses are acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise, except as expressly set forth in the provisions of this lease. Tenant has inspected the building and the demised premises and is thoroughly acquainted with their condition and agrees to take the same “as-is”, and acknowledges that the taking of possession of the demised premises by Tenant shall be conclusive evidence that the said premises and the building of which the same form a part were in good and satisfactory condition at the time such possession was so taken, except as to latent defects. All understandings and agreements heretofore made between the parties hereto are merged in this contract, which alone fully and completely expresses the agreement between Owner and Tenant, and any executory agreement hereafter made shall be ineffective to change, modify, discharge or effect an abandonment of it in whole or in part, unless such executory agreement is in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, modification, discharge or abandonment is sought.

End of Term:

19. Upon the expiration or other termination of the term of this lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender to Owner the demised premises, “broom-clean”, in good order and condition, damage by fire or other casualty, ordinary wear and damages which Tenant is not required to repair as provided elsewhere in this lease excepted, and Tenant shall remove all its property. Tenant’s obligation to observe or perform this covenant shall survive the expiration or other termination of this lease. If the last day of the term of this lease or any renewal thereof, falls on Sunday, this lease shall expire at noon on the preceding Saturday, unless it be a legal holiday, in which case it shall expire at noon on the preceding business day.

Quiet Enjoyment:

20. Owner covenants and agrees with Tenant that upon Tenant paying the rent and additional rent and observing and performing all the terms, covenants and conditions, on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, Tenant may peaceably and quietly enjoy the premises hereby demised, subject, nevertheless, to the terms and conditions of this lease including, but not limited to, Article 31 hereof, and to the ground leases, underlying leases and mortgages hereinbefore mentioned.

Failure to Give Possession:

21. If Owner is unable to give possession of the demised premises on the date of the commencement of the term hereof because of the holding over or retention of possession of any tenant, undertenant or occupants, or if the demised premises are located in a building being constructed, because such building has not been sufficiently completed to make the demised premises ready for occupancy, or because of the fact that a certificate of occupancy has not been procured, or for any other reason, Owner shall not be subject to any liability for failure to give possession on said date and the validity of the lease shall not be impaired under such circumstances, nor shall the .same be construed in any wise to extend the term of this lease, but

 

7


the rent payable hereunder shall be abated (provided Tenant is not responsible for Owner’s inability to obtain possession or complete construction) until after Owner, shall have given Tenant written notice that the Owner is able to deliver possession in condition required by this lease. If permission is given to Tenant to enter into possession of the demised premises, or to occupy premises other than the demised premises, prior to the date specified as the commencement of the term of this lease, Tenant covenants and agrees that such possession and/or occupancy shall be deemed to be under all the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this lease, except the obligation to pay the fixed annual rent set forth in the preamble to this lease. The provisions of this article are intended to constitute “an express provision to the contrary” within the meaning of Section 223-a of the New York Real Property Law.

No Waiver:

22. The failure of Owner to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of, any covenant or condition of this lease or of any of the Rules or Regulations, set forth or hereafter adopted by Owner, shall not prevent a subsequent act which would have originally constituted a violation from having all the force and effect of an original violation. The receipt by Owner of rent and/or additional rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and no provision of this lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Owner unless such waiver be in writing signed by Owner. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Owner of a lesser amount than the monthly rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest stipulated rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement of any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Owner may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Owner’s right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy in this lease provided. No act or thing done by Owner or Owner’s agents during the term hereby demised shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the demised premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid unless in writing signed by Owner. No employee of Owner or Owner’s agent shall have any power to accept the keys of said premises prior to the termination of the lease, and the delivery of keys to any such agent or employee shall not operate as a termination of the lease or a surrender of the demised premises.

Waiver of Trial by Jury:

23. It is mutually agreed by and between Owner and Tenant that the respective parties hereto shall, and they hereby do, waive trial by jury in any action or proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other (except for personal injury or property damage) on any matters whatsoever arising out of, or in any way connected with, this lease, the relationship of Owner and Tenant, Tenant’s use of, or occupancy of, the demised premises, and any emergency statutory or any other statutory remedy. It is further mutually agreed that in the event Owner commences any proceeding or action for possession, including a summary proceeding for possession of the demised premises, Tenant will not interpose any counterclaim of whatever nature or description in any such proceeding, including a counterclaim under Article 4, except for statutory mandatory counterclaims.

Inability to Perform:

24. This lease and the obligation of Tenant to pay rent hereunder and perform all of the other covenants and agreements hereunder on part of Tenant to be performed shall in no wise be affected, impaired or excused because Owner is unable to fulfill any of its obligations under this lease, or to supply, or is delayed in supplying, any service expressly or impliedly to be supplied, or is unable to make, or is delayed in making, any repair, additions, alterations, or decorations, or is unable to supply, or is delayed in supplying, any equipment, fixtures, or other materials, if Owner is prevented or delayed from so doing by reason of strike or labor troubles or any cause whatsoever including, but not limited to, government preemption or restrictions, or by reason of any rule, order or regulation of any department or subdivision thereof of any government agency, or by reason of the conditions which have been or are affected, either directly or indirectly, by war or other emergency.

Bills and Notices:

25. Except as otherwise in this lease provided, a bill, statement, notice or communication which Owner may desire or be required to give to Tenant, shall be deemed sufficiently given or

 

8


rendered if, in writing, delivered to Tenant personally or sent by registered or certified mail addressed to Tenant at the building of which the demised premises form a part, or at the last known residence address or business address of Tenant, or left at any of the aforesaid premises addressed to Tenant, and the time of the rendition of such bill or statement and of the giving of such notice or communication shall be deemed to be the time when the same is delivered to Tenant, mailed, or left at the premises as herein provided. Any notice by Tenant to Owner must be served by registered or certified mail addressed to Owner at the address first hereinabove given or at such other address as Owner shall designate by written notice.

Services Provided by Owners:

26. Owner shall provide: (a) necessary elevator facilities on business days from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. and have one elevator subject to call at all other times; (b) heat to the demised premises when and as required by law, on business days from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m.; (c) water for ordinary lavatory purposes, but if Tenant uses or consumes water for any other purposes or in unusual quantities (of which fact Owner shall be the sole judge), Owner may install a water meter at Tenant’s expense, which Tenant shall thereafter maintain at Tenant’s expense in good working order and repair, to register such water consumption, and Tenant shall pay for water consumed as shown on said meter as additional rent as and when bills are rendered. (d) If, however, said premises are to be kept clean by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole expense, in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Owner, and no one other than persons approved by Owner shall be permitted to enter said premises or the building of which they are a part for such purpose, Tenant shall pay Owner the cost of removal of any of Tenant’s refuse and rubbish from the building; (e) If the demised premises are serviced by Owner’s air conditioning/cooling and ventilating system, air conditioning/cooling will be furnished to Tenant from May 15th through September 30th on business days (Mondays through Fridays, holidays excepted) from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., and ventilation will be furnished on business days during the aforesaid hours except when air conditioning/cooling is being furnished as aforesaid. If Tenant requires, air conditioning/cooling or ventilation at other times during the year or for more extended hours or on Saturdays, Sundays or on holidays, as defined under Owner’s contract with the International Union of Operating Engineers Local 94, 94A, 94B, Owner will furnish the same provided Tenant pays for the electrical energy needed to operate the cooling tower during such hours on a submetered basis at the rates set forth in Article 39. RIDER to be added in respect to rates and conditions for such additional service; (f) Owner reserves the right to stop services of the heating, elevators, plumbing, air-conditioning, electric; power systems or cleaning or other services, if any, when necessary by reason of accident, or for repairs, alterations, replacements or improvements necessary in the judgment of Owner, for as long as may be reasonably required by reason thereof. If the building of which the demised premises are a part supplies manually operated elevator service, Owner at any time may substitute automatic control elevator service and proceed diligently with alterations necessary therefor without in any wise affecting this lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder.

Captions:

27. The Captions are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference, and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this lease nor the intent of any provisions thereof.

Definitions:

28. The term “office”, or “offices”, wherever used in this lease, shall not be construed to mean premises used as a store or stores, for the sale or display, at any time, of goods, wares or merchandise, of any kind, or as a restaurant, shop, booth, bootblack or other stand, barber shop, or for other similar purposes, or for manufacturing. The term “Owner” means a landlord or lessor, and as used in this lease means only the owner, or the mortgagee in possession for the time being, of the land and building (or the owner of a lease of the building or of the land and building) of which the demised premises form a part, so that in the event of any sale or sales of said land and building, or of said lease or in the event of a lease of said building, or of the land and building, the said Owner shall be, and hereby is, entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and, obligations of Owner hereunder, and it shall be deemed and construed without further agreement between the parties or their successors in interest, or between the parties and the purchaser, at any such sale, or the said lessee of the building, or of the land and building, that the purchaser or the lessee of the building has assumed and agreed to carry out any and all covenants and obligations of Owner, hereunder. The words “re-enter” and “re-entry” as used in this lease

 

9


are not restricted to their technical legal meaning. The term “business days” as used in this lease shall exclude Saturdays, Sundays and all days as observed by the State or Federal Government as legal holidays and those designated as holidays by the applicable building service union employees service contract, or by the applicable Operating Engineers contract with respect to HVAC service. Wherever it is expressly provided in this lease that consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, such consent shall not be unreasonably delayed.

Adjacent Excavation-Shoring:

29. If an excavation shall be made upon land adjacent to the demised premises, or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant shall afford to the person causing or authorized to cause such excavation, a license to enter upon the demised premises for the purpose of doing such work as said person shall deem necessary to preserve the wall or the building, of which demised premises form a part, from injury or damage, and to support the same by proper foundations, without any claim for damages or indemnity against Owner, or diminution or abatement of rent.

Rules and Regulations:

30. Tenant and Tenant’s servants, employees, agents, visitors, and licensees shall observe faithfully, and comply strictly with, the Rules and Regulations and such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as Owner or Owner’s agents may from time to time adopt. In case Tenant disputes the reasonableness of any additional Rules or Regulations hereafter made or adopted by Owner or Owner’s agents, the parties hereto agree to submit the question of the reasonableness of such Rules or Regulations for decision to the New York office of the American Arbitration Association, whose determination shall be final and conclusive upon the parties hereto. The right to dispute the reasonableness of any additional Rules or Regulations upon Tenant’s part shall be deemed waived unless the same shall be asserted by service of a notice, in writing, upon Owner, within fifteen (15) days after the giving of notice thereof. Nothing in this lease contained shall be construed to impose upon Owner any duty or obligation to enforce the Rules and Regulations or terms, covenants or conditions in any other lease, as against any other tenant, and Owner shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant, its servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees.

Estoppel Certificate:

31. Tenant, at any time, and from time to time, upon at least ten (10) days prior notice by Owner, shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Owner, and/or to any other person, firm or corporation specified by Owner, a statement certifying that this lease is unmodified, and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications), stating the days to which the rent and additional rent have been paid, and stating whether or not there exists any default by Owner under this lease, and, if so, specifying each such default.

Successors and Assigns:

32. The covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Owner and Tenant and their respective heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, successors, and except is otherwise provided in this lease, their assigns. Tenant shall look only to Owner’s estate and interest in the land and building, for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) against Owner in the event of any default by Owner hereunder, and no other property or assets of such Owner (or any partner, member, officer or director thereof, disclosed or undisclosed), shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under, or with respect to, this lease, the relationship of Owner and Tenant hereunder, or Tenant’s use and occupancy of the demised premises.

SEE RIDER ANNEXED HERETO AND MADE A PART HEREOF

 

10


In Witness Whereof, Owner and Tenant have respectively signed and sealed this lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

        A&R Kalimian Realty, L.P.
Witness for Owner:     By:  

/s/ Rouhollah Kalimian

      Rouhollah Kalimian
      General Partner

 

   

 

    Medidata Solutions, Inc.
Witness for Tenant:     By:  

/s/ Tarek Sherif

      Tarek Sherif
      Chief Executive Officer

 

   

 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

STATE OF NEW YORK,

SS.:

COUNTY OF

On the              day of              in the year             , before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said State, personally appeared                                         , personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual(s) whose name(s) is (are) subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument, the individual(s), or the person upon behalf of which the individual(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

NOTARY PUBLIC

 

11


IMPORTANT—PLEASE READ

RULES AND REGULATIONS ATTACHED TO AND

MADE A PART OF THIS LEASE

IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLE 33.

1. The sidewalks, entrances, driveways, passages, courts, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors or halls shall not be obstructed or encumbered by Tenant or used for any purpose other than for ingress or egress from the demised premises, and for delivery of merchandise and equipment in a prompt and efficient manner using elevators and passageways designated for such delivery by Owner. There shall not be used in any space, or in the public hall of the building, either by Tenant of by jobbers or others in the delivery or receipt of merchandise, any hand trucks, except those equipped with rubber tires and sideguards. If said premises are situated on the ground floor of the building, Tenant thereof shall further, at Tenant’s expense, keep the sidewalk and curb in front of said premises clean and free from ice, snow, dirt and rubbish.

2. The water and wash closets and plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were designed or constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, acids or other substances shall be deposited therein, and the expense of any breakage, stoppage, or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the Tenant, whether or not caused by the Tenant, or its clerks, agents, employees or visitors.

3. No carpet, rug or other article shall be hung or shaken out of any window of the building and Tenant shall not sweep or throw, or permit to be swept or thrown, from the demised premises any dirt or other substances into any of the corridors or halls, elevators, or out of the doors or windows or stairways of the building, and Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in the demised premises, or permit or suffer the demised premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Owner or other occupants of the building by reason of noise, odors, and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business therein, nor shall any bicycles, vehicles, animals, fish, or birds be kept in or about the building. Smoking or carrying lighted cigars or cigarettes in the elevators of the building is prohibited.

4. No awnings or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls of the building without the prior written consent of Owner.

5. No sign, advertisement, notice or other lettering shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the outside of the demised premises or the building, or on the inside of the demised premise if the same is visible from the outside of the demised premises, without the prior written consent of Owner, except that the name of Tenant may appear on the entrance door of the demised premises. In the event of the violation of the foregoing by Tenant, Owner may remove same without any liability, and may charge the expense incurred by such removal to Tenant. Interior signs on doors and directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Owner at the expense of Tenant, and shall be of a size, color and style acceptable to Owner.

6. Tenant shall not mark, paint, drill into, or in any way deface, any part of the demised premises or the building of which they form a part. No boring, cutting or stringing of wires shall be permitted, except with the prior written consent of Owner, and as Owner may direct. Tenant shall not lay linoleum, or other similar floor covering, so that the same shall come in direct contact with the floor of the demised premises, and, if linoleum or other similar floor covering is desired to be used, an interlining of builder’s deadening felt shall be first affixed to the floor, by a paste or other material, soluble in water, the use of cement or other similar adhesive material being expressly prohibited.

7. No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or mechanism thereof. Tenant must, upon the termination of his tenancy, restore to Owner all keys of stores, offices and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, Tenant, and in the event of the loss of any keys, so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Owner the cost thereof.

 

12


8. Freight, furniture, business equipment, merchandise and bulky matter of any description shall be delivered to and removed from the demised premises only on the freight elevators and through the service entrances and corridors, and only during hours and in a manner approved by Owner. Owner reserves the right to inspect all freight to be brought into the building and to exclude from the building all freight which violate any of these Rules and Regulations of the lease, or which these Rules and Regulations are a part.

9. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the building is prohibited and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

10. Owner reserves the right to exclude from the building all persons who do not present a pass to the building signed by Owner. Owner will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests same in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom he requests such pass, and shall be liable to Owner for all acts of such persons. Tenant shall not have a claim against Owner by reason of Owner excluding from the building any person who does not present such pass.

11. Owner shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by Tenant which in Owner’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the building or its desirability as a building for offices, and upon written notice from Owner, Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

12. Tenant shall not bring or permit to be brought or kept in or on the demised premises, any inflammable, combustible, explosive, or hazardous fluid, material, chemical or substance, or cause or permit any odors of cooking or other processes, or any unusual or other objectionable odors, to permeate in, or emanate from, the demised premises.

13. If the building contains central air conditioning and ventilation, Tenant agrees to keep all windows closed at all times and to abide by all rules and regulations issued by Owner with respect to such services. If Tenant requires air conditioning or ventilation after the usual hours, Tenant shall give notice in writing to the building superintendent prior to 3:00 p.m. in the case of services required on weekdays, and prior to 3:00 p.m. on the day prior in case of after hours service required on weekends or on holidays. Tenant shall cooperate with Owner in obtaining maximum effectiveness of the cooling system by lowering and closing Venetian blinds and/or drapes and curtains when the sun’s rays fall directly on the windows of the demised premises.

14. Tenant shall not move any safe, heavy machinery, heavy equipment, bulky matter, or fixtures into or out of the building without Owner’s prior written consent. If such safe, machinery, equipment, bulky matter or fixtures requires special handling, all work in connection therewith shall comply with the Administrative Code of the City of New York and all other laws and regulations applicable thereto, and shall be done during such hours as Owner may designate,

15. Refuse and Trash. (1) Compliance by Tenant: Tenant covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply with all present and future laws, orders, and regulations, of all state, federal, municipal, and local governments, departments, commissions and boards regarding the collection, sorting, separation and recycling of waste products, garbage, refuse and trash. Tenant shall sort and separate such waste products, garbage, refuse and trash into such categories as provided by law. Each separately sorted category of waste products, garbage refuse and trash shall be placed in separate receptacles reasonably approved by Owner. Such separate receptacles may, at Owner’s option, be removed from the demised premises in accordance with a collection schedule prescribed by law. Tenant shall remove, or cause to be removed by a contractor acceptable to Owner, at Owner’s sole discretion, such items as Owner may expressly designate, (2) Owner’s Rights in Event of Noncompliance: Owner has the option to refuse to collect or accept from Tenant waste products, garbage, refuse or trash (a) that is not separated and sorted as required by law or (b) which consists of such items as Owner may expressly designate for Tenant’s removal, and to require Tenant to arrange for such collection at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, utilizing a contractor satisfactory to Owner. Tenant shall pay all costs, expenses, fines, penalties, or damages that may be imposed on Owner or Tenant by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Building Rule 15, and, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall indemnify, defend and hold Owner harmless (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) from and against any actions, claims and suits arising from such noncompliance, utilizing counsel reasonably satisfactory to Owner.

 

13


Rider annexed to Agreement of Lease between

A & R KALIMIAN REALTY, L.P., as Owner, and

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC., as Tenant

ARTICLE 37

FIXED RENT

37.01 (a) The annual fixed rent (“Fixed Rent”) during the Term shall be as follows:

(i) From the date hereof through September 30, 2004, Two Hundred Ten Thousand ($210,000.00) Dollars per annum ($17,500.00 per month);

(ii) From October 1, 2004 through September 30, 2005, Four Hundred Thirty Thousand Five Hundred ($430,500.00) Dollars per annum ($35,875.00 per month);

(iii) From October 1, 2005 through September 30, 2006, Four Hundred Forty One Thousand Two Hundred Sixty Two and 50/100 ($441,262.50) Dollars per annum ($36,771.88 per month);

(iv) From October 1, 2006 through September 30, 2007, Four Hundred Fifty Two Thousand Two Hundred Ninety Four and 06/100 ($452,294.06) Dollars per annum ($37,691.17 per month); and

(v) From October 1, 2007 through September 30, 2008, Four Hundred Sixty Three Thousand Six Hundred One and 41/100 ($463,601.41) Dollars per annum ($38,633.55 per month);

(b) The Fixed Rent shall be payable in advance in equal monthly installments due on the first day of each month beginning on the date hereof. If the date hereof occurs on a day other than the first day of a calendar month or the Expiration Date occurs on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, then the Fixed Rent payable for the partial calendar month in which the date hereof or the Expiration Date occurs shall be prorated. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall be entitled to a credit (the “Fixed Rent Credit”) in the aggregate amount of $2,000.00 to be applied against the Fixed Rent payable under this Lease, provided that Tenant shall not be entitled to apply any portion of the Fixed Rent Credit at any time that Tenant is in default under this Lease.

37.02 If Tenant shall fail to pay when due any installment or payment of Fixed Rent or any other amounts payable hereunder (collectively, “Additional Rent”) for a period of ten (10) business days after the date on which such installment or payment is due, Tenant shall pay interest thereon at the annual rate (the “Overdue Rate”) of two hundred (200) basis points above the “prime” rate charged from time to time by Citibank, N.A. (the “Prime Rate”) from the date on which such installment or payment is due to the date of payment thereof, and such interest shall be deemed to be Additional Rent.

37.03 If the Fixed Rent or any Additional Rent shall be or become uncollectible by virtue of any law, governmental order or regulation, or direction of any public officer or body pursuant to law, Tenant shall enter into such agreement or agreements and take such other action (without additional expense to Tenant) as Owner may reasonably request and as may be legally permissible, to permit Owner to collect the maximum Fixed Rent and Additional Rent which may from time to time during the continuance of such legal rent restriction be legally permissible, but not in excess of the amounts of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent payable under this lease and provided Tenant’s occupancy of the demised premises is not otherwise disturbed. Upon the termination of such rent restriction prior to the Expiration Date of this lease, (a) the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent, after such termination, shall become payable under this lease in the amount of the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent set forth in this lease for the period following such termination, and (b) Tenant shall pay to Owner, if legally permissible, an amount equal to (i) the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent which would have been paid pursuant to this lease, but for such rent restriction, less (ii) the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent paid by Tenant to Owner during the period that such rent restriction was in effect.

 

14


ARTICLE 38

ESCALATIONS

38.01 For the purposes of this Article 38, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) The term “Base Tax” shall be deemed to mean the Taxes which are due and payable by Owner with respect to the Land and the Building for the Tax Year commencing July 1, 2003 and ending June 30, 2004, as finally determined. As used herein, the term “Building” shall mean the improvements known as and by the street address of 79 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York, and the term “Land” shall mean the real property upon which the Building is located.

In the event the assessed value of the Land and/or Building is decreased as a direct result of a substantial change in the Land or the rentable floor space of the Building, including such a change resulting from a condemnation or casualty, unrelated to normal depreciation in valuation, then the Base Tax shall be appropriately reduced to take into account the change in the Land or the rentable floor space of the Building and Tenant’s Proportionate Share, as defined in clause (b) hereof, shall also be appropriately adjusted.

(b) The term “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” as of the date hereof shall be deemed to mean 6.58%.

(c) The term “Taxes” shall mean (i) all real estate taxes, assessments, sewer and water rents, governmental levies, municipal taxes, county taxes or any other governmental charges, general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, unforeseen as well as foreseen, of any kind or nature whatsoever, which are or may be assessed, levied or imposed upon all or any part of Owner’s interest in the Land, the Building and the sidewalks, plazas or streets in front of or adjacent thereto, and (ii) any reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by Owner in contesting any of the foregoing set forth in clause (i) of this sentence, or the assessed valuations of all or any part of the Land and Building, etc., but excluding occupancy, capital stock, franchise, income, transit, profit or other tax or governmental impositions and penalties arising from late payment. If, due to a future change in the method of taxation or in the taxing authority, a new or additional real estate tax, or an occupancy, franchise, income, transit, profit or other tax or governmental imposition, however designated, including any tax, excise or fee measured by or payable with respect to any rent, and levied against Owner, the Land, the Building, or any combination thereof, under the laws of the United States, the State of New York, or any political subdivision thereof, shall be levied against Owner, the Land, the Building, or any combination thereof, in addition to, or in substitution in whole or in part for any tax which would constitute “Taxes”, or in lieu of additional Taxes, such tax or imposition shall be deemed for the purposes hereof to be included within the term “Taxes” unless such tax is in addition to “Taxes” and is then not customarily included in real estate taxes for purposes of real estate tax escalations charged to tenants in New York City.

(d) The term “Tax Year” shall mean each period of twelve months, commencing on the first day of July of each such period in which occurs any part of the Term of this lease, or such other period of twelve months occurring during the Term of this lease as hereafter may be duly adopted as the fiscal year for real estate tax purposes of the City of New York.

(e) The term “Escalation Statement” shall mean a statement setting forth the amount payable by Tenant for a specified Tax Year (or portion thereof) pursuant to this Article 38.

38.02 (a) Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent for the Tax Year commencing on July 1, 2004 and for each Tax Year thereafter (or portion thereof occurring within the Term) a sum (hereinafter referred to as “Tenant’s Tax Payment”) equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the amount by which the Taxes for such Tax Year exceed the Base Tax. Tenant’s Tax Payment for each Tax Year (or portion thereof occurring within the Term) shall be due and payable in twelve (12) equal monthly installments, in advance, commencing on the first day of July during each Tax Year, based upon the Escalation Statement furnished prior to the commencement of such Tax Year, until such time as a new Escalation Statement for a subsequent Tax Year shall become effective. If an Escalation Statement is furnished to Tenant

 

15


after the commencement of a Tax Year in respect of which such Escalation Statement is rendered, Tenant shall, within 30 days thereafter, pay to Owner an amount equal to the amount of any underpayment of Tenant’s Tax Payment with respect to such Tax Year and, in the event of an overpayment, Owner shall, within 30 days after such Escalation Statement is furnished to Tenant, pay to Tenant the amount of Tenant’s overpayment. If there shall be any increase in Taxes for any Tax Year, whether during or after such Tax Year, Owner shall furnish a revised Escalation Statement for such Tax Year, and Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Tax Year shall be adjusted and paid substantially in the same manner as provided in the preceding sentence. If during the Term of this lease, taxes are required to be paid (either to the appropriate taxing authorities or to a superior mortgagee) in full or in monthly, quarterly, or other installments, on any other date or dates than as presently required, then at Owner’s option, Tenant’s Tax Payments shall be correspondingly revised so that said Tenant’s Tax Payments are due at least 30 days prior to the date payments are due to the taxing authorities or the superior mortgagee. The benefit of any discount for any early payment or prepayment of Taxes shall accrue solely to the benefit of Owner and such discount shall not be subtracted from Taxes. All payments made by Tenant to Owner on account of Taxes shall be held by Owner in trust. Owner represents that it will timely pay all Taxes. If the real estate tax fiscal year of the City of New York shall be changed during the Term of this lease, any Taxes for such fiscal year, a part of which is included within a particular Tax Year and a part of which is not so included, shall be apportioned on the basis of the number of days in such fiscal year included in the particular Tax Year for the purpose of making the computations under this Article 38. If Owner shall receive a refund of Taxes for any Tax Year, Owner shall pay to Tenant Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the refund, but not to exceed Tenant’s Tax Payment paid for the Tax Year covered by such refund.

(b) If Owner pays any special assessment in a manner which is other than the longest time period permitted by law, then Tenant shall only pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share as to those payments which would have been made during the Term of this lease if Owner had elected to make such payments over the longest time period permitted by law.

38.03 Any Additional Rent payable by reason of the provisions of this Article 38 shall commence as of the first day of the relevant Tax Year and, after Owner shall furnish Tenant with an Escalation Statement relating to such Tax Year, all monthly installments of Additional Rent shall reflect one-twelfth of the annual amount of such adjustment until a new adjustment becomes effective pursuant to the provisions of this Article 38, provided, however, that if said Escalation Statement is furnished to Tenant after the commencement of such Tax Year, there shall be promptly paid by Tenant to Owner an amount equal to the portion of such adjustment allocable to the part of such Tax Year which shall have elapsed prior to the first day of the calendar month next succeeding the calendar month in which said Escalation Statement is furnished to Tenant.

38.04 In the event that the date of the expiration or other termination of this lease shall be a day other than the last day of a Tax Year, then in such event in applying the provisions of this Article 38 with respect to any Tax Year in which such event shall have occurred, appropriate adjustments shall be made to reflect the occurrence of such event on a basis consistent with the principles underlying the provisions of this Article 38 taking into consideration the portion of such Tax Year which shall have elapsed prior to the Commencement Date or the date of such expiration or termination (e.g. prorated for the portion of the Tax Year occurring within the Term of this Lease).

38.05 Payments shall be made pursuant to Article 38 notwithstanding the fact that an Escalation Statement is furnished to Tenant after the expiration of the Term of this lease.

38.06 In no event shall the Fixed Rent ever be reduced by operation of this Article 38. The rights and obligations of Owner and Tenant under the provisions of this Article 38 with respect to any Additional Rent shall survive the termination of this lease.

38.07 Owner’s failure to render an Escalation Statement with respect to any Tax Year shall not prejudice Owner’s right to thereafter render an Escalation Statement with respect thereto or with respect to any subsequent Tax Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Owner shall fail to render a Tax Statement for any Tax Year on or prior to the date that is 2 years after the later to occur of (x) the date on which this lease expires or is terminated and (y) the Tax Closure Date (defined below) for such Tax Year, then (A) Owner shall be deemed to have waived its right to deliver a Tax Statement for such Tax Year and (B) Tenant shall not be

 

16


obligated to make any Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Tax Year. “Tax Closure Date” means, for any Tax Year, the date upon which all tax reduction proceedings in respect of Taxes for such Tax Year shall have been finally resolved (or, if no such proceedings shall have been timely instituted for such Tax Year, then the date upon which the right to bring such proceedings shall have lapsed).

38.08 Each Escalation Statement shall be conclusive and binding upon Tenant unless within 180 days after receipt of such Escalation Statement Tenant shall notify Owner that it disputes the correctness of such Escalation Statement, specifying the particular respects in which such Escalation Statement is claimed to be incorrect. Any dispute relating to any Escalation Statement, not resolved within 90 days after the giving of such Escalation Statement, may be submitted to arbitration by either party pursuant to Article 52 hereof. Pending the determination of such dispute, Tenant shall pay Additional Rent in accordance with the Escalation Statement that Tenant is disputing, without prejudice to Tenant’s position. If the dispute shall be determined in Tenant’s favor, Owner shall pay to Tenant within ten (10) days thereafter the amount of Tenant’s overpayment of Additional Rent resulting from compliance with Owner’s Escalation Statement.

ARTICLE 39

ELECTRICITY AND SERVICES

39.01 (a) Owner shall supply electric current to the premises at a level equal to the sum of (i) six watts demand load per rentable square foot of the premises (exclusive of the electric current required to operate any of the base building HVAC systems), plus (ii) the electric current required to operate the air conditioning units serving the premises. Such electric current shall be supplied by Owner on a submetering basis and Tenant covenants and agrees to purchase the same from Owner or Owner’s designated agent at the rate of one hundred eight percent (108%) of the cost to Owner of supplying electric current for the premises (or such lesser percentage of Owner’s cost as may be required by law). There is currently one submeter serving the premises, which submeter Owner shall maintain at its expense. Where more than one meter measures the electrical consumption in the premises, the total usage shall be billed separately in accordance with the applicable rates, provided, however, that if Tenant, at its expense and with Owner’s prior approval, installs a device (approved by Owner) that measures coincident demand, then Tenant’s electrical consumption in the premises shall be measured and billed as to all of such submeters on a “coincident” basis. No meter which measures any electric service rendered to Tenant shall measure electric service rendered to any other tenant in the Building or any public portions of the Building. Bills therefor shall be rendered at such times as Owner may elect but not more frequently than monthly. Owner shall not be liable or responsible to Tenant in any way for any loss or damage or expense which Tenant may sustain or incur if either the quantity or character of electric service is changed or is no longer suitable for Tenant’s requirements, if due to no fault of Owner, except that if there is a significant reduction in electric service, Owner shall use reasonable efforts to remedy the situation. Any riser or risers to supply Tenant’s electrical requirements in excess of that initially provided, upon written request of Tenant, will be installed by Owner, at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, if, in Owner’s reasonable judgment, the same are necessary and will not cause permanent damage or injury to the Building or the demised premises or cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition or entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, repairs or expense or materially interfere with or disturb other tenants or occupants. In addition to the installation of such riser or risers, Owner will also at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, install all other equipment proper and necessary in connection therewith subject to the aforesaid terms and conditions. Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times its use of electric current shall never exceed the capacity of the then existing feeders to the Building or the risers or wiring installations. It is further covenanted and agreed by Tenant that all the aforesaid costs and expenses shall be paid by Tenant to Owner within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of any bill or statement to Tenant therefor showing evidence of the calculation of the amount therein. If required by law or by the utility company providing electric current, Owner may discontinue furnishing electricity to the demised premises on a submetered basis as provided in this Section 39.01(a) upon such notice to Tenant as is provided by applicable law (or one hundred twenty (120) days if no such period is stated) without being liable to Tenant therefor or without in any way affecting this lease or the liability of Tenant hereunder or causing a diminution of rent and the same shall not be deemed to be a lessening or diminution of services within the meaning of any law, rule, or regulation now or hereafter enacted, promulgated or issued. In the event of any such discontinuance, the provisions

 

17


of Section 39.01(b) or 39.01(c) shall apply, at Owner’s option; provided, however, that in the event Section 39.01(c) shall apply, Owner shall not discontinue any of the aforesaid services (unless required by law or by such public utility) until such time as Tenant shall have arranged to receive electrical service directly from the public utility supplying electrical service to the Building if Tenant diligently pursues such arrangements. Tenant shall make no material alteration or additions to the electric wiring and the equipment and/or appliances installed in the demised premises on the date of this lease without the prior written consent of Owner in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed. If any tax is imposed upon Owner’s receipt from the sale or resale of electrical energy or gas or telephone to Tenant by any federal, state or municipal authority, Tenant covenants and agrees that, where permitted by law, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such taxes shall be passed on to, and included (with backup documentation) in the bill of, and paid by, Tenant to Owner. Owner shall file or cause to be filed all appropriate resale certificates to reduce any liability for utility and sales tax.

(b) In the event Owner is required by law or by the public utility servicing the Building to discontinue furnishing electrical energy on a submetering basis as provided in Section 39.01(a) above, Owner may elect to furnish electrical energy to or for the use of Tenant in the premises on a so-called “rent inclusion” basis in which case the Fixed Rent shall be increased by a sum appropriate to compensate Owner for supplying Tenant with electrical current for the premises, which sum may be adjusted as hereinafter provided. Such electricity will be furnished to Tenant through presently installed electrical facilities for Tenant’s reasonable use of such lighting, electrical appliances and equipment as Owner has permitted or may permit to be installed in the premises. With respect to the initial survey, Tenant agrees that an independent licensed electrical consultant or engineer selected and paid for by Owner (“Consultant”) shall make a survey of the electric lighting and demand to determine Owner’s cost of the average monthly electric current consumption in the premises. The findings of the Consultant as to the proper Fixed Rent increase based on Owner’s cost for such average monthly electric consumption shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties and the amount thereof shall be added to the Fixed Rent payable monthly on the first day of each and every month in advance for each month following Owner’s election to furnish electrical energy on a rent inclusion basis except that Tenant, within sixty (60) days of receipt of the Consultant’s findings, shall have the right to cause a like survey to be made by an electrical consultant or engineer selected and paid by Tenant. If Tenant so elects, upon completion of the second survey Tenant shall notify Owner of the findings thereof. If such determination differs from the findings made by the Consultant, and Owner and Tenant cannot agree on an adjustment of the Fixed Rent within thirty (30) days thereafter, the matter shall be referred for resolution by arbitration to the two electrical consultants selected respectively by Owner and Tenant. If the two consultants shall not reach agreement within thirty (30) days after the matter is referred to them for resolution, then the two shall appoint a third independent electrical engineer or consultant (whose fees and expenses shall be borne equally by Owner and Tenant), and the three electrical consultants shall determine the matter submitted to them; provided, however, that if the two electrical engineers or consultants are unable to agree upon the appointment of a third electrical engineer or consultant to act as an arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after they become obligated to do so, the parties shall apply to the American Arbitration Association in New York for the appointment of such consultant. A decision of a majority of said engineers or consultants or if there be no majority, the decision of the third consultant, shall be final and binding upon Owner and Tenant. If the Electric Rates (as hereinafter defined) on which the initial determination was based shall be increased or decreased, then the Fixed Rent shall be increased or decreased in an amount equal to the actual dollar change in Owner’s cost of supplying electrical current to the premises (as opposed to the percentage increase), retroactive if necessary to the date of such increase or decrease in such Electric Rates. Except as otherwise provided herein, Tenant shall make no material alterations or additions to the electric wiring, equipment or appliances installed in the demised premises on the date of the survey of electrical consumption by Owner’s consultant without first obtaining written consent from Owner in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed. If Tenant installs or removes electrical equipment or appliances or otherwise increases or decreases its use of current, then the Fixed Rent shall be increased or decreased by an amount determined by the Consultant and such determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Owner and Tenant except that Tenant, within sixty (60) days of receipt of the Consultant’s findings, shall have the right to dispute such findings as hereinabove provided. Owner (and/or its agent or Consultant) is given the right to make surveys from time to time of the premises covering the electrical equipment and fixtures, and the use of current. All such surveys shall be computed on the basis of actual consumption

 

18


rather than on a demand basis. Any increase in Fixed Rent resulting from an increase in Tenant’s consumption or the addition of equipment or appliances shall be effective as of the date of such increase or addition, retroactive if necessary. Tenant shall have the right by notice to Owner to cause its own consultant to conduct an electrical survey and Tenant shall have the right to contest the findings of Owner’s survey in the manner herein provided. All fees and expenses of the Consultant for all surveys made after rent inclusion is commenced shall be paid by Owner unless such survey shall be necessitated by Tenant’s installation of material additional electrical equipment in which case the cost thereof shall be borne by Tenant, except that Tenant shall pay all such fees and expenses with respect to any survey which Tenant shall have initiated (which Tenant may do at any time). If Owner provides electricity pursuant to this Section 39.01(b), Owner shall not in any way be liable or responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage or expense which Tenant may sustain or incur by reason of any change, failure or defect in the supply or character of the electric energy furnished to the premises or to the Building by the utility company supplying the same or if the quantity or character of the electrical energy supplied by the electrical utility is no longer suitable for Tenant’s requirements, and no such change, failure, defect, unavailability or unsuitability shall constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or part, or entitle Tenant to any abatement or diminution of rent, or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this lease. Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times its use of electric current shall never exceed the capacity of the then existing feeders to the Building or the risers or wiring installation (which capacity shall not be reduced below six hundred (600) amps by Owner during the Term hereof). In the event Owner is required by law or by the public utility servicing the Building to discontinue furnishing electrical energy on a “rent inclusion” basis, Owner shall discontinue the furnishing of electricity to the premises pursuant to this Section 39.01(b) upon such notice to Tenant as is provided by applicable law (or sixty (60) days if no such period is stated) without being liable to Tenant therefor or without in any way affecting the liability of Tenant hereunder. In such event, the provisions of Section 39.01(a) or 39.01(c) shall apply, at Owner’s option; provided, however, that in the event Section 39.01(c) shall apply, Owner shall not discontinue any of the aforesaid services (unless required by law or by such public utility) until such time as Tenant shall have arranged to receive electrical service directly from the public utility supplying electrical service to the Building if Tenant diligently pursues such arrangements. Tenant’s liability for increased Fixed Rent provided for in this paragraph (b) shall terminate as of the date of discontinuance of the supplying of electric current, but this lease shall otherwise remain in full force and effect. The term “Electric Rate” shall be deemed to mean the rates at which Owner purchases electric energy from the public utility supplying electrical service to the Building, including but not limited to, any charges incurred or taxes payable by Owner in connection therewith or increase or decrease thereof by reason of fuel adjustment or any substitutions for such Electric Rates or additions thereto.

(c) If Owner is required to discontinue the furnishing of electricity pursuant to either Section 39.01(a) or 39.01(b) above, and elects not to provide electricity pursuant to Section 39.01(b) or 39.01(a) above, as the case may be, Owner shall permit Tenant to receive electrical service directly from the public utility supplying electrical service to the Building and shall permit the existing feeders, risers, wiring and other electrical facilities servicing the premises to be used by Tenant without charge for such purpose to the extent that they are available, suitable and safe. Tenant may, at its own expense, install any necessary electrical meter equipment, panel boards, feeders, risers, wiring and other conductors and equipment which may be required to obtain electrical energy directly from the public utility supplying the same, subject to the prior written consent of Owner which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Owner shall have no liability whatsoever to Tenant by reason of Owner’s discontinuance of electrical service in accordance with the terms hereof. Once Tenant is receiving electrical service directly from the public utility supplying electrical service to the Building, Owner shall continue to permit Tenant to receive electricity in such manner unless prohibited by law or by such public utility. In such event, the provisions of Section 39.01 (a) or 39.01(b) shall apply, at Owner’s option.

(d) Owner and Tenant shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to each other a supplemental agreement in such form as Owner shall reasonably require to reflect each change in the Fixed Rent under this Article, but any such change shall be effective even if such agreement is not executed and delivered.

39.02 Owner reserves the right to stop the service of the elevator, or plumbing, electrical, sanitary or mechanical or other service or utility systems of the Building when necessary by reason of accident, emergency or mechanical breakdown, requirement of law, or

 

19


any cause beyond Owner’s reasonable control, or at reasonable times and upon prior written notice for repairs, alterations, replacements or improvements which, in the sole judgment of Owner, are desirable or necessary. Owner shall have no responsibility or liability to Tenant for Owner’s reasonable failure to supply any such service or system during such period, provided that Owner shall use reasonable efforts to complete any such repairs, alterations, replacements or improvements which are being performed during business hours. Owner shall exercise reasonable efforts to minimize stoppages in such services and the effects thereof on Tenant’s business in the premises, provided, however, that Owner shall not be obligated to pay overtime wages unless such stoppage is attributable to the willful misconduct or negligence of Owner.

39.03 From and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall employ at such times as reasonably necessary at its sole cost and expense an exterminator to keep the premises free from vermin or other infestation. Tenant acknowledges that each tenant in the Building (not Owner) is responsible for extermination in its own premises. Owner shall be responsible for extermination in the public portions of the Building. If Tenant installs any area used for the preparation or service of food or beverages other than a pantry or lunch room, Tenant shall pay to Owner the cost of removal from the Building of any refuse or rubbish therefrom and, if necessary pursuant to any legal requirement, Tenant shall provide a refrigerated garbage storage room, the plans and specifications therefor to be reasonably approved by Owner, or other means of disposing of such refuse or rubbish reasonably satisfactory to Owner.

39.04 Only those contractors authorized (which authorization shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed) in writing by Owner shall be permitted to furnish laundry, linen, towels, bootblacking, barbering, plant care, drinking water, ice and other similar supplies and services to tenants and licensees in the Building. Upon obtaining the prior written consent of Owner, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Tenant may employ alternate suppliers. Owner may fix, in its reasonable discretion, at any time and from time to time, the hours during which and the regulations under which such supplies and services are to be furnished.

39.05 Only those contractors as may from time to time then be authorized (which authorization shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed) in writing by Owner shall be permitted to sell any food or beverages whatsoever for consumption within the premises or elsewhere in the Building. Owner expressly reserves the right to exclude from the Building any person, firm or corporation attempting to sell any such food or beverages, but not so designated or authorized by Owner or Tenant hereunder, provided, however, that Tenant or employees of Tenant who are not employed by any supplier of such food or beverages or by any person, firm or corporation engaged in the business of purveying such food or beverages, may bring food or beverages into the Building for consumption within the premises by Tenant or the employees or guests of Tenant, but not for resale to or for consumption by any other tenant, or the employees or guests of any other tenant. Owner may fix in its reasonable discretion, at any time and from time to time, the hours during which, and the regulations under which food and beverages may be brought into the Building by Tenant or its employees.

39.06 Owner shall not be required to furnish any other services except as otherwise expressly provided in this lease.

39.07 Owner hereby reserves the right, in its reasonable judgment, to designate contractors or subcontractors who will provide cleaning services for the premises (at Tenant’s expense) and Tenant hereby agrees to such reservation, provided, however, such contractors or subcontractors shall charge no more than the amount charged by comparable firms operating in comparable buildings for basic cleaning services. If Owner does not elect to designate such contractors, or hereafter discontinues the designation of any such contractors, Tenant shall provide its own cleaning services at its own expense, provided, however, that any contractor performing such work must be previously approved in writing by Owner, such approval not to be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed. As of the date hereof, Owner has designated Spectrum Cleaning Service to perform such cleaning services. Owner will cooperate in attempting to resolve any disputes Tenant may have with any contractor or subcontractor designated by Owner. In connection with such cleaning services, Tenant shall pay for the cost thereof directly to the contractor. The foregoing provisions of this Section 39.07 shall not apply if and for so long as Tenant provides cleaning services for the premises with its own employees. Owner shall remove office trash, rubbish and waste from the demised premises at Tenant’s expense; Tenant shall cause such trash, rubbish and waste to be brought to a location on the 8th floor designated by Owner from time to time.

 

20


39.08 The cleaning, repair, maintenance and, except as otherwise expressly provided in the last sentence of this Section 39.08, the replacement of the air conditioners in the premises ( i.e. , the 20 and 25 ton water cooled units (collectively, the “Water Units”) and the 5 and 10 ton air cooled units (collectively, the “Air Units”) in the premises), shall be at Tenant’s expense by contractors selected by Tenant and approved in writing in advance by Owner, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Owner represents that, as of the date hereof, the Water Units are in good working order. Provided Tenant has complied with the provisions of this Section 39.08, Owner at its expense shall, upon notice from Tenant, replace a Water Unit if Owner determines (after inspection by Owner) that such Water Unit requires replacement.

ARTICLE 40

BROKERAGE

40.01 (a) Owner and Tenant each covenant, warrant and represent to the other that no brokers other than The Lansco Corporation and Jones Lang Lasalle Americas, Inc. (collectively, the “Brokers”) were instrumental in bringing about or consummating this lease and that they have had no conversations or negotiations with any broker other than the Brokers concerning the leasing of the premises. Owner and Tenant each agree to indemnify and hold harmless the other against and from any claims for any brokerage commissions and all costs, expenses and liabilities in connection therewith, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and expenses, arising out of any conversations or negotiations had by that party with any broker other than the Brokers. Owner agrees to pay such commissions as may be due to the Brokers pursuant to separate agreements.

(b) Owner shall have no liability for brokerage commissions arising out of a sublease by Tenant, and Tenant agrees to indemnify Owner and hold Owner harmless from and against any and all liability for brokerage commissions arising out of any such sublease.

ARTICLE 41

SUBLETTING AND ASSIGNMENT

41.01 (a) Tenant may, without Owner’s consent:

(i) Assign this lease to a corporation or other business entity (herein called a “successor corporation”) into or with which Tenant shall be merged or consolidated or to which substantially all of Tenant’s stock or assets may be transferred or sold, provided that (x) such successor corporation shall assume all of Tenant’s obligations and liabilities under this lease by operation of law, or appropriate instrument of merger, consolidation or transfer; and (y) such successor corporation immediately after such merger or consolidation has a net worth at least equal to that of Tenant immediately prior to such merger or consolidation;

(ii) Sublet any part(s) of the demised premises to an Affiliate of Tenant (as hereinafter defined). Tenant hereby covenants that such entity shall at all times remain an Affiliate of Tenant and a breach of such covenant shall constitute a material default under this lease for which Tenant shall be given a thirty (30) day opportunity to cure after written notice thereof;

(iii) Permit any Affiliate of Tenant to use the demised premises, or any part thereof. Tenant hereby covenants that such use may only continue for such period as such entity shall remain an Affiliate of Tenant and a breach of such covenant shall constitute a material default under this lease for which Tenant shall be given a thirty (30) day opportunity to cure; and

(iv) Assign this lease to an Affiliate of Tenant. Tenant hereby covenants that subsequent to such assignment the assignee shall remain an Affiliate of Tenant and a breach of such covenant shall constitute a material default under this lease for which Tenant and such assignee shall be given a thirty (30) day opportunity to cure after written notice thereof.

 

21


41.02 Concurrently with any of the transactions set forth in Sections 41.01(a), Tenant shall be required to submit reasonable proof that such entity, assignee, subtenant or occupant is a successor corporation or an Affiliate, such proof to be in form reasonably satisfactory to Owner. As used herein, the term “Affiliate” shall mean any corporation, partnership or other entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant. The word “control” (including “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) as used with respect to any corporation, partnership or other entity shall mean the possession of a general partnership interest and/or the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such corporation, partnership or other entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, partnership interests or otherwise. Similar proof that an entity continues to be an Affiliate shall be furnished by Tenant to Owner within fifteen (15) days after written request therefor. A sale of more than fifty (50%) percent of the equity interests in Tenant in any one transaction or in a series of transactions shall be deemed to be an assignment for purposes of this lease.

41.03 If Tenant shall desire to sublet the demised premises in whole or in part or to assign this lease to anyone other than a successor corporation or an Affiliate, Tenant shall submit to Owner a written notice (each, an “Offer”), which Offer shall include: (A) in the case of a proposed sublease, (i) a description of the portion of the premises proposed to be sublet (the “Proposed Portion”), (ii) the fixed rent and additional rent for said portion that Tenant would accept, (iii) the date upon which Tenant wishes to have the proposed sublease commence (which date shall not be less than sixty (60) days after the date of the Offer), and (iv) the date upon which Tenant wishes to have the proposed sublease expire (the “Proposed Sublease Expiration Date”), (B) in the case of a proposed assignment, (i) the economic terms and conditions of the proposed assignment, including the minimum consideration Tenant would accept therefor, and (ii) the date upon which Tenant wishes the assignment to be effective (which date shall be not less than sixty (60) days after the date of the Offer and (C) any other material terms of such proposed subletting or assignment then known to Tenant. For the purposes of this Article 41.03, the “Proposed Effective Date” shall mean the date specified in the Offer as the desired effective date of an assignment or the desired commencement date of a sublease.

41.04 Upon Owner’s receipt of an Offer from Tenant, Owner shall have the option, to be exercised in its sole discretion in writing (the “Offer Response”) within thirty (30) days thereafter:

(a) with respect to a proposed assignment of this lease,

(i) to terminate this lease as of the Proposed Effective Date as if it were the Expiration Date of this lease, in which event Tenant shall be released of all obligations thereafter accruing hereunder; or

(ii) to accept an assignment of this lease from Tenant in which event Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver to Owner or Owner’s designee an assignment of this lease in form reasonably satisfactory to Owner’s counsel which shall be effective as of the Proposed Effective Date;

(b) with respect to a proposed subletting of all or substantially all of the demised premises,

(i) to proceed under (a)(i) or (ii) above; or

(ii) to accept a sublease from Tenant of the entire demised premises, in which event Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver to Owner or Owner’s designee a sublease (x) for a term that will commence on the Proposed Effective Date and that will end (at Owner’s election set forth in the Offer Response) either on the Proposed Sublease Expiration Date or on the day preceding the scheduled expiration date of this lease and (y) at Owner’s election set forth in the Offer Response, either on the rental terms provided for in the Offer or on the rental terms provided in this lease.

 

22


(c) with respect to a proposed subletting of fifty percent or more (in the aggregate) of the demised premises (but less than all or substantially all of the premises), to accept a sublease from Tenant of the Proposed Portion, in which event (A) Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver to Owner or Owner’s designee a sublease (x) for a term that will commence on the Proposed Effective Date and that will end (at Owner’s election set forth in the Offer Response) either on the Proposed Sublease Expiration Date or on the day preceding the scheduled expiration date of this lease and (y) at Owner’s election set forth in the Offer Response, either on the rental terms provided for in the Offer or on the rental terms provided in this lease and (B) Tenant shall pay for (or reimburse Owner, within twenty days after demand for), the reasonable costs incurred in physically separating the Proposed Portion from the balance of the demised premises and in complying with any laws and requirements of public authorities relating to such separation.

41.05 If Owner should elect to have Tenant execute and deliver a sublease pursuant to the provisions of Sections 41.04(b)(ii) or 41.04(c), said sublease shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to Owner’s counsel and on all the terms contained in this lease, except that:

(i) The term and rental terms shall be those specified by Owner as provided in Sections 41.04(b)(ii) or 41.04(c);

(ii) The subtenant thereunder shall have the right to underlet the subleased premises, in whole or in part, or assign the sublease, without Tenant’s consent;

(iii) The subtenant thereunder shall have the right to make, or cause to be made, any changes, alterations, additions and improvements that such subtenant may desire without the consent of Tenant; provided, however, that Tenant need not remove any such additions or improvements at the end of the Term of this lease;

(iv) Such sublease shall expressly negate any intention that any estate create by or under such sublease be merged with any other estate held by either of the parties hereto;

(v) Any consent required of Tenant, as lessor under that sublease, shall be deemed granted if consent with respect thereto is granted by Owner;

(vi) There shall be no limitation as to the use of the sublet premises by the subtenant thereunder;

(vii) Any failure of the subtenant thereunder to comply with the provisions of said sublease, other than with respect to the payment of rent to Tenant, shall not constitute a default thereunder or hereunder if Owner has consented to such noncompliance;

(viii) Any obligation of Tenant, as lessor under that sublease shall be deemed performed if Owner has performed such obligation with respect to the demised premises, and any obligation of Tenant, as tenant hereunder, shall be deemed performed to the extent that the sublease requires such obligation to be performed by the subtenant thereunder;

(ix) Such sublease shall provide that Tenant’s obligations with respect to vacating the demised premises and removing any changes, alterations, decorations, additions or improvements made on the subleased premises shall be limited to those which accrued and related to such of the foregoing as were made prior to the effective date of the sublease;

(x) Any failure of Tenant to perform its obligations under this lease which is due to the failure of Owner or its designee (or any successor to or assignee of Owner or such designee) to perform its obligations under said sublease shall not constitute a default hereunder; Tenant may offset against any rent owed to Owner hereunder any rent which the subtenant fails to pay under said sublease; provided, however, that the foregoing offset shall not be applicable with respect to any entity which succeeds to Owner’s interest hereunder but not under said sublease; and

 

23


(xi) Said sublease shall expressly provide that the subtenant thereunder shall not have the right to require Tenant to perform the obligations of Owner under this lease and said subtenant shall have no claims against Tenant by reason of Owner’s failure to perform its obligations under this lease unless such failure shall be due to a default by Tenant under this lease.

41.06 Owner shall not elect any of the options provided in Section 41.04 hereof (or, if Owner shall not have any of the options set forth in Section 41.04 hereof), then provided that the conditions hereinafter set forth shall be satisfied, Owner shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to a proposed assignment or sublease. Tenant, prior to assigning this lease or subletting the whole or any portion of the premises, shall submit to Owner in writing (the “Tenant’s Request”) (1) the name of the proposed assignee or subtenant, the nature of its business and the proposed use of the premises, (2) a conformed or photostatic copy of the proposed assignment or sublease, and (3) financial information as to the proposed assignee or subtenant. Owner shall grant or deny consent to any proposed assignment or sublease set forth in a Tenant’s Request within thirty (30) days of Owner’s receipt of such Tenant’s Request. If Owner shall fail to grant or deny consent to a proposed assignment or sublease set forth in a Tenant’s Request within such thirty (30) day period, then Tenant shall have the right to give a reminder notice to Owner (which notice shall state, on the first page thereof in bold, capital letters that “ THIS IS A REMINDER NOTICE BEING GIVEN PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 41.06 OF THE LEASE ), and if Owner shall fail to grant or deny consent to such proposed sublease or assignment within ten (10) days after Owner’s receipt of such reminder notice, then such proposed sublease or assignment shall be deemed consented to by Owner. Owner shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed subletting or assignment described in any Tenant’s Request, provided and upon condition that the following conditions shall be fulfilled:

(a) Tenant shall have complied with the provisions of Article 41.03 above; (x) if the proposed transaction is an assignment, the proposed assignment (i) will be on the same terms (or terms no more favorable to the proposed assignee than) those contained in the Offer, and (ii) will have an effective date that will be within thirty (30) days of the Proposed Effective Date set forth in the Offer, and (y) if the proposed transaction is a sublease of fifty percent or more (in the aggregate) of the demised premises, the proposed sublease (i) will cover the entire Proposed Portion described in the Offer (and no other space), (ii) will be on the same terms (or terms no more favorable to the proposed subtenant than) those contained in the Offer, (iii) will have a commencement date that will be within thirty (30) days of the Proposed Effective Date set forth in the Offer, and (iv) will have an expiration date which is within thirty (30) days of the Proposed Sublease Expiration Date set forth in the Offer;

(b) There shall be no advertisement or public communication of any kind whatever relating to the proposed subletting or assignment which mentions or refers to a specific dollar rental rate (but nothing herein contained shall be deemed to prohibit Tenant from mentioning or referring to a specific dollar rental rate in private letter(s) or circulars to broker(s) or from negotiating or consummating a sublease at the rate of rent provided in Section 41.06(g) or as otherwise provided in this lease) or to any other matter which directly or indirectly might adversely reflect on the dignity or prestige of the Building; without limiting the foregoing restrictions, no such advertisement or other public communication shall be released without Owner’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (it being agreed that Owner’s consent shall not be required for Tenant to list the premises or any portion thereof with brokers or for Tenant or such brokers to distribute to other brokers flyers with respect to the availability of the premises or any portion thereof);

(c) No space shall be sublet to another tenant of the Building, or to an Affiliate of any other tenant of the Building, or to any other occupant of the Building, if Owner shall then have available for rent comparable space in the Building;

(d) No subletting shall be to a person or entity which, in Owner’s reasonable opinion, has a financial standing, is of a character, is engaged in a business, or proposes to use the premises in a manner not in keeping with the provisions of this lease and the standards in such respects of the other tenancies in the Building;

(e) Each assignment or sublease shall specifically state that (i) it is subject to all of the terms, covenants, agreements, provisions, and conditions of this lease, (ii) the subtenant or assignee, as the case may be, will not have the right to further assign or sublet all or part of the

 

24


demised premises except in accordance with the provisions of this Article 41, (iii) a consent by Owner thereto shall not be deemed or construed to modify, amend or affect the terms and provisions of this lease, or Tenant’s obligations hereunder, which shall continue to apply to the premises involved, and the occupants thereof, as if the sublease or assignment had not been made, (iv) if Tenant defaults in the payment of any rent, Owner is authorized to collect any rents due or accruing from any assignee, subtenant or other occupant of the demised premises and to apply the net amounts collected to the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent due hereunder, and (v) the receipt by Owner of any amounts from an assignee, subtenant or other occupant of any part of the demised premises shall not be deemed or construed as releasing Tenant from Tenant’s obligations hereunder or the acceptance of that party as a direct tenant;

(f) Any proposed sublease shall not have a term which shall extend beyond a date one day prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term;

(g) Any proposed sublease will not result in there being more than two (2) tenants (including Tenant) on any floor of the demised premises;

(h) Any proposed sublease shall not provide for materially less fixed rent and/or additional rent than the lesser of (i) such Fixed Rent and Additional Rent as is set forth herein and (ii) the fair market sublease rental value of the space proposed to be sublet;

(i) Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs that may be incurred by Owner in connection therewith including reasonable attorneys’ fees and the out of pocket costs of making investigations as to the acceptability of a proposed subtenant or assignee;

(j) The proposed subtenant or assignee shall not be a person then negotiating with Owner for the rental of any office space in the Building (Owner agrees to respond promptly to any inquiry by Tenant as to whether Owner is then negotiating with any proposed subtenant or assignee);

(k) Tenant shall pay to Owner in each instance, in consideration for such consent, an amount equal to the Assignment Profit (as hereinafter defined) or Sublease Profit (as hereinafter defined). As used herein, the term “Assignment Profit” shall mean fifty percent (50%) of the difference between (x) all sums and other considerations paid to Tenant by the assignee for or by reason of such assignment (including, but not limited to, sums paid for the sale or rental of Tenant’s fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture, furnishings or other personal property, less in the case of a sale thereof, the then unamortized or undepreciated cost thereof determined on the basis of Tenant’s federal income tax returns) and (y) the reasonable costs incurred by Tenant in affecting such assignment, including, without limitation, rent concessions (but only to the extent such rent concessions (i) are not reflected in, or otherwise taken into consideration in, any of the amounts described in the preceding clause (x) (through a reduction of those amounts or otherwise) or (ii) have not already been included within any other category described within this clause (y)), legal fees, brokerage commissions, advertising costs and any work performed by Tenant, at its expense, based upon bills, receipts or other evidence of such costs reasonably satisfactory to Owner. The Assignment Profit shall be paid to Owner within ten (10) days after the same is paid by the assignee to Tenant. As used herein, the term “Sublease Profit” shall mean fifty percent (50%) of the difference between (x) all sums and other considerations paid to Tenant by the subtenant for or by reason of such sublease (including, but not limited to, sums paid for the sale or rental of Tenant’s fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture, furnishings or other personal property, less in the case of a sale thereof, the then unamortized or undepreciated cost thereof determined on the basis of Tenant’s federal income tax returns) and (y) the reasonable costs incurred by Tenant in affecting such sublease, including, without limitation, rent concessions (but only to the extent such rent concessions (i) are not reflected in, or otherwise taken into consideration in, any of the amounts described in the preceding clause (x) (through a reduction of those amounts or otherwise) or (ii) have not already been included within any other category described within this clause (y)), legal fees, brokerage commissions, advertising costs and any work performed by Tenant, at its expense, based upon bills, receipts or other evidence of such costs reasonably satisfactory to Owner. The Sublease Profit shall be paid to Owner within ten (10) days after the same is paid by the subtenant to Tenant, but after subtracting all permitted expenses as described in subclause (y) above which have then been incurred;

 

25


(l) There shall be no prior written notice of default given by Owner under any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this lease which remains uncured by Tenant at the time that Owner’s consent to any such assignment or subletting is requested or on the Effective Date; and

(m) Owner shall be furnished with a duplicate original of the sublease or assignment within thirty (30) days after the date of its execution and (b) the terms of such assignment or sublease compare not more favorable (except to a de minimis extent) to the subtenant than the terms set forth in the copy submitted to Owner with the Tenant’s Request.

If (a) Owner fails to exercise any of its options under Section 41.04, and (b) Tenant, within 6 months after the date the Offer is delivered to Owner, fails to execute and deliver to Owner for its approval either an assignment or a sublease (as to which assignment or sublease), then Tenant shall again comply with all of the provisions and conditions of Section 41.03 before assigning this lease or subletting all or part of the premises.

The provisions of Section 41.06 shall not apply to a transaction permitted pursuant to Section 41.01(a) hereof.

41.07 No assignment of this lease, whether to a successor corporation or an Affiliate of Tenant or otherwise, shall be binding upon Owner unless the assignee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Owner (a) a duplicate original instrument of assignment in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Owner, duly executed by Tenant, and (b) an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Owner, duly executed by the assignee, whereby the assignee shall unconditionally assume observance and performance of, and agree to be personally bound by all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this lease on Tenant’s part to be observed or performed, including, without limitation, the provisions of this Article with respect to all future sublettings or assignments; but the failure or refusal of the assignee to execute or deliver such an agreement shall not release the assignee from its liability for the obligations of Tenant hereunder assumed by acceptance of the assignment of this lease.

41.08 If this lease be assigned, whether or not in violation of the terms of this lease, Owner may collect rent from the assignee. If the demised premises or any part thereof be sublet or be used or occupied by anybody other than Tenant, whether or not in violation of this lease, Owner may, after default by Tenant and expiration of Tenant’s time to cure such default, if any, collect rent from the subtenant or occupant. In either event, Owner may apply the net amount collected to the rent herein reserved, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of Article 11 or this Article 41, or the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this lease. The consent by Owner to an assignment, transfer, encumbering or subletting pursuant to any provision of this lease shall not in any way be considered to relieve Tenant from obtaining the express prior consent of Owner to any other or further assignment, transfer, encumbering or subletting. References in this lease to use or occupancy by anyone other than Tenant shall not be construed as limited to subtenants and those claiming under or through subtenants but as including also licensees and others claiming under Tenant, immediately or remotely. The listing of any name other than that of Tenant and its permitted sublessees and assignees on any door of the demised premises or on any directory or in any elevator in the Building or otherwise, shall not operate to vest in the person so named any right or interest in this lease or the demised premises, or be deemed to constitute, or serve as a substitute for, any consent of Owner required under Article 11 or this Article 41. Neither any assignment of this lease nor any subletting, occupancy or use of the demised premises or any part thereof by any person other than Tenant, nor any collection of rent by Owner from any person other than Tenant, nor any application of any such rent as provided in this Article shall, under any circumstances relieve, impair, release or discharge Tenant of its obligations fully to perform the terms of this lease on Tenant’s part to be performed.

ARTICLE 42

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

42.01 (a) Tenant (and any subtenant or assignee of Tenant) shall at any time and from time to time (but not more often than two times per year except in connection with a proposed sale or encumbering of the Real Property and/or the Building) upon not less than ten

 

26


(10) days’ prior notice from Owner, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Owner a statement in writing setting forth the Commencement Date, the Expiration Date and the Fixed Rent hereunder and certifying (i) that this lease is unmodified and whether it is in full force and effect (or if there has been any modification, whether the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modification), (ii) the dates to which the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent have been paid, (iii) whether or not to the knowledge of Tenant, Owner is in default in performance of any of its obligations under this lease and, if so, specifying each such default of which Tenant may have knowledge, (iv) whether Tenant has accepted possession of the premises, (v) whether Tenant has made any claim against Owner under this lease and, if so, the nature thereof and the dollar amount, if any, of such claim, (vi) whether to Tenant’s knowledge there exist any offsets or defenses against enforcement of any of the terms of this lease upon the part of Tenant to be performed, and if so, specifying the same, and (vii) such further information with respect to this lease or the premises as Owner may reasonably request, it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant hereto shall be binding upon Tenant and may be relied upon by Owner and any prospective purchaser of the Real Property and/or the Building or any part thereof or of the interest of Owner in any part thereof, by any mortgagee or prospective mortgagee thereof, by any lessor or prospective lessor thereof, by any lessee or prospective lessee thereof, or by any prospective assignee of any mortgage thereof.

(b) Owner shall at any time and from time to time (but not more often than two times per year except in connection with a proposed sublease of the premises or assignment of this lease upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior notice from Tenant, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Tenant a statement in writing setting forth the Commencement Date, the Expiration Date and the Fixed Rent hereunder and certifying (i) that this lease is unmodified and whether it is in full force and effect (or if there has been any modification, whether the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modification), (ii) the dates to which the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent have been paid, (iii) whether or not to the knowledge of Owner, Tenant is in default in performance of any of its obligations under this lease and, if so, specifying each such default of which Owner may have knowledge, (iv) whether Tenant has accepted possession of the premises, (v) whether Owner has made any claim against Tenant under this lease and, if so, the nature thereof and the dollar amount, if any, of such claim, (vi) whether to Owner’s knowledge there exist any offsets or defenses against enforcement of any of the terms of this lease upon the part of Owner to be performed, and if so, specifying the same, and (vii) such further information with respect to this lease or the premises as Tenant may reasonably request, it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant hereto shall be binding upon Owner and may be relied upon by Tenant and any prospective subtenant or assignee.

ARTICLE 43

NON-LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

43.01 Owner shall not be liable to Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, invitees or licensees or any other occupant of the premises, and Tenant shall save Owner and its agents, employees, contractors, officers, directors, shareholders, partners and principals (disclosed or undisclosed) harmless from any loss, cost, liability, claim, damage, expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements), penalty or fine incurred in connection with or arising from any injury to Tenant or to any other person or for any damage to, or loss (by theft or otherwise) of, any of Tenant’s property or of the property of any other person, occurring in or about the premises, irrespective of the cause of such injury, damage or loss (including the acts or negligence of any tenant or of any owners or occupants of adjacent or neighboring property or caused by operations in construction of any private, public or quasi-public work, against whom Tenant may pursue its legal remedies) unless due to the negligence or willful acts of or omissions by Owner or Owner’s agents, officers, directors, shareholders, partners or principals (disclosed or undisclosed) or any breach of any obligation, representation or agreement of Owner herein, it being understood that no property, other than such as might normally be brought upon or kept in the premises as incidental to the reasonable use of the premises for the purposes herein permitted will be brought upon or be kept in the premises; provided, however, that even if due to any such negligence of Owner or its agents or employees, Tenant waives, to the full extent permitted by law, any claim for consequential damages in connection therewith and Owner and its agents and employees shall not be liable, to the extent of Tenant’s insurance coverage (or to the extent of the insurance Tenant is required to carry hereunder), for any loss or damage to any person or property even if due to the negligence of Owner or its agents or employees. Any Building employee to whom any property shall be

 

27


expressly entrusted by or on behalf of Tenant shall be deemed to be acting as Tenant’s agent with respect to such property and neither Owner nor Owner’s agents shall be liable for any loss of or damage to any such property by theft or otherwise. Under no circumstances shall any partner, director, shareholder, officer, principal or agent of Owner have any liability under this lease. Under no circumstances shall any partner, director, shareholder, officer, principal or agent of Tenant have any liability under this lease.

43.02 Neither any (a) performance by Owner, Tenant or others of any repairs or improvements in or to the Real Property, Building or the premises, (b) failure of Owner or others to make any such repairs or improvements, (c) damage to the Building, the premises or Tenant’s property in the premises, (d) injury to any persons caused by other tenants or persons in the Building, or by operations in the construction of any private, public or quasi-public work, or by any other cause, (e) latent defect in the Building or premises, nor (f) inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or injury to or interruption of Tenant’s business by reason of any of the events or occurrences referred to in the foregoing subdivisions (a) through (e) shall impose any liability on Owner to Tenant, other than such liability as may be imposed upon Owner at law or in equity for (1) Owner’s negligence or willful acts or omissions or that of Owner’s agents or employees in the operation or maintenance of the Building, or (2) the breach by Owner of any express covenant, representation, warranty or agreement of this lease on Owner’s part to be performed or observed; provided, however, that Owner shall not be liable to the extent of Tenant’s insurance coverage (or to the extent of the insurance Tenant is required to carry hereunder). No representation, guaranty or warranty is made or assurance given that the communications or security systems, devices or procedures of the Building, if any, will be effective to prevent injury to Tenant or any other person or damage to, or loss (by theft or otherwise) of, any of Tenant’s property or of the property of any other person, and Owner reserves the right to discontinue or modify at any time such communications or security systems or procedures without liability to Tenant.

43.03 (a) Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Owner harmless from and against any and all loss, cost, liability, claim, damage, fine, penalty and expense including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements in connection with or arising from any acts, omissions or negligence of Tenant or the contractors, agents, employees, invitees or licensees of Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant, in or about the premises or the Real Property during the Term and during any holdover period, limited, however, to the extent that the same is not covered by Owner’s insurance (or would not have been covered by the insurance Owner is required to carry hereunder). If any action or proceeding shall be brought against Owner or Owner’s agents, or any mortgagee of the Real Property and/or the Building based upon any such claim and if Tenant, upon notice from Owner, shall cause such action or proceeding to be defended at Tenant’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Owner, Tenant shall not be required to indemnify Owner, Owner’s agents or mortgagee for attorneys’ fees and disbursements in connection with such action or proceeding.

(b) Owner hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all loss, cost, liability, claim, damage, fine, penalty and expense including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements in connection with or arising from any acts, omissions or negligence of Owner or the contractors, agents, employees, invitees or licensees of Owner or any person claiming under Owner (other than other tenants of the Building), in or about the premises or the Real Property during the Term and during any holdover period, limited, however, to the extent that the same is not covered by Tenant’s insurance (or would not have been covered by the insurance Tenant is required to carry hereunder). If any action or proceeding shall be brought against Tenant or Tenant’s agents, based upon any such claim and if Owner, upon notice from Tenant, shall cause such action or proceeding to be defended at Owner’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Tenant, Owner shall not be required to indemnify Tenant or Tenant’s agents for attorneys’ fees and disbursements in connection with such action or proceeding.

43.04 (a) Tenant shall pay to Owner as Additional Rent, within thirty (30) days following rendition by Owner to Tenant of bills or statements therefor, sums equal to all losses, costs, liabilities, claims, damages, fines, penalties and expenses payable pursuant to Section 43.03(a).

 

28


(b) Owner shall pay to Tenant within thirty (30) days following rendition by Tenant to Owner of bills or statements therefor, sums equal to all losses, costs, liabilities, claims, damages, fines, penalties and expenses payable pursuant to Section 43.03(b).

43.05 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall look only to Owner’s estate in the Building and the Real Property (or the proceeds thereof) for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Owner in the event of any default by Owner hereunder, and no other property or assets of Owner or its partners or principals, disclosed or undisclosed, shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under or with respect to this lease, the relationship of Owner and Tenant hereunder or under law or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the premises or any other liability of Owner to Tenant.

43.06 The provisions of this Article 43 are not intended to imply any obligation on the part of Tenant to cause the Building or the premises to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act, except to the extent compliance is required by reason of the manner of use of the premises by Tenant. Owner hereby indemnifies Tenant from and against any losses or damages incurred by Tenant as a result of any claim asserted against Tenant by reason of any failure of the Building to so comply.

ARTICLE 44

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

44.01 If any of the provisions of this lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this lease, or the application of such provision or provisions to persons or circumstances other than those as to who or which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and every provision of this lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

44.02 Owner shall not be liable for any injury to the business of Tenant resulting from any damage to the premises or the Building by fire or other casualty.

44.03 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this lease, any wall-to-wall or other carpeting (other than area rugs and other floor coverings not affixed in any manner to the floor) or floor covering installed in the premises shall be installed without glue by such procedure as Owner shall approve in writing (which approval shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed) in order to protect the existing flooring and upon installation shall become the property of Owner and shall remain in and be surrendered with the premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this lease, subject, however, to the provisions of Article 3 of this lease as modified by Article 48 of this lease regarding removal of alterations.

44.04 (a) Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Owner harmless from and against any loss, cost, liability, claim, damage, fine, penalty and expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, resulting from delay by Tenant in surrendering the premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this lease as provided in Article 22, including any claims made by any succeeding tenant or prospective tenant founded upon such delay. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 44.04, Tenant shall not be liable to Owner for consequential damages pursuant to the provisions of this Section 44.04 unless Tenant delays in so surrendering the premises for more than thirty days after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease.

(b) In the event Tenant remains in possession of the premises after the termination of this lease without the execution of a new lease, Tenant, at the option of Owner, shall be deemed to be occupying the premises as a tenant from month to month, at a monthly rental equal to the sum of the Additional Rent and one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the Fixed Rent payable during the last month of the Term, subject to all of the other terms of this lease insofar as the same are applicable to a month-to-month tenancy.

(c) The provisions of Sections 44.04(a) and (b) shall not apply if any delay by Tenant in surrendering the premises upon the termination of this lease is attributable to Owner or its designee (or any successor to or assignee of Owner or such designee) as subtenant under a sublease entered into pursuant to Section 41.04(b)(ii) or 41.04(c) hereof.

 

29


44.05 This lease is submitted to Tenant for signature with the understanding that it shall not bind Owner or Tenant unless and until it is duly executed by both Tenant and Owner and an executed copy delivered to Tenant.

44.06 If there occurs any temporary or permanent interruption of any mail service, lasting more than five (5) consecutive business days, notices may be given by telegram or personal delivery, but shall not be effective until personally received by an executive officer, employee or agent of a party which is a corporation, or a partner, employee or agent of a party which is a partnership, or a principal, employee or agent of any other entity.

44.07 Owner shall have the right to erect any gate, chain or other obstruction or to close off any portion of the Building or the Real Property to the public at any time to the extent necessary to prevent a dedication thereof for public use, provided there is no unreasonable interference with Tenant’s access to or use of the demised premises.

44.08 Tenant hereby represents and warrants that the persons executing this lease on behalf of Tenant have been duly authorized to execute this lease for and on behalf of such corporation pursuant to all applicable corporate documents and this lease shall, upon execution, be binding and enforceable against Tenant in accordance with its terms. Owner hereby represents and warrants that the persons executing this lease on behalf of Owner have been duly authorized to execute this lease for and on behalf of such partnership pursuant to its partnership agreement and this lease shall, upon execution, be binding and enforceable against Owner in accordance with its terms.

44.09 Any notice, demand, communication or statement (collectively hereinafter being referred to as “Notices”) required or permitted to be given pursuant to the provisions of this lease shall be in writing and, unless otherwise required by law or as otherwise provided in this lease, shall be sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested (other than rent statements and bills which may be sent by personal delivery or regular mail). A Notice shall be deemed given on the date of delivery (in the event of personal delivery or regular mailing) or on the date indicated on a return receipt (in the event of registered or certified mailing). By giving the other party at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice, either party may, by Notice given as above provided, designate a different address for Notices. Notices shall be sent as follows:

 

  (a) If to Tenant,

MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC.

79 Fifth Avenue,

8th Floor

New York, New York

Attention: Mr. Tarek Sherif

With a copy to,

Carter Ledyard & Milburn LLP

2 Wall Street

New York, New York 10005

Attention: Alan J. Bernstein, Esq.

 

  (b) If to Owner,

A & R Kalimian Realty, L.P.

101 East 52nd Street

New York, New York 10022

Attn: Mr. Rouhollah Kalimian

44.10 In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the printed portion of this lease and the provisions of this rider, the provisions of this rider including all Exhibits hereto shall prevail.

 

30


44.11 If Tenant becomes aware of same, Tenant shall give Owner notice of the need for repairs to the public portions of the Building. Nothing contained in this lease shall give Tenant the right to make any such repairs, or obligate Tenant to make or pay for the cost of such repairs except in the event such repairs are required by reason of the negligence or wilful misconduct of Tenant, its agents, contractors or employees.

44.12 If at any time a certificate of occupancy is required for the Building under applicable law, Owner shall obtain same at its sole cost and expense, provided, however, that Tenant shall at its expense supply copies of the plans for the premises if required in connection with obtaining such certificate but only to the extent of any work performed in the premises by Tenant.

44.13 All Exhibits referred to in this lease are hereby incorporated in this lease by reference.

44.14 This lease shall be construed under the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any principle of conflict of laws.

44.15 This lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

44.16 During the term of this lease, Tenant shall be entitled to use the furniture currently in the demised premises (collectively, the “Existing Furniture”) without additional charge. The Existing Furniture is being delivered to Tenant in its “AS IS”, “WHERE IS” and “WITH ALL FAULTS” condition. Owner makes no representation or warranty as to the condition of the Existing Furniture. At the expiration or earlier termination of this lease, Tenant shall remove all of the Existing Furniture from the premises and shall repair any damage caused by such removal.

ARTICLE 45

INSURANCE

45.01 Tenant shall maintain (i) personal injury and property damage insurance, under a policy of general public liability insurance, with such limits as may reasonably be requested by Owner from time to time, but not more than once a year, and not less than $1,000,000/$2,000,000 in respect to bodily injury or death and $1,000,000 for property damage and (ii) All Risks of Physical Loss insurance written at replacement cost value and with a replacement cost endorsement covering (x) the improvements (as hereinafter defined), (y) the furniture and fixtures in the demised premises as of the date of this lease and (z) all of Tenant’s personal property in the demised premises. The policy or policies evidencing such insurance shall include Owner as an additional insured.

45.02 All policies required to be maintained pursuant to the provisions of this lease shall be issued by an insurance company or companies having a Best’s rating of at least A-/VII and authorized to do business in the State of New York or as otherwise agreed to by Owner, in its sole discretion. All policies required to be maintained pursuant to the provisions of this lease shall have a written undertaking from the insurer to notify all insureds thereunder at least ten (10) days prior to cancellation thereof. Tenant may provide any insurance required pursuant to the provisions of this lease under a so-called blanket policy or policies covering other parties and locations so long as the coverage under such policy or policies is not thereby diminished. Tenant shall furnish Owner with a certificate of insurance evidencing any such policy or a certificate naming Owner as an additional insured.

45.03 The term “insurance requirements” as used in this lease shall mean all reasonable requirements of any insurance policy covering or applicable to all or any part of the Building or the premises or the use thereof, all reasonable requirements of the issuer of any such policy and all orders, rules, regulations and other requirements of the New York Board of Fire Underwriters or the insurance Services Office or any other body exercising the same or similar functions and having jurisdiction or cognizance of all or any part of the Building or the premises.

45.04 If Tenant shall fail to obtain any such insurance within thirty (30) days after written notice, Owner may obtain such insurance at Tenant’s expense.

 

31


45.05 Owner, at Owner’s sole cost and expense, shall obtain and keep in full force and effect during the Term of this lease such fire and liability insurance as may be reasonably required by any mortgagee of the Real Property or any portion thereof, or in the event no such mortgagee exists, such fire and liability insurance as would be carried by similar owners of similar properties.

ARTICLE 46

RENEWAL OPTION

46.01 Tenant shall have the option (the “Renewal Option”) to extend the term of this lease for one (1) additional five (5) year period (the “Renewal Term”), which Renewal Term shall commence on the date immediately succeeding the fixed expiration date hereof and shall end on the fifth (5th) anniversary of such expiration date (the “Renewal Expiration Date”), provided that:

(a) this lease shall not have been previously terminated and that Tenant shall not be in default (beyond any applicable notice and cure period) in the observance or performance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this lease (i) on the date Tenant gives Owner irrevocable written notice (the “Renewal Notice”) of Tenant’s election to exercise the Renewal Option, and (ii) on the Expiration Date, and

(b) the original named Tenant shall be (or will, at the commencement of the Renewal Term, be) in actual occupancy of the entire premises, and shall not have (or is not intending to) sublet all or any portion of the premises for the Renewal Term (it being understood that the foregoing requirements set forth in clause (a) and/or (b) may be waived by Owner, in its sole discretion, at any time). (The provisions of this clause (b) shall not be construed to modify the operation of the provisions of Article 41 during the Renewal Term.)

46.02 The Renewal Option shall be exercised with respect to the entire premises only and shall be exercisable by Tenant delivering the Renewal Notice to Owner not later than September 30, 2007. Time is of the essence with respect to the giving of the Renewal Notice.

46.03 If Tenant exercises the Renewal Option in accordance with the terms of this Article, the Renewal Term shall be upon the same terms, covenants and conditions as those contained in this lease, except that (i) the Fixed Rent shall be deemed to mean the Fixed Rent as determined pursuant to Section 46.04 of this Article; (ii) any provisions of this lease with respect to any initial abatement of Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall not be applicable during the Renewal Term; (iii) the provisions of Section 46.01 relative to Tenant’s right to renew the term of this lease shall not be applicable during the Renewal Term; (iv) the expiration date of this lease shall be defined as the Renewal Expiration Date; and (v) the Base Tax shall be the Taxes for the Tax Year ending immediately prior to the commencement of the Renewal Term.

46.04 The Fixed Rent for the Renewal Term shall be calculated as follows:

(i) The annual Fixed Rent for the Premises for the Renewal Term shall be an amount equal to the greater of (a) the Fair Market Rent (hereinafter defined), or (b) an amount (the “Annual Rent”) equal to the aggregate of (x) the Fixed Rent payable by Tenant for the twelve-month period ending on September 30, 2008, and (y) Tenant’s Tax Payment payable with respect to the Tax Year ending immediately prior to the commencement of the Renewal Term (the greater of (a) and (b) being hereinafter referred to as the “Rental Value”).

(ii) For purposes of the Renewal Term, the term “Fair Market Rent” shall mean the fixed annual rent that a willing lessee would pay and a willing lessor would accept for the premises during the Renewal Term, assuming (a) that the premises were vacant and in their “as is” condition on the commencement date of the Renewal Term; (b) that the premises were being demised upon the same terms and conditions as are provided for in this lease for the Renewal Term; (c) that Owner would be paying a standard brokerage commission in connection with such leasing (whether or not actually paid); (d) any provisions of this lease with respect to any abatement of Fixed Rent and Additional Rent will not be applicable during the Renewal Term; and (e) that the Base Tax is being reset in accordance with Section 46.03 hereof.

 

32


46.05 (a) Tenant, by written notice to Owner given no sooner than the eighteen (18) months prior to the Expiration Date and no later than sixteen months (16) months prior to the Expiration Date, may request that Owner furnish to Tenant Owner’s determination of the Fair Market Rent for the Renewal Term for Tenant’s consideration in making its decision as to whether to exercise the Renewal Option. Upon such timely request by Tenant, Owner agrees to respond within thirty (30) days of receipt of such request by Tenant with Owner’s preliminary determination of the Fair Market Rent for the Renewal Term (“Owner’s Preliminary Determination”). In the event that Tenant elects to timely exercise the Renewal Option in accordance with the terms of Section 46.01 of this Article, and if the parties have not otherwise already agreed on the Fixed Rent for the Renewal Term, then, if Owner believes that the Fair Market Rent exceeds the Annual Rent, Owner shall give Tenant written notice (the “Rent Notice”) at least one hundred and fifty days (150) days prior to the Expiration Date, setting forth Owner’s determination of the Fair Market Rent (“Owner’s Determination”), which Owner’s Determination may be greater than Owner’s Preliminary Determination (if one was timely requested by Tenant). If Owner shall determine that the Fair Market Rent is equivalent or less than Annual Rent, then the Rental Value shall be the Annual Rent.

(b) If Owner shall send a Rent Notice showing Owner’s FMV Determination which exceeds the Annual Rent, then Tenant shall give Owner written notice (“Tenant’s Notice”), within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Rent Notice, of whether Tenant accepts or disputes Owner’s FMV Determination, and if Tenant disputes Owner’s FMV Determination, Tenant’s Notice shall set forth Tenant’s determination of the Fair Market Rent. If Tenant in Tenant’s Notice accepts Owner’s FMV Determination or if Tenant fails or refuses for any reason to give Tenant’s Notice within the thirty (30) day period set forth above, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted Owner’s FMV Determination for the Renewal Term. If Tenant in Tenant’s Notice disputes Owner’s FMV Determination in the manner set forth above, any such dispute, if not resolved between the parties within thirty (30) days thereafter, shall be settled in accordance with the provisions of Section 46.07 hereof.

46.06 If Owner shall send a Rent Notice which is disputed by Tenant in accordance with Section 46.05 above and if the final determination of the Rental Value shall not be made on or before the first day of the Renewal Term in accordance with the provisions of this Article, then, pending such final determination, Tenant shall pay, as the Fixed Rent for the Renewal Term, an amount equal to Owner’s Determination. If, based upon the final determination hereunder of the Rental Value, the payments made by Tenant on account of the Fixed Rent for such portion of the Renewal Term were (i) less than the Rental Value payable for the applicable Renewal Term as ultimately determined, Tenant shall pay to Owner the amount of such deficiency within five (5) days after demand therefor or (ii) greater than the Rental Value payable for the Renewal Term as ultimately determined, Owner shall credit the amount of such excess against the next immediate installments of Fixed Rent and/or Additional Rent payable by Tenant. Upon the final determination of any dispute pursuant to Section 46.07, Tenant shall pay, and the Fixed Rent shall be, the Rental Value during the Renewal Term (which may in no event be less than the Annual Rent).

46.07 (a) If Tenant notifies Owner that Tenant disputes Owner’s determination of the Fair Market Rent within the thirty (30) day period set forth in Section 46.05 above and Owner and Tenant fail to agree as to the Fair Market Rent within the following thirty (30) day period set forth in said Section 46.05, then the Fair Market Rent shall be determined as follows: Such dispute shall be resolved by arbitration conducted in accordance with the real estate valuation arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) in effect on the date hereof, except that the provisions of this Section 46.07 shall apply to the conduct and determination of such arbitration and shall supersede any conflicting or inconsistent provisions of said real estate valuation arbitration rules. The party requesting arbitration shall do so by giving notice to that effect to the other party, specifying in said notice the nature of the dispute, and that said dispute shall be determined in the City of New York, by a panel of three (3) arbitrators in accordance with this Section 46.07.

(b) Owner and Tenant shall each appoint their own arbitrator within 15 days after the giving of the notice set forth in the last sentence of Section 46.07(a) hereof, which notice shall state that such party seeks a determination of the Fair Market Rent pursuant to this Article 46. If either Owner or Tenant shall fail to timely appoint an arbitrator and such failure shall continue for fifteen days after a further notice, then the appointment of the arbitrator shall be made in the same manner as hereinafter provided for the appointment of the third arbitrator in

 

33


a case where the two arbitrators appointed hereunder are unable to agree upon such appointment. Such two arbitrators shall have twenty (20) days to appoint a third arbitrator who shall be impartial. If such arbitrators fail to do so, then either Owner or Tenant may request the AAA to appoint an arbitrator who shall be impartial within twenty (20) days of such request and both parties shall be bound by any appointment so made within such 20-day period. If no such third arbitrator shall have been appointed within such 20 days or within 90 days of the original request for a determination of the Fair Market Rent, whichever is earlier, either Owner or Tenant may apply to any court having jurisdiction to make such appointment.

(c) The third arbitrator only shall subscribe and swear to an oath fairly and impartially to determine such dispute. The three arbitrators shall conduct such hearings as they deem appropriate (or such hearings as either Owner or Tenant shall reasonably request). Each arbitrator shall determine independently of the other the Fair Market Rent based solely on the criteria set forth in the applicable Section of this lease providing for such determination and within fifteen (15) days after the third arbitrator has been appointed, each arbitrator shall render his determination of the Fair Market Rent and shall submit same to each of the other arbitrators, making their determination in writing, and shall give notice to Owner and Tenant of their determination as soon as practicable. If at least two of the three arbitrators shall concur in their determination of the Fair Market Rent, their determination shall be final and binding upon the parties. If the arbitrators fail to concur, then the Fair Market Rent shall be an amount equal to fifty (50%) percent of the sum of the two determinations by the arbitrators closest in amount, and such amount shall be final and binding upon the parties.

(d) The fees and expenses of any arbitration of the determination of the Fair Market Rent for purposes of this Section 46.07 shall be borne by the parties equally, but each party shall bear the expense of its own arbitrator, attorneys and experts and the additional expenses of presenting its own proof.

(e) Owner and Tenant shall each have the right to submit such data and memoranda to each of the arbitrators in support of their respective positions as they may deem necessary or appropriate.

(f) Each arbitrator shall be a qualified member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers (or any successor of such Institute, or if such organization or successor shall no longer be in existence, a recognized national association or institute of appraisers) who shall not be a sole practitioner, and shall have at least ten (10) years’ experience in leasing and valuation of properties which are similar in character to the Building.

(g) It is expressly understood that any determination of the Fair Market Rent shall be based on the assumption and criteria stated in Section 46.04 of this Article. The arbitrators shall not have the power to add to, modify or change any of the provisions of this lease, and the jurisdiction of the arbitrators is limited accordingly.

(h) After a determination has been made of the Fair Market Rent pursuant to the provision of this Section 46.07, the parties shall execute and deliver to each other an instrument setting forth the Rental Value payable during the Renewal Term, provided, however, that the failure of either party to so execute such certificate shall not affect the determination of the Rental Value in accordance with the provisions hereof.

ARTICLE 47

USE

47.01 Tenant shall use and occupy the premises for general executive, clerical and professional offices. In connection with the foregoing, notwithstanding any provision of this lease, Tenant shall be permitted to use portions of the premises for the following purposes:

(a) installation, maintenance and operation in the premises of (i) electronic data processing equipment and business machines, and (ii) reproducing equipment used for purposes incidental to the business of Tenant, subject to the provisions of Section 47.03(c);

 

34


(b) installation, maintenance and operation of computers, printers, and communications equipment (such as telephones, telecopiers, telex and the like) for purposes incidental to the business of Tenant; and

(c) installation of a pantry (including a “dwyer unit”, microwave, coffee maker, ice maker and/or refrigerator) for use by Tenant, its guests and invitees, provided, however, Tenant shall not be permitted to install a dishwasher therein.

47.02 Tenant shall not use or occupy or suffer or permit the use or occupancy of any part of the premises in any manner which in Owner’s reasonable judgment would adversely affect (a) the proper and economical rendition of any service required to be furnished to any tenant, (b) the use or enjoyment of any part of the Building by any other tenant, or (c) the appearance, character or reputation of the Building as an office building.

47.03 The use of the premises for the purposes specified in this Article 47 shall not include, and Tenant shall not use, or permit the use of, the premises or any part thereof, for the:

(a) retail sale of wine, ale, beer or other alcoholic beverages;

(b) sale at retail of any other products or materials kept in the premises (except for incidental sales to employees, agents and invitees of Tenant by vending machines), or demonstrations to the public except in connection with the uses herein permitted, or as a restaurant or bar, or for the sale of candy, food, cigarettes, cigars, tobacco, newspapers, magazines, beverages, or similar items, or for the preparation, dispensing or consumption of food or beverages in any manner whatsoever except to Tenant’s employees and business guests who are on the premises for purposes other than dining;

(c) installation, maintenance or operation in the premises of manufacturing or printing equipment, except for the operation of customary business office equipment and machines for Tenant’s own requirements (as distinguished from operation for commercial hire or for the sale of the products or services to others) provided that such use shall not exceed that portion of the electrical capabilities allocable to the premises;

(d) rendition of medical, dental or other diagnostic or therapeutic services except that Tenant shall have the right to employ a resident nurse and/or physical therapist for Tenant’s employees normally working at the premises;

(e) conduct or maintenance of any gambling or gaming activities or any public political activities or any club activities, whether private or public, or of a school (other than public seminars) or of an employment or placement agency;

(f) the offices or business of a governmental or quasi-governmental bureau, department or agency, foreign or domestic, including an autonomous governmental corporation or diplomatic or trade mission;

(g) any use prohibited by the Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit B; or

(h) conduct of a public auction of any kind.

ARTICLE 48

ALTERATIONS

Supplementing Article 3:

48.01 Except as provided in Article 3 or this Article, Tenant shall not make any alterations, installations, additions or improvements (collectively, “Improvements”) in or to the premises. Any Improvements performed by or on behalf of Tenant in order to prepare the premises for Tenant’s initial occupancy thereof are referred to herein as “Initial improvements” and, unless otherwise expressly provided to the contrary in this lease, the term “Improvements” shall include Initial Improvements.

 

35


(a) all Improvements shall be made at Tenant’s sole cost and expense;

(b) all Improvements shall be effected in compliance with all applicable legal and insurance requirements. In the event any such Improvements (including, without limitation, the initial improvements) must be halted, either temporarily or permanently, as a result of a failure by Tenant, its contractors or subcontractors to comply with all applicable legal requirements, Owner shall have no liability or responsibility therefor and the Rent due hereunder shall be payable in full;

(c) before proceeding with any improvements, Tenant shall submit to Owner for approval copies of plans and specifications (or, for Improvements that constitute merely decorative changes which do not require a building or other governmental permit, a detailed description) therefor indicating the scope and nature of the improvements. Owner shall approve or reject such plans and specifications (or such detailed description) within five (5) business days after Tenant’s submission thereof to Owner. Tenant shall reimburse Owner for all reasonable out of pocket expenses and fees paid by Owner to outside consultants in connection with (i) its decision as to whether to approve such Improvements, and (ii) inspecting such Improvements to determine whether the same are being or have been performed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications therefor and with all applicable legal requirements and insurance policies covering or applicable to all or any part of the premises or Building, provided, however, that there will be no such charge with respect to nonstructural Improvements. All Improvements shall be made in accordance with plans and specifications approved by Owner and such other reasonable requirements as Owner may establish;

(d) upon completion of any improvements (other than mere decorations), Tenant shall deliver to Owner three copies of “as-built” plans for such Improvements. Tenant need not seek Owner’s approval as to decorations except that any wallcoverings must have backcloths; and

(e) if required by law, promptly upon the completion of any Improvements, Tenant shall obtain a certificate of occupancy (or a revised certificate of occupancy) with respect to the premises and deliver a copy thereof to Owner.

48.02 Only one or more persons, firms or corporations authorized in writing by Owner (such authorization not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be permitted to act as contractor or subcontractor for any work to be performed in accordance with Article 3 of this lease. Owner expressly reserves the right to exclude from the Building any person, firm or corporation attempting to act as a construction contractor in violation hereof. In the event Tenant shall employ any contractor permitted by this Section, such contractor and any subcontractor shall agree to employ only such materials and such labor as will not result in labor disputes, strikes or jurisdictional disputes with other contractors, mechanics, or laborers engaged by Tenant, Owner or others. Tenant, upon demand of Owner, shall use its best efforts to cause all materials, contractors, mechanics or laborers causing such difficulty, strike or dispute to leave or be removed from the Building immediately. Owner agrees that such contractor or subcontractor shall have reasonable use of the Building facilities provided the same does not unreasonably interfere with the other tenants of the Building or cause Owner to incur any overtime or premium wages. Tenant will inform Owner in writing of the names of any contractor or subcontractor Tenant proposes to use in the premises at least three (3) business days prior to the beginning of work by such contractor or subcontractor.

48.03 Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 3, no approval of plans or specifications by Owner or consent by Owner allowing Tenant to make any alterations, installations, additions or improvements in the premises at any time during the Term shall in any way be deemed to be an agreement by Owner that the contemplated alterations, installations, additions or improvements comply with any legal requirements or any certificate of occupancy for the Building nor shall it be deemed to be a waiver by Owner of such compliance by Tenant or of any of the other terms of this lease. Notice is hereby given that neither Owner, Owner’s agent, nor any mortgagee of the Building shall be liable for any such labor or materials furnished or to be furnished to Tenant upon credit, and that no mechanic’s or other lien for such labor or material shall attach to or affect any estate or interest of Owner or any such mortgagee in and to the premises or the Building. If a mechanic’s or other lien is filed against the land and the Building as a result of work performed by and for Tenant, Tenant shall cause same to be discharged by bonding or otherwise within sixty (60) days or such lesser period as may be

 

36


required pursuant to any mortgage encumbering said land and Building. Tenant shall keep records of all alterations, installations, additions or improvements costing in excess of $50,000 and the cost thereof, and within 15 days after demand by Owner, Tenant shall furnish to Owner copies of such records if Owner shall request the same in connection with any tax certiorari proceedings or in connection with any dispute under Section 41.06(j) hereof.

48.04 Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 3, Tenant shall not be required to remove from the premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this lease (i) any Improvements or installations or alterations that are existing in the premises as of the Commencement Date (other than the Existing Furniture, which Tenant must remove), (ii) any Improvements that are not Specialty Alterations (defined below), or (iii) any Specialty Alterations which Owner, pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 48.04, has elected not to require Tenant to remove. At the time Tenant requests Owner’s consent to any Improvements, Tenant may request (in bold/block lettering) whether any of the alterations, additions or changes shown thereon constitute Specialty Alterations and, if so, whether Owner will require that Tenant, at the expiration or earlier termination of this lease, remove such Specialty Alteration and restore the demised premises to the condition the same were in prior to the making thereof (stating in bold/block typeface that Owner’s failure to identify (at the time Owner responds to Tenant’s request for approval) those Specialty Alterations that Tenant will be required to remove at the end of the term shall be deemed to mean that Owner has elected not to require Tenant to remove same at the end of the term hereof), and if Owner does not timely identify any of the proposed changes or alterations as Specialty Alterations and require such removal/restoration following such express request, Tenant at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, shall not be required to remove such Specialty Alteration(s) that were so consented to by Owner. For purposes of this lease, a “Specialty Alteration” shall mean an alteration, improvement or change which, at the time of installation, is not the type of improvement that is customarily found in a standard office installation.

ARTICLE 49

DESTRUCTION, FIRE AND OTHER CASUALTY

Supplementing Article 9 hereof:

49.01 If Owner shall give notice of termination pursuant to Article 9, such notice shall specify a date for the expiration of this lease, which date shall be not more than sixty (60) days, and not less than thirty (30) days, after the giving of such notice and the Term of this lease shall expire on such date as fully and completely as if such date were the date set forth above for the termination of this lease and Tenant shall forthwith quit, surrender and vacate the demised premises, without prejudice, however, to the rights and remedies of either party against the other under the lease provisions in effect prior to such termination, and any Fixed Rent or Additional Rent owing shall be paid up to the date of termination and any payment of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent made by Tenant which was on account of any period subsequent to such date shall be returned to Tenant (without detracting from Tenant’s rights to an abatement for the portion of the premises which is damaged or unusable pursuant to Section 9(b)). Unless Owner shall serve an effective termination notice as provided for herein, Owner shall proceed with reasonable diligence to obtain any available insurance proceeds and to perform and complete the restoration, subject to delays due to labor disputes and causes beyond Owner’s reasonable control (including delays in the adjustment of insurance claims). Tenant shall cooperate with Owner’s restoration by removing from the demised premises as promptly as reasonably possible, all of Tenant’s salvageable inventory, moveable equipment, furniture and other property. Tenant’s liability for rent shall resume after Owner’s restoration work shall have been substantially completed, the core and shell of the demised premises are restored and available for Tenant’s use and Owner shall have given thirty (30) days’ written notice thereof to Tenant.

49.02 If substantially all of the premises shall be damaged or rendered inaccessible by fire or other casualty during the last twelve (12) months of the Term of this lease (as the same may have been extended by the Renewal Option exercised by Tenant as of the date of the fire or casualty), then in any such event either Owner or Tenant may, at its option, terminate this lease by notifying the other party in writing of such termination within thirty (30) days after the date of such fire or other casualty. If Owner or Tenant shall give notice of termination pursuant to this Section 49.02, such notice shall specify a date for the termination of this lease, which date shall be not more than sixty (60) days, and not less than thirty (30) days,

 

37


after the giving of such notice and the Term of this lease shall expire on such date as fully and completely as if such date were the date set forth above for the termination of this lease and Tenant shall forthwith quit, surrender and vacate the demised premises, without prejudice, however, to the rights and remedies of either party against the other under the lease provisions in effect prior to such termination, and any Fixed Rent or Additional Rent owing shall be paid up to the date of termination and any payment of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent made by Tenant which was on account of any period subsequent to such date shall be returned to Tenant (without detracting from Tenant’s rights to an abatement for the portion of the premises which is damaged or unusable pursuant to Section 9(b)).

ARTICLE 50

EMINENT DOMAIN

Supplementing Article 10 hereof:

50.01 In the event that the whole of the premises shall be lawfully condemned or taken in any manner for any public or quasi-public use or purpose (other than for temporary use or occupancy), this lease and the Term and estate hereby granted shall forthwith cease and terminate as of the date of vesting of title (hereinafter referred to as the “date of taking”), and Tenant shall have no claim against Owner for, or make any claim for, the value of any unexpired Term of this lease, and the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall be apportioned as of such date.

50.02 In the event that any part of the premises shall be so condemned or taken, then this lease shall be and remain unaffected by such condemnation or taking, except that the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent allocable to the part so taken shall be apportioned as of the date of taking, provided, however, that Tenant may elect to cancel this lease in the event all access to the demised premises or more than ten percent (10%) of the premises should be so condemned or taken or if such building services as are reasonably necessary for the conduct of Tenant’s business can no longer be supplied, provided such notice of election is given by Tenant to Owner not later than forty-five (45) days after notice to Tenant of the date when title shall vest in the condemning authority. Upon the giving of such notice, this lease shall terminate on the tenth (10th) day following the date of such notice and the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent allocable to the part not taken shall be apportioned as of such termination date. Owner shall promptly give Tenant copies of any notice received from the condemning authority as to vesting. Upon such partial taking and this lease continuing in effect as to any part of the premises, the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall be diminished by an amount representing the part of said Fixed Rent and Additional Rent properly applicable to the portion or portions of the premises which may be so condemned or taken. If as a result of the partial taking (and this lease continuing in effect as to the part of the premises not so taken), any part of the premises not taken is damaged, Owner agrees with reasonable promptness to commence the work necessary to restore the damaged portion to the condition existing immediately prior to the taking, and prosecute the same with reasonable diligence to its completion.

50.03 In the event that only a part of the premises shall be so taken and Tenant shall not have elected to cancel this lease as above provided, the entire award for a partial taking shall be paid to Owner, and Owner, at Owner’s own expense, shall restore the unaffected part of the Building to substantially the same condition and as existed prior to the taking.

50.04 Until said unaffected portion is restored, Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate abatement of Fixed Rent and Additional Rent for that portion of the premises which is not usable and is not used, until the completion of the restoration or until the portion of the premises being restored is fit for occupancy by Tenant for the conduct of its business, whichever occurs sooner. Said unaffected portion shall be restored within a reasonable time but not more than three (3) months after the taking; provided, however, if Owner is delayed by strike, lockout, the elements, or other causes beyond Owner’s control (which shall include the non-payment of funds in such condemnation proceeding), the time for completion shall be extended for a period equivalent to the delay. Should Owner fail to complete the restoration within the said three (3) months as the same may be extended as aforesaid, Tenant may elect to cancel this lease and the Term hereby granted provided such notice of election is given by Tenant to Owner not later than thirty (30) days after the end of said three (3) month or extended period, as the case may be.

 

38


50.05 In the event of any condemnation or taking hereinbefore mentioned of all or a part of the Building or the premises, Owner shall be entitled to receive the entire award in the condemnation proceeding, including any award made for the value of the estate vested by this lease in Tenant, and Tenant hereby expressly assigns to Owner any and all right, title and interest of Tenant now or hereafter arising in or to any such award or any part thereof, and Tenant shall be entitled to receive no part of such award. In any condemnation proceeding Tenant may submit a separate claim against the condemning authority for the value of Tenant’s trade fixtures and personalty and the cost of removal or relocation, if such separate claims are allowable as such and do not reduce or affect the award otherwise payable to Owner.

ARTICLE 51

ACCESS TO PREMISES

51.01 Supplementing Article 13:

(a) Notwithstanding any other term, covenant or condition of this lease to the contrary, whenever Owner enters the premises pursuant to any right granted to it under this lease, Owner shall give Tenant reasonable prior notice (except in the case of an emergency) and shall use reasonable efforts to minimize the interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the premises, provided that the same shall not adversely affect other tenants in the Building in any material respect or cause Owner to incur charges for labor at overtime rates.

(b) Upon reasonable advance notice and during business hours (x) during the last 12 months of the Term of this lease, or (y) with Tenant’s consent at any other time (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), Owner may show the premises to persons interested in leasing space in the Building. Owner shall not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s business when it shows the premises to such other persons.

ARTICLE 52

ARBITRATION

52.01 Any dispute with respect to this lease (other than with respect to obtaining a determination that this lease has terminated in accordance with its terms and Owner is entitled to possession of the premises) shall be determined by arbitration conducted as provided in this Article 52. The party desiring such arbitration shall give notice to that effect to the other, and within ten (10) days after such notice is given, the matter shall be submitted to arbitration in the City of New York before a single arbitrator in accordance with the Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association. In deciding the dispute, the arbitrator shall act in accordance with the rules then in force of the American Arbitration Association, subject, however, to such limitations as may be placed upon him by the provisions of this lease. In the event that the American Arbitration Association shall not then be in existence, the arbitration shall proceed in accordance with the rules of a nationally recognized successor. In the event that the American Arbitration Association or a nationally recognized successor shall not then be in existence, the arbitration shall proceed under the provisions of the laws of the State of New York with respect to civil procedure then in effect. Owner and Tenant shall be entitled to present evidence and argument to the arbitrator. The decision of the arbitrator shall be conclusive upon the parties for all purposes of this lease, and judgment thereon may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.

52.02 Each party shall pay their own professional expenses in connection with any arbitration hereunder.

ARTICLE 53

SUBORDINATION, NOTICE TO SUPERIOR LESSORS AND MORTGAGEES

53.01 This lease, and all rights of Tenant hereunder, are and shall be subject and subordinate to all ground leases, overriding leases and underlying leases of the Land and/or the Building and/or that portion of the Building of which the premises are a part, now or hereafter existing and to all mortgages which may now or hereafter affect the Land and/or the Building and/or that portion of the Building of which the premises are a part and/or any of such leases,

 

39


whether or not such mortgages shall also cover other lands and/or buildings and/or leases, to each and every advance made or hereafter to be made under such mortgages, and to all renewals, modifications, replacements and extensions of such leases and such mortgages and spreaders and consolidations of such mortgages. This Section 53.01 shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required. In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver any instrument that Owner, the lessor under any such lease or the holder of any such mortgage or any of their respective successors in interest may reasonably request to evidence such subordination. Any lease to which this lease is, at the time referred to, subject and subordinate is herein called a “Superior Lease” and the lessor of a Superior Lease or its successor in interest, at the time referred to, is herein called a “Superior Lessor”; and any mortgage to which this lease is, at the time referred to, subject and subordinate is herein called a “Superior Mortgage” and the holder of a Superior Mortgage is herein called a “Superior Mortgagee.”

53.02 If any act or omission of Owner would give Tenant the right, immediately or after lapse of a period of time, to cancel or terminate this lease, or to abate or offset against the payment of rent or to claim a partial or total eviction, Tenant shall not exercise such right (a) until it has given written notice of such act or omission to Owner and each Superior Mortgagee and each Superior Lessor whose name and address shall previously have been furnished to Tenant, and (b) until a reasonable period for remedying such act or omission shall have elapsed following the giving of such notice which shall include a reasonable period of time for such Superior Mortgagee or Superior Lessor to have become entitled under such Superior Mortgage or Superior Lease, as the case may be, to remedy the same (which reasonable period shall in no event be less than the period to which Owner would be entitled under this lease or otherwise, after similar notice, to effect such remedy plus thirty (30) days), provided such Superior Mortgagee or Superior Lessor shall with due diligence give Tenant notice of intention to, and commence and continue to, remedy such act or omission.

53.03 If any Superior Lessor or Superior Mortgagee, or any designee of any Superior Lessor or Superior Mortgagee, shall succeed to the rights of Owner under this lease, whether through possession or foreclosure action or delivery of a new lease or deed, then at the request of such party so succeeding to Owner’s rights (herein called “Successor Owner”) and upon such Successor Owner’s written agreement to accept Tenant’s attornment, Tenant shall attorn to and recognize such Successor Owner as Tenant’s landlord under this lease and shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument that such Successor Owner may reasonably request to evidence such attornment. Upon such attornment this lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the Successor Owner and Tenant upon all of the terms, conditions and covenants as are set forth in this lease, except that the Successor Owner shall not be:

(a) liable for any previous act or omission of Owner (or its predecessors in interest); it being understood that the foregoing is not intended to relieve Successor Owner of any liability arising by reason of its acts or omissions from and after the date of such attornment, including a continuation of the failure of the prior Owner to perform its obligations under this lease, in which case Successor Owner upon receipt of notice of such continuation from Tenant shall have a reasonable period of time to remedy same;

(b) responsible for any monies owing by Owner to the credit of Tenant;

(c) subject to any credits, offsets, claims, counterclaims, demands or defenses which Tenant may have against Owner (or its predecessors in interest) except arising due to any continuing obligation of Owner hereunder;

(d) bound by any payments of rent which Tenant might have made for more than one (1) month in advance to Owner (or its predecessors in interest);

(e) bound by any covenant to undertake or complete any construction of the premises or any portion thereof;

(f) required to account for any security deposit other than any security deposit actually delivered to the Successor Owner;

 

40


(g) bound by any obligation to make any payment to Tenant or grant or be subject to any credits, except for services, repairs, maintenance and restoration provided for under this lease to be performed after the date of attornment, it being expressly understood, however, that the Successor Owner shall not be bound by an obligation to make payment to Tenant with respect to construction performed by or on behalf of Tenant at the premises;

(h) bound by any modification of this lease, including without limitation, any modification which reduces the Fixed Rent or Additional Rent or other charges payable under this lease, or shortens the Term thereof, or otherwise materially adversely affects the rights of the lessor thereunder, made without the written consent of the, each Superior Mortgagee and Superior Lessor of which Tenant has been given notice; or

(i) required to remove any person occupying the premises or any part thereof.

ARTICLE 54

SECURITY DEPOSIT

54.01 (a) Upon the execution hereof by Tenant, Tenant shall deliver to Owner and, subject to the provisions of this Article 54, shall maintain in effect at all times during the term of this lease, an unconditional, irrevocable standby letter of credit in an amount equal to $220,631.25 as security for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of the terms of this lease. Said letter of credit shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to Owner, shall name Owner as the beneficiary thereunder, and shall be issued by a banking corporation reasonably satisfactory to Owner having a counter upon which the letter of credit may be drawn and presented in the City of New York. Such initial letter of credit shall have an expiration date no earlier than September 30, 2004 and shall be automatically renewed thereafter for successive periods of at least one year until the date which is thirty (30) days following the Expiration Date hereof (herein the “L/C Maintenance Date”) unless terminated by the issuer thereof by notice to Owner given not less than thirty (30) days prior to the stated expiration thereof. Tenant shall throughout the term of this lease deliver to Owner, in the event of the termination of any such letter of credit, replacement letters of credit in lieu thereof (each such letter of credit and such replacements thereof, as the case may be, is herein referred to as a “Security Letter”) no later than twenty five (25) days prior to the expiration date of the preceding Security Letter so that at all times until the L/C Maintenance Date, Sublandlord shall be holding a Security Letter meeting the requirements hereof. If Subtenant shall fail to obtain any replacement of a Security Letter within the time limits set forth in this Section 54.01(a), Owner may draw down the full amount of the existing Security Letter and retain the same as security hereunder.

(b) In the event Tenant defaults (beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods, if any) in respect to any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this lease, including, but not limited to, the payment of Fixed Rent and additional rent or any other charges or damages, Owner may draw down on the Security Letter and may use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the security for the payment of any Fixed Rent and additional rent or any other sum as to which Tenant is in default or for any sum which Owner expends or is required to expend by reason of Tenant’s default in respect of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this lease, including, but not limited to, any damages or deficiency accrued before or after summary proceedings or other re-entry by Owner. To insure that Owner may utilize the security represented by the Security Letter in the manner, for the purpose, and to the extent provided in this Article 54, each Security Letter shall, without limitation, provide (i) that the lull amount (or any portion) thereof may be drawn down by Owner upon the presentation to the issuing bank of Owner’s draft drawn on the issuing bank with accompanying statement purportedly executed by an officer of beneficiary to the effect that the beneficiary is entitled to draw under the Security Letter in accordance with the term of the lease, and (ii) that the Security Letter shall be transferable by Owner to any transferee of Owner’s interest in the Building, without cost to Owner, in the event of a transfer of Owner’s interest in the Building. In the event of any such transfer, Owner shall transfer any interest it may have in the Security Letter to the transferee thereof and Owner (upon such transfer) shall thereupon be released by Tenant from all liability for the return of such Security Letter, and Tenant agrees to look solely to the new owner under this lease for the return of said Security Letter; and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment made of the Security Letter to a new owner. Tenant further covenants that it will not assign or encumber or attempt to assign or encumber the monies (or Security Letter) deposited herein as security and that neither Owner nor its successors or assigns shall be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance.

 

41


(c) In the event Owner utilizes all or any part of the security represented by the Security Letter, Tenant shall immediately deposit with Owner a further Security Letter (or cash) equal to the amount so drawn, used or applied, as aforesaid so that at all times Owner shall have in its possession Security Letter(s) (and cash security) totaling $220,631.25, failing which Owner shall have the same rights and remedies against Tenant as for the nonpayment of Fixed Rent beyond the applicable grace period.

(d) In the event that Tenant shall fully and faithfully comply with all of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this lease, the Security Letter shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the later to occur of (i) the Expiration Date hereof and (ii) the delivery of the entire possession of the demised premises to Owner in the condition and in accordance with the provisions hereof.

ARTICLE 55

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

ARTICLE 56

STATEMENT AND REPRESENTATIONS BY OWNER

56.01 Tenant and its employees shall be allowed reasonable access to the Building and the premises 24 hours a day, seven days a week, subject to such reasonable security measures which Owner may from time to time reasonably implement.

56.02 If Tenant shall require heating at any time other than as provided in Article 29 of this lease, Owner shall furnish the same upon advance notice from Tenant, given prior to 2 P.M. on any business day. Tenant shall pay for after hours heating of the premises at the initial rate of $75 per hour. Such rate is subject to increase in proportion to the percentage increase in the cost of fuel. Upon request, Owner shall furnish Tenant with a reasonably detailed explanation of any increase in its charges for after-hours heating of the premises. Such costs shall be equitably apportioned among all tenants in the Building who shall have requested after-hours heating for any day Tenant shall have requested such service. If Tenant shall require air conditioning at any time other than as provided in Article 29 of this lease, Owner shall furnish the same upon advance notice from Tenant, given prior to 2 P.M. on any business day. Tenant shall pay for after hours air conditioning of the premises at the rate of $75 per hour.

56.03 There is no certificate of occupancy with respect to the Building and no legal requirement that Owner obtain same. Owner represents and warrants that use of the demised premises for office use is permitted under all applicable laws, rules, regulations and codes. If any improvements by Tenant require permits from the Building Department and such permits will not be issued by reason of any violations with respect to the land and/or Building, Owner shall cure same, to the extent they are not located within any tenanted area of the Building and/or use reasonable efforts to cause the tenant responsible for same to cure such violation.

56.04 Owner is not aware that the premises contain any asbestos, asbestos containing materials or any other hazardous materials. If, in order to obtain a permit for the making of the initial improvements, Tenant must file an ACP-5 certificate, then Owner, at its expense, shall provide Tenant with an ACP-5 certificate with respect to the premises. In addition, Owner shall execute such documentation as may be required by applicable law in order for Tenant to obtain any permits required for improvements, provided same is without expense or liability to Owner, except to the extent the liability arises out of a breach by Owner of any of its representations or warranties contained herein.

56.05 Owner shall deliver possession of the premises to Tenant on the Commencement Date in a broom clean condition, with all of the Building’s service systems serving the premises (to the point of entry thereof) in good working order; otherwise, Owner shall perform no work in the premises, Tenant agreeing to lease the same “as is” and in its present condition. Tenant shall be responsible for performing in accordance with the provisions of this lease all work necessary to prepare the premises for occupancy by Tenant.

 

42


ARTICLE 57

CONDITIONS OF LIMITATION

57.01 This lease and the Term and estate hereby granted are subject to the limitation that whenever Tenant, or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this lease, shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall file a voluntary petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or an involuntary petition alleging an act of bankruptcy or insolvency shall be filed against Tenant or such guarantor under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or whenever a petition shall be filed by or against Tenant or such guarantor under the reorganization provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or under the provisions of any law of like import, or whenever a petition shall be filed by Tenant, or such guarantor, under the arrangement provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or under the provisions of any law of like import, or whenever a permanent receiver of Tenant, or such guarantor, or of or for the property of Tenant, or such guarantor, shall be appointed, then Owner (a) if such event occurs without the acquiescence of Tenant, or such guarantor, as the case may be, at any time after the event continues for sixty (60) days, or (b) in any other case at any time after the occurrence of any such event except if Tenant continues to pay the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent hereunder and to perform all of the other covenants of Tenant hereunder, may give Tenant a notice of intention to end the Term of this lease at the expiration of five days from the date of service of such notice of intention, and upon the expiration of said five-day period this lease and the Term and estate hereby granted, whether or not the Term shall theretofore have commenced, shall terminate with the same effect as if that day were the Expiration Date of this lease, but Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided in Article 59.

57.02 This lease and the Term and estate hereby granted are subject to the further limitations that:

(a) if Tenant shall default in the payment of any Fixed Rent or Additional Rent, and such default shall continue for five (5) days after written notice to Tenant, or

(b) if Tenant shall, whether by action or inaction, be in default of any of its obligations under this lease (other than a default in the payment of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent) and such default shall continue and not be remedied as soon as practicable and in any event within thirty (30) days after Owner shall have given to Tenant a notice specifying the same, or, in the case of a default which cannot with due diligence be cured within a period of thirty (30) days and the continuance of which for the period required for cure will not (i) subject Owner or any holder of a Superior instrument, purchaser, assignee or lessee to prosecution for a crime or any other fine or charge, (ii) subject the premises or any part thereof or the Building or Land, or any part thereof, to being condemned or vacated, (iii) subject the Building, or any part thereof, to any lien or encumbrance, or (iv) result in the termination of or foreclosure of any Superior instrument, if Tenant shall not (x) within said thirty (30) day period advise Owner of Tenant’s intention to take all steps necessary to remedy such default, (y) duly commence within said 30-day period, and thereafter diligently prosecute to completion all steps necessary to remedy the default and (z) complete such remedy within a reasonable time after the date of said notice of Owner, or

(c) if any event shall occur or any contingency shall arise whereby this lease or the estate hereby granted or the unexpired balance of the Term hereof would, by operation of law or otherwise, devolve upon or pass to any person, firm or corporation other than Tenant after written notice thereof and beyond any applicable grace period, except as expressly permitted by Article 41, or

(d) intentionally omitted, or

(e) if Tenant or any of its affiliates shall default beyond any applicable notice and/or grace period under any other lease with Owner,

then in any of said cases Owner may give to Tenant a notice of intention to end the Term of this lease at the expiration of five days from the date of the service of such notice of intention, and

 

43


upon the expiration of said five days this lease and the Term and estate hereby granted, whether or not the Term shall theretofore have commenced, shall terminate with the same effect as if that day was the day herein definitely fixed for the end and expiration of this lease, but Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided in Article 59.

57.03 (a) If Tenant shall have assigned its interest in this lease, and this lease shall thereafter be disaffirmed or rejected in any proceeding under the United States Bankruptcy Code or under the provisions of any Federal, state or foreign law of like import, or in the event of termination of this lease by reason of any such proceeding, the assignor or any of its predecessors in interest under this lease, upon request of Owner given within ninety (90) days after such disaffirmance or rejection shall (a) pay to Owner all Fixed Rent and Additional Rent then due and payable to Owner under this lease to and including the date of such disaffirmance or rejection and (b) enter into a new lease as lessee with Owner of the premises for a term commencing on the effective date of such disaffirmance or rejection and ending on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated as in such lease provided, at the same Fixed Rent and Additional Rent and upon the then executory terms, covenants and conditions as are contained in this lease, except that (i) the rights of the lessee under the new lease, shall be subject to any possessory rights of the assignee in question under this lease and any rights of persons claiming through or under such assignee, (ii) such new lease shall require all defaults existing under this lease to be cured by the lessee with reasonable diligence, and (iii) such new lease shall require the lessee to pay all Additional Rent which, had this lease not been disaffirmed or rejected, would have become due after the effective date of such disaffirmance or rejection with respect to any prior period. If the lessee shall fail or refuse to enter into the new lease within ten (10) days after Owner’s request to do so, then in addition to all other rights and remedies by reason of such default, under this lease, at law or in equity, Owner shall have the same rights and remedies against the lessee as if the lessee had entered into such new lease and such new lease had thereafter been terminated at the beginning of its term by reason of the default of the lessee thereunder.

(b) If pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code Tenant is permitted to assign this lease in disregard of the restrictions contained in Article 41 (or if this lease shall be assumed by a trustee), the trustee or assignee shall cure any default under this lease and shall provide adequate assurance of future performance by the trustee or assignee including (i) the source of payment of rent and performance of other obligations under this lease, for which adequate assurance shall mean the deposit of cash security with Owner in an amount equal to the sum of one year’s Fixed Rent then reserved hereunder plus an amount equal to all Additional Rent payable under Article 38 for the calendar year preceding the year in which such assignment is intended to become effective, which deposit shall be held by Owner, without interest, for the balance of the Term as security for the full and faithful performance of all of the obligations under this lease on the part of Tenant yet to be performed, and that any such assignee of this lease shall have a net worth exclusive of good will, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, equal to at least ten (10) times the aggregate of the annual Fixed Rent reserved hereunder plus all Additional Rent for the preceding calendar year as aforesaid and (ii) that the use of the premises shall in no way diminish the reputation of the Building as a first-class office building or impose any additional burden upon the Building or increase the services to be provided by Owner. If all defaults are not cured and such adequate assurance is not provided within 60 days after there has been an order for relief under the Bankruptcy Code, then this lease shall be deemed rejected, Tenant or any other person in possession shall vacate the premises, and Owner shall be entitled to retain any rent or security deposit previously received from Tenant and shall have no further liability to Tenant or any person claiming through Tenant or any trustee. If Tenant receives or is to receive any valuable consideration for such an assignment of this lease, such consideration, after deducting therefrom (a) the brokerage commissions, if any, and other expenses reasonably incurred by Tenant for such assignment and (b) any portion of such consideration reasonably designed by the assignee as paid for the purchase of Tenant’s property in the premises, shall be and become the sole exclusive property of Owner and shall be paid over to Owner directly by such assignee.

(c) If Tenant’s trustee, Tenant or Tenant as debtor-in-possession assumes this lease and proposes to assign the same (pursuant to Title 11 U.S.C. § 365, as the same may be amended) to any person, including, without limitation, any individual, partnership or corporate entity, who shall have made a bona fide offer to accept an assignment of this lease on terms acceptable to the trustee, Tenant or Tenant as debtor-in-possession, then notice of such proposed assignment, setting forth (x) the name and address of such person, (y) all of the terms and

 

44


conditions of such offer, and (z) the adequate assurance to be provided Owner to assure such person’s future performance under this lease, including, without limitation, the assurances referred to in Title 11 U.S.C. § 365(b)(3) (as the same may be amended), shall be given to Owner by the trustee, Tenant or Tenant as debtor-in-possession no later than twenty (20) days after receipt by the trustee, Tenant or Tenant as debtor-in-possession of such offer, but in any event no later than ten (10) days prior to the date that the trustee, Tenant or Tenant as debtor-in-possession shall make application to a court of competent jurisdiction for authority and approval to enter into such assignment and assumption, and Owner shall thereupon have the prior right and option, to be exercised by notice to the trustee, Tenant or Tenant as debtor-in-possession, given at any time prior to the effective date of such proposed assignment, to accept an assignment of this lease upon the same terms and conditions and for the same consideration, if any, as the bona fide offer made by such person, less any brokerage commissions which may be payable out of the consideration to be paid by such person for the assignment of this lease.

ARTICLE 58

REENTRY BY OWNER

58.01 If Tenant shall default in the payment of any Fixed Rent or Additional Rent, and such default shall continue for ten (10) days after notice thereof, or if this lease shall terminate as provided in Article 57, Owner or Owner’s agents and employees may immediately or at any time thereafter reenter the premises, or any part thereof, either by summary dispossess proceedings or by any suitable action or proceeding at law without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefor, and may repossess the same, and may remove any person therefrom, to the end that Owner may have, hold and enjoy the premises. The word “reenter,” as used herein, is not restricted to its technical legal meaning. If this lease is terminated under the provisions of Article 57, or if Owner shall reenter the premises under the provisions of this article, or in the event of the termination of this lease, or of reentry, by or under any summary dispossess or other proceeding or action or any provision of law by reason of default hereunder on the part of Tenant, Tenant shall thereupon pay to Owner the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent payable up to the time of such termination of this lease, or of such recovery of possession of the premises by Owner, as the case may be, and shall also pay to Owner damages as provided in Article 59.

58.02 In the event of a breach or threatened breach by either party of any of its obligations under this lease, the other party shall also have the right of injunction. The special remedies to which either party may resort hereunder are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies to which such party may lawfully be entitled at any time and such party may invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity as if specific remedies were not provided for herein.

58.03 If this lease shall terminate under the provisions of Article 57, or if Owner shall reenter the premises under the provisions of this Article, or in the event of the termination of this lease, or of reentry, by or under any summary dispossess or other proceeding or action or any provision of law by reason of default hereunder on the part of Tenant, Owner shall be entitled to retain all monies, if any, paid by Tenant to Owner, whether as advance rent, security or otherwise, but such monies shall be credited by Owner against any Fixed Rent or Additional Rent due from Tenant at the time of such termination or reentry or, at Owner’s option, against any damages payable by Tenant under Article 59 or pursuant to law.

ARTICLE 59

DAMAGES

59.01 If this lease is terminated under the provisions of Article 57, or if Owner shall reenter the premises under the provisions of Article 58, or in the event of the termination of this lease, or of reentry, by or under any summary dispossess or other proceeding or action or any provision of law by reason of default hereunder on the part of Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Owner as damages, at the election of Owner, either:

(a) a sum which at the time of such termination of this lease or at the time of any such re-entry by Owner, as the case may be, represents the then value of the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate amount of the Fixed Rent and the Additional Rent under Article 38 which

 

45


would have been payable by Tenant (conclusively presuming the average monthly Additional Rent under Article 38 to be the same as were payable for the last 12 calendar months, or if less than 12 calendar months have then elapsed since the commencement of this lease, all of the calendar months immediately preceding such termination or reentry) for the period commencing with such earlier termination of this lease or the date of any such reentry, as the case may be, and ending with the date contemplated as the Expiration Date hereof if this lease had not so terminated or if Owner had not so reentered the premises, over (ii) the aggregate rental value of the premises for the same period, or

(b) sums equal to the Fixed Rent and the Additional Rent under Article 38 which would have been payable by Tenant had this lease not so terminated, or had Owner not so reentered the premises, payable upon the due dates therefor specified herein following such termination or such reentry and until the date contemplated as the Expiration Date hereof if this lease had not so terminated or if Owner had not so reentered the premises, provided, however, that if Owner shall relet the premises during said period, Owner shall credit Tenant with the net rents received by Owner from such reletting, such net rents to be determined by first deducting from the gross rents as and when received by Owner from such reletting the expenses incurred or paid by Owner in terminating this lease or in reentering the premises and in securing possession thereof, as well as the expenses of reletting, including, without limitation, altering and preparing the premises for new tenants, brokers’ commissions, legal fees, and all other expenses properly chargeable against the premises and the rental therefrom, it being understood that any such reletting may be for a period shorter or longer than the remaining Term of this lease; but in no event shall Tenant be entitled to receive any excess of such net rents over the sums payable by Tenant to Owner hereunder, nor shall Tenant be entitled in any suit for the collection of damages pursuant to this subdivision to a credit in respect of any net rents from a reletting, except to the extent that such net rents are actually received by Owner. If the premises or any part thereof should be relet in combination with other space, then proper apportionment on a square foot basis shall be made of the rent received from such reletting and of the expenses of reletting.

If the premises or any part thereof be relet by Owner for the unexpired portion of the Term of this lease, or any part thereof, before presentation of proof of such damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the amount of rent reserved upon such reletting shall, prima facie, be the fair and reasonable rental value for the premises, or part thereof, so relet during the term of the reletting. Owner shall not be liable in any way whatsoever for its failure or refusal to relet the premises or any part thereof, or if the premises or any part thereof are relet, for its failure to collect the rent under such reletting, and no such refusal or failure to relet or failure to collect rent shall release or affect Tenant’s liability for damages or otherwise under this lease.

59.02 Suit or suits for the recovery of such damages, or any installments thereof, may be brought by Owner from time to time at its election, and nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require Owner to postpone suit until the date when the Term of this lease would have expired if it had not been so terminated under the provisions of Article 57, or had Owner not reentered the premises. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to limit or preclude recovery by Owner against Tenant of any sums or damages to which, in addition to the damages particularly provided above, Owner may lawfully be entitled by reason of any default hereunder on the part of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to limit or prejudice the right of Owner to prove for and obtain as damages by reason of the termination of this lease or reentry on the premises for the default of Tenant under this lease an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, such damages are to be proved whether or not such amount be greater than any of the sums referred to in Section 59.01.

59.03 In addition, if this lease is terminated under the provisions of Article 57, or if Owner shall reenter the premises under the provisions of Article 58, Tenant agrees that:

(a) the premises then shall be in the condition in which Tenant has agreed to surrender the same to Owner at the expiration of the Term hereof;

(b) Tenant shall have performed prior to any such termination any covenant of Tenant contained in this lease for the making of any improvements or for restoring or rebuilding the premises or the Building, or any part thereof; and

 

46


(c) for the breach of any covenant of Tenant set forth above in this Section 59.03, Owner shall be entitled immediately, without notice or other action by Owner, to recover, and Tenant shall pay, as and for liquidated damages therefor, the cost of performing such covenant (as estimated by an independent contractor selected by Owner).

ARTICLE 60

OWNER’S RELOCATION RIGHT

60.01 (a) Owner shall have the one-time right (the “ Relocation Right ”), at any time during the term of this lease, to substitute for the premises initially demised hereby (the “ Initial Premises ”) any other space in the Building (the “ Substitute Premises ”) designated by Owner that (i) contains at least the same number of rentable square feet as the Initial Premises and (ii) is located entirely on one floor of the Building. If Owner exercises the Relocation Right, then (i) prior to the Substitute Premises Date (as defined below), Owner shall be required to perform the Preparatory Work (as defined below) in and to the Substitute Premises in accordance with the provisions set forth below, (ii) Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Initial Premises and shall occupy the Substitute Premises promptly on the Substitute Premises Date and (iii) effective as of the Substitute Premises Date, the Initial Premises shall be deemed substituted and replaced with the Substitute Premises.

(b) Tenant agrees to accept the Substitute Premises on the Substitute Premises Date in its current “AS IS” condition (vacant and broom clean) and agrees that Owner shall not be required to perform any work, supply any materials, or incur any expense to prepare the Substitute Premises for Tenant’s occupancy, except that Owner, at its sole cost and expense and, shall perform, and pay the full cost of, the work (the “Preparatory Work”) required to (i) build-out the Substitute Premises in a manner that will result, upon the completion thereof, in the Substitute Premises being substantially similar to the Initial Premises, as the same is then currently existing (including being substantially similar to the Initial Premises as to layout and number of offices and work stations) and (ii) move Tenant’s business machines, business equipment and other personal property (including but not limited to, Tenant’s telephones, IT equipment, data and telephone wiring and signage) from the Initial Premises to the Substitute Premises (the work described in this clause (ii) is herein called the “Move”). In performing the Preparatory Work Owner shall use materials and finishes of a quality that is equal to or better than the quality of the materials and finishes then existing in the Initial Premises. Owner shall perform the Move outside of business hours and Tenant shall be given at least sixty (60) days prior notice of the Move. Tenant shall cooperate with Owner so as to facilitate the prompt completion by Owner of its obligations under this Article 60 and the prompt surrender by Tenant of the Initial Premises. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, Tenant agrees (x) to provide to Owner promptly (but in any event within 36 hours) any approvals or instructions, or any other information reasonably requested by Owner, (y) to pack (and otherwise prepare) its personal property (but not its business equipment and computers which shall be packed by Owner at its expense) so as to enable Owner to move at the time selected by Owner for the Move, and (z) to promptly cause Tenant’s personnel to move into the Substitute Premises and perform in the Substitute Premises any preparatory work to be performed therein by Tenant to prepare the same for Tenant’s occupancy. Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation for any inconvenience or interference with Tenant’s business in connection with the foregoing relocation, it being agreed that any and all consideration has already been included in the economic terms set forth herein. Owner, within thirty days after the later of (i) the first date on which Tenant begins to conduct its ordinary business from the Substitute Premises and (ii) the date on which Owner receives a request therefor from Tenant (accompanied by paid invoices), Owner shall reimburse Tenant for the actual third-party costs (to the extent the same are reasonable and would not have been incurred but for the Move) paid by Tenant to move into the Substitute Premises and to cause the same to function for Tenant’s business operations in a manner that is substantially similar to the manner in which the Initial Premises functioned for Tenant’s business operations prior to the commencement of the Move.

(c) The “Substitute Premises Date” shall be the day following the date on which the Preparatory Work shall have been substantially completed and Owner shall have performed the Move; the Preparatory Work shall be deemed substantially completed notwithstanding the fact that minor or insubstantial details of construction, mechanical adjustments or decorations remain to be performed, the non-completion of which does not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Substitute Premises (it being agreed, however, that

 

47


the Preparatory Work shall not be deemed to be substantially completed until Tenant’s telephones, computers and information technology equipment are functioning similar to the manner in which the same were functioning in the Initial Premises prior to the commencement of the Move). Tenant shall occupy the Substitute Premises promptly from and after the Substitute Premises Date and shall promptly vacate the Initial Premises on the Substitute Premises Date. Promptly after the Substitute Premises Date, Owner and Tenant shall execute a letter agreement setting forth the Substitute Premises Date, provided, however, that the failure of the parties to execute such agreement shall not defer the Substitute Premises Date or otherwise invalidate the provisions of this Article 60.

(d) Effective as of the Substitute Premises Date, this lease shall no longer apply to the Initial Premises, (except with respect to obligations which accrued on or prior to the Substitute Premises Date and as otherwise provided herein regarding holdover), and shall apply to the Substitute Premises as if the Substitute Premises had been the space originally demised under this lease (and references in this lease to the term “premises” shall mean the Substitute Premises, as set forth above). On or prior to the Substitute Premises Date, Tenant shall vacate the Initial Premises and leave the same vacant and broom clean and in the condition required by this lease as if the Initial Premises was being surrendered to Owner upon the expiration of the term of this lease. If Tenant fails to vacate the Initial Premises as hereinabove set forth, then Tenant shall be (i) in default under this lease entitling Owner to all of its right and remedies at law or in equity, including, without limitation, the right to terminate this lease on account of such default and hold Tenant liable for any and all damages incurred by Owner (including lost profits) on account of such default and holdover, and (ii) be deemed a holdover (against which Owner may commence a holdover proceeding) and be liable and responsible for holdover rent for the Initial Premises (and any other damages) in accordance with the provisions of Article 22 and Section 44.04 of this lease (it being agreed that, as provided Section 44.04 of this lease, Tenant shall not be liable to Owner for consequential damages pursuant to the provisions of Section 44.04 of the lease for failing to vacate the Initial Premises as hereinabove set forth, unless Tenant delays in so surrendering the Initial Premises for more than thirty days after the Substitute Premises Date). Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to permit Tenant to retain possession of the Initial Premises after the Substitute Premises Date.

 

OWNER:
A&R Kalimian Realty, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Rouhollah Kalimian

Name:   Rouhollah Kalimian
Title:   General Partner
TENANT:  
Medidata Solutions, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Tarek Sherif

Name:   Tarek Sherif
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

48


EXHIBIT A

DEMISED PREMISES

 

49


EXHIBIT B

RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. The sidewalks, driveways, entrances, passages, courts, lobby, concourses, escalators, plazas, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors and halls shall not be obstructed or encumbered by Tenant or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the premises, and Tenant shall not permit any of its employees, agents or invitees to congregate in any of said areas. No door mat of any kind whatsoever shall be placed or left in any public hall or outside any entry door of the premises. If the premises are situated on the ground floor of the Building, Tenant shall further, at Tenant’s own expense, keep the sidewalks and curb directly in front of the premises clean and free from ice, snow, and debris.

2. Tenant shall not invite to the premises, or permit the visit of persons in such numbers or under such conditions as to materially interfere with the use and enjoyment of any of the entrances, corridors, stairways, elevators, or other facilities in the Building by other tenants. Fire exits and stairways are for emergency use only and shall not be used for any other purpose. Owner reserves the right to control and operate the public portions of the Building and the public facilities, as well as facilities furnished for the common use of the tenants, in such manner as it deems best for the benefit of the tenants generally. All messengers and all deliveries to the premises shall utilize the Building’s service or freight entrance and service or freight elevators. The cost of repairing any damage to the public portions of the Building or the public facilities or to any facilities used in common with other tenants, caused by Tenant or its employees, agents, licensees or invitees shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent hereunder.

3. No awnings or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls or windows of the Building or any entrance to the premises.

4. No sign, insignia, advertisement, object, notice or other lettering shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the outside or inside of the Building other than in the premises, provided, however, Tenant may affix a sign, which shall be of a size, color and style reasonably acceptable to Owner, on the exterior of the door of the premises. In the event of the violation of the foregoing by Tenant, Owner may remove same without any liability, and may charge the expense incurred by such removal to Tenant. The directory tablet shall be inscribed or affixed for Tenant by Owner and shall be of a size, color and style reasonably acceptable to Owner. Only the Tenant named in the lease, its employees, officers, permitted subtenants and assignees shall be entitled to appear on the directory tablet. Additional names in excess of those allowed pursuant to this lease may be added in Owner’s reasonable discretion under such terms and conditions as Owner may approve. Tenant shall have the right to be listed on any elevator directory.

5. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be substantially covered or obstructed by Tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills.

6. No articles shall be put in front of or affixed to any part of the exterior of the Building, nor shall they be placed in the public halls, corridors or vestibules.

7. No acids, vapors or other materials which may damage the waste lines, vents or flues of the Building shall be discharged or permitted to be discharged. The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, or other substances shall be thrown therein.

8. Tenant shall not in any way deface any part of the premises or the Building. Tenant shall not lay linoleum, or other similar floor covering, so that the same shall come in direct contact with the floor of the premises and if linoleum or other similar floor covering is desired to be used, an interlining of 1/4” masonite or such other materials as Owner shall deem appropriate shall be first affixed to the floor, by a paste or other material soluble in water, the use of cement or other similar adhesive material being expressly prohibited.

9. No bicycles, vehicles or animals (other than seeing eye dogs) of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about the premises. Tenant shall not cause or permit any unusual or objectionable odors to be produced upon or to permeate from the premises. Tenant shall not throw anything out of the doors, windows or skylights or down the passageways.

 

50


10. No space in the Building shall be used for manufacturing, for the storage of merchandise, goods or property for sale or for any kind of auction.

11. No noise, including the playing of musical instruments or the operation of radio, television, or audio devices, which, in the reasonable judgment of Owner, disturbs other tenants in the Building, shall be made or permitted by Tenant. Nothing shall be done or permitted in the premises, and nothing shall be brought into or kept in the premises, which might materially impair or interfere with any of the building services or the property and economic heating, cleaning or other servicing of the Building or the premises, or the use or enjoyment by any other tenant of any other premises. Tenant shall not install any ventilating, air conditioning, electrical or other equipment of any kind which, in the reasonable judgment of the Owner, might cause any such impairment or interference. No dangerous, inflammable, combustible or explosive object or material shall be brought into the Building by Tenant.

12. No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or the mechanism thereof unless keys therefor are given to Owner. Tenant must, upon the termination of this tenancy, return to Owner all keys relating to the premises and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, Tenant, and in the event of the loss of any keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Owner the cost thereof.

13. All removals, or the carrying in or out of any safes, freight, furniture or bulky matter of any description must take place during the hours and in such elevators which Owner or Owner’s agents may reasonably determine from time to time. Owner reserves the right to inspect all freight to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all freight which violates any of these Rules and Regulations or the lease of which these Rules and Regulations are a part. Owner may require any person leaving the Building with any package or other object to submit a pass, listing such package or object, from the tenant from whose premises the package or object is being removed, but the establishment and enforcement of such requirement shall not impose any responsibility on Owner for the protection of any tenant against the removal of property from the premises of such tenant. Owner shall in no way be liable to Tenant for damages or loss arising from the admission, exclusion or ejection of any person to or from the premises or the Building under provisions of this Rule 13 or of Rule 16 hereof, except as a result of Owner’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

14. Tenant shall not occupy or permit any portion of the premises to be occupied as an office for a public stenographer or typist, or for the manufacture or sale of liquor or tobacco or the possession, storage or sale of narcotics in any form, or as a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau, telephone or secretarial service, messenger service, public finance (loan) business, public restaurant or bar, commercial document reproduction or offset printing service, obscene or pornographic purposes or any sort of commercial sex establishment.

15. Owner shall have the right to prohibit any advertising or display by Tenant of any kind whatsoever which mentions or refers to the Building and which, in Owner’s reasonable judgment, tends to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability as a building for offices, and upon written notice from Owner, Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising or display.

16. Owner may refuse admission to the Building outside of ordinary business hours to any person not known to the watchman in charge or not having a pass issued by Owner, or not otherwise properly identified, and may require all persons admitted to or leaving the Building outside of ordinary business hours to register. Owner will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests the same in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom Tenant has requested a pass and shall be liable to Owner for all acts of such persons. Any person whose presence in the Building at any time shall, in the reasonable judgment of Owner, be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation or interests of the Building or its tenants may be denied access to the Building or may be ejected therefrom. No such judgment shall be based solely upon race, color, age, religion or sex. In case of invasions, riot, public excitement, power failure or other commotion, Owner may prevent all access to the Building during the continuance of the same, by closing the doors or otherwise, for the safety of the tenants and protection of property in the Building.

 

51


17. Tenant, before closing and leaving the premises at any time, shall see that all windows are closed. All entrance doors in the premises shall be left locked by Tenant when the premises are not in use.

18. Tenant shall, at its expense, provide artificial light for the employees of Owner or Owner’s independent contractors while making repairs or alterations in the premises.

19. The premises shall not be used for lodging or sleeping or for any immoral or illegal purposes.

20. The requirements of Tenant which are in excess of the obligations of Owner under the lease will be attended to only upon application at the office of the Building. Employees of Owner shall not be required to perform, and shall not be requested by Tenant to perform, any work or do anything outside of their regular duties, unless under special instructions from Owner.

21. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Building is prohibited and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

22. There shall not be used in any space or in the public halls of the Building any hand trucks, unless equipped with rubber tires and side guards, and such other safeguards as Owner shall require. No hand trucks shall be used in passenger elevators.

23. Owner reserves the right to rescind, modify, waive or add any Rule or Regulation at any time prescribed for the Building when, in its reasonable judgment, it deems it necessary or desirable for the reputation, safety, care or appearance of the Building, or the preservation of good order therein, or the operation or maintenance of the Building or the equipment thereof, or the comfort of tenants or others in the Building. No rescission, modification, waiver or addition of any Rule or Regulation in favor of one tenant shall operate as a rescission, modification, waiver or addition in favor of any other tenant. Except for the circumstances detailed in the foregoing sentence, Owner will not enforce any Rule or Regulation against Tenant in a discriminatory manner.

 

52


AMENDMENT OF LEASE

THIS AMENDMENT OF LEASE (this “Amendment”), made as of the 13 th day of March, 2008, by and between 79 Fifth Avenue LLC, a New York limited liability company, having an office at c/o A&R Kalimian Realty, L.P., 101 East 52 nd Street, New York, New York 10022 (“Owner”), and Medidata Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation, having an office at 79 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York (“Tenant”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, Owner’s predecessor and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of August (undated), 2003 with respect to the eighth floor in the building known as 79 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York (the “Lease”); and

WHEREAS, Owner and Tenant desire to amend the Lease as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the sum of Ten ($10.00) Dollars paid by Tenant to Owner and for other good and valuable consideration, the mutual receipt and legal sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. All capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease unless specifically set forth herein to the contrary.

2. The Lease is hereby modified as follows:

(a) The term of the Lease is hereby extended for the period October 1, 2008 through September 30, 2013 (the “Extended Term”).

(b) The Fixed Rent payable by Tenant during the Extended Term shall be as follows:

(i) For the period October 1, 2008 through September 30, 2009, Fixed Rent of One Million and no/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per annum ($83,333.33 per month);

(ii) For the period October 1, 2009 through the September 30, 2010, Fixed Rent of One Million Twenty-Five Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($1,025,000.00) per annum ($85,416.67 per month);

(iii) For the period October 1, 2010 through the September 30, 2011, Fixed Rent of One Million Fifty Thousand Six Hundred Twenty-Five and no/100 Dollars ($1,050,625.00) per annum ($87,552.08 per month);

(iv) For the period October 1, 2011 through the September 30, 2012, Fixed Rent of One Million Seventy-Six Thousand Eight Hundred Ninety and 63/100 Dollars ($1,076,890.63) per annum ($89,740.89 per month); and


(v) For the period October 1, 2012 through the September 30, 2013, Fixed Rent of One Million One Hundred Three Thousand Eight Hundred Twelve and 89/00 Dollars ($1,103,812.89) per annum ($91,984.41 per month).

(c) The first sentence of Section 38.01(a) of the Lease is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“The term “Base Tax” shall be deemed to mean the Taxes which are due and payable by Owner with respect to the Land and the Building for the Tax Year commencing July 1, 2008 and ending June 30, 2009.”

(d) Section 38.02(a) of the Lease is hereby amended by deleting “2004” in the second line thereof and replacing same with “2009”.

(e) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 39.08 of the Lease, Owner shall, at its sole expense, (i) replace the compressor in one of the Water Units, and (ii) cause to be performed any repair to the entire water cooled air conditioning system which is not covered by the maintenance contract(s) carried by Tenant.

(f) Article 46 of the Lease shall be null and void and of no further force or effect.

3. Owner and Tenant each covenant, warrant and represent to the other that no brokers were instrumental in bringing about or consummating this Amendment other than the Brokers. Owner and Tenant each agree to indemnify and hold harmless the other against and from any claims for any brokerage commissions and all costs, expenses and liabilities in connection therewith, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and expenses, arising out of any conversations or negotiations had by that party with any broker (other than the Brokers) in connection herewith. Owner shall pay any commission or other fee payable to the Brokers in connection with this Amendment pursuant to separate agreement(s).

4. Except as modified and amended by this Amendment, all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall continue to be and remain in full force and effect throughout the remainder of the term thereof.

5. This Amendment shall not be binding upon or enforceable against Owner or Tenant unless and until Owner shall have executed and unconditionally delivered to Tenant an executed counterpart of this Amendment.

6. This Amendment may not be modified, amended or terminated nor may any of its provisions be waived except by an agreement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any modification, amendment, termination or waiver is sought.

7. The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

THE REST OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment of Lease to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

OWNER:
79 FIFTH AVENUE LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:   Managing Member
TENANT:  
MEDIDATA SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

3

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-156935 of our report dated March 23, 2009, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of Medidata Solutions, Inc. and subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of such Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

New York, New York

March 23, 2009

Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-156935 of our report dated November 21, 2008, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Fast Track Systems, Inc. appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of such Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 23, 2009

Exhibit 99.2

CONSENT OF FINANCIAL STRATEGIES CONSULTING GROUP LLC

We hereby consent to the inclusion of the references in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Medidata Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), relating to the proposed initial public offering of shares of the Company’s common stock (as amended from time to time, the “ Registration Statement ”), concerning our role as an independent appraiser with respect to the Company’s assessment of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock.

In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we come within the category of a person whose consent is required under Section 7 or Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, nor do we admit that we are experts with respect to any part of such Registration Statement within the meaning of the term “experts” as used in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder. The analyses and conclusions should not be construed, in whole or in part, as investment advice by anyone.

 

Dated: March 18, 2009

FINANCIAL STRATEGIES
    CONSULTING GROUP LLC
By:   / S /    G REGORY S. A NSEL
Name:   Gregory S. Ansel
Title:   Principal